S-1
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2020

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Lyra Therapeutics, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   3841   84-1700838

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

480 Arsenal Way

Watertown, MA 02472

(617) 393-4600

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Maria Palasis, Ph.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Lyra Therapeutics, Inc.

480 Arsenal Way

Watertown, MA 02472

(617) 393-4600

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Peter N. Handrinos

Wesley C. Holmes

Latham & Watkins LLP

200 Clarendon Street

Boston, MA 02116

(617) 948-6000

  

Ilir Mujalovic

Shearman & Sterling LLP

599 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

(212) 848-4000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer       Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer       Smaller reporting company  
      Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities To Be Registered  

Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering

Price(1)

  Amount of Registration
Fee(2)

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $57,500,000   $7,464

 

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

 

(2)

Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion

Preliminary Prospectus dated March 6, 2020

PROSPECTUS

             Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is Lyra Therapeutics, Inc.’s initial public offering. We are selling                  shares of our common stock.

We expect the public offering price to be between $             and $             per share. Currently, no public market exists for the shares. After pricing of the offering, we expect that the shares will trade on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “LYRA.”

We are an emerging growth company under the federal securities laws and are subject to reduced public company disclosure standards. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

Investing in the common stock involves risks that are described in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 11 of this prospectus.

 

 

 

    

Per Share

      

Total

 

Public offering price

   $          $    

Underwriting discount(1)

   $          $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $          $    

 

  (1)

We refer you to “Underwriting” beginning on page 173 of this prospectus for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

The underwriters may also exercise their option to purchase up to an additional                  shares from us, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The shares will be ready for delivery on or about                 , 2020.

 

 

Joint Book-Running Managers

 

BofA Securities   Jefferies   William Blair

 

 

Co-Manager

BTIG

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                 , 2020.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    

Page

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

RISK FACTORS

     11  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     74  

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

     76  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     77  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     78  

CAPITALIZATION

     79  

DILUTION

     81  

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     84  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     85  

BUSINESS

     101  

MANAGEMENT

     135  

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     142  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     153  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     157  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     160  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     166  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     169  

UNDERWRITING

     173  

LEGAL MATTERS

     181  

EXPERTS

     181  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     181  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

 

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares of common stock offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus or in any applicable free writing prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

We have proprietary rights to trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus that are important to our business. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, trade names and service marks may appear in this prospectus without the ® and symbols, but any such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we forgo or will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, trade names and service marks. All trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights, and is qualified in its entirety by, the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that may be important to you in making your investment decision. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 11 and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock.

As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to “we,” “us,” “our” and “Lyra” refer to the consolidated operations of Lyra Therapeutics, Inc. and its subsidiary.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage therapeutics company focused on the development and commercialization of novel integrated drug and delivery solutions for the localized treatment of patients with ear, nose and throat, or ENT, diseases. Our proprietary technology platform, XTreo, is designed to precisely and consistently deliver medicines directly to the affected tissue for sustained periods with a single administration. Our initial product candidates, LYR-210 and LYR-220, are bioresorbable polymeric matrices designed to be administered in a brief, non-invasive, in-office procedure and intended to deliver up to six months of continuous drug therapy to the sinonasal passages for the treatment of chronic rhinosinusitis, or CRS. The therapeutic embedded within LYR-210 and LYR-220 is mometasone furoate, or MF, which is the active ingredient in various U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, approved drugs and has a well-established efficacy and safety profile. CRS is an inflammatory disease of the paranasal sinuses which leads to debilitating symptoms and significant morbidities and affects approximately 14 million people in the United States. We are advancing LYR-210 as a potential preferred alternative to surgery in an ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial, which we refer to as our LANTERN clinical trial, for CRS patients who have failed medical management, and we expect to report topline data in the first quarter of 2021. In our Phase 1 clinical trial, LYR-210 met its primary safety endpoint, and we observed that patients generally experienced significant and rapid, clinically meaningful and durable improvement in SNOT-22 scores, an established patient symptom severity scale, through week 25, which was the end of the trial. We are also developing LYR-220 for use in CRS patients who have an enlarged nasal cavity due to sinus surgery but continue to require treatment to manage CRS symptoms, and we intend to initiate a proof-of-concept clinical trial for LYR-220 by the end of 2021. Beyond CRS, we believe our XTreo platform has potential applications in other disease areas, which we are actively exploring to further broaden its therapeutic potential.

Chronic Rhinosinusitis: A Prevalent Disease with High Unmet Medical Needs

CRS has been described in the literature as an “unrecognized epidemic” due to its high prevalence, its substantial impact on patient quality of life and the significant limitations of currently available treatment options. We estimate that sinusitis, which includes both CRS and acute rhinosinusitis, impacts approximately 12% of the adult population in the United States, or approximately 30 million people, making it the fifth most common condition in people under the age of 65 and more prevalent than diabetes or heart disease. Of this population, we estimate that approximately 14 million people are affected with CRS. Moreover, we estimate that approximately 8 million people are treated for CRS by physicians annually, of which approximately 4 million fail medical management every year. In the United States, over $60 billion is spent annually in direct treatment costs for sinusitis, including approximately $5 billion on sinus surgeries.

Current Treatments and Their Limitations

Current treatments are directed towards managing the symptoms of CRS through a combination of medical management and surgical intervention techniques. The first line of therapy is medical management involving nasal saline irrigation, intranasal corticosteroidal sprays, oral steroids and antibiotics for patients with an active sinus infection. However, these treatments have significant limitations. Topical steroid sprays have



 

1


Table of Contents

poor efficacy due to their limited ability to reach the site of the disease, fast clearance of drug from the site of delivery and poor patient compliance. Prolonged use of oral steroids may lead to systemic complications which limit their use to short courses. Based on published medical literature, we estimate at least 50% of CRS patients who are seen by ENT physicians and receive medical management remain symptomatic.

Patients whose symptoms persist despite medical management are generally recommended to undergo functional endoscopic sinus surgery (or FESS) or balloon sinus dilation (or BSD), or both. FESS is a highly invasive surgery performed in the operating room, under full anesthesia, to open the blocked sinus pathways by removing inflamed tissue and bone using surgical tools. BSD is a less severe form of endoscopic sinus surgery, often used in combination with FESS, in which small balloon catheters are inserted and inflated to drain the large nasal sinuses. Although FESS and BSD can improve symptoms and quality of life, limitations remain. Neither correct the underlying cause of the inflammation, and patients who undergo either or both procedures often experience significant pain and require continued post-operative medical therapy to maintain improvements, with a high incidence of repeat surgeries.

CRS has two phenotypes: CRS with nasal polyps and CRS without nasal polyps, with the non-polyp form representing approximately 70%-to-90% of all CRS patients. For patients with nasal polyps who remain symptomatic following surgery, who we refer to as refractory patients, there are non-surgical options, such as a steroid-eluting stent and a monoclonal antibody. However, each of these treatments has limitations. The steroid-eluting stent has only a three month elution profile. Meanwhile, the antibody treatment is reserved for only the most refractory patients, has an unknown long-term systemic safety profile and is priced at a significant premium even when compared to surgical options. Currently, there are no FDA-approved drug therapies for CRS for non-polyp patients, although some drugs approved for nasal polyps are used off-label in this population.

Our XTreo Platform

XTreo, our innovative and proprietary drug delivery platform, is designed to locally and continuously deliver small molecule drugs to the affected tissue over a sustained period of time from a single administration. The platform is comprised of three interrelated technology components:

 

   

a biocompatible mesh scaffold, which is designed to maximize surface area for drug release while maintaining underlying tissue function;

 

   

an engineered elastomeric matrix, which means a polymeric matrix composed of polymers having elastic characteristics, which has advanced physical properties resulting in implants with “shape memory” that dynamically adapt to nasal anatomy; and

 

   

a versatile polymer-drug complex, which can be customized for the treatment of various chronic diseases treatable with ENT delivery to achieve the desired drug dose and drug elution rate.

Our Solution for CRS

LYR-210 is an anti-inflammatory implantable drug matrix based on our XTreo platform that is designed to consistently and locally elute MF to the inflamed mucosal tissue for up to six months in surgically-naïve CRS patients who fail medical management. MF, the active ingredient in various FDA-approved drugs, has a well-established efficacy and safety profile, which we believe will support the development process for LYR-210. LYR-210 is designed to enable sustained drug delivery at difficult-to-access nasal inflammation sites without the need for patient compliance, while avoiding systemic side effects associated with oral steroids. LYR-210 is designed to be administered in a brief, non-invasive, in-office procedure by an ENT physician under endoscopic visualization via a single-use applicator.



 

2


Table of Contents

LYR-210 is currently being studied in our Phase 2 randomized, sham procedure-controlled, patient-blinded LANTERN clinical trial, evaluating the safety and efficacy in up to 150 surgically-naïve CRS patients who have failed previous medical management. The trial was initiated in May 2019 and is currently ongoing at sites in Australia, Austria, Czech Republic, New Zealand and Poland. In December 2019, the FDA cleared our investigational new drug application, and we expect to open new sites in the United States. We expect to report topline data from the Phase 2 LANTERN clinical trial in the first quarter of 2021. LYR-210 was previously studied in an open-label, Phase 1 clinical trial with 20 patients in New Zealand and Australia and achieved its primary endpoint of safety at week 4. In the Phase 1 trial, we observed that patients generally experienced significant and rapid, clinically meaningful and durable improvement in SNOT-22 scores. Significant reduction in SNOT-22 scores was observed at week 1, and this reduction persisted through week 25, which was the end of the trial.

We are developing our second pipeline product candidate, LYR-220, for use in CRS patients who continue to require treatment to manage CRS symptoms despite having had sinus surgery. LYR-220 is also designed to utilize MF, but will employ an oversized matrix designed for patients whose nasal cavity is enlarged due to sinus surgery. LYR-220 is designed as a potential preferred alternative to revision sinus surgery and post-surgical medical management. We expect to initiate a proof-of-concept clinical trial for LYR-220 by the end of 2021.

We believe that the key potential benefits of our current investigational product portfolio, LYR-210 and LYR-220, include clinical activity, patient compliance, patient experience, physician experience, localized delivery, patient applicability and pharmacoeconomic impact. We believe LYR-210 and LYR-220, if approved, would be the only products able to deliver up to six months of continuous topical treatment in a single administration to treat the entire spectrum of CRS patients who fail medical management, including pre- and post-surgery patients and those with and without nasal polyps.

Our Pipeline

The current status of our product candidates is summarized below.

 

LOGO

Our Strategy

Our mission is to transform the ENT treatment paradigm by utilizing our proprietary drug delivery platform, XTreo, to develop safe and effective therapies for the treatment of debilitating diseases treatable with ENT delivery. We intend to achieve this through the following strategies:

 

   

Complete the development and secure FDA approval of LYR-210 for the treatment of CRS.

 

   

Advance our second product candidate, LYR-220, into the clinic to provide a comprehensive solution for CRS patients who have failed medical management and surgery.



 

3


Table of Contents
   

Build a commercialization infrastructure in the U.S. market for LYR-210 and LYR-220.

 

   

Maximize the value of our XTreo platform and expand our product pipeline.

 

   

Seek strategic collaborative relationships.

Intellectual Property and Barriers to Entry

We own all the material intellectual property rights related to our platform and product candidate portfolio. As of December 31, 2019, our product and product candidate portfolio is protected by 21 issued and 27 pending patents worldwide with claims directed to composition of matter, drug delivery and method of use, which, exclusive of possible patent term adjustments or extensions or other forms of exclusivity, are projected to expire between 2030 and 2037.

Management Team and Investors

Our management team has extensive drug development, manufacturing and commercialization experience across a broad spectrum of disease areas, for both drug and drug-device combination products, with a successful track record in large pharmaceutical, medical device and biotech companies. Additionally, our management team has been involved in the development of successfully approved and commercialized products such as Taxus (drug-eluting stent), AvoneX, Arikayce and Panhematin.

Further, we are supported by a leading group of biotech investors including, among others, ArrowMark Partners, Intersouth Partners, North Bridge Venture Partners, Perceptive Advisors, Polaris Venture Partners, RA Capital and Soleus Capital.

Risk Factors

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, should evaluate the specific factors set forth under “Risk Factors” in deciding whether to invest in our common stock. These risks include the following:

 

   

we have a limited operating history and a history of escalating operating losses, which may make it difficult to evaluate the prospects for our future viability;

 

   

we have incurred significant losses since inception and expect to incur significant additional losses for the foreseeable future, and we may never achieve profitability;

 

   

even if this offering is successful, we will need significant additional funding in order to complete development of and obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates and commercialize our products, if approved;

 

   

our business is highly dependent on the success of our most advanced product candidate, LYR-210, which will require significant additional clinical testing before we can seek regulatory approval and potentially launch commercial sales, and if LYR-210 does not receive regulatory approval or is not successfully commercialized, or is significantly delayed in doing so, our business will be harmed;

 

   

clinical trials required for our product candidates are expensive and time-consuming, their outcome is uncertain, and if our clinical trials do not meet safety or efficacy endpoints in these evaluations, or if we experience significant delays in these trials, our ability to commercialize our product candidates and our financial position will be impaired;



 

4


Table of Contents
   

developments by competitors may render our products or technologies obsolete or non-competitive or may reduce the size of our markets;

 

   

the successful commercialization of our product candidates will depend in part on the extent to which governmental authorities and health insurers establish coverage, adequate reimbursement levels and pricing policies, and the failure to obtain or maintain coverage and adequate reimbursement for our product candidates, if approved, could limit our ability to market those products and decrease our ability to generate revenue;

 

   

even if either LYR-210 or LYR-220 receives marketing approval, it may fail to achieve market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors or others in the medical community necessary for commercial success;

 

   

we will rely on third parties for the manufacture of materials for our research programs, pre-clinical studies and clinical trials and we do not have long-term contracts with any of these parties, which increases the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of such materials, product candidates, or any therapies that we may develop and commercialize, or that such supply will not be available to us at an acceptable cost, which could delay, prevent, or impair our development or commercialization efforts;

 

   

we rely on third parties to conduct our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, and any failure by a third party to conduct the clinical trials according to GCPs and in a timely manner may delay or prevent our ability to seek or obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates;

 

   

if we are unable to obtain, maintain or adequately protect our intellectual property rights, we may not be able to compete effectively in our markets; and

 

   

if we lose key management or scientific personnel, cannot recruit qualified employees, directors, officers or other significant personnel or experience increases in our compensation costs, our business may materially suffer.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or JOBS Act. An “emerging growth company” may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

   

the option to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus;

 

   

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended;

 

   

not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;



 

5


Table of Contents
   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. However, if prior to the end of such five-year period, (i) our annual gross revenue exceeds $1.07 billion, (ii) we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period or (iii) we become a “large accelerated filer” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act), then we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period. We will be deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” at such time that we (a) have an aggregate worldwide market value of common equity securities held by non-affiliates of $700.0 million or more as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (b) have been required to file annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act, for a period of at least 12 months and (c) have filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Exchange Act. Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we may still qualify as a “smaller reporting company,” which would allow us to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements, including reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware in November 2005 under the name WMR Biomedical, Inc. In July 2018, we changed our name to Lyra Therapeutics, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 480 Arsenal Way, Watertown, MA 02472 and our telephone number is (617) 393-4600. Our website address is www.lyratherapeutics.com. The information contained in, or accessible through, our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.



 

6


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

             shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares (or              shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

 

Option to purchase additional shares

The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to              additional shares of our common stock at the public offering price less estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $             million (or approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock), at an assumed public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds of this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, to fund the clinical development and pre-commercialization expenses for LYR-210 through             ; to fund the development of LYR-220 through             ; and the remainder, if any, for platform development and other research and development expenses for our pipeline, and for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” beginning on page 77 for additional information.

 

Risk factors

You should carefully read the “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

“LYRA”

 

 

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 7,962,008 shares of our common stock outstanding as of February 29, 2020, and excludes:

 

   

23,526,395 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2016 Plan, as of February 29, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.11 per share;

 

   

7,568,326 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2005 Plan, as of February 29, 2020, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.48 per share;



 

7


Table of Contents
   

             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Incentive Award Plan, or our 2020 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Plan; and

 

   

             shares of our common stock that will become available for future issuance under our 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our 2020 ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and shares of our common stock that become available pursuant to provisions in the 2020 ESPP that automatically increase the share reserve under our 2020 ESPP.

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

   

a      -for-      reverse stock split of our common stock, which will become effective prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part;

 

   

the automatic cashless exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase shares of common stock, which, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would result in the issuance of              shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering (a $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $              per share would increase the number of additional shares of our common stock issuable in connection with such automatic exercise by an aggregate of              shares; a $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $              per share would decrease the number of additional shares of our common stock issuable in connection with such exercise by an aggregate of              shares);

 

   

the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 287,426,285 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

no exercise of outstanding options or warrants after February 29, 2020, other than as described above;

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock; and

 

   

the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur upon the closing of this offering.



 

8


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following tables set forth our summary consolidated financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. We have derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2019 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected for any future period. You should read the following summary consolidated financial data together with the more detailed information contained in “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    

Years Ended December 31,

 
     2019     2018  
     (in thousands, except share and
per share data)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

    

Grant revenues

   $ —       $ 1,244  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     12,032       4,975  

General and administrative

     4,487       3,528  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     16,519       8,503  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (16,519     (7,259
    

Other income:

    

Interest income (expense), net

     213       36  

Other income, net

     —         10  

Change in fair value of tranche liability

     —         1,184  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income, net

     213       1,230  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (16,306   $ (6,029
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted(1)

   $ (2.37   $ (1.07
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted(1)

     6,998,502       5,728,033  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

   $ (0.08  
  

 

 

   

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

     216,118,176    
  

 

 

   

 

(1)

See Note 2 to our to audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate the historical and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share and the weighted average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.



 

9


Table of Contents
    

As of December 31, 2019

 
     Actual     Pro Forma(1)      Pro Forma As
Adjusted(2)(3)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 9,808     $                          $                      

Working capital(4)

     4,911       

Total assets

     14,963       

Total liabilities

     7,635       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     130,666       

Additional paid-in capital

     4,411       

Accumulated deficit

     (127,757     

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (123,338     

 

(1)

The pro forma consolidated balance sheet data gives effect to (1) the issuance and sale of 78,306,611 shares of our Series C preferred stock, at a price of $0.38811 per share, and warrants to purchase 23,491,979 shares of our common stock, in each case, in January 2020, (2) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 287,426,285 shares of common stock and (3) the automatic cashless exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase shares of common stock, which, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would result in the issuance of              shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering (a $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase the number of additional shares of our common stock issuable in connection with such automatic exercise by an aggregate of              shares; a $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would decrease the number of additional shares of our common stock issuable in connection with such exercise by an aggregate of              shares), which will occur upon the closing of this offering.

 

(2)

Reflects the pro forma adjustments described in footnote (1) and the issuance and sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(3)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, additional paid-in capital and total stockholders’ equity by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, additional paid-in capital and total stockholders’ equity by $             million. The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of our initial public offering determined at pricing.

 

(4)

We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities. See our consolidated financial statements for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.



 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information in this prospectus before making an investment in our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, or prospects could be materially and adversely affected if any of these risks occurs, and as a result, the market price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth below.

Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Need for Additional Capital

We have a limited operating history and a history of escalating operating losses, which may make it difficult to evaluate the prospects for our future viability.

We are a clinical-stage therapeutics company established in November 2005. Our operations to date have been limited to financing and staffing our company, developing our technology and identifying and developing our product candidates. Our prospects must be considered in light of the uncertainties, risks, expenses, and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in their early stages of operations. We have not yet demonstrated an ability to obtain marketing approval, manufacture a commercial scale product, or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization. Consequently, predictions about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history or a history of successfully developing, obtaining marketing approval for and commercializing CRS treatments.

In addition, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known and unknown obstacles. We will eventually need to transition from a company with a research and development focus to a company capable of supporting commercial activities. We may not be successful in such a transition.

As we continue to build our business, we expect our financial condition and operating results may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Accordingly, you should not rely upon the results of any particular quarterly or annual period as indications of future operating performance.

We have incurred significant losses since inception and expect to incur significant additional losses for the foreseeable future. We may never achieve or maintain profitability.

We have incurred significant operating losses since our inception, including operating losses of approximately $16.3 million and $6.0 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. In addition, we have not commercialized any products and have never generated any revenue from product sales. We have devoted almost all of our financial resources to research and development, including our pre-clinical development activities.

In addition, we expect to continue to incur significant additional operating losses for the foreseeable future as we seek to advance product candidates through pre-clinical and clinical development, expand our research and development activities, develop new product candidates, complete pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, seek regulatory approval and, if we receive FDA approval, commercialize our products. In order to obtain FDA approval of any product candidate, we must submit to the FDA an NDA demonstrating that the product candidate is safe for humans and effective for its intended use. This demonstration requires significant research and animal tests, which are referred to as non-clinical or pre-clinical studies, as well as human tests, which are referred to as clinical trials. Furthermore, the costs of advancing product candidates into each succeeding clinical phase tend to increase substantially over time. The total costs to advance any of our product candidates to

 

11


Table of Contents

marketing approval in even a single jurisdiction would be substantial. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with ENT disease treatment product development, we are unable to accurately predict the timing or amount of increased expenses or when, or if, we will be able to begin generating revenue from the commercialization of products or achieve or maintain profitability. Our expenses will also increase substantially if and as we:

 

   

continue additional clinical trials of our most advanced product candidate, LYR-210, including the Phase 2 LANTERN trial, which commenced in May 2019 and one or more planned pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials of LYR-210;

 

   

advance the development of LYR-220;

 

   

continue to discover and develop additional product candidates;

 

   

establish manufacturing and supply chain capacity sufficient to provide commercial quantities of any product candidates for which we may obtain marketing approval;

 

   

seek regulatory and marketing approvals for product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials, if any;

 

   

establish a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any products for which we may obtain regulatory approval in geographies in which we plan to commercialize our products ourselves;

 

   

maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

 

   

hire additional staff, including clinical, scientific, technical, regulatory, operational, financial, commercial and support personnel, to execute our business plan;

 

   

add clinical, scientific operational, financial and management information systems and personnel to support our product development and potential future commercialization efforts, and as to enable us to operate as a public reporting company;

 

   

utilize external vendors for support with respect to research, development, commercialization, regulatory, pharmacovigilance and other functions;

 

   

acquire or in-license other commercial products, product candidates and technologies;

 

   

expand internationally;

 

   

make royalty, milestone or other payments under current and any future in-license agreements;

 

   

implement additional internal systems and infrastructure; and

 

   

operate as a public company.

Furthermore, our ability to successfully develop, commercialize and license our products and generate product revenue is subject to substantial additional risks and uncertainties. Each of our product candidates will require additional pre-clinical and/or clinical development, potential regulatory approval in multiple jurisdictions, the securing of manufacturing supply, capacity and expertise, the use of external vendors, the building of a commercial organization, substantial investment and significant marketing efforts before we generate any revenue from product sales. As a result, we expect to continue to incur net losses and negative cash flows for the foreseeable future. These net losses and negative cash flows have had, and will continue to have, an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital.

 

12


Table of Contents

The amount of future losses and when, if ever, we will achieve profitability are uncertain. We have no products that have generated any commercial revenue, do not expect to generate revenues from the commercial sale of products in the foreseeable future, and might never generate revenues from the sale of products. Our ability to generate revenue and achieve profitability will depend on, among other things, successful completion of the clinical development of our product candidates; obtaining necessary regulatory approvals from the FDA and international regulatory agencies; establishing manufacturing, sales, market acceptance of our products and marketing infrastructure to commercialize our product candidates for which we obtain approval; and raising sufficient funds to finance our activities. We might not succeed at any of these undertakings. If we are unsuccessful at some or all of these undertakings, our business, prospects, and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Even if this offering is successful, we will need significant additional funding in order to complete development of and obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates and commercialize our products, if approved. If we are unable to raise capital when needed, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs or commercialization efforts.

Even after the consummation of this offering, we will continue to need additional capital beyond the proceeds of this offering, which we may raise through equity offerings, debt financings, marketing and distribution arrangements and other collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements or other sources. Additional sources of financing might not be available on favorable terms, if at all. If we do not succeed in raising additional funds on acceptable terms, we might be unable to complete planned clinical trials or obtain approval of any of our product candidates from the FDA, or any foreign regulatory authorities, and could be forced to discontinue product development. In addition, attempting to secure additional financing may divert the time and attention of our management from day-to-day activities and harm our product candidate development efforts.

We will require substantial funds to further develop, obtain approval for and commercialize our product candidates, including LYR-210, which is currently in Phase 2 clinical development. We will also require substantial funds to further develop, obtain approval for and commercialize our other product candidate, LYR-220, which is in pre-clinical development.

Based on our current operating plan, we believe that the anticipated net proceeds from this offering and our current cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into                 . This estimate is based on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Changing circumstances could cause us to consume capital significantly faster than we currently anticipate, and we may need to spend more than currently expected because of circumstances beyond our control. Because the length of time and activities associated with successful development of LYR-210 and LYR-220 is highly uncertain, we are unable to estimate the actual funds we will require for development, approval and any approved marketing and commercialization activities. Our future funding requirements, both near and long-term, will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

 

   

the scope and results of our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials;

 

   

the timing of, and the costs involved in, obtaining regulatory approvals for LYR-210 and LYR-220;

 

   

the costs and timing of changes in the regulatory environment and enforcement rules;

 

   

the costs and timing in changes in pharmaceutical pricing and reimbursement infrastructure;

 

   

the costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining and enforcing patent claims and other patent-related costs, including any litigation costs and the results of such litigation;

 

13


Table of Contents
   

the effect of competing technological and market developments;

 

   

the extent to which we in-license or acquire other products and technologies;

 

   

the cost of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities for our product candidates in regions where we choose to commercialize our products; and

 

   

the initiation, progress, timing and results of our commercialization of LYR-210 and LYR-220, if approved for commercial sale.

Depending on our business performance, the economic climate and market conditions, we may be unable to raise additional funds through any sources. If we are unable to obtain adequate funding on a timely basis, we may be required to curtail or discontinue one or more of our development programs for LYR-210 or LYR-220, or to reduce our operations. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our then-existing stockholders will experience dilution and the terms of any new equity securities may have preference over those of our existing common stock.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, including purchasers of common stock in this offering, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial revenue, we may finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, marketing and distribution arrangements and other collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans.

To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. Debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our operations, our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures, declaring dividends, redeeming our stock, making certain investments and engaging in certain merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions, among other restrictions. If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may be required to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

We have no approved products.

To date, we have no approved product on the market and have generated no product revenues. Unless we receive approval from the FDA or other regulatory authorities for our product candidates, we will not have product revenues. Therefore, for the foreseeable future, we will have to fund all of our operations and capital expenditures from the net proceeds of this offering, cash on hand, and licensing fees and grants, if any.

Our product candidates are in various stages of development.

We are a therapeutics company focused on the development and commercialization of novel integrated drug and drug delivery solutions for the localized treatment of patients with ENT diseases. Our product

 

14


Table of Contents

candidates are at stages of pre-clinical or clinical development, and favorable results in pre-clinical or early stage clinical trials may not be predictive of success in later clinical trials and may not lead to commercially viable products for any of several reasons. For example, our product candidates may fail to be safe and effective in current or future clinical trials or pre-clinical studies, or we may have inadequate financial or other resources to pursue discovery and development efforts for new product candidates. Our product candidates will require significant additional development, clinical trials, regulatory clearances and additional investment by us before they can be commercialized.

Our business is highly dependent on the success of our most advanced product candidate, LYR-210, which will require significant additional clinical testing before we can seek regulatory approval and potentially launch commercial sales. If LYR-210 does not receive regulatory approval or is not successfully commercialized, or is significantly delayed in doing so, our business will be harmed.

A substantial portion of our business and future success depends on our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for and successfully commercialize our most advanced product candidate, LYR-210. We currently have no products that are approved for commercial sale and have not completed the development of any product candidates, and may never be able to develop marketable products. We expect that a substantial portion of our efforts and expenditures over the next few years will be devoted to LYR-210, which will require additional clinical development and potential additional pre-clinical development, management of clinical, medical affairs and manufacturing activities, regulatory approval in multiple jurisdictions, the securing of manufacturing supply, the building of a commercial organization, substantial investment and significant marketing efforts before we can generate any revenues from any commercial sales. We cannot be certain that LYR-210 will be successful in ongoing or future clinical trials, receive regulatory approval or be successfully commercialized even if we receive regulatory approval. Even if we receive approval to market LYR-210 from the FDA or other regulatory bodies, we cannot be certain that our product candidates will be successfully commercialized, widely accepted in the marketplace or more effective than other commercially available alternatives. Nor can we be certain that, if and when approved, the safety and efficacy profile of LYR-210 or our other product candidates will be consistent with the profiles observed in clinical trials.

If the required regulatory approvals for LYR-210 are not obtained or are significantly delayed, or any approved products are not commercially successful, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially harmed.

LYR-210 is our most advanced product candidate, and if we experience regulatory or developmental issues with respect to LYR-210, our development plans and business could be significantly harmed. Moreover, if we experience similar regulatory or developmental issues with our other pipeline product candidates, our development plans and business could be significantly harmed. Further, our competitors may be developing products with similar mechanisms of action and may experience problems with their products that could identify problems that would potentially harm our business.

We may not be successful in our efforts to identify and successfully commercialize additional product candidates.

Part of our strategy involves identifying novel product candidates. The process by which we identify product candidates may fail to yield product candidates for clinical development for a number of reasons, including those discussed in these risk factors and also:

 

   

we may not be able to assemble sufficient resources to acquire or discover additional product candidates;

 

   

competitors may develop alternatives that render our potential product candidates obsolete or less attractive;

 

15


Table of Contents
   

potential product candidates we develop may nevertheless be covered by third parties’ patents or other exclusive rights;

 

   

potential product candidates may, on further study, be shown to have harmful side effects, toxicities or other characteristics that indicate that they are unlikely to be products that will receive marketing approval or achieve market acceptance;

 

   

potential product candidates may not be effective in treating their targeted diseases or symptoms;

 

   

the market for a potential product candidate may change so that the continued development of that product candidate is no longer reasonable;

 

   

a potential product candidate may not be capable of being produced in commercial quantities at an acceptable cost, or at all; or

 

   

the regulatory pathway for a potential product candidate is highly complex and difficult to navigate successfully or economically.

In addition, we may choose to focus our efforts and resources on a potential product candidate that ultimately proves to be unsuccessful, or to license or purchase a marketed product that does not meet our financial expectations. As a result, we may fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities, be required to forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or other diseases that may later prove to have greater commercial potential, or relinquish valuable rights to such product candidates through collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights. If we are unable to identify and successfully commercialize additional suitable product candidates, this would adversely impact our business strategy and our financial position.

We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product candidate or indication and fail to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited financial and managerial resources, we focus on research programs and product candidates that we identify for specific indications. As a result, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or for other indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to timely capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs and product candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable products. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such product candidate.

Risks Related to Discovery, Development, Clinical Testing, Manufacturing and Regulatory Approval

Clinical trials required for our product candidates are expensive and time-consuming, their outcome is uncertain, and if our clinical trials do not meet safety or efficacy endpoints in these evaluations, or if we experience significant delays in these trials, our ability to commercialize our product candidates and our financial position will be impaired.

We began dosing patients in our Phase 2 LANTERN clinical trial of our most advanced product, LYR-210, in May 2019. Our other product candidate, LYR-220, is in pre-clinical development. It is impossible

 

16


Table of Contents

to predict when or if either of our product candidates will prove effective and safe in humans or if we will receive regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, and the risk of failure through the development process is high. Before obtaining marketing approval from regulatory authorities for the sale of any product candidate, we must complete pre-clinical development and then conduct extensive clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our product candidates in humans.

Clinical development is a long, expensive and uncertain process that is subject to significant delays. Due to known or unknown circumstances beyond our control, it may take us several years to complete our testing, and failure can occur at any stage of testing. The outcome of pre-clinical testing and early clinical trials may not be predictive of the results of later clinical trials, and interim results of a clinical trial do not necessarily predict final results. We cannot assure you that any clinical trial that we are conducting, or may conduct in the future, will demonstrate consistent or adequate efficacy and safety to obtain regulatory approval to market our product candidates. Moreover, pre-clinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analysis, and many companies that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in pre-clinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval of their products.

Delays associated with products for which we are directly conducting pre-clinical studies or clinical trials may cause us to incur additional operating expenses. The commencement and rate of completion of pre-clinical studies or clinical trials may be delayed by, or terminated because of, many factors, including:

 

   

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities disagreeing as to the design or implementation of our pre-clinical studies or clinical trials;

 

   

failure to obtain regulatory approval to commence a trial;

 

   

failure to reach, or delays in reaching, an agreement on acceptable terms with prospective contract research organizations, or CROs, and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

   

slower than expected rates of recruitment of patients or failure to recruit a sufficient number of patients;

 

   

modification of pre-clinical studies or clinical trial protocols;

 

   

changes in regulatory requirements for pre-clinical studies or clinical trials;

 

   

the impact of unusual placebo effects;

 

   

the lack of effectiveness during pre-clinical studies or clinical trials;

 

   

the emergence of unforeseen safety issues or undesirable side effects;

 

   

failure to obtain institutional review board, or the IRB, approval at each site;

 

   

delays, suspension, or termination of clinical trials by the IRB responsible for overseeing the trial at a particular trial site;

 

   

failure of patients in completing a trial or returning for post-treatment follow-up;

 

   

clinical sites deviating from trial protocol, dropping out of a trial or failing to comply with regulatory requirements;

 

   

failure to address patient safety concerns that arise during the course of a trial;

 

17


Table of Contents
   

failure to manufacture sufficient quantities of product candidate for use in clinical trials; and

 

   

government, IRB or other regulatory delays or “clinical holds” requiring suspension or termination of the trials.

We may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, clinical trials that could delay or prevent our ability to receive marketing approval or commercialize our product candidates or significantly increase the cost of such trials, including:

 

   

we may receive feedback from regulatory authorities that requires us to modify the design of our clinical trials;

 

   

clinical trials of our product candidates may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical trials or abandon development programs;

 

   

the number of patients required for clinical trials of our product candidates may be larger than we anticipate, enrollment in these clinical trials may be slower than we anticipate or participants may drop out of these clinical trials or fail to return for post-treatment follow-up at a higher rate than we anticipate;

 

   

we may be unable to enroll a sufficient number of patients in our clinical trials to ensure adequate statistical power to detect any statistically significant treatment effects;

 

   

our third-party contractors may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner, or at all;

 

   

regulators, IRBs or independent ethics committees, or IECs, may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial or conduct a clinical trial at a prospective trial site or may require that we or our investigators suspend or terminate clinical trials of our product candidates for various reasons, including non-compliance with regulatory requirements, a finding that our product candidates have undesirable side effects or other unexpected characteristics, or a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks;

 

   

we may experience delays in reaching or fail to reach agreement on acceptable pre-clinical study or clinical trial contracts or pre-clinical study or clinical trial protocols with prospective trial sites;

 

   

the cost of pre-clinical studies or clinical trials of our product candidates may be greater than we anticipate and we may not have funds to cover the costs;

 

   

the supply or quality of our product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct pre-clinical studies or clinical trials of our product candidates may be insufficient or inadequate;

 

   

regulators may revise the requirements for approving our product candidates, or such requirements may not be as we anticipate; and

 

   

any current or future collaborators that conduct pre-clinical studies or clinical trials may face any of the above issues, and may conduct pre-clinical studies or clinical trials in ways they view as advantageous to them but that are suboptimal for us.

If we are required to extend the duration of current pre-clinical studies or clinical trials or to conduct additional pre-clinical studies or clinical trials or other testing of our product candidates beyond those that we

 

18


Table of Contents

currently contemplate, if we are unable to successfully complete pre-clinical studies or clinical trials of our product candidates or other testing, if the results of these trials, studies or tests are not positive or are only modestly positive, if there are safety concerns or if we determine that the observed safety or efficacy profile would not be competitive in the marketplace, we may:

 

   

incur unplanned costs;

 

   

be delayed in obtaining marketing approval for our product candidates or not obtain marketing approval at all;

 

   

obtain marketing approval in some countries and not in others;

 

   

obtain marketing approval for indications or patient populations that are not as broad as intended or desired;

 

   

obtain marketing approval with labeling that includes significant use or distribution restrictions or safety warnings, including boxed warnings;

 

   

be subject to additional post-marketing testing requirements; or

 

   

have the product removed from the market after obtaining marketing approval.

We could encounter delays if a clinical trial is materially modified, suspended or terminated by us, by the IRBs of the institutions in which such trials are being conducted, by the Data Safety Monitoring Board, or DSMB, for such trial or by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. Such authorities may impose such a material modification, suspension or termination due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects for our product candidates, or other products or product candidates in the same drug class, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a drug, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. Furthermore, we may rely on CROs and clinical trial sites to ensure the proper and timely conduct of clinical trials and while we would have agreements governing their committed activities, we would have limited influence over their actual performance, as described in “—Risks Related to Our Dependence on Third Parties.”

Our most advanced product candidate, LYR-210, is in clinical development and will require the completion of clinical testing before we are prepared to submit an NDA for regulatory approval. We cannot predict if or when we might complete the development of LYR-210 and submit an NDA or whether any such NDA will be approved by the FDA. We may also seek feedback from the FDA or other regulatory authorities on our clinical development programs, and the FDA or such regulatory authorities may not provide such feedback on a timely basis, or such feedback may not be favorable, which could further delay our development programs. If the results of ongoing and future clinical trials for LYR-210 are positive, we plan to submit an NDA in the United States. However, no assurance can be given that we will be successful in the near term, obtain regulatory approval or have any commercial sales of LYR-210.

Any clinical test may fail to produce results satisfactory to the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities. Pre-clinical and clinical data can be interpreted in different ways by different reviewers and regulators, which could delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. Drug-related adverse events during a pre-clinical study or clinical trial could cause us to repeat a trial or study, perform an additional trial or study, expand the size and/or duration of a trial or study, terminate a trial or study or even cancel a pre-clinical or clinical program. The failure of pre-clinical studies or clinical trials to demonstrate safety and effectiveness for the desired indications could harm the development of that product candidate and other product candidates. This failure could cause us to

 

19


Table of Contents

abandon a product candidate and could delay development of other product candidates. Any delay in, or termination of, our clinical trials would delay the filing of our NDAs with the FDA and, ultimately, our ability to commercialize our product candidates and generate product revenues. A number of companies in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or adverse safety profiles, notwithstanding promising results in earlier trials. Even if our future and ongoing pre-clinical studies and clinical trials are completed as planned, we cannot be certain that their results will support the safety and effectiveness of LYR-210, LYR-220 and/or any future product candidate.

If we experience delays in the commencement or completion of, or have to extend or expand, our pre-clinical studies or clinical trials, or if we terminate a pre-clinical study or clinical trial prior to completion, the commercial prospects of LYR-210, LYR-220 or any future product candidate could be harmed, and our ability to generate revenues from LYR-210, LYR-220 or any future product candidate may be delayed. In addition, any delays in our pre-clinical studies or clinical trials could increase our costs, slow down the development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenues. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of pre-clinical studies or clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of our product candidates.

Our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may fail to demonstrate adequately the safety and efficacy of any of our product candidates and the development of our product candidates may be delayed or unsuccessful, which could prevent or delay regulatory approval and commercialization.

Both of our current product candidates are in clinical or pre-clinical development stages. Notwithstanding the data obtained to date with respect to LYR-210 and LYR-220 in CRS, LYR-210 and LYR-220 will require additional clinical and non-clinical development, regulatory review and approval in multiple jurisdictions, substantial investment, access to sufficient commercial manufacturing capacity and significant marketing efforts before we can generate any revenue from our product sales. In addition, if we encounter safety or efficacy problems, developmental delays or regulatory issues or other problems, our developmental plans and business could be significantly harmed.

If the development of LYR-210, LYR-220 or any other future product candidate is unsuccessful, our ability to generate revenues will be adversely affected. Our development of current and future product candidates is subject to the risks of failure and delay inherent in the development of new products and product candidates, including:

 

   

delays in product development, pre-clinical or clinical testing or manufacturing;

 

   

unplanned expenditures in product development, pre-clinical or clinical testing or manufacturing;

 

   

failure to receive regulatory approvals;

 

   

failure to secure rights from third parties for new technology;

 

   

failure to achieve market acceptance; and

 

   

emergence of superior or equivalent products.

In addition, product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety profiles and efficacy results despite having progressed through pre-clinical studies and initial clinical trials. A number of companies in the biopharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or adverse safety profiles, notwithstanding promising results in earlier trials. Based upon negative or inconclusive results, we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical

 

20


Table of Contents

trials or pre-clinical studies. In addition, data obtained from trials and studies are susceptible to varying interpretations, and regulators may not interpret our data as favorably as we do, which may delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval.

Additionally, we have not conducted, nor do we believe we are required to conduct, any head-to-head trials comparing LYR-210 to other approved or experimental treatments for CRS. Any such head-to-head trial, if conducted, may show that LYR-210 is not more effective than any of such other drugs. Material adverse differences in the relative efficacy of LYR-210 could significantly harm the adoption of LYR-210 and our business prospects.

Because of these risks, our research and development efforts may not result in any commercially viable products. If a significant portion of these development efforts are not successfully completed, required regulatory approvals are not obtained, or any approved products are not commercially successful, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially harmed.

Success in pre-clinical or earlier clinical trials may not be indicative of results in future clinical trials.

Success in pre-clinical studies and early clinical trials does not ensure that later clinical trials will generate the same results or otherwise provide adequate data to demonstrate the efficacy and safety of a product candidate. Pre-clinical studies and Phase 1 and Phase 2 clinical trials are primarily designed to test safety, to study pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics and to understand the side effects of product candidates at various doses and schedules. Success in pre-clinical studies and early clinical trials does not ensure that later, large-scale efficacy trials will be successful nor does it predict final results. Our product candidates may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy in clinical development despite positive results in pre-clinical studies or having successfully advanced through initial clinical trials.

In addition, the design of a clinical trial can determine whether its results will support approval of a product, and flaws in the design of a clinical trial may not become apparent until the clinical trial is well advanced. As an organization, we have limited experience designing clinical trials and may be unable to design and execute a clinical trial to support regulatory approval. Many companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in late-stage clinical trials even after achieving promising results in pre-clinical studies and earlier-stage clinical trials. Data obtained from pre-clinical and clinical activities are subject to varying interpretations, which may delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. In addition, we may experience regulatory delays or rejections as a result of many factors, including changes in regulatory policy during the period of our product candidate development. Any such delays could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If the FDA does not conclude that certain of our product candidates satisfy the requirements for the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway, or if the requirements for such product candidates under Section 505(b)(2) are not as we expect, the approval pathway for those product candidates may likely take significantly longer, cost significantly more and entail significantly greater complications and risks than anticipated, and in either case may not be successful.

We intend to seek FDA approval for our current product candidates, LYR-210 and LYR-220, and we may seek FDA approval for future product candidates, through the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway. The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, also known as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, added Section 505(b)(2) to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA. Section 505(b)(2) permits the filing of an NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from trials that were not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. Section 505(b)(2), if applicable to us under the FDCA, would allow an NDA we submit to the FDA to rely in part on data in the public domain or the FDA’s prior conclusions regarding the safety and effectiveness of approved drugs, which could expedite the development program for our product candidates by potentially decreasing the

 

21


Table of Contents

amount of clinical data that we would need to generate in order to obtain FDA approval. If the FDA does not allow us to pursue the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway as we anticipate, we may need to conduct additional clinical trials, provide additional data and information and meet additional standards for regulatory approval. If this were to occur, the time and financial resources required to obtain FDA approval for our product candidates, and complications and risks associated with the development of our product candidates, would likely substantially increase. Moreover, inability to pursue the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway could result in competitive products reaching the market before our product candidates, which could impact our competitive position and prospects. Even if we are allowed to pursue the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway, we cannot assure you that our product candidates will receive the requisite approvals for commercialization, or that a competitor would not obtain approval first along with subsequent market exclusivity from the FDA, thereby delaying potential approval of our product.

In addition, the pharmaceutical industry is highly competitive, and Section 505(b)(2) NDAs are subject to special requirements designed to protect the patent rights of sponsors of previously approved drugs that are referenced in a Section 505(b)(2) NDA. These requirements may give rise to patent litigation and mandatory delays in approval of our NDAs for up to 30 months or longer depending on the outcome of any litigation. It is not uncommon for a manufacturer of an approved product to file a citizen petition with the FDA seeking to delay approval of, or impose additional approval requirements for, pending competing products. If successful, such petitions can significantly delay, or even prevent, the approval of the new product. However, even if the FDA ultimately denies such a petition, the FDA may substantially delay approval while it considers and responds to the petition. In addition, even if we are able to utilize the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway, there is no guarantee this would ultimately lead to accelerated product development or earlier approval.

Moreover, even if our product candidates are approved under Section 505(b)(2), the approval may be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which the products may be marketed or to other conditions of approval, or may contain requirements for costly post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of the products.

We have conducted, are conducting and in the future, we may conduct clinical trials for our product candidates in sites outside the United States, and the FDA may not accept data from trials conducted in foreign locations.

We have conducted and are conducting clinical trials for LYR-210 outside the United States, specifically in Australia, Austria, Czech Republic, New Zealand and Poland, and we may in the future choose to conduct other clinical trials outside the United States for LYR-210, LYR-220 or any of our other future product candidates. Although the FDA may accept data from clinical trials conducted outside the United States, acceptance of this data is subject to certain conditions imposed by the FDA. For example, the clinical trial must be well designed and conducted and performed by qualified investigators in accordance with good clinical practice, or GCP, including review and approval by an IEC and receipt of informed consent from subjects. In general, the patient population for any clinical trials conducted outside of the United States must be representative of the population for which we intend to seek approval for the product in the United States. In addition, while these clinical trials are subject to the applicable local laws, FDA acceptance of the data will be dependent upon its determination that the trials also complied with all applicable U.S. laws and regulations. There can be no assurance the FDA will accept data from trials conducted outside of the United States. If the FDA does not accept the data from our clinical trials of our product candidates, it would likely result in the need for additional trials, which would be costly and time-consuming and delay or permanently halt our development of our product candidates.

In addition, there are risks inherent in conducting clinical trials in multiple jurisdictions, inside and outside of the United States, such as:

 

   

regulatory and administrative requirements of the jurisdiction where the trial is conducted that could burden or limit our ability to conduct our clinical trials;

 

22


Table of Contents
   

foreign exchange fluctuations;

 

   

manufacturing, customs, shipment and storage requirements;

 

   

cultural differences in medical practice and clinical research; and

 

   

the risk that the patient populations in such trials are not considered representative as compared to the patient population in the target markets where approval is being sought.

Interim and preliminary data from our clinical trials that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more patient data become available and are subject to audit and verification procedures that could result in material changes in the final data.

From time to time, we may publish interim or preliminary data from our clinical trials. Interim data from clinical trials that we may complete are subject to the risk that one or more of the clinical outcomes may materially change as patient enrollment continues and more patient data become available. Interim or preliminary data also remain subject to audit and verification procedures that may result in the final data being materially different from the preliminary data we previously published. As a result, interim and preliminary data should be viewed with caution until the final data are available. Differences between interim or preliminary data and final data could significantly harm our business prospects.

LYR-210 and LYR-220 are drug-device combinations, which may result in additional regulatory and other risks.

LYR-210 and LYR-220 are drug-device combination products. We may experience delays in obtaining regulatory approval of these product candidates given the increased complexity of the review process when approval of a drug and a delivery device is sought under a single marketing application. Both LYR-210 and LYR-220 will be regulated as drug-device combination products, which require coordination within the FDA and similar foreign regulatory agencies for review of the product candidates’ device and drug components. The determination whether a combination product requires a single marketing application or two separate marketing applications for each component is made by the FDA on a case-by-case basis. Although we believe a single marketing application for the approval of a combination product would be successful, there can be no assurance that the FDA will not determine that separate marketing applications are necessary. This determination could significantly increase the resources and time required to bring a particular combination product to market. Although the FDA and similar foreign regulatory agencies have systems in place for the review and approval of combination products such as ours, we may experience delays in the development and commercialization of our product candidates due to regulatory timing constraints and uncertainties in the product development and approval process, as well as coordination between two different centers within FDA responsible for review of the different components of the combination product.

Failure to successfully develop or supply the device component, delays in or failure of the studies conducted by us, our collaborators, or third-party providers, or failure of our Company, our collaborators, or third-party providers to obtain or maintain regulatory approval or clearance of the device component of LYR-210 or LYR-220, as appropriate, could result in increased development costs, delays in or failure to obtain regulatory approval, and associated delays in these product candidates reaching the market. Further, failure to successfully develop or supply the device, or to gain or maintain its approval, could adversely affect sales of LYR-210 and LYR-220.

If we fail to obtain the necessary U.S. regulatory approvals to commercialize any product candidate, we will not be able to generate revenue in the U.S. market.

We cannot assure you that we will receive the approvals necessary to commercialize our product candidates, or any product candidate we acquire or develop in the future. We will need FDA approval to

 

23


Table of Contents

commercialize our product candidates in the United States and approvals from equivalent regulatory authorities in foreign jurisdictions to commercialize our product candidates in those jurisdictions. Satisfaction of the FDA’s regulatory requirements typically takes many years, depends upon the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidate and requires substantial resources for research, development and testing. We cannot predict whether our research and clinical efforts will result in drugs that the FDA will determine are safe for humans and effective for their intended uses. The FDA has substantial discretion in the drug approval process and may require us to conduct additional pre-clinical and clinical testing, perform post-marketing studies, address manufacturing concerns, or otherwise limit or impose conditions on any approval we obtain. The approval process may also be delayed by changes in government regulation, future legislation or administrative action or changes in FDA policy that occur prior to or during our regulatory review. Delays in obtaining regulatory approvals may:

 

   

delay commercialization of, and our ability to derive product revenues from, our product candidates;

 

   

impose costly procedures on us; and

 

   

diminish any competitive advantages that we may otherwise enjoy.

Even if we receive approval of an NDA or comparable foreign regulatory filing for our product candidates, the FDA or the applicable foreign regulatory body may approve our product candidates for a more limited indication than we originally requested, and the FDA may not approve the labeling that we believe is necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of our product candidates.

Even if we comply with all FDA requests, the FDA may ultimately reject one or more of our NDAs. We cannot be sure that we will ever obtain regulatory clearance for our product candidates. Failure to obtain FDA approval of our product candidates will severely undermine our business by leaving us without a commercially available product, and therefore without any source of revenues, until another product candidate can be developed or obtained and ultimately approved. There is no guarantee that we will ever be able to develop or acquire another product candidate or that we will be able to obtain FDA approval to commercialize such product candidate.

Even if we obtain FDA approval for our product candidates in the United States, we may never obtain approval for or commercialize them in any other jurisdiction, which would limit our ability to realize its full market potential.

We intend either on our own or through collaborations or partnerships, to market our products in international markets. In order to market any products in the European Union and many other foreign jurisdictions, we must establish and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements on a country-by-country basis regarding safety and efficacy. Approval by the FDA in the United States does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions. However, the failure to obtain approval in one jurisdiction may negatively impact our ability to obtain approval elsewhere. In addition, clinical trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries, and regulatory approval in one country does not guarantee regulatory approval in any other country.

Approval processes vary among countries and can involve additional product testing and validation and additional administrative review periods. Seeking foreign regulatory approval could result in difficulties and increased costs for us and require additional pre-clinical studies or clinical trials which could be costly and time consuming. Regulatory requirements can vary widely from country to country and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in those countries. We do not have any product candidates approved for sale in any jurisdiction, including in international markets, and we do not have experience in obtaining regulatory approval in international markets. If we fail to comply with regulatory requirements in international markets or to obtain

 

24


Table of Contents

and maintain required approvals, or if regulatory approvals in international markets are delayed, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of any product we develop will be unrealized.

The regulatory approval processes of the FDA and comparable foreign authorities are lengthy, costly, time-consuming and inherently unpredictable, and if we are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, our business will be substantially harmed. We cannot predict when or if, and in which territories, we, or any of our potential future collaborators, will obtain marketing approval to commercialize a product candidate.

The time required to obtain approval by the FDA and comparable foreign authorities is unpredictable but typically takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials and depends upon numerous factors, including the substantial discretion of the regulatory authorities. In addition, approval policies, regulations, or the type and amount of clinical data necessary to gain approval may change during the course of a product candidate’s clinical development and may vary among jurisdictions. We have not obtained regulatory approval for any product candidate and it is possible that neither LYR-210, LYR-220 nor any future product candidates we may seek to develop in the future will ever obtain regulatory approval. Neither we nor any future collaborator is permitted to market any of our product candidates in the United States until we receive regulatory approval of an NDA from the FDA. It is possible that the FDA may refuse to accept for substantive review any NDAs that we submit for our product candidates or may conclude after review of our data that our application is insufficient to obtain marketing approval of our product candidates.

Prior to obtaining approval to commercialize a product candidate in the United States or abroad, we or our collaborators must demonstrate with substantial evidence from well-controlled clinical trials, and to the satisfaction of the FDA or foreign regulatory agencies, that such product candidates are safe and effective for their intended uses in patients. Results from non-clinical studies and clinical trials can be interpreted in different ways. Even if we believe the non-clinical or clinical data for our product candidates are promising, such data may not be sufficient to support approval by the FDA and other regulatory authorities. The FDA may also require us to conduct additional pre-clinical studies or clinical trials for our product candidates either prior to or post-approval, or it may object to elements of our clinical development program. Depending on the extent of these or any other FDA-required studies, approval of any NDA or other application that we submit may be delayed by several years, or may require us to expend significantly more resources than we have available.

Of the large number of potential products in development, only a small percentage successfully complete the FDA or foreign regulatory approval processes and are commercialized. The lengthy and costly approval process as well as the unpredictability of future clinical trial results may result in our failing to obtain regulatory approval to market our product candidates, which would significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.

Moreover, principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and receive compensation in connection with such services. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to report some of these relationships to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may conclude that a financial relationship between us and a principal investigator has created a conflict of interest or otherwise affected interpretation of the study. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may therefore question the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized. This could result in a delay in approval, or rejection, of our marketing applications by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, as the case may be, and may ultimately lead to the denial of marketing approval of one or more of our product candidates.

 

25


Table of Contents

If we encounter delays or difficulties enrolling patients in our clinical trials, our clinical development activities and receipt of regulatory approvals could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected.

The timely completion of clinical trials in accordance with their protocols depends, among other things, on our ability to enroll a sufficient number of patients who remain in the trial until its conclusion. Trials may be subject to delays as a result of patient enrollment taking longer than anticipated or patient withdrawal. We may encounter delays in enrolling, or be unable to enroll, a sufficient number of patients to complete any of our clinical trials, and even once enrolled we may be unable to retain a sufficient number of patients to complete any of our trials. We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials for our product candidates if we are unable to locate and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in these trials as required by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States. We cannot predict how successful we will be at enrolling subjects in future clinical trials. The enrollment of patients depends on many factors, including:

 

   

the patient eligibility criteria defined in the protocol;

 

   

the size of the patient population required for analysis of the trial’s primary endpoints;

 

   

the proximity of patients to trial sites;

 

   

the design of the trial;

 

   

our ability to recruit clinical trial investigators with the appropriate competencies and experience;

 

   

clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages of the product candidate being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new products that may be approved for the indications we are investigating;

 

   

the perceived risks and benefits of the product candidate in the trial;

 

   

the availability of alternative therapies;

 

   

our ability to obtain and maintain patient consents; and

 

   

the risk that patients enrolled in clinical trials will drop out of the trials before completion.

In addition, our clinical trials will compete with other clinical trials for product candidates that are in the same therapeutic areas as our product candidates, and this competition will reduce the number and types of patients available to us, because some patients who might have opted to enroll in our trials may instead opt to enroll in a trial being conducted by one of our competitors. Since the number of qualified clinical investigators is limited, we expect to conduct some of our clinical trials at the same clinical trial sites that some of our competitors use, which will reduce the number of patients who are available for our clinical trials in such clinical trial site.

Delays or failures in planned patient enrollment or retention may result in increased costs, program delays or both, which could have a harmful effect on our ability to develop LYR-210, LYR-220 and/or any other future product candidates, or could render further development impossible.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our product candidates may cause serious adverse events or undesirable side effects including injury and death or have other properties which may delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial profile of an approved label, or, result in significant negative consequences following marketing approval, if any. If any of our product candidates receives marketing approval and we, or others, later discover that the drug is less effective than previously believed or causes undesirable side effects that were not previously identified, our ability, or that of any potential future collaborators, to market the drug could be compromised.

Before obtaining regulatory approvals for the commercial sale of our product candidates, we must demonstrate through lengthy, complex and expensive pre-clinical testing and clinical trials that our product candidates are both safe and effective for use in each target indication, and failures can occur at any stage of testing. Clinical trials often fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy of the product candidate studied for the target indication. Serious adverse events, or SAEs, or undesirable side effects caused by our product candidates could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or other comparable foreign authorities. Results of our clinical trials or pre-clinical studies could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of side effects, toxicities or unexpected characteristics, including death. For example, in our Phase 1 clinical trial for our most advanced product candidate, LYR-210, there has been one SAE in the active group (acute myocardial infarction), which was considered not related to LYR-210. For more information, see “Business—LYR-210 for the Treatment of CRS—Overview of Our Clinical Development.”

In addition, subjects treated with LYR-210 have experienced adverse events, including facial pain, nasopharyngitis, sinusitis, upper respiratory tract infection, procedural headache, nasal discomfort and nasal odor, among others.

If unacceptable side effects arise in the development of our product candidates, we, the FDA, the IRBs at the institutions in which our studies are conducted or DSMB, could materially modify, suspend or terminate our clinical trials or the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order us to cease pre-clinical studies or clinical trials, require us to conduct additional animal or human studies regarding the safety and efficacy of our product candidates which we have not planned or anticipated, or deny approval of our product candidates for any or all targeted indications. Many product candidates that initially showed promise in early stage testing have later been found to cause side effects that prevented further development of the product candidate. Treatment-related side effects could also affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial or result in potential product liability claims. In addition, these side effects may not be appropriately recognized or managed by the treating medical staff. We currently train and expect to have to train medical personnel using our product candidates to understand the side effect profiles for our clinical trials and upon any commercialization of any of our product candidates. Inadequate training in recognizing or managing the potential side effects of our product candidates could result in patient injury or death. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

If any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, and we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by any such product, including during any long-term follow-up observation period recommended or required for patients who receive treatment using our products, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

 

   

regulatory authorities may withdraw approvals of such product;

 

   

we may be required to recall a product or change the way such product is administered to patients;

 

   

additional restrictions may be imposed on the marketing of the particular product or the manufacturing processes for the product;

 

   

regulatory authorities may require additional warnings on the label, such as a “black box” warning or contraindication;

 

27


Table of Contents
   

regulatory authorities may require long-term patient registries for the product;

 

   

we may be required to implement a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, or create a medication guide outlining the risks of such side effects for distribution to patients;

 

   

the product could become less competitive;

 

   

we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients; and

 

   

our reputation may suffer.

There can be no assurance that we will resolve any issues related to any product-related adverse events to the satisfaction of the FDA or any regulatory agency in a timely manner or at all. Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the particular product candidate, if approved, and could significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.

Changes in methods of product candidate manufacturing or formulation may result in additional costs or delay.

As product candidates proceed through pre-clinical studies to late-stage clinical trials towards potential approval and commercialization, it is common that various aspects of the development program, such as manufacturing methods and formulation, are altered along the way in an effort to optimize processes and results. Such changes carry the risk that they will not achieve these intended objectives. Any of these changes could cause our product candidates to perform differently and affect the results of planned clinical trials or other future clinical trials conducted with the altered materials. Such changes may also require additional testing, FDA notification or FDA approval. This could delay completion of clinical trials, require the conduct of bridging clinical trials or the repetition of one or more clinical trials, increase clinical trial costs, delay approval of our product candidates and jeopardize our ability to commence sales and generate revenue.

Our insurance policies are expensive and protect us only from some business risks, which leaves us exposed to significant uninsured liabilities.

We do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter. Some of the policies we currently maintain include general liability, employment practices liability, property, auto, workers’ compensation, umbrella, and directors’ and officers’ insurance.

Any additional product liability insurance coverage we acquire in the future, may not be sufficient to reimburse us for any expenses or losses we may suffer. Moreover, insurance coverage is becoming increasingly expensive and in the future we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts to protect us against losses due to liability. If we obtain marketing approval for LYR-210 and/or LYR-220, we intend to acquire insurance coverage to include the sale of commercial products; however, we may be unable to obtain product liability insurance on commercially reasonable terms or in adequate amounts. A successful product liability claim or series of claims brought against us could cause our share price to decline and, if judgments exceed our insurance coverage, could adversely affect our results of operations and business, including preventing or limiting the development and commercialization of any product candidates we develop. We do not carry specific biological or hazardous waste insurance coverage, and our property, casualty and general liability insurance policies specifically exclude coverage for damages and fines arising from biological or hazardous waste exposure or contamination. Accordingly, in the event of contamination or injury, we could be held liable for damages or be penalized with fines in an amount exceeding our resources, and our clinical trials or regulatory approvals could be suspended.

We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and

 

28


Table of Contents

coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers. We do not know, however, if we will be able to maintain existing insurance with adequate levels of coverage. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would adversely affect our cash position and results of operations.

Our employees and independent contractors, including principal investigators, CROs, consultants, vendors, and any third parties we may engage in connection with research, development, regulatory, manufacturing, quality assurance and other pharmaceutical functions and commercialization may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Misconduct by our employees and independent contractors, including principal investigators, CROs, consultants, vendors, and any third parties we may engage in connection with research, development, regulatory, manufacturing, quality assurance and other pharmaceutical functions and commercialization, could include intentional, reckless or negligent conduct or unauthorized activities that violate: (i) the laws and regulations of the FDA, the European Medicines Agency, or the EMA, and other similar regulatory authorities, including those laws that require the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to such authorities; (ii) manufacturing standards; (iii) data privacy, security, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations; or (iv) laws that require the reporting of true, complete and accurate financial information and data. Specifically, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Activities subject to these laws could also involve the improper use or misrepresentation of information obtained in the course of pre-clinical studies or clinical trials, creation of fraudulent data in pre-clinical studies or clinical trials or illegal misappropriation of drug product, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with such laws or regulations. Additionally, we are subject to the risk that a person or government could allege such fraud or other misconduct, even if none occurred. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business and results of operations, including the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, disgorgements, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid, other U.S. federal healthcare programs or healthcare programs in other jurisdictions, integrity oversight and reporting obligations to resolve allegations of non-compliance, individual imprisonment, other sanctions, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of our operations.

Our business and operations would suffer in the event of system failures.

Our computer systems, as well as those of our CROs and other contractors, vendors, suppliers and consultants, are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters (including hurricanes), terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. If such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our product candidate development programs and our business. For example, the loss of pre-clinical studies or clinical trial data from completed, ongoing or planned trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of or damage to our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of personal, confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further development of LYR-210, LYR-220 or any other product candidate could be delayed.

 

29


Table of Contents

In the ordinary course of our business, we directly or indirectly collect and store sensitive data, including intellectual property, confidential information, pre-clinical and clinical trial data, proprietary business information, personal data and personally identifiable health information of our clinical trial subjects and employees, in our data centers and on our networks, or on those of third parties. The secure processing, maintenance and transmission of this information is critical to our operations. Despite our security measures, our information technology and infrastructure has been and, from time to time, may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or internal bad actors, or breached due to employee error, a technical vulnerability, malfeasance or other disruptions. Although, to our knowledge, we have not experienced any material security breach to date, any such breach could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, significant regulatory penalties, and such an event could disrupt our operations, damage our reputation, and cause a loss of confidence in us and our ability to conduct clinical trials, which could adversely affect our business reputation and delay our clinical development of our product candidates.

Risks Related to Healthcare Laws and Other Legal Compliance Matters

We will be subject to extensive and costly government regulation.

Product candidates employing our technology will be subject to extensive and rigorous domestic government regulation including regulation by the FDA, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, other divisions of the United States Department of Health and Human Services, the United States Department of Justice, state and local governments, and their respective equivalents outside of the United States. The FDA regulates the research, development, pre-clinical and clinical testing, manufacture, safety, effectiveness, record-keeping, reporting, labeling, packaging, storage, approval, advertising, promotion, sale, distribution, import, and export of pharmaceutical products. If products employing our technologies are marketed abroad, they will also be subject to extensive regulation by foreign governments, whether or not they have obtained FDA approval for a given product and its uses. Such foreign regulation may be equally or more demanding than corresponding United States regulation.

Government regulation substantially increases the cost and risk of researching, developing, manufacturing, and selling our products. The regulatory review and approval process, which includes pre-clinical testing and clinical trials of each product candidate, is lengthy, expensive, and uncertain. We or our collaborators must obtain and maintain regulatory authorization to conduct pre-clinical studies and clinical trials. We or our collaborators must obtain regulatory approval for each product we intend to market, and the manufacturing facilities used for the products must be inspected and meet legal requirements. Securing regulatory approval requires the submission of extensive pre-clinical and clinical data and other supporting information for each proposed therapeutic indication in order to establish the product’s safety and efficacy, potency and purity, for each intended use. The development and approval process takes many years, requires substantial resources, and may never lead to the approval of a product.

Even if we are able to obtain regulatory approval for a particular product, the approval may limit the indicated medical uses for the product, may otherwise limit our ability to promote, sell, and distribute the product, may require that we conduct costly post-marketing surveillance, and/or may require that we conduct ongoing post-marketing studies. Material changes to an approved product, such as, for example, manufacturing changes or revised labeling, may require further regulatory review and approval. Once obtained, any approvals may be withdrawn, including, for example, if there is a later discovery of previously unknown problems with the product, such as a previously unknown safety issue.

If we, our collaborators, consultants, contract manufacturers, CROs or other vendors, fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements at any stage during the regulatory process, such noncompliance could result in, among other things, delays in the approval of applications or supplements to approved applications;

 

30


Table of Contents

refusal of a regulatory authority, including the FDA, to review pending market approval applications or supplements to approved applications; warning letters; fines; import and/or export restrictions; product recalls or seizures; injunctions; total or partial suspension of production; civil penalties; withdrawals of previously approved marketing applications or licenses; recommendations by the FDA or other regulatory authorities against governmental contracts; and/or criminal prosecutions.

Enacted and future healthcare legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval of and commercialize our product candidates and could adversely affect our business.

In the United States, the EU and other jurisdictions, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes to the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of our products in development, restrict or regulate post-approval activities involving any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval, impact pricing and reimbursement and impact our ability to sell any such products profitably. In particular, there have been and continue to be a number of initiatives at the U.S. federal and state levels that seek to reduce healthcare costs and improve the quality of healthcare. In addition, new regulations and interpretations of existing healthcare statutes and regulations are frequently adopted.

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or collectively the ACA, was enacted, which substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Among the provisions of the ACA, those of greatest importance to the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries include the following:

 

   

an annual, non-deductible fee payable by any entity that manufactures or imports certain branded prescription drugs and biologic agents (other than those designated as orphan drugs), which is apportioned among these entities according to their market share in certain government healthcare programs;

 

   

a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D;

 

   

new requirements to report certain financial arrangements with physicians and teaching hospitals, including reporting “transfers of value” made or distributed to prescribers and other healthcare providers and reporting investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members;

 

   

an increase in the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program to 23.1% and 13.0% of the average manufacturer price for branded and generic drugs, respectively;

 

   

a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected;

 

   

extension of a manufacturer’s Medicaid rebate liability to covered drugs dispensed to individuals who are enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations;

 

   

expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs by, among other things, allowing states to offer Medicaid coverage to certain individuals with income at or below 133% of the federal poverty level, thereby potentially increasing a manufacturer’s Medicaid rebate liability;

 

31


Table of Contents
   

a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research; and

 

   

establishment of a Center for Medicare Innovation at CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending, potentially including prescription drug spending.

Since its enactment, there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA, and we expect there will be additional challenges and amendments to the ACA in the future. For example, the creation of the Independent Payment Advisory Board, which had been included as part of the provisions of the ACA, was repealed in February 2018. The current presidential administration and Congress will likely continue to seek to modify, repeal, or otherwise invalidate all, or certain provisions of, the ACA. It is uncertain the extent to which any such changes may impact our business or financial condition.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. In August 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 resulted in aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will remain in effect through 2029 unless additional action is taken by Congress. In January 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. These new laws or any other similar laws introduced in the future may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, which could negatively affect our customers and accordingly, our financial operations.

Moreover, payment methodologies may be subject to changes in healthcare legislation and regulatory initiatives. For example, CMS may develop new payment and delivery models, such as bundled payment models. In addition, recently there has been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which has resulted in several U.S. Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, reduce the cost of prescription drugs under Medicare, and review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs. The Trump administration’s budget proposal for fiscal year 2020 contains further drug price control measures that could be enacted during the 2020 budget process or in other future legislation, including, for example, measures to permit Medicare Part D plans to negotiate the price of certain drugs under Medicare Part B, to allow some states to negotiate drug prices under Medicaid, and to eliminate cost sharing for generic drugs for low-income patients. Further, the Trump administration released a “Blueprint”, or plan, to lower drug prices and reduce out of pocket costs of drugs that contains additional proposals to increase drug manufacturer competition, increase the negotiating power of certain federal healthcare programs, incentivize manufacturers to lower the list price of their products, and reduce the out of pocket costs of drug products paid by consumers. The Department of Health and Human Services has already started the process of soliciting feedback on some of these measures and, at the same, is immediately implementing others under its existing authority. While any proposed measures will require authorization through additional legislation to become effective, Congress and the Trump administration have each indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative and/or administrative measures to control drug costs. We expect that additional U.S. federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that the U.S. federal government will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our product candidates or additional pricing pressures.

Individual states in the United States have also increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk

 

32


Table of Contents

purchasing. Legally-mandated price controls on payment amounts by third-party payors or other restrictions could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. In addition, regional healthcare authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other healthcare programs. This could reduce the ultimate demand for our product candidates or put pressure on our product pricing.

In the EU, similar political, economic and regulatory developments may affect our ability to profitably commercialize our product candidates, if approved. In addition to continuing pressure on prices and cost containment measures, legislative developments at the EU or member state level may result in significant additional requirements or obstacles that may increase our operating costs. The delivery of healthcare in the EU, including the establishment and operation of health services and the pricing and reimbursement of medicines, is almost exclusively a matter for national, rather than EU, law and policy. National governments and health service providers have different priorities and approaches to the delivery of healthcare and the pricing and reimbursement of products in that context. In general, however, the healthcare budgetary constraints in most EU member states have resulted in restrictions on the pricing and reimbursement of medicines by relevant health service providers. Coupled with ever-increasing EU and national regulatory burdens on those wishing to develop and market products, this could prevent or delay marketing approval of our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability to commercialize our product candidates, if approved.

In markets outside of the United States and the EU, reimbursement and healthcare payment systems vary significantly by country, and many countries have instituted price ceilings on specific products and therapies.

In addition, legislative and regulatory proposals have been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical products. We cannot be sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether the FDA’s regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of our product candidates, if any, may be. In addition, increased scrutiny by the U.S. Congress of the FDA’s approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing approval, as well as subject us to more stringent product labeling and post-marketing testing and other requirements.

We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action in the United States, the EU or any other jurisdiction. If we or any third parties we may engage are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we or such third parties are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, our product candidates may lose any regulatory approval that may have been obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

Even if we receive regulatory approval of our product candidates, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense, and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or experience unanticipated problems with our product candidates.

Any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval, along with the manufacturing processes, post-approval clinical data, labeling, packaging, distribution, adverse event reporting, storage, recordkeeping, export, import, advertising and promotional activities for such product, among other things, will be subject to extensive and ongoing requirements of and review by the FDA, the EMA and other regulatory authorities. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, establishment registration and drug listing requirements, continued compliance with current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, requirements relating to manufacturing, quality control, quality assurance and corresponding maintenance of records and documents, requirements regarding the distribution of samples to physicians and recordkeeping and GCP requirements for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval. In addition, the

 

33


Table of Contents

sponsor of an approved NDA is subject to periodic inspections and other FDA monitoring and reporting obligations, including obligations to monitor and report adverse events and other information such as the failure of a product to meet the specifications in the NDA. NDA sponsors must submit new or supplemental applications and obtain FDA approval for certain changes to the approved product, product labeling, or manufacturing process. Application holders must also submit advertising and other promotional material to the FDA and report on ongoing clinical trials. The FDA may require changes in the labeling of already approved drug products and require that sponsors conduct post-marketing studies. Accordingly, we and others with whom we work must continue to expend time, money and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production and quality control.

Even if marketing approval of a product candidate is granted, the approval may be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or to the conditions of approval, including the requirement to implement a REMS, which could include requirements for a medication guide, physician communication plans or additional elements to ensure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk mitigation tools. If any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, the accompanying label may limit the approved use of our product, which could limit sales of the product.

The FDA may also impose requirements for costly post-marketing studies or clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of our approved products. In addition, advertising and promotional materials must comply with FDA rules in addition to other potentially applicable federal and state laws. The FDA closely regulates the post-approval marketing and promotion of drugs to ensure they are marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling. The FDA imposes stringent restrictions on manufacturers’ communications regarding off-label use, and if we market our products outside of their approved indications, we may be subject to enforcement action for off-label marketing. Violations of the FDA’s restrictions relating to the promotion of prescription products may also lead to investigations alleging violations of federal and state health care fraud and abuse laws, as well as state consumer protection laws.

The distribution of product samples to physicians must comply with the requirements of the FDCA. NDA sponsors must obtain FDA approval for product, manufacturing, and labeling changes, depending on the nature of the change. Depending on the circumstances, failure to meet these post-approval requirements can result in criminal prosecution, fines, injunctions, consent decrees of permanent injunction, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, denial or withdrawal of pre-marketing product approvals, or refusal to allow us to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts.

In addition, later discovery of previously unknown adverse events or other problems with our products, manufacturers or manufacturing processes, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with our third-party manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may yield various results, including:

 

   

restrictions on manufacturing such products;

 

   

restrictions on the labeling or marketing of a product;

 

   

restrictions on product distribution or use;

 

   

requirements to conduct post-marketing studies or clinical trials;

 

   

warning letters or holds on clinical trials;

 

   

withdrawal of the products from the market;

 

   

refusal to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications that we submit;

 

34


Table of Contents
   

recall of products;

 

   

fines, restitution or disgorgement of profits or revenues;

 

   

suspension or withdrawal of marketing approvals;

 

   

refusal to permit the import or export of our products;

 

   

product seizure or detention; or

 

   

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

Any government investigation of alleged violations of law could require us to expend significant time and resources in response, and could generate negative publicity. Any failure to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements may significantly and adversely affect our ability to commercialize and generate revenues. If regulatory sanctions are applied or if regulatory approval is withheld or withdrawn, the value of our company and our operating results will be adversely affected.

The FDA’s policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of LYR-210, LYR-220 and/or any other future product candidate. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained which would adversely affect our business, prospects and ability to achieve or sustain profitability.

We also cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative or executive action, either in the United States or abroad. For example, certain policies of the Trump administration may impact our business and industry. Namely, the Trump administration has taken several executive actions, including the issuance of a number of Executive Orders, that could impose significant burdens on, or otherwise materially delay, the FDA’s ability to engage in routine regulatory and oversight activities such as implementing statutes through rulemaking, issuance of guidance, and review and approval of marketing applications. It is difficult to predict how these requirements will be implemented, and the extent to which they will impact the FDA’s ability to exercise its regulatory authority. If these executive actions impose constraints on FDA’s ability to engage in oversight and implementation activities in the normal course, our business may be negatively impacted.

Changes in funding for the FDA and other government agencies could hinder their ability to hire and retain key leadership and other personnel, or otherwise prevent new products and services from being developed or commercialized in a timely manner, which could negatively impact our business.

The ability of the FDA to review and approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, and statutory, regulatory, and policy changes. Average review times at the agency have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of other government agencies that fund research and development activities is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable.

Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new drugs to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. For example, over the last several years, including for 35 days beginning on December 22, 2018, the U.S. government has shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA, have had to furlough critical employees and stop critical activities. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

35


Table of Contents

Our business operations and current and future relationships with investigators, healthcare professionals, consultants, third-party payors, patient organizations and customers will be subject to applicable healthcare regulatory laws, which could expose us to penalties.

Our business operations and current and future arrangements with investigators, healthcare professionals, consultants, third-party payors, patient organizations and customers, may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations. These laws may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we conduct our operations, including how we research, market, sell and distribute our product candidates, if approved. Such laws include:

 

   

the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe, or certain rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of, any good, facility, item or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under U.S. federal and state healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

 

   

the U.S. federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the civil False Claims Act, which, among other things, impose criminal and civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the U.S. federal government, claims for payment or approval that are false or fraudulent, knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim, or from knowingly making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the U.S. federal government. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items and services resulting from a violation of the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act;

 

   

the federal civil monetary penalties laws, which impose civil fines for, among other things, the offering or transfer of remuneration to a Medicare or state healthcare program beneficiary if the person knows or should know it is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular provider, practitioner, or supplier of services reimbursable by Medicare or a state healthcare program, unless an exception applies;

 

   

the U.S. federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which imposes criminal and civil liability for, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, or knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement, in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services; similar to the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

 

   

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 and its implementing regulations, which also imposes certain obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information without appropriate authorization by covered entities subject to the rule, such as health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and healthcare providers as well as their business associates that perform certain services involving the use or disclosure of individually identifiable health information;

 

   

the FDCA, which prohibits, among other things, the adulteration or misbranding of drugs, biologics and medical devices;

 

36


Table of Contents
   

the U.S. Physician Payments Sunshine Act and its implementing regulations, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies that are reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid, or the Children’s Health Insurance Program to report annually to the government information related to certain payments and other transfers of value to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by the physicians described above and their immediate family members;

 

   

federal consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers;

 

   

analogous U.S. state laws and regulations, including: state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to our business practices, including but not limited to, research, distribution, sales and marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including private insurers; state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the U.S. federal government, or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws and regulations that require drug manufacturers to file reports relating to pricing and marketing information, which requires tracking gifts and other remuneration and items of value provided to healthcare professionals and entities; state and local laws that require the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives; and state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts; and

 

   

similar healthcare laws and regulations in the EU and other jurisdictions, including reporting requirements detailing interactions with and payments to healthcare providers and laws governing the privacy and security of certain protected information, such as the General Data Protection Regulation, or the GDPR, which imposes obligations and restrictions on the collection and use of personal data relating to individuals located in the EU (including health data).

Ensuring that our internal operations and future business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices, including our relationships with physicians and other healthcare providers, some of whom are compensated in the form of stock options for consulting services provided, may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations, agency guidance or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental laws and regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant penalties, including civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from government-funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid or similar programs in other countries or jurisdictions, integrity oversight and reporting obligations to resolve allegations of non-compliance, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any of the physicians or other providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found to not be in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs and imprisonment, which could affect our ability to operate our business. Further, defending against any such actions can be costly, time-consuming and may require significant personnel resources. Therefore, even if we are successful in defending against any such actions that may be brought against us, our business may be impaired.

 

37


Table of Contents

We are subject to governmental regulation and other legal obligations, particularly related to privacy, data protection and information security, and we are subject to consumer protection laws that regulate our marketing practices and prohibit unfair or deceptive acts or practices. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business.

We are subject to diverse laws and regulations relating to data privacy and security, including, in the United States, HIPAA and, in the EU and the European Economic Area, or EEA, Regulation 2016/679, known as the GDPR. New privacy rules are being enacted in the United States and globally, and existing ones are being updated and strengthened. For example, on June 28, 2018, California enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, which took effect on January 1, 2020. The CCPA creates individual privacy rights for California consumers and increases the privacy and security obligations of entities handling certain personal information. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. Complying with these numerous, complex and often changing regulations is expensive and difficult, and failure to comply with any privacy laws or data security laws or any security incident or breach involving the misappropriation, loss or other unauthorized use or disclosure of sensitive or confidential patient or consumer information, whether by us, one of our business associates or another third-party, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, including but not limited to: investigation costs, material fines and penalties; compensatory, special, punitive and statutory damages; litigation; consent orders regarding our privacy and security practices; requirements that we provide notices, credit monitoring services and/or credit restoration services or other relevant services to impacted individuals; adverse actions against our licenses to do business; and injunctive relief. Furthermore, these rules are constantly changing; for example, the GDPR came into force in May 2018 changing the European regime. Before that, the US-EU Safe Harbor framework was declared invalid in 2015 and replaced with the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield framework which, along with other methods which permit transfer under European privacy law, are under ongoing review and subject to challenge.

The privacy laws in the EU have been significantly reformed. On May 25, 2018, the GDPR entered into force and became directly applicable in all EU member states. The GDPR implements more stringent operational requirements than its predecessor legislation. For example, the GDPR requires us to make more detailed disclosures to data subjects, requires disclosure of the legal basis on which we can process personal data, makes it harder for us to obtain valid consent for processing, will require the appointment of data protection officers when sensitive personal data, such as health data, is processed on a large scale, provides more robust rights for data subjects, introduces mandatory data breach notification through the EU, imposes additional obligations on us when contracting with service providers and requires us to adopt appropriate privacy governance including policies, procedures, training and data audit. If we do not comply with our obligations under the GDPR, we could be exposed to fines of up to the greater of €20 million or up to 4% of our total global annual revenue in the event of a significant breach. In addition, we may be the subject of litigation and/or adverse publicity, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We cannot assure you that our third-party service providers with access to our or our customers’, suppliers’, trial patients’ and employees’ personally identifiable and other sensitive or confidential information in relation to which we are responsible will not breach contractual obligations imposed by us, or that they will not experience data security breaches or attempts thereof, which could have a corresponding effect on our business, including putting us in breach of our obligations under privacy laws and regulations and/or which could in turn adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. We cannot assure you that our contractual measures and our own privacy and security-related safeguards will protect us from the risks associated with the third-party processing, storage and transmission of such information.

We face potential liability related to the privacy of health information we obtain from clinical trials sponsored by us.

Most healthcare providers, including research institutions from which we obtain patient health information, are subject to privacy and security regulations promulgated under HIPAA, as amended by the

 

38


Table of Contents

HITECH. We are not currently classified as a covered entity or business associate under HIPAA and thus are not subject to its requirements or penalties. However, any person may be prosecuted under HIPAA’s criminal provisions either directly or under aiding-and-abetting or conspiracy principles. Consequently, depending on the facts and circumstances, we could face substantial criminal penalties if we knowingly receive individually identifiable health information from a HIPAA-covered healthcare provider or research institution that has not satisfied HIPAA’s requirements for disclosure of individually identifiable health information. In addition, we may maintain sensitive personally identifiable information, including health information, that we receive throughout the clinical trial process, in the course of our research collaborations, and directly from individuals (or their healthcare providers) who enroll in our patient assistance programs. As such, we may be subject to state laws requiring notification of affected individuals and state regulators in the event of a breach of personal information, which is a broader class of information than the health information protected by HIPAA. Our clinical trial programs outside the United States may implicate international data protection laws, including the EU Data Protection Directive and legislation of the EU member states implementing it.

Our activities outside the United States impose additional compliance requirements and generate additional risks of enforcement for noncompliance. Failure by our CROs and other third-party contractors to comply with the strict rules on the transfer of personal data outside of the European Union into the United States may result in the imposition of criminal and administrative sanctions on such collaborators, which could adversely affect our business. Furthermore, certain health privacy laws, data breach notification laws, consumer protection laws and genetic testing laws may apply directly to our operations and/or those of our collaborators and may impose restrictions on our collection, use and dissemination of individuals’ health information. Moreover, patients about whom we or our collaborators obtain health information, as well as the providers who share this information with us, may have statutory or contractual rights that limit our ability to use and disclose the information. We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to ensure ongoing compliance with applicable privacy and data security laws. Claims that we have violated individuals’ privacy rights or breached our contractual obligations, even if we are not found liable, could be expensive and time-consuming to defend and could result in adverse publicity that could harm our business.

If we or third-party CMOs, CROs or other contractors or consultants fail to comply with applicable federal, state or local regulatory requirements, we could be subject to a range of regulatory actions that could affect our or our contractors’ ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates and could harm or prevent sales of any affected products that we are able to commercialize, or could substantially increase the costs and expenses of developing, commercializing and marketing our products. Any threatened or actual government enforcement action could also generate adverse publicity and require that we devote substantial resources that could otherwise be used in other aspects of our business. Increasing use of social media could give rise to liability, breaches of data security or reputational damage.

We are subject to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, and we may become exposed to liability and substantial expenses in connection with environmental compliance or remediation activities.

Our operations, including our development, testing and manufacturing activities, are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These laws and regulations govern, among other things, the controlled use, handling, release and disposal of and the maintenance of a registry for, hazardous materials and biological materials, such as chemical solvents, human cells, carcinogenic compounds, mutagenic compounds and compounds that have a toxic effect on reproduction, laboratory procedures and exposure to blood-borne pathogens. If we fail to comply with such laws and regulations, we could be subject to fines or other sanctions.

As with other companies engaged in activities similar to ours, we face a risk of environmental liability inherent in our current and historical activities, including liability relating to releases of or exposure to hazardous or biological materials. Environmental, health and safety laws and regulations are becoming more stringent. We may be required to incur substantial expenses in connection with future environmental compliance or

 

39


Table of Contents

remediation activities, in which case, the production efforts of our third-party manufacturers or our development efforts may be interrupted or delayed.

We and our employees are increasingly utilizing social media tools as a means of communication both internally and externally.

Despite our efforts to monitor evolving social media communication guidelines and comply with applicable rules, there is risk that the use of social media by us or our employees to communicate about our product candidates or business may cause us to be found in violation of applicable requirements. In addition, our employees may knowingly or inadvertently make use of social media in ways that may not comply with our policies and other legal or contractual requirements, which may give rise to liability, lead to the loss of trade secrets or other intellectual property or result in public exposure of personal information of our employees, clinical trial patients, customers and others. Furthermore, negative posts or comments about us or our product candidates in social media could seriously damage our reputation, brand image and goodwill. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition and could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

Risks Related to Commercialization

Developments by competitors may render our products or technologies obsolete or non-competitive or may reduce the size of our markets.

Our industry has been characterized by extensive research and development efforts, rapid developments in technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. We face potential competition from many different sources, including pharmaceutical, biotechnology and specialty pharmaceutical companies either marketing or developing therapeutics to treat CRS. Academic research institutions, governmental agencies, as well as public and private institutions are also potential sources of competitive products and technologies. Our competitors may have or may develop superior technologies or approaches, which may provide them with competitive advantages. Our potential products may not compete successfully. If these competitors access the marketplace before we do with better or less expensive therapeutics, our product candidates, if approved for commercialization, may not be profitable to sell or worthwhile to continue to develop. Technology in the pharmaceutical industry has undergone rapid and significant change, and we expect that it will continue to do so. Any compounds, products or processes that we develop may become obsolete or uneconomical before we recover any expenses incurred in connection with their development. The success of our product candidates will depend upon factors such as product efficacy, safety, reliability, availability, timing, scope of regulatory approval, acceptance and price, among other things. Other important factors to our success include speed in developing product candidates, completing clinical development and laboratory testing, obtaining regulatory approvals and manufacturing and selling commercial quantities of potential products.

Our product candidates are intended to compete directly or indirectly with existing products and treatments. Even if approved and commercialized, our product candidates may fail to achieve market acceptance with hospitals, physicians or patients. Hospitals, physicians or patients may conclude that our potential products are less safe or effective or otherwise less attractive than these existing drugs. If our product candidates do not receive market acceptance for any reason, our revenue potential would be diminished, which would materially adversely affect our ability to become profitable.

Significant competition exists in the treatment of CRS. We will need to compete with all currently available or future therapies within the indications where our development is focused. LYR-210, if approved and commercialized, will face significant competition. The main classes of marketed products that are available for the treatment of CRS include nasal saline irrigation, intranasal corticosteroidal sprays and antibiotics, as well as surgical intervention. In addition, one company is currently marketing, and several companies are also currently developing, biologic monoclonal antibodies, or mAbs, for the treatment of nasal polyps. If these biologic mAbs

 

40


Table of Contents

are successfully developed and approved for marketing, they could represent competition for LYR-220 for the segment of patients that have polyps. Finally, one company is developing an oral DP-2 antagonist currently in Phase 2 clinical trials for CRS patients that could represent competition across the spectrum of CRS patients.

There are a number of companies developing or marketing therapies for the treatment and management of CRS that may compete with our current product candidates, including many major pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. These companies include, among others: Hoffman-La Roche, GlaxoSmithKline, Gossamer Bio, AnaptysBio, Regeneron, OptiNose and Intersect ENT.

Most of our competitors, including many of those listed above, have substantially greater capital resources, robust product candidate pipelines, established presence in the market and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, pre-clinical and clinical testing, obtaining regulatory approvals and reimbursement and marketing approved products than we do. As a result, our competitors may achieve product commercialization or patent protection earlier than we can. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified clinical, regulatory, scientific, sales, marketing and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient, or are less expensive than any products that we may develop or that would render any products that we may develop obsolete or noncompetitive.

The successful commercialization of our product candidates will depend in part on the extent to which governmental authorities and health insurers establish coverage, adequate reimbursement levels and pricing policies. Failure to obtain or maintain coverage and adequate reimbursement for our product candidates, if approved, could limit our ability to market those products and decrease our ability to generate revenue.

The availability of coverage and adequacy of reimbursement by governmental healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, private health insurers and other third-party payors are essential for most patients to be able to afford medical services and pharmaceutical products such as our product candidates, assuming FDA approval. Our ability to achieve acceptable levels of coverage and reimbursement for our products or procedures using our products by governmental authorities, private health insurers and other organizations will have an effect on our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates. Obtaining coverage and adequate reimbursement for our products may be particularly difficult because of the higher prices often associated with drugs administered under the supervision of a physician. Separate reimbursement for the product itself or the treatment or procedure in which our product is used may not be available. A decision by a third-party payor not to cover or separately reimburse for our products or procedures using our products, could reduce physician utilization of our products once approved. Assuming there is coverage for our product candidates or procedures using our product candidates by a third-party payor, the resulting reimbursement payment rates may not be adequate or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high. Patients are unlikely to use our product candidates unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost of our product candidates. Similarly, our product candidates are physician-administered treatments and as such, separate reimbursement for the product itself may or may not be available. Instead, the hospital or administering physician may be reimbursed only for providing the treatment or procedure in which our product is used. To the extent separate coverage and reimbursement should become available for LYR-210, we anticipate that it will be sold to physicians on a “buy and bill” basis. Buy and bill products must be purchased by healthcare providers before they can be administered to patients. Healthcare providers subsequently must seek reimbursement for the product from the applicable third-party payor, such as Medicare or a health insurance company. Healthcare providers may be reluctant to administer our product candidates, if approved, because they would have to fund the purchase of the product and then seek reimbursement, which may be lower than their purchase price, or because they do not want the additional administrative burden required to obtain reimbursement for the product.

 

41


Table of Contents

Further, the status of reimbursement codes for any of our product candidates, if approved, could also affect reimbursement. J-Codes and Q-Codes are reimbursement codes maintained by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, that are a component of the Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System and are typically used to report injectable drugs that ordinarily cannot be self-administered. We currently do not have a specific J-Code or Q-Code for any of our product candidates. If our product candidates are approved, we may apply for one but cannot guarantee that a J-Code or Q-Code will be granted. To the extent separate coverage or reimbursement is available for any product candidate, if approved, and a specific J-Code or Q-Code is not available, physicians would need to use a non-specific miscellaneous J-Code to bill third-party payors for these physician-administered drugs. Because miscellaneous J-Codes may be used for a wide variety of products, health plans may have more difficulty determining the actual product used and billed for the patient. These claims must often be submitted with additional information and manually processed, which can delay claims processing times as well as increase the likelihood for claim denials and claim errors. We cannot be sure that coverage and reimbursement in the United States, the EU or elsewhere will be available for our product candidates or any product that we may develop, and any reimbursement that may become available may not be adequate or may be decreased or eliminated in the future.

Third-party payors increasingly are challenging prices charged for pharmaceutical products and services, and many third-party payors may refuse to provide coverage and reimbursement for particular drugs and biologics when an equivalent generic drug, biosimilar or a less expensive therapy is available. It is possible that a third-party payor may consider our product candidates as substitutable and only offer to reimburse patients for the less expensive product. Even if we show improved efficacy or improved convenience of administration with our product candidates, pricing of existing third-party therapeutics may limit the amount we will be able to charge for our product candidates. These payors may deny or revoke the reimbursement status of a given product or establish prices for new or existing marketed products at levels that are too low to enable us to realize an appropriate return on our investment in our product candidates. If reimbursement is not available or is available only at limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates, and may not be able to obtain a satisfactory financial return on our product candidates.

There is significant uncertainty related to the insurance coverage and reimbursement of newly-approved products. In the United States, third-party payors, including private and governmental payors, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs, play an important role in determining the extent to which new drugs and biologics will be covered. The Medicare and Medicaid programs increasingly are used as models in the United States for how private payors and other governmental payors develop their coverage and reimbursement policies for drugs and biologics. Some third-party payors may require pre-approval of coverage for new or innovative drug therapies before they will reimburse healthcare providers who use such therapies. We cannot predict at this time what third-party payors will decide with respect to the coverage and reimbursement for our product candidates.

No uniform policy for coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third-party payors in the United States. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for products can differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our product candidates to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained in the first instance. Furthermore, rules and regulations regarding reimbursement change frequently, in some cases on short notice, and we believe that changes in these rules and regulations are likely.

Outside the United States, international operations are generally subject to extensive governmental price controls and other market regulations, and we believe the increasing emphasis on cost-containment initiatives in the EU and other jurisdictions have and will continue to put pressure on the pricing and usage of our product candidates. In many countries, the prices of medical products are subject to varying price control mechanisms as part of national health systems. Other countries allow companies to fix their own prices for medical products, but monitor and control company profits. Additional foreign price controls or other changes in pricing regulation

 

42


Table of Contents

could restrict the amount that we are able to charge for our product candidates. Accordingly, in markets outside the United States, the reimbursement for our product candidates may be reduced compared with the United States and may be insufficient to generate commercially-reasonable revenue and profits.

Moreover, increasing efforts by governmental and third-party payors in the United States and abroad to cap or reduce healthcare costs may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and the level of reimbursement for newly approved products and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our product candidates. We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of our product candidates due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations and additional legislative changes. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs and biologics and surgical procedures and other treatments, has become intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products.

Our clinical studies were designed to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of LYR-210 based on FDA requirements and may not be seen as compelling to physicians or patients.

Our success depends on the medical community’s acceptance of LYR-210, if approved, as a treatment for CRS patients. LYR-210 was previously studied in an open-label, Phase 1 clinical trial with 20 patients in New Zealand and Australia, which achieved its primary endpoint of safety at week 4. In the Phase 1 trial, we also observed that patients generally experienced significant and rapid, clinically meaningful and durable improvement in SNOT-22 scores. Significant reduction in SNOT-22 scores was observed at week 1, and this reduction persisted through week 25, which was the end of the trial. While the results of this early clinical trial suggest a favorable safety and efficacy profile, the study design and results, and the design and results of future clinical trials we conduct, may not be viewed as compelling to our physician customers or patients. If physicians do not find our data compelling, even if LYR-210 receives marketing approval they may choose not to use our products or limit their use. We cannot assure you that any data that we or others generate will be consistent with that observed in the Phase 1 clinical trial of LYR-210, nor that results will be maintained beyond the time points studied. We also cannot assure you that any data that may be collected will be compelling to the medical community because the data may not be clinically meaningful and may not demonstrate that LYR-210 is an attractive procedure when compared against data from alternative treatments.

Even if either LYR-210 or LYR-220 receives marketing approval, it may fail to achieve market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors or others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.

If either LYR-210 or LYR-220 receives marketing approval, it may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community. If it does not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant product revenues or become profitable. The degree of market acceptance of LYR-210 or LYR-220, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to:

 

   

perceptions by members of the healthcare community, including physicians, about the safety and effectiveness of our platform;

 

   

the perception by members of the healthcare community, including physicians, or patients that the process of administering LYR-210 or LYR-220, is not unduly cumbersome;

 

   

the efficacy and potential advantages compared to alternative treatments;

 

   

effectiveness of sales and marketing efforts;

 

   

the cost of treatment in relation to alternative treatments;

 

   

our ability to offer our products for sale at competitive prices;

 

43


Table of Contents
   

the convenience and ease of administration compared to alternative treatments;

 

   

the willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies and of physicians to prescribe these therapies;

 

   

the strength of marketing and distribution support;

 

   

the timing of market introduction of competitive products;

 

   

the availability of third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement;

 

   

product labeling or product insert requirements of the FDA, the EMA or other regulatory authorities, including any limitations or warnings contained in a product’s approved labeling;

 

   

the prevalence and severity of any side effects; and

 

   

any restrictions on the use of our product together with other medications.

If our product candidates are approved, but do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance by physicians, healthcare payors, and patients, we may not generate sufficient revenue from these products, and we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability. Our efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payors on the benefits of our product candidates may require significant resources and may never be successful. In addition, our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates will depend on our ability to manufacture our products through third-party manufacturers, differentiate our products from competing products and defend the intellectual property of our products.

Because we expect sales of LYR-210, if approved, to generate substantially all of our product revenues for a substantial period, the failure of this product to find market acceptance would harm our business and could require us to seek additional financing.

If physicians or patients are not willing to change current practices and adopt our office-based administration procedure for LYR-210 and LYR-220, our products may fail to gain market acceptance, and our business will be harmed.

Our initial product candidates, LYR-210 and LYR-220, are bioresorbable polymeric matrices designed to be administered in a brief, non-invasive, in-office procedure by an ENT physician under endoscopic visualization via a single-use applicator. While we believe ENT physicians will be able to administer our product candidates, if successfully developed and approved, in conjunction with an endoscopy procedure, thereby making the placement aligned with the existing care continuum for CRS patients and eliminating the need for ENT physicians to schedule separate surgical time, ENT physicians may not adopt our in-office procedure for a number of reasons, including:

 

   

lack of significant experience with the placement procedure via a single-use applicator;

 

   

lack of availability of adequate insurance coverage or reimbursement for the placement procedure;

 

   

perceived inadequacy of evidence supporting clinical benefits or cost-effectiveness of the placement procedure and/or our products in general over existing alternatives;

 

   

a perception that patients may be unable to tolerate the placement procedure in the physician office setting; and

 

   

liability risks generally associated with the use of new products and procedures.

 

44


Table of Contents

If ENT physicians do not adopt the placement procedure for any reason, including those listed above, our ability to grow our business would be impaired, even if LYR-210 and LYR-220 receive marketing approval.

We believe recommendations and support of our products by notable ENT physicians could influence market acceptance and adoption. If we do not receive support from influential ENT physicians, our ability to achieve broad market acceptance for our products may be impaired.

In addition, if patient receptivity toward treatment in an ENT physician office setting becomes less favorable in the future, this shift could negatively impact market acceptance of our products. Any negative change due to patient receptivity could also be compounded by patients reporting to physicians or other patients through word-of-mouth or social media.

Additionally, while it is currently more cost-effective to the healthcare system for providers to perform the placement procedure in an ENT physician’s office than a FESS procedure in an operating room, healthcare economics are subject to change. If the use of our products were to cease being more cost-effective than FESS due to changes in reimbursement economics, our products may fail to gain market acceptance, our future growth would be limited and our business may be adversely affected.

If we are unable to establish sales, marketing and distribution capabilities either on our own or in collaboration with third parties, we may not be successful in commercializing LYR-210 or LYR-220, if approved, and we may not be able to generate any revenue.

We do not have any infrastructure for the sales, marketing or distribution of our products, and the cost of establishing and maintaining such an organization may exceed the cost-effectiveness of doing so.

We expect to build our own focused sales, distribution and marketing infrastructure to market LYR-210 and LYR-220 in the United States, if approved. There are significant expenses and risks involved with establishing our own sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, including our ability to hire, retain and appropriately incentivize qualified individuals, generate sufficient sales leads, provide adequate training to sales and marketing personnel, and effectively manage a geographically dispersed sales and marketing team. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities could delay any product launch, which would adversely impact the commercialization of LYR-210. Additionally, if the commercial launch of LYR-210 or LYR-220 for which we recruit a sales force and establish marketing capabilities is delayed or does not occur for any reason, we would have prematurely or unnecessarily incurred these commercialization expenses. This may be costly, and our investment would be lost if we cannot retain or reposition our sales and marketing personnel.

Factors that may inhibit our efforts to commercialize our product candidates on our own include:

 

   

our inability to recruit and retain adequate numbers of effective sales and marketing personnel;

 

   

the inability of sales personnel to obtain access to physicians or persuade adequate numbers of physicians to prescribe any future products;

 

   

our inability to equip medical and sales personnel with effective materials, including medical and sales literature to help them educate physicians and other healthcare providers regarding applicable diseases and our future products;

 

   

the lack of complementary products to be offered by sales personnel, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage relative to companies with more extensive product lines;

 

   

our inability to develop or obtain sufficient operational functions to support our commercial activities; and

 

45


Table of Contents
   

unforeseen costs and expenses associated with creating an independent sales and marketing organization.

We do not anticipate having the resources in the foreseeable future to allocate to the sales and marketing of LYR-210, LYR-220 or any future product candidates in markets outside of the United States. Therefore, our future sales in these markets will largely depend on our ability to enter into and maintain collaborative relationships for such capabilities, the collaborator’s strategic interest in the product and such collaborator’s ability to successfully market and sell the product. We intend to selectively pursue collaborative arrangements regarding the sale and marketing of LYR-210, if approved, for certain markets outside of the United States; however, we cannot assure that we will be able to establish or maintain such collaborative arrangements, or if able to do so, that they will have effective sales forces.

If we are unable to build our own sales force or negotiate a collaborative relationship for the commercialization of LYR-210 or LYR-220, we may be forced to delay the potential commercialization of LYR-210 or LYR-220 or reduce the scope of our sales or marketing activities for LYR-210 or LYR-220. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund commercialization activities ourselves, we will need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. We could enter into arrangements with collaborative partners at an earlier stage than otherwise would be ideal and we may be required to relinquish rights to LYR-210 or LYR-220 or otherwise agree to terms unfavorable to us, any of which may have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and prospects.

If we are unable to establish adequate sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, either on our own or in collaboration with third parties, we will not be successful in commercializing LYR-210 or LYR-220 and may not become profitable and may incur significant additional losses. We will be competing with many companies that currently have extensive and well-funded marketing and sales operations. Without an internal team or the support of a third party to perform marketing and sales functions, we may be unable to compete successfully against these more established companies.

Our future growth may depend, in part, on our ability to penetrate foreign markets, where we would be subject to additional regulatory burdens and other risks and uncertainties.

Our future profitability may depend, in part, on our ability to commercialize our product candidates in foreign markets for which we may rely on collaboration with third parties. We are evaluating the opportunities for the development and commercialization of our product candidates in foreign markets. We are not permitted to market or promote any of our product candidates before we receive regulatory approval from the applicable regulatory authority in that foreign market, and we may never receive such regulatory approval for any of our product candidates. To obtain separate regulatory approvals in other countries we may be required to comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of such countries regarding the safety and efficacy of our product candidates and governing, among other things, clinical trials and commercial sales, pricing and distribution of our product candidates, and we cannot predict success in these jurisdictions. If we obtain approval of our product candidates and ultimately commercialize our product candidates in foreign markets, we would be subject to additional risks and uncertainties, including:

 

   

our customers’ ability to obtain reimbursement for our product candidates in foreign markets;

 

   

our inability to directly control commercial activities if we are relying on third parties;

 

   

the burden of complying with complex and changing foreign regulatory, tax, accounting and legal requirements;

 

   

different medical practices and customs in foreign countries affecting acceptance in the marketplace;

 

46


Table of Contents
   

import or export licensing requirements;

 

   

longer accounts receivable collection times;

 

   

longer lead times for shipping;

 

   

language barriers for technical training and the need for language translations;

 

   

reduced protection of intellectual property rights in some foreign countries;

 

   

the existence of additional potentially relevant third-party intellectual property rights;

 

   

foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; and

 

   

the interpretation of contractual provisions governed by foreign laws in the event of a contract dispute.

Foreign sales of our product candidates could also be adversely affected by the imposition of governmental controls, political and economic instability, trade restrictions and changes in tariffs.

In some countries, particularly the countries in Europe, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a drug. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product candidate to other available therapies. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business could be harmed, possibly materially.

The sizes of the patient populations that our product candidates are intended to treat have not been established with precision. If the market opportunities for our product candidates are smaller than we estimate, or if any approval that we obtain is based on a narrower definition of the patient population than we anticipate, our revenue and ability to achieve profitability may be materially adversely affected.

The precise incidence and prevalence of the conditions we aim to address with our programs is unknown and cannot be precisely determined. Our projections of both the number of people who have these diseases, as well as the subset of people with these diseases who have the potential to benefit from treatment with our product candidates, are based on beliefs and estimates. These estimates have been derived from a variety of sources, including the scientific literature, surveys of clinics, patient foundations or market research, and may prove to be incorrect. Further, new information may change the estimated incidence or prevalence of these diseases, and the incidence or prevalence of these diseases is subject to change.

The total addressable market across all of our product candidates will ultimately depend upon, among other things, the indications and conditions of use for which the product candidates are approved and may be marketed, acceptance by the medical community and patient access, drug pricing and reimbursement. The sizes of the patient populations that our product candidates are intended to treat in the United States and other major markets and elsewhere may turn out to be smaller than expected, patients may not be otherwise amenable to treatment with our product candidates or new patients may become increasingly difficult to identify or gain access to, all of which would adversely affect our results of operations and our business. Further, even if we obtain significant market share for our product candidates, we may never achieve profitability despite obtaining such significant market share.

 

47


Table of Contents

If we cannot compete for market share against other drug companies, we may not achieve sufficient product revenues and our business will suffer.

If our product candidates receive FDA approval, they will compete with a number of existing and future drugs and therapies developed, manufactured and marketed by other companies. Existing or future competing products may provide greater therapeutic convenience or clinical or other benefits for a specific indication than our products, or may offer comparable performance at a lower cost. If our products fail to capture and maintain market share, we may not achieve sufficient product revenues and our business will suffer.

We will compete against fully integrated pharmaceutical companies and smaller companies that are collaborating with larger pharmaceutical companies, academic institutions, government agencies and other public and private research organizations. Many of these competitors may have compounds already approved or in development in the therapeutic categories that we are targeting with our current and future product candidates. In addition, many of these competitors, either alone or together with their collaborative partners, may operate larger research and development programs or have substantially greater financial resources than we do, as well as greater experience in:

 

   

developing product candidates;

 

   

undertaking pre-clinical testing and clinical trials;

 

   

obtaining NDA approval by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory approvals of product candidates;

 

   

formulating and manufacturing products; and

 

   

launching, marketing and selling products.

If we obtain approval to commercialize any products outside of the United States, a variety of risks associated with international operations could materially adversely affect our business.

If either LYR-210 or LYR-220 is approved for commercialization, we intend to selectively partner with third parties to market it in certain jurisdictions outside the United States. We expect that we will be subject to additional risks related to international pharmaceutical operations, including:

 

   

different regulatory requirements for drug approvals and rules governing drug commercialization in foreign countries;

 

   

reduced protection for intellectual property rights;

 

   

foreign reimbursement, pricing and insurance regimes;

 

   

potential noncompliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 and similar anti-bribery and anticorruption laws in other jurisdictions; and

 

   

production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad.

We have no prior experience in these areas. In addition, there are complex regulatory, tax, labor and other legal requirements imposed by both the European Union and many of the individual countries in Europe with which we will need to comply. Many U.S.-based biotechnology companies have found the process of marketing their own products in Europe to be very challenging.

 

48


Table of Contents

Certain legal and political risks are also inherent in foreign operations. For example, it may be more difficult for us to enforce our agreements or collect receivables through foreign legal systems. There is a risk that foreign governments may nationalize private enterprises in certain countries where we may operate. In certain countries or regions, terrorist activities and the response to such activities may threaten our operations more than in the United States. Social and cultural norms in certain countries may not support compliance with our corporate policies including those that require compliance with substantive laws and regulations. Also, changes in general economic and political conditions in countries where we may operate are a risk to our financial performance and future growth. Additionally, the need to identify financially and commercially strong partners for commercialization outside the United States who will comply with the high manufacturing and legal and regulatory compliance standards we require is a risk to our financial performance. As we operate our business globally, our success will depend, in part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other related risks. There can be no assurance that the consequences of these and other factors relating to our international operations will not have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Potential product liability lawsuits against us could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and limit commercialization of any products that we may develop.

The use of our product candidates, including LYR-210 and LYR-220, in clinical trials and the sale of any products for which we obtain marketing approval exposes us to the risk of product liability claims. For example, complications arising from the placement procedure for LYR-210 or LYR-220, or from the degradation or dislodgment of the LYR-210 or LYR-220 polymeric matrix within the sinuses after placement, or from foreign growth occurring in the sinus after placement, could give rise to product liability claims against us. Product liability claims might be brought against us by consumers, healthcare providers, pharmaceutical companies or others selling or otherwise coming into contact with our products. On occasion, large judgments have been awarded in class action lawsuits based on products that had unanticipated adverse effects. If we cannot successfully defend against product liability claims, we could incur substantial liability and costs, which may not be covered by insurance. In addition, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in:

 

   

impairment of our business reputation and significant negative media attention;

 

   

withdrawal of participants from our clinical trials;

 

   

significant costs to defend the related litigation and related litigation;

 

   

distraction of management’s attention from our primary business;

 

   

substantial monetary awards to patients or other claimants;

 

   

inability to commercialize LYR-210 or LYR-220 or any other product candidate;

 

   

product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

 

   

decreased demand for LYR-210 or LYR-220 or any other product candidate, if approved for commercial sale; and

 

   

loss of revenue.

 

49


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Dependence on Third Parties

We will rely on third parties for the manufacture of materials for our research programs, pre-clinical studies and clinical trials and we do not have long-term contracts with any of these parties. This reliance on third parties increases the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of such materials, product candidates, or any therapies that we may develop and commercialize, or that such supply will not be available to us at an acceptable cost, which could delay, prevent, or impair our development or commercialization efforts.

Although we currently conduct certain manufacturing operations internally, we currently have no plans to build our own clinical or commercial scale manufacturing capabilities. Instead, we expect to rely on third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates and related raw materials for future pre-clinical and clinical development, as well as for commercial manufacture if any of our product candidates receive marketing approval. We do not have a long-term agreement with any of the third-party manufacturers we currently use to provide pre-clinical and clinical drug supply, and purchase any required materials on a purchase order basis. Certain of these manufacturers are critical to our production and the loss of these manufacturers to one of our competitors or otherwise, or an inability to obtain quantities at an acceptable cost or quality, could delay, prevent or impair our ability to timely conduct pre-clinical studies or clinical trials, and would materially and adversely affect our development and commercialization efforts. The facilities used by third-party manufacturers to manufacture our product candidates must be approved by the FDA pursuant to inspections that will be conducted after we submit an NDA to the FDA. We do not control the manufacturing process of, and are completely dependent on, third-party manufacturers for compliance with cGMP requirements for manufacture of drug products and other laws and regulations. If these third-party manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or others, they will not be able to secure and/or maintain regulatory approval for their manufacturing facilities. Some of our contract manufacturers may not have produced a commercially-approved product and therefore may not have obtained the requisite FDA approvals to do so. In addition, we have no control over the ability of third-party manufacturers to maintain adequate quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority does not approve these facilities for the manufacture of our product candidates or if it withdraws any such approval in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would significantly impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or market our product candidates, if approved.

Our failure, or the failure of our third-party manufacturers, to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including clinical holds, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, seizures or recalls of product candidates or products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly and adversely affect supplies of our products. In addition, we may be unable to establish any agreements with third-party manufacturers or to do so on acceptable terms.

Even if we are able to establish agreements with third-party manufacturers, reliance on third-party manufacturers entails additional risks, including:

 

   

failure of third-party manufacturers to comply with regulatory requirements and maintain quality assurance;

 

   

breach of the manufacturing agreement by the third party;

 

   

failure to manufacture our product according to our specifications;

 

   

failure to manufacture our product according to our schedule or at all;

 

   

misappropriation of our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and know-how; and

 

50


Table of Contents
   

termination or nonrenewal of the agreement by the third party at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us.

Our product candidates and any products that we may develop may compete with other product candidates and products for access to manufacturing facilities. There are a limited number of manufacturers that operate under cGMP regulations and that might be capable of manufacturing for us. Any performance failure on the part of our existing or future manufacturers could delay clinical development or marketing approval, and any related remedial measures may be costly or time-consuming to implement. We do not currently have arrangements in place for redundant supply or a second source for all required raw materials used in the manufacture of our product candidates. If our current third-party manufacturers cannot perform as agreed, we may be required to replace such manufacturers and we may be unable to replace them on a timely basis or at all. Our current and anticipated future dependence upon others for the manufacture of our product candidates or products may adversely affect our future profit margins and our ability to commercialize any products that receive marketing approval on a timely and competitive basis.

We rely on third parties to conduct our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials. Any failure by a third party to conduct the clinical trials according to GCPs and in a timely manner may delay or prevent our ability to seek or obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates.

We are dependent on third parties to conduct our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, including our ongoing clinical trials for LYR-210, and we expect to rely on third parties to conduct any future clinical trials and pre-clinical studies for our product candidates, including LYR-220. Specifically, we have used and relied on, and intend to continue to use and rely on, medical institutions, clinical investigators, CROs and consultants to conduct our clinical trials in accordance with our clinical protocols and regulatory requirements. These CROs, investigators and other third parties play a significant role in the conduct and timing of these trials and subsequent collection and analysis of data. While we have agreements governing the activities of our third-party contractors, we have limited influence over their actual performance. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol and legal, regulatory and scientific standards, and our reliance on the CROs and other third parties does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. We and our CROs are required to comply with GCP requirements, which are regulations and guidelines enforced by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for all of our product candidates in clinical development. Regulatory authorities enforce these GCPs through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If we or any of our CROs or trial sites fail to comply with applicable GCPs, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable, and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. We cannot assure you that upon inspection by a given regulatory authority, such regulatory authority will determine that any of our clinical trials complies with GCP regulations. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with product produced under cGMP regulations. Our failure to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process.

There is no guarantee that any such CROs, investigators or other third parties will devote adequate time and resources to such trials or perform as contractually required. If any of these third parties fail to meet expected deadlines, adhere to our clinical protocols or meet regulatory requirements, or otherwise performs in a substandard manner, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated. In addition, many of the third parties with whom we contract may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials or other drug development activities that could harm our competitive position. In addition, principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and may receive cash or equity compensation in connection with such services. If these relationships and any related compensation result in perceived or actual conflicts of interest, or the FDA concludes that the financial relationship may have affected the interpretation of the trial, the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site may be questioned, and the utility of the clinical

 

51


Table of Contents

trial itself may be jeopardized, which could result in the delay or rejection of any NDA we submit to the FDA. Any such delay or rejection could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates.

If any of our relationships with these third-parties terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative third parties or do so on commercially reasonable terms. Switching or adding additional CROs, investigators and other third parties involves additional cost and requires management time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new CRO commences work. As a result, delays occur, which can materially impact our ability to meet our desired clinical development timelines. Though we carefully manage our relationships with our CROs, investigators and other third parties, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and prospects.

We may collaborate with third parties for the development and commercialization of LYR-210, LYR-220 and any of our future product candidates. We may not succeed in establishing and maintaining collaborative relationships, which may significantly limit our ability to develop and commercialize LYR-210, LYR-220 or our future product candidates successfully, if at all.

We may seek collaborative relationships for the development and commercialization of LYR-210, LYR-220 or any future product candidates. Failure to obtain a collaborative relationship for LYR-210, LYR-220 or any future product candidates may significantly impair the potential for these product candidates. We also may need to enter into collaborative relationships to provide funding to support our other research and development programs. The process of establishing and maintaining collaborative relationships is difficult, time-consuming and involves significant uncertainty, such as:

 

   

a collaboration partner may shift its priorities and resources away from our product candidates due to a change in business strategies, or a merger, acquisition, sale or downsizing;

 

   

a collaboration partner may seek to renegotiate or terminate their relationships with us due to unsatisfactory clinical results, manufacturing issues, a change in business strategy, a change of control or other reasons;

 

   

a collaboration partner may cease development in therapeutic areas which are the subject of our strategic collaboration;

 

   

a collaboration partner may not devote sufficient capital or resources towards our product candidates;

 

   

a collaboration partner may change the success criteria for a product candidate, thereby delaying or ceasing development of such candidate;

 

   

a significant delay in initiation of certain development activities by a collaboration partner will also delay payment of milestones tied to such activities, thereby impacting our ability to fund our own activities;

 

   

a collaboration partner could develop a product that competes, either directly or indirectly, with our product candidate;

 

   

a collaboration partner with commercialization obligations may not commit sufficient financial or human resources to the marketing, distribution or sale of a product;

 

   

a collaboration partner with manufacturing responsibilities may encounter regulatory, resource or quality issues and be unable to meet demand requirements;

 

52


Table of Contents
   

a collaboration partner may terminate a strategic alliance;

 

   

a dispute may arise between us and a partner concerning the research, development or commercialization of a product candidate resulting in a delay in milestones, royalty payments or termination of an alliance and possibly resulting in costly litigation or arbitration which may divert management attention and resources; and

 

   

a partner may use our products or technology in such a way as to invite litigation from a third party.

If any collaborator fails to fulfill its responsibilities in a timely manner, or at all, our research, clinical development, manufacturing or commercialization efforts related to that collaboration could be delayed or terminated, or it may be necessary for us to assume responsibility for expenses or activities that would otherwise have been the responsibility of our collaborator. If we are unable to establish and maintain collaborative relationships on acceptable terms or to successfully transition terminated collaborative agreements, we may have to delay or discontinue further development of one or more of our product candidates, undertake development and commercialization activities at our own expense or find alternative sources of capital. Moreover, any collaborative partners we enter into agreements with in the future may shift their priorities and resources away from our product candidates or seek to renegotiate or terminate their relationships with us.

If we seek, but are not able to establish, collaborations, we may have to alter our development and commercialization plans.

Our product development programs and the potential commercialization of our product candidates will require substantial additional capital. We may decide to collaborate with pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for the development and potential commercialization of our product candidates.

We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Whether we reach a definitive agreement for a collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator’s resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator’s evaluation of a number of factors. Those factors may include the design or results of clinical trials, the likelihood of approval by the FDA or comparable regulatory authorities outside the United States, the potential market for the subject product candidate, the costs and complexities of manufacturing and delivering such product candidate to patients, the potential of competing products, the existence of uncertainty with respect to our ownership of technology, which can exist if there is a challenge to such ownership without regard to the merits of the challenge and industry and market conditions generally. The collaborator may also consider alternative product candidates or technologies for similar indications that may be available to collaborate on and whether such a collaboration could be more attractive than the one with us for our product candidate. Collaborations are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and document. In addition, there have been a significant number of recent business combinations among large pharmaceutical companies that have resulted in a reduced number of potential future collaborators.

We may not be able to negotiate collaborations on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to do so, we may have to curtail the development of such product candidate, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we do not have sufficient funds, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates or bring them to market and generate revenue.

 

53


Table of Contents

Data provided by collaborators and others upon which we rely that has not been independently verified could turn out to be false, misleading, or incomplete.

We rely on third-party vendors, such as CROs, scientists and collaborators to provide us with significant data and other information related to our projects, pre-clinical studies or clinical trials and our business. If such third parties provide inaccurate, misleading or incomplete data, our business, prospects and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

We do not have multiple sources of supply for some of the components used in LYR-210 or LYR-220, nor long-term supply contracts, and certain of our suppliers are critical to our production. If we were to lose a supplier, it could have a material adverse effect on our ability to complete the development of LYR-210 or LYR-220. If we obtain regulatory approval for LYR-210 or LYR-220, we would need to expand the supply of their components in order to commercialize them.

We do not have multiple sources of supply for the components used in the manufacturing of LYR-210 or LYR-220. We also do not have long-term supply agreements with any of our component suppliers. We may not be able to establish additional sources of supply for our product candidates, or may be unable to do so on acceptable terms. Manufacturing suppliers are subject to cGMP quality and regulatory requirements, covering manufacturing, testing, quality control and record keeping relating to our product candidates and subject to ongoing inspections by the regulatory agencies. Failure by any of our suppliers to comply with applicable regulations may result in long delays and interruptions in supply. Manufacturing suppliers are also subject to local, state and federal regulations and licensing requirements. Failure by any of our suppliers to comply with all applicable regulations and requirements may result in long delays and interruptions in supply.

The number of suppliers of the raw material components of our product candidates is limited. In the event it is necessary or desirable to acquire supplies from alternative suppliers, we might not be able to obtain them on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. It could also require significant time and expense to redesign our manufacturing processes to work with another company. Additionally, certain of our suppliers are critical to our production and the loss of these suppliers to one of our competitors or otherwise would materially and adversely affect our development and commercialization efforts.

As part of any marketing approval, regulatory authorities conduct inspections that must be successful prior to the approval of the product. Failure of manufacturing suppliers to successfully complete these regulatory inspections will result in delays. If supply from the approved supplier is interrupted, there could be a significant disruption in commercial supply. An alternative vendor would need to be qualified through an NDA amendment or supplement which could result in further delay. The FDA or other regulatory agencies outside of the United States may also require additional studies if a new supplier is relied upon for commercial production. Switching vendors may involve substantial costs and is likely to result in a delay in our desired clinical and commercial timelines.

If we are unable to obtain the supplies we need at a reasonable price or on a timely basis, it could have a material adverse effect on our ability to complete the development of LYR-210 or LYR-220 or, if we obtain regulatory approval for LYR-210 or LYR-220, to commercialize them.

We may enter into collaborations, in-licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances or partnerships with third-parties that may not result in the development of commercially viable products or the generation of significant future revenues.

In the ordinary course of our business, we may enter into collaborations, in-licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances, partnerships or other arrangements to develop new products and to pursue new markets. Proposing, negotiating and implementing collaborations, in-licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances or partnerships may be a lengthy and complex process. Other companies, including those with

 

54


Table of Contents

substantially greater financial, marketing, sales, technology or other business resources, may compete with us for these opportunities or arrangements. We may not identify, secure, or complete any such transactions or arrangements in a timely manner, on a cost-effective basis, on acceptable terms or at all. We have limited institutional knowledge and experience with respect to these business development activities, and we may also not realize the anticipated benefits of any such transaction or arrangement. In particular, these collaborations may not result in the development of products that achieve commercial success or result in significant revenues and could be terminated prior to developing any products.

Additionally, we may not be in a position to exercise sole decision making authority regarding the transaction or arrangement, which could create the potential risk of creating impasses on decisions, and our future collaborators may have economic or business interests or goals that are, or that may become, inconsistent with our business interests or goals. It is possible that conflicts may arise with our collaborators, such as conflicts concerning the achievement of performance milestones, or the interpretation of significant terms under any agreement, such as those related to financial obligations or the ownership or control of intellectual property developed during the collaboration. If any conflicts arise with any current or future collaborators, they may act in their self-interest, which may be adverse to our best interest, and they may breach their obligations to us. In addition, we may have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that any current or future collaborators devote to our or their future products. Disputes between us and our collaborators may result in litigation or arbitration which would increase our expenses and divert the attention of our management. Further, these transactions and arrangements will be contractual in nature and will generally be terminable under the terms of the applicable agreements and, in such event, we may not continue to have rights to the products relating to such transaction or arrangement or may need to purchase such rights at a premium.

If we enter into in-bound intellectual property license agreements, we may not be able to fully protect the licensed intellectual property rights or maintain those licenses. Future licensors could retain the right to prosecute and defend the intellectual property rights licensed to us, in which case we would depend on the ability of our licensors to obtain, maintain and enforce such licensed intellectual property. These licensors may determine not to pursue litigation against other companies or may pursue such litigation less aggressively than we would. If our licensors do not adequately protect such licensed intellectual property, competitors may be able to use such intellectual property and erode or negate any competitive advantage we may have, which could materially harm our business, negatively affect our position in the marketplace, limit our ability to commercialize our products and product candidates and delay or render impossible our achievement of profitability. Further, entering into such license agreements could impose various diligence, commercialization, royalty or other obligations on us. Future licensors may allege that we have breached our license agreement with them, and accordingly seek to terminate our license, which could adversely affect our competitive business position and harm our business prospects.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain, maintain or adequately protect our intellectual property rights, we may not be able to compete effectively in our markets.

We rely upon a combination of patents, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect our intellectual property and prevent others from duplicating LYR-210, LYR-220 and any future product candidates.

The strength of patents in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical field involves complex legal, factual and scientific questions and can be uncertain. It is possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. The patent applications that we own may fail to result in issued patents with claims that cover our product candidates in the United States or in other foreign countries. There is no assurance that all of the potentially relevant prior art relating to our patents and patent applications has been found, which can invalidate a patent or prevent a patent from issuing from a

 

55


Table of Contents

pending patent application. Even if patents do successfully issue and even if such patents cover our product candidates, third parties may challenge the inventorship, ownership, validity, enforceability or scope of such patents, which may result in such patents being narrowed or invalidated, or being held unenforceable. Furthermore, even if they are unchallenged, our patents and patent applications may not adequately protect our intellectual property, provide exclusivity for our product candidates or prevent others from designing around our claims. In addition, no assurances can be given that third parties will not create new products or methods that achieve similar results without infringing upon our patents. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties, which may have an adverse impact on our business.

If the patent applications we hold with respect to our programs or product candidates fail to issue, if their breadth or strength of protection is threatened, or if they fail to provide meaningful exclusivity for our product candidates, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to develop product candidates, and threaten our ability to commercialize future products. Several patent applications covering our product candidates have been filed recently. We cannot offer any assurances about which, if any, patents will issue, the breadth of any such patents or whether any issued patents will be found invalid or unenforceable or will be threatened by third parties. Any successful opposition to these patents or any other patents owned by us could deprive us of rights necessary for the successful commercialization of any product candidates that we may develop.

Further, if we encounter delays in regulatory approvals, the period of time during which we could market a product candidate under patent protection could be reduced. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing, and some remain so until issued, we cannot be certain that we were the first to file any patent application related to a product candidate. Furthermore, if third parties have filed such patent applications before enactment of the Leahy-Smith Act on March 16, 2013, an interference proceeding in the United States can be initiated by a third party to determine who was the first to invent any of the subject matter covered by the patent claims of our applications. In addition, patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, the expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after it is filed. Various extensions may be available; however, the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired for the patent covering a product, we may be open to competition from generic competing products.

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, ownership, scope, validity or enforceability, and our patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. In addition, the issuance of a patent does not give us the right to practice the patented invention. Third parties may have blocking patents that could prevent us from marketing our product candidate, if approved, or practicing our own patented technology. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain.

In addition to the protection afforded by patents, we rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect proprietary know-how that is either not patentable or that we elect not to patent, processes for which patents are difficult to enforce and any other elements of our product candidate discovery and development processes that involve proprietary know-how, information or technology that is not covered by patents. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect. We seek to protect our proprietary technology and processes, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors and contractors. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and trade secrets by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. While we have confidence in these individuals, organizations and systems, agreements or security measures may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. Once disclosed, we are likely to lose trade secret protection.

Although we require all of our employees and consultants to assign their inventions to us, to the extent that employees or consultants use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions. Further, although we require that all of our

 

56


Table of Contents

employees, consultants, collaborators, advisors and any third parties who have access to our proprietary know-how, information or technology enter into confidentiality agreements, we cannot provide any assurances that our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or independently discover our trade secrets or develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. Any of these parties may breach these agreements and we may not have adequate remedies for any specific breach. Misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure of our trade secrets or other confidential proprietary information could impair our competitive position and may have a material adverse effect on our business. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. Additionally, if the steps taken to maintain our trade secrets or other confidential proprietary information are deemed inadequate, we may have insufficient recourse against third parties for misappropriating the trade secret or other confidential proprietary information.

If we are unable to prevent material disclosure of the non-patented intellectual property related to our technologies to third parties, and there is no guarantee that we will have any such enforceable trade secret protection, we may not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our market, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Third-party claims of intellectual property infringement may prevent or delay our development and commercialization efforts.

Our commercial success depends in part on our avoiding infringement, or allegations of infringement, of the patents and other proprietary rights of third parties. There is a substantial amount of litigation, both within and outside the United States, involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, including patent infringement lawsuits, interferences, oppositions, reexamination, and inter partes review proceedings before the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, and corresponding foreign patent offices. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we are pursuing development candidates. Many companies in intellectual property-dependent industries, including the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, have employed intellectual property litigation as a means to gain an advantage over their competitors. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, and as we gain greater visibility and market exposure as a public company, the risk increases that our product candidates may be subject to claims of infringement of the patent rights of third parties. Some claimants may have substantially greater resources than we do and may be able to sustain the costs of complex intellectual property litigation to a greater degree and for longer periods of time than we could. In addition, patent holding companies that focus solely on extracting royalties and settlements by enforcing patent rights may target us.

Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. There may be third-party patents or patent applications with claims to composition of matter, drug delivery, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment related to the use or manufacture of our product candidates. We cannot guarantee that our technologies, products, compositions and their uses do not or will not infringe third party patent or other intellectual property rights. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications which may later result in issued patents that our product candidates may infringe. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that use of our technologies infringes upon these patents. Pending patent applications that have been published can, subject to certain limitations, be later amended in a manner that could cover our product candidates or the use of our product candidates. After issuance, the scope of patent claims remains subject to construction as determined by an interpretation of the law, the written disclosure in a patent and the patent’s prosecution history. Our interpretation of the relevance or the scope of a patent or a pending application may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to market our product candidates. If any third-party patents were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover the composition of matter of any of our product candidates, the manufacturing process of any of our product candidates, the method of use for any of our product candidates, the holders of any such

 

57


Table of Contents

patents may be able to block our ability to commercialize such product candidate unless we obtained a license under the applicable patents, which may not be available or may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or until such patents expire.

Parties making claims against us may obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to further develop and commercialize one or more of our product candidates and/or harm our reputation and financial results. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, could involve substantial litigation expense and could be a substantial diversion of management and employee resources from our business. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees for willful infringement, pay royalties, redesign our infringing products, in the case of claims concerning registered trademarks, rename our product candidates, or obtain one or more licenses from third parties, which may require substantial time and monetary expenditure, and which might be impossible or technically infeasible. Furthermore, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us; alternatively or additionally it could include terms that impede or destroy our ability to compete successfully in the commercial marketplace.

We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time-consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our patents, trademarks, copyrights or other intellectual property. It may be difficult to detect infringers who do not advertise the components that are used in their products. Moreover, it may be difficult or impossible to obtain evidence of infringement in a competitor’s or potential competitor’s product. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims on a country-by-country basis, which can be expensive and time-consuming and divert the time and attention of our management and scientific personnel. There can be no assurance that we will have sufficient financial or other resources to file and pursue such infringement claims, which typically last for years before they are concluded. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could also provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their patents, in addition to counterclaims asserting that our patents are invalid or unenforceable, or both.

In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is not valid, is unenforceable and/or is not infringed, or may construe the patent’s claims narrowly or refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated, interpreted narrowly or held unenforceable, could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing, and could limit our ability to assert those patents against those parties or other competitors and curtail or preclude our ability to exclude third parties from making and selling similar or competitive products. Similarly, if we assert trademark infringement claims, a court may determine that the marks we have asserted are invalid or unenforceable, or that the party against whom we have asserted trademark infringement has superior rights to the marks in question. In this case, we could ultimately be forced to cease use of such trademarks, which could materially harm our business and negatively affect our position in the marketplace.

Even if we establish infringement, the court may decide not to grant an injunction against further infringing activity and instead award only monetary damages, which may or may not be an adequate remedy. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

 

58


Table of Contents

Recent patent reform legislation has increased the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, and may diminish the value of patents in general.

As is the case with other biopharmaceutical companies, our commercial success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the biopharmaceutical industry involves both technological and legal complexity and is therefore costly, time consuming and inherently uncertain. Recent wide-ranging patent reform legislation in the United States, including the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, could increase those uncertainties and costs.

The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law, including provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted and may also affect patent litigation. Under The Leahy-Smith Act, the United States transitioned from a “first-to-invent” to a “first-to-file” system for deciding which party should be granted a patent when two or more patent applications are filed by different parties claiming the same invention. This will require us to be cognizant going forward of the time from invention to filing of a patent application and be diligent in filing patent applications, but circumstances could prevent us from promptly filing patent applications on our inventions. The Leahy-Smith Act also enlarged the scope of disclosures that qualify as prior art, and it expanded the scope of procedures that a third party may use to challenge a U.S. patent, including post grant review and inter partes review procedures. Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in U.S. federal courts necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. The Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

In addition, recent court rulings in cases such as Association for Molecular Pathology v. Myriad Genetics, Inc., BRCA1- & BRCA2-Based Hereditary Cancer Test Patent Litigation, and Promega Corp. v. Life Technologies Corp. have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents once obtained. Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the U.S. courts, the USPTO and the relevant law-making bodies in other countries, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties or that our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers.

We may employ individuals who were previously employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants and independent contractors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any of our employee’s former employers or other third parties. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel, or our ability to hire personnel, which, in any case of the foregoing, could adversely impact our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

 

59


Table of Contents

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

The USPTO, European and other patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and/or applications will be due to be paid to the USPTO and various governmental patent agencies outside of the United States in several stages over the lifetime of the patents and/or applications. We have systems in place to remind us to pay these fees, and we employ an outside firm and rely on our outside counsel to pay these fees due to non-U.S. patent agencies. The USPTO and various non-U.S. governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. We employ law firms and other professionals to help us comply, and in many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, our competitors might be able to enter the market, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Issued patents covering our product candidates could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court.

If we initiated legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering one of our product candidates, the defendant could counterclaim that the patent covering our product candidate is invalid and/or unenforceable. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. Third parties may also raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation.

Such mechanisms include re-examination, post grant review, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings). Such proceedings could result in revocation or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer cover our product candidates.

The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on one or more of our product candidates. Such a loss of patent protection could have a material adverse impact on our business. A defendant could also challenge our ownership of patents assigned to us. We cannot be certain that a third party would not challenge our rights to these patents and patent applications. Any legal proceeding or enforcement action can also be expensive and time-consuming.

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our products for an adequate amount of time.

The term of any individual patent depends on applicable law in the country where the patent is granted. In the United States, provided all maintenance fees are timely paid, a patent generally has a term of 20 years from its application filing date or earliest claimed non-provisional filing date. Extensions may be available under certain circumstances, but the life of a patent and, correspondingly, the protection it affords is limited. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. For patents that are eligible for extension of patent term, we expect to seek extensions of patent terms in the United States

 

60


Table of Contents

and, if available, in other countries. In the United States, the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984 permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the normal expiration of the patent, which is limited to the approved indication (or any additional indications approved during the period of extension). We might not be granted an extension because of, for example, failure to apply within applicable periods, failure to apply prior to the expiration of relevant patents or otherwise failure to satisfy any of the numerous applicable requirements. Moreover, the applicable authorities, including the FDA and the USPTO in the United States, and any equivalent regulatory authority in other countries, may not agree with our assessment of whether such extensions are available, and may refuse to grant extensions to our patents, or may grant more limited extensions than we request. If this occurs, our competitors may be able to obtain approval of competing products following our patent expiration by referencing our clinical and pre-clinical data and launch their product earlier than might otherwise be the case. If this were to occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our ability to generate revenue.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending our intellectual property in all countries throughout the world could be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. Therefore, we may choose not to pursue or maintain protection for certain intellectual property in certain jurisdictions. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent such competitors from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuit that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license. In addition, many countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties (for example, the patent owner has failed to “work” the invention in that country, or the third party has patented improvements) or limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of the patent.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our trademarks of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

While we seek to protect the trademarks we use in the United States and in other countries, we may be unsuccessful in obtaining registrations and/or otherwise protecting these trademarks. If that were to happen, we may be prevented from using our names, brands and trademarks unless we enter into appropriate royalty, license or coexistence agreements, which may not be available or may not be available on commercially reasonable

 

61


Table of Contents

terms. Over the long term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks, trade names, service marks and domain names, then we may not be able to compete effectively, resulting in a material adverse effect on our business. Our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, diluted or declared generic, or determined to be infringing on other marks. We rely on both registration and common law protection for our trademarks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names or may be forced to stop using these names, which we need to build name recognition among potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. At times, competitors may adopt trademarks and trade names similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks. Over the long term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected. During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections. Although we would be given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in the USPTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. Effective trademark protection may not be available or may not be sought in every country in which our products are made available. Any name we propose to use for our products in the United States must be approved by the FDA, regardless of whether we have registered it, or applied to register it, as a trademark. The FDA typically conducts a review of proposed product names, including an evaluation of potential for confusion with other product names. If the FDA objects to any of our proposed product names, we may be required to expend significant additional resources in an effort to identify a usable substitute name that would qualify under applicable trademark laws, not infringe the existing rights of third parties and be acceptable to the FDA. If we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected.

Our proprietary rights may not adequately protect our technologies and product candidates, and do not necessarily address all potential threats to our competitive advantage.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations, and may not adequately protect our business, or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. The following examples are illustrative:

 

   

others may be able to make products that are the same as or similar to our product candidates but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we own;

 

   

others, including inventors or developers of our patented technologies who may become involved with competitors, may independently develop similar technologies that function as alternatives or replacements for any of our technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights;

 

   

we might not have been the first to conceive and reduce to practice the inventions covered by our patents or patent applications;

 

   

we might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our patents or patent applications;

 

   

it is possible that our pending patent applications will not result in issued patents;

 

   

it is possible that there are prior public disclosures that could invalidate our patents;

 

   

our issued patents may not provide us with any commercially viable products or competitive advantage, or may be held invalid or unenforceable, as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;

 

62


Table of Contents
   

the Supreme Court of the United States, other U.S. federal courts, Congress, the USPTO or similar foreign authorities may change the standards of patentability and any such changes could narrow or invalidate, or change the scope of, our or our collaboration partners’ patents;

 

   

patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our product candidates for an adequate amount of time;

 

   

our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights, or in countries where research and development safe harbor laws exist, and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

 

   

ownership, validity or enforceability of our patents or patent applications may be challenged by third parties; and

 

   

the patents of third parties or pending or future applications of third parties, if issued, may have an adverse effect on our business.

Risks Related to Employee Matters and Managing Growth

We will need to expand our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing this growth, which could disrupt our operations.

We expect to experience significant growth in the number of our employees and the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of product candidate development, regulatory affairs and sales, marketing and distribution. As of February 29, 2020, we had 38 full-time employees. To manage our growth activities, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Due to our limited financial resources and the limited experience of our management team in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. As we expand our organization, we may have difficulty identifying, hiring and integrating new personnel. Future growth would impose significant additional responsibilities on our management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain, motivate and integrate additional employees, consultants and contractors. Also, our management may need to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from our day-to-day activities and devote a substantial amount of time to managing these growth activities. We may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations, which may result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, give rise to operational mistakes, loss of business opportunities, loss of employees and reduced productivity among remaining employees. Our expected growth could require significant capital expenditures and may divert financial resources from other projects, such as the development of product candidates. If our management is unable to effectively manage our growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our ability to generate and/or grow revenues could be reduced, and we may not be able to implement our business strategy. Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize our product candidates and compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage any future growth.

Many of the biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies that we compete against for qualified personnel and consultants have greater financial and other resources, different risk profiles and a longer history in the industry than we do. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high-quality personnel and consultants, the rate and success at which we can discover and develop product candidates and operate our business will be limited.

 

63


Table of Contents

If we lose key management or scientific personnel, cannot recruit qualified employees, directors, officers or other significant personnel or experience increases in our compensation costs, our business may materially suffer.

We are highly dependent on our management and directors, including our chief executive officer, Maria Palasis, Ph.D., and our chief scientific officer, Dana Washburn, M.D., among others. Due to the specialized knowledge each of our officers and key employees possesses with respect to our product candidates and our operations, the loss of service of any of our officers or directors could delay or prevent the successful enrollment and completion of our clinical trials. We do not carry key person life insurance on our officers or directors. Although we have formal employment agreements with our executive officers, these agreements do not prevent them from terminating their employment with us at any time.

In addition, our future success and growth will depend in part on the continued service of our directors, employees and management personnel and our ability to identify, hire, and retain additional personnel. If we lose one or more of our executive officers or key employees, our ability to implement our business strategy successfully could be seriously harmed. Furthermore, replacing executive officers and key employees may be difficult and may take an extended period of time because of the limited number of individuals in our industry with the breadth of skills and experience required to develop, gain regulatory approval of and commercialize product candidates successfully. Competition to hire from this limited pool is intense, and we may be unable to hire, train, retain or motivate these additional key personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions. In addition, we rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our research and development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be engaged by entities other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high quality personnel, our ability to develop and commercialize product candidates will be limited.

Many of our employees have become or will soon become vested in a substantial amount of our common stock or a number of common stock options. Our employees may be more likely to leave us if the shares they own have significantly appreciated in value relative to the original purchase prices of the shares, or if the exercise prices of the options that they hold are significantly below the market price of our common stock, particularly after the expiration of the lock-up agreements described herein. Our future success also depends on our ability to continue to attract and retain additional executive officers and other key employees.

We may engage in acquisitions or strategic partnerships that could disrupt our business, cause dilution to our stockholders, reduce our financial resources, cause or to incur debt or assume contingent liabilities, and subject us to other risks.

In the future, we may enter into transactions to acquire other businesses, products or technologies or enter into strategic partnerships, including licensing. If we do identify suitable acquisition or partnership candidates, we may not be able to make such acquisitions or partnerships on favorable terms, or at all. Any acquisitions or partnerships we make may not strengthen our competitive position, and these transactions may be viewed negatively by customers or investors. We may decide to incur debt in connection with an acquisition or issue our common stock or other equity securities to the stockholders of the acquired company, which would reduce the percentage ownership of our existing stockholders. We could incur losses resulting from undiscovered liabilities of the acquired business or partnership that are not covered by the indemnification we may obtain from the seller or our partner. In addition, we may not be able to successfully integrate any acquired personnel, technologies and operations into our existing business in an effective, timely and non-disruptive manner. Acquisitions or partnerships may also divert management attention from day-to-day responsibilities, lead to a loss of key personnel, increase our expenses and reduce our cash available for operations and other uses. We cannot predict the number, timing or size of future acquisitions or partnerships or the effect that any such transactions might have on our operating results.

 

64


Table of Contents

We or the third parties upon whom we depend may be adversely affected by natural disasters and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster.

Natural disasters could severely disrupt our operations and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. If a natural disaster, power outage or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our headquarters, that damaged critical infrastructure, such as the manufacturing facilities on which we rely, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. The disaster recovery and business continuity plans we have in place may prove inadequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the limited nature of our disaster recovery and business continuity plans, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. For example, following Hurricane Maria, shortages in production and delays in a number of medical supplies produced in Puerto Rico resulted, and any similar interruption due to a natural disaster affecting us or any of our third-party manufacturers could materially delay our operations.

A pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease in the United States may adversely affect our business.

If a pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease occurs in the United States or worldwide, our business may be adversely affected. In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, COVID-19, was identified in Wuhan, China. This virus continues to spread globally and, as of March 2020, has spread to over 70 countries, including the United States. The spread of COVID-19 has impacted the global economy and may impact our operations, including the potential interruption of our clinical trial activities and our supply chain. For example, the COVID-19 outbreak may delay enrollment in our Phase 2 LANTERN clinical trial due to prioritization of hospital resources toward the outbreak, and some patients may be unwilling to enroll in our trials or be unable to comply with clinical trial protocols if quarantines impede patient movement or interrupt healthcare services, which would delay our ability to conduct clinical trials or release clinical trial results and could delay our ability to obtain regulatory approval and commercialize our product candidates. The spread of an infectious disease, including COVID-19, may also result in the inability of our suppliers to deliver components or raw materials on a timely basis or at all. In addition, hospitals may reduce staffing and reduce or postpone certain treatments in response to the spread of an infectious disease. Such events may result in a period of business disruption, and in reduced operations, or doctors and medical providers may be unwilling to participate in our clinical trials, any of which could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The extent to which the coronavirus impacts our business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of the coronavirus and the actions to contain the coronavirus or treat its impact, among others. A significant outbreak of coronavirus and other infectious diseases could result in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect the economies and financial markets worldwide, resulting in an economic downturn that could impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Litigation against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend and could result in additional liabilities.

We may from time to time be subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, such as claims brought by our customers in connection with commercial disputes and employment claims made by our current or former employees. Claims may also be asserted by or on behalf of a variety of other parties, including government agencies, patients or vendors of our customers, or stockholders.

Any litigation involving us may result in substantial costs, operationally restrict our business, and may divert management’s attention and resources, which may seriously harm our business, overall financial condition, and results of operations. Insurance may not cover existing or future claims, be sufficient to fully compensate us for one or more of such claims, or continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby adversely impacting our results of operations and resulting in a reduction in the trading price of our stock.

 

65


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters. Although we have applied to have our common stock listed on The Nasdaq Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active market for our common stock does not develop, it may be difficult for you to sell shares you purchase in this offering without depressing the market price for the shares, or at all.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile and fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock in this offering.

Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for smaller biopharmaceutical companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

 

   

the success of competitive products or technologies;

 

   

actual or expected changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

 

   

results of clinical trials of our product candidates or those of our competitors;

 

   

developments related to our existing or any future collaborations;

 

   

regulatory actions with respect to our product candidates or our competitors’ products and product candidates;

 

   

regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;

 

   

development of new product candidates that may address our markets and make our product candidates less attractive;

 

   

changes in physician, hospital or healthcare provider practices that may make our product candidates less useful;

 

   

announcements by us, our partners or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, collaborations or capital commitments;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;

 

   

the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

   

the level of expenses related to any of our product candidates or clinical development programs;

 

   

failure to meet or exceed financial estimates and projections of the investment community or that we provide to the public;

 

   

the results of our efforts to discover, develop, acquire or in-license additional product candidates or products;

 

66


Table of Contents
   

actual or expected changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

   

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

 

   

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

 

   

market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors;

 

   

general economic, industry and market conditions; and

 

   

the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus.

After this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, if they choose to act together, will continue to have the ability to control or significantly influence all matters submitted to stockholders for approval.

Upon the closing of this offering, based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of February 29, 2020, our executive officers, directors and stockholders who owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock before this offering and their respective affiliates will, in the aggregate, hold shares representing approximately    % of our outstanding voting stock. As a result, if these stockholders choose to act together, they would be able to control or significantly influence all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. For example, these persons, if they choose to act together, would control or significantly influence the election of directors, the composition of our management and approval of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of your investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book value per share after this offering. To the extent shares subsequently are issued under outstanding options or warrants, you will incur further dilution. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), you will experience immediate dilution of $                 per share as of December 31, 2019, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, after giving effect to this offering, and the assumed initial public offering price. In addition, purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed approximately    % of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our stock but will own only approximately    % of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. We expect that we will use the net proceeds of this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, to fund the clinical development of LYR-210 and LYR-220, for future product candidate and platform development and the remainder, if any, for working capital and other general corporate purposes as set forth under “Use of Proceeds.” However, our use of these proceeds may differ substantially from our current plans. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, cause the price of our common stock to decline and delay the development of our product candidates. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

 

67


Table of Contents

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are eligible to be sold into the market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have outstanding                  shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of February 29, 2020. This includes the shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates or existing stockholders. The remaining shares are currently restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements (which may be waived, with or without notice, by BofA Securities, Inc. and Jefferies LLC) but will become eligible to be sold at various times beginning 180 days after this offering, unless held by one of our affiliates, in which case the resale of those securities will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Rule 144. Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of                  shares of our common stock will have rights, subject to specified conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders, until such shares can otherwise be sold without restriction under Rule 144 or until the rights terminate pursuant to the terms of the stockholders’ agreement between us and such holders. We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:

 

   

being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure in this prospectus;

 

   

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the

 

68


Table of Contents

executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be reduced or more volatile. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of these accounting standards until they would otherwise apply to private companies.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of The Nasdaq Global Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, which in turn could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors.

We are evaluating these rules and regulations, and cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. These rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting. However, while we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To achieve compliance with Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants, adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing whether such controls are functioning as documented, and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that we will not be able to conclude, within the prescribed timeframe or at all, that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Section 404. We may discover significant deficiencies or material weaknesses, which we may not successfully remediate on a timely basis or at all. Any failure to remediate any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses identified by us or to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or result in material misstatements in our financial statements. If we identify one or more material weaknesses, it could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

 

69


Table of Contents

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline, even if our business is doing well.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have, and may never obtain, research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no or few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding us, our business model, our intellectual property or our stock performance, or if our target pre-clinical studies or clinical trials and operating results fail to meet the expectations of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We are a “smaller reporting company” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to smaller reporting companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are considered a “smaller reporting company.” We are therefore entitled to rely on certain reduced disclosure requirements, such as an exemption from providing selected financial data and executive compensation information. We are also exempt from the requirement to obtain an external audit on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting provided in Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. These exemptions and reduced disclosures in our SEC filings due to our status as a smaller reporting company mean our auditors do not review our internal control over financial reporting and may make it harder for investors to analyze our results of operations and financial prospects. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock prices may be more volatile.

Provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of our company that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. In addition, because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions include those establishing:

 

   

a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

 

   

no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

 

   

the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from filling vacancies on our board of directors;

 

70


Table of Contents
   

the ability of our board of directors to authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock and to determine the terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;

 

   

the ability of our board of directors to alter our bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval;

 

   

the required approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws or repeal the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation regarding the election and removal of directors;

 

   

a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

 

   

the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president or the board of directors, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors; and

 

   

advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

Our restated certificate of incorporation will designate specific courts as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Our restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, specifies that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for most legal actions involving claims brought against us by stockholders; provided that, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction; and provided further that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state or federal court sitting in the State of Delaware. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation described above.

We believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law by chancellors particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases on a more expedited schedule relative to other forums and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. However, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors, officers, employees and agents as it may limit any stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that such stockholder finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any applicable action brought against us, a court could

 

71


Table of Contents

find the choice of forum provisions contained in our restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action. If a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common shares in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, would be your sole source of gain.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common shares. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common shares would be your sole source of gain on an investment in our common shares for the foreseeable future. See the “Dividend Policy” section of this prospectus for additional information.

We could be subject to securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because biopharmaceutical companies have experienced significant stock price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could harm our business.

Our ability to use our net operating losses and research and development credits to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2019, we had net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of $114.3 million for federal income tax purposes and $95.6 million for state income tax purposes, which may be available to offset our future taxable income, if any, and begin to expire at various dates through 2037. As of December 31, 2019, we also had federal and state research and development credit carryforwards of $5.0 million, which begin to expire at various dates through 2034. In general, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change,” generally defined as a greater than 50% change by value in its equity ownership over a three-year period, is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOLs and its research and development credit carryforwards to offset future taxable income. Our existing NOLs and research and development credit carryforwards may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes, and if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after this offering, our ability to utilize NOLs and research and development credit carryforwards could be further limited by Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which might be beyond our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code. For these reasons, in the event we experience a change of control, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of the NOLs or research and development credit carryforwards even if we attain profitability.

The impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act on our financial results is not entirely clear and could differ materially from the financial statements provided herein.

On December 22, 2017, the United States enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or TCJA, that significantly reformed the Code. The TCJA, among other things, contained significant changes to corporate taxation, including reduction of the corporate tax rate from a top marginal rate of 35% to a flat rate of 21%; limitation of the tax deduction for interest expense; limitation of the deduction for NOLs and elimination of NOL carrybacks, in each case, for losses arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 (though any such tax losses may be carried forward indefinitely); and modifying or repealing many business deductions and credits. The financial statements contained herein reflect the effects of the TCJA based on current guidance.

 

72


Table of Contents

However, there remain uncertainties and ambiguities in the application of certain provisions of the TCJA, and, as a result, we made certain judgments and assumptions in the interpretation thereof. The U.S. Treasury Department and the Internal Revenue Service may issue further guidance on how the provisions of the TCJA will be applied or otherwise administered that differs from our current interpretation. In addition, the TCJA could be subject to potential amendments and technical corrections, any of which could materially lessen or increase certain adverse impacts of the legislation on us.

 

73


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus are forward-looking statements, including but not limited to statements regarding:

 

   

our plans to develop and commercialize our product candidates;

 

   

the timing of our ongoing or planned clinical trials for LYR-210, LYR-220 and any future product candidates;

 

   

the timing of and our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approvals for LYR-210, LYR-220 and any future product candidates;

 

   

the clinical utility of our product candidates;

 

   

our commercialization, marketing and manufacturing capabilities and strategy;

 

   

our expectations about the willingness of healthcare professionals to use LYR-210, LYR-220 and any future product candidates;

 

   

our intellectual property position;

 

   

our expected use of proceeds from this offering;

 

   

our competitive position and developments and projections relating to our competitors or our industry;

 

   

our ability to identify, recruit and retain key personnel;

 

   

the impact of laws and regulations;

 

   

our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;

 

   

our plans to identify additional product candidates with significant commercial potential that are consistent with our commercial objectives;

 

   

research and development cost;

 

   

our estimates and statements regarding our future revenue, future results of operations and financial position;

 

   

our business strategy;

 

   

our research and development costs;

 

   

our plans and objectives of management for future operations; and

 

   

the plans and objectives of management.

These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

 

74


Table of Contents

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “would” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are only predictions and are based largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described under the sections in this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified and some of which are beyond our control, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

75


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data in this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research as well as from industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications, studies and surveys generally state that they have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe that each of these studies and publications is reliable, we have not independently verified market and industry data from third-party sources. Management’s estimates are derived from publicly available information, their knowledge of our industry and their assumptions based on such information and knowledge, which we believe to be reasonable. While we believe our internal company research as to such matters is reliable and the market definitions are appropriate, neither such research nor these definitions have been verified by any independent source. This data involves a number of assumptions and limitations which are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause our future performance to differ materially from our assumptions and estimates.

 

76


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from our issuance and sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $                 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $                 million.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $                 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by $                 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price stays the same.

We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds of this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, for the following purposes:

 

   

approximately $             million to $             million to fund the clinical development and pre-commercialization expenses for LYR-210 through             ;

 

   

approximately $             million to $             million to fund the development of LYR-220 through             ; and

 

   

the remainder, if any, for platform development and other research and development expenses for our pipeline, and for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

This expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to in-license, acquire, or invest in additional businesses, technologies, products or assets, although currently we have no specific agreements, commitments or understandings in this regard. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the closing of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. Predicting the cost necessary to develop product candidates can be difficult and we anticipate that we will need additional funds to complete the development of any product candidates we identify. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures and the extent of clinical development may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the progress of our development efforts, the status of and results from pre-clinical studies and any ongoing clinical trials or clinical trials we may commence in the future, as well as any collaborations that we may enter into with third parties for our product candidates and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering.

Based on our planned use of the net proceeds of this offering and our current cash and cash equivalents, we estimate that such funds will be sufficient to enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into                 . We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be incorrect, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. We may satisfy our future cash needs through the sale of equity securities, debt financings, working capital lines of credit, corporate collaborations or license agreements, grant funding, interest income earned on invested cash balances or a combination of one or more of these sources.

Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term and intermediate-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and U.S. government securities.

 

77


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, for the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors after considering our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual requirements, business prospects and other factors the board of directors deems relevant, and subject to the restrictions contained in any future financing instruments.

On March 20, 2012, we declared and paid a special cash dividend of $0.0076283 per share of our common stock, which we refer to as the Special Dividend, which totaled approximately $42,115 in the aggregate. Other than the Special Dividend, we have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock.

 

78


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2019, as follows:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect (1) the issuance and sale of 78,306,611 shares of our Series C preferred stock, at a price of $0.38811 per share, and warrants to purchase 23,491,979 shares of our common stock, in each case, in January 2020, (2) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 287,426,285 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, (3) the automatic cashless exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase shares of common stock, which, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would result in the issuance of              shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering and (4) the filing and effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation which will occur upon the closing of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our issuance and sale of                 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

 

    

As of December 31, 2019

            (in  thousands, except share data)            

 
    

     Actual     

   

Pro Forma

    

Pro Forma As
Adjusted(1)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 9,808     $                        $                    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series A-1/A, Series A-1/B, Series A-1/C, Series A-2, Series A-3, Series A-4, Series B and Series C), par value $0.001 per share; 210,786,340 shares authorized, 209,119,674 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

   $ 130,666     $        $    

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity

       

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; no shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     —         

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 275,000,000 shares authorized, 7,962,008 shares issued and outstanding, actual;             shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;             shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     8       

Additional paid-in capital

     4,411       

Accumulated deficit

     (127,757     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (123,338     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 7,328     $        $                    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

79


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by $                 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $                million.

The number of shares in the table above does not include:

 

   

19,759,224 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding, pursuant to our 2016 Plan, as of December 31, 2019, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.08 per share;

 

   

7,568,326 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding, pursuant to our 2005 Plan, as of December 31, 2019, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.48 per share;

 

   

3,767,171 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted after December 31, 2019 pursuant to our 2016 Plan;

 

   

                 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Plan; and

 

   

                shares of our common stock that will become available for future issuance under our 2020 ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and shares of our common stock that become available pursuant to provisions in our 2020 ESPP that automatically increase the share reserve under our 2020 ESPP.

 

80


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

As of December 31, 2019, we had a historical net tangible book value (deficit) of $(127.6) million, or $(16.03) per share of common stock. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2019 was $                 million, or $                per share. Pro forma net tangible book value represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, after giving effect to (1) the issuance and sale of 78,306,611 shares of our Series C preferred stock, at a price of $0.38811 per share, and warrants to purchase 23,491,979 shares of our common stock, in each case, in January 2020, (2) the automatic conversion of all shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 287,426,285 shares of our common stock in connection with this offering and (3) the automatic cashless exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase shares of common stock, which, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would result in the issuance of              shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents our pro forma net tangible book value divided by the total number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2019, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustment described above.

After giving further effect to receipt of the net proceeds from our issuance and the sale of                 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2019 would have been approximately $                million, or approximately $                 per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $                per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of approximately $                per share to new investors participating in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the amount of cash that a new investor paid for a share of common stock. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $                    

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of December 31, 2019

   $ (16.03  

Increase (decrease) per share attributable to the issuance and sale of shares of our Series C preferred stock and warrants to purchase shares of our common stock, in each case, in January 2020 and the conversion of our preferred stock and the automatic cashless exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our common stock

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2019

    

Increase per share attributable to this offering

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     $                    
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

     $                    
    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $                million, and dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors by $                , assuming that the number of

 

81


Table of Contents

shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $                 per share and decrease (increase) the dilution to new investors by $                 per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would be $                 per share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share would be $                 and the dilution per share to new investors would be $                 per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table summarizes on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, as of December 31, 2019, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us in cash and the average price per share that existing stockholders and new investors paid. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

    

Shares Purchased

   

Total Consideration

   

Average Price

Per Share

 
    

Number

    

Percent

   

    Amount    

    

Percent

 

Existing stockholders

               $                                 $                    

New investors

                             
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        100.0        100.0   $                    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by new investors by $                 million and, in the case of an increase, would increase the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by      percentage points and, in the case of a decrease, would decrease the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by      percentage points, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by new investors by $                million and, in the case of an increase, would increase the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by     % and, in the case of a decrease, would decrease the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by                  percentage points, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price.

The foregoing tables and calculations are based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2019, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into common stock in connection with this offering, and exclude:

 

   

19,759,224 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2016 Plan as of December 31, 2019, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.08 per share;

 

   

7,568,326 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2005 Plan as of December 31, 2019, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.48 per share;

 

   

3,767,171 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted after December 31, 2019 pursuant to our 2016 Plan;

 

82


Table of Contents
   

                 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Plan; and

 

   

                shares of our common stock that will become available for future issuance under our 2020 ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering, and shares of our common stock that become available pursuant to provisions in our 2020 ESPP that automatically increase the share reserve under our 2020 ESPP.

To the extent any of these outstanding options is exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. If all of such outstanding options had been exercised as of December 31, 2019, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $                , and total dilution per share to new investors would be $                .

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full:

 

   

the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering; and

 

   

the number of shares held by new investors will increase to                 , or approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

 

83


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this prospectus. We have derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected in any future period.

 

    

Years Ended December 31,

 
    

     2019     

   

     2018     

 
     (in thousands, except share
and per share data)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

    

Grant revenues

   $ —       $ 1,244  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     12,032       4,975  

General and administrative

     4,487       3,528  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     16,519       8,503  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (16,519     (7,259

Other income:

    

Interest income (expense), net

     213       36  

Other income, net

     —         10  

Change in fair value of tranche liability

     —         1,184  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income, net

     213       1,230  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (16,306   $ (6,029
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted(1)

   $ (2.37   $ (1.07
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted(1)

     6,998,502       5,728,033  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

   $ (0.08  
  

 

 

   

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

     216,118,176    
  

 

 

   

 

(1)

See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate the historical and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share and the weighted average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

    

        As of December  31,        

 
    

      2019      

    

      2018      

 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 9,808      $ 23,888  

Working capital(1)

     4,911        22,967  

Total assets

     14,963        25,359  

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     130,666        130,353  

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (123,338      (107,074

 

(1)

We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities. See our consolidated financial statements for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.

 

84


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” section of this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage therapeutics company focused on the development and commercialization of novel integrated drug and delivery solutions for the localized treatment of patients with ear, nose and throat diseases. Our proprietary technology platform, XTreo, is designed to precisely and consistently deliver medicines directly to the affected tissue for sustained periods with a single administration. Our initial product candidates, LYR-210 and LYR-220, are bioresorbable polymeric matrices designed to be administered in a brief, non-invasive, in-office procedure and intended to deliver up to six months of continuous drug therapy to the sinonasal passages for the treatment of chronic rhinosinusitis, or CRS. The therapeutic embedded within LYR-210 and LYR-220 is mometasone furoate, which is the active ingredient in various U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, approved drugs and has a well-established efficacy and safety profile. CRS is an inflammatory disease of the paranasal sinuses which leads to debilitating symptoms and significant morbidities and affects approximately 14 million people in the United States. We are advancing LYR-210 as a preferred alternative to surgery in an ongoing Phase 2 LANTERN clinical trial for CRS patients who have failed medical management. In our Phase 1 clinical trial, LYR-210 met its primary safety endpoint, and we observed that patients generally experienced significant and rapid, clinically meaningful and durable improvement in SNOT-22 scores, an established patient symptom severity scale, through week 25, which was the end of the trial. We are also developing LYR-220 for use in CRS patients who have an enlarged nasal cavity due to sinus surgery but continue to require treatment to manage CRS symptoms. Beyond CRS, we believe our XTreo platform has potential applications in other disease areas, which we are actively exploring to further broaden its therapeutic potential.

We were incorporated as a Delaware corporation on November 21, 2005, and our headquarters is located in Watertown, Massachusetts. On July 16, 2018, we formally changed our name to Lyra Therapeutics, Inc. Our operations to date have been limited to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, developing our technology, building our intellectual property portfolio and conducting research and development activities for our product candidates. We do not have any products approved for sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales. To date, we have funded our operations primarily through private placements of redeemable convertible preferred stock and funding from government contracts. From inception through December 31, 2019, we have raised an aggregate of $148.9 million to fund our operations, of which $131.8 million were gross proceeds from sales of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.3 million were gross proceeds from the issuance of common stock and $16.8 million were gross proceeds from government contracts. In January 2020, we raised $30.4 million of gross proceeds from the sale of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock.

We have incurred significant net operating losses in every year since our inception and expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future. Our net losses may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year and could be substantial. Our net losses were $16.3 million and $6.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As of

 

85


Table of Contents

December 31, 2019, we had an accumulated deficit of $127.8 million. We anticipate that our expenses will increase significantly as we:

 

   

conduct additional clinical trials of our most advanced product candidate, LYR-210, including the Phase 2 LANTERN trial which commenced in May 2019 and one or more planned pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials of LYR-210;

 

   

advance the development of LYR-220;

 

   

continue to discover and develop additional product candidates;

 

   

establish manufacturing and supply chain capacity sufficient to provide commercial quantities of any product candidates for which we may obtain marketing approval;

 

   

seek regulatory and marketing approvals for product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials, if any;

 

   

establish a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any products for which we may obtain regulatory approval in geographies in which we plan to commercialize our products ourselves;

 

   

maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

 

   

hire additional staff, including clinical, scientific, technical, regulatory, operational, financial commercial and support personnel, to execute our business plan; and

 

   

add clinical, scientific, operational, financial and management information systems and personnel to support our product development and potential future commercialization efforts, and to enable us to operate as a public company.

We do not expect to generate revenue from product sales unless and until we successfully complete clinical development and obtain regulatory approval for a product candidate. Additionally, we currently use contract research organizations, or CROs, to carry out our clinical development activities. We do not yet have a sales organization. If we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution. Furthermore, commencing upon the closing of this offering, we will incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. As a result, we will need substantial additional funding to support our continuing operations and pursue our growth strategy. Until such time as we can generate significant revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to fund our operations through public or private equity or debt financings or other sources, including strategic collaborations. We may, however, be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other arrangements when needed on favorable terms or at all. Our failure to raise capital or enter into such other arrangements as and when needed would have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to develop our current product candidates, or any additional product candidates, if developed.

Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with therapeutics product development, we are unable to accurately predict the timing or amount of increased expenses or when or if we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability. Even if we are able to generate revenue from product sales, we may not become profitable. If we fail to become profitable or are unable to sustain profitability on a continuing basis, then we may be unable to continue our operations at planned levels and be forced to reduce or terminate our operations.

As of December 31, 2019, we had cash and cash equivalents totaling $9.8 million. We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and the funds we raised in

 

86


Table of Contents

January 2020, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into                . We have based these estimates on assumptions that may prove to be imprecise or incorrect, and we may use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the development of our product candidates and any future product candidates, our platform and technology and because the extent to which we may enter into collaborations with third parties for development of any of our product candidates is unknown, we are unable to estimate the amounts of increased capital outlays and operating expenses associated with completing the research and development of our product candidates.

If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic alliances, or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce, or terminate our product development programs or any future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Financial Operations Overview

Revenue

To date, we have not generated any revenue from product sales and do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of products in the foreseeable future. If our development efforts for our product candidates are successful and result in regulatory approval and successful commercialization efforts, we may generate revenue in the future from product sales. We cannot predict if, when, or to what extent we will generate revenue from the commercialization and sale of our product candidates. We may never succeed in obtaining regulatory approval for any of our product candidates.

To date, all of our revenue has been derived from government awards. In July 2016, we were awarded a grant from the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, titled “Novel Bioabsorbable, Flexible Polymeric Stent for Pulmonary Artery Stenosis,” which we refer to as PED-PA. The amount awarded of approximately $1.0 million related to the award period of August 2016 through July 2019.

In September 2016, we received a fixed-fee award of approximately $0.4 million from NIH for the development leading to the commercialization of bioresorbable stents, or BRS, for the treatment of coarctation of the aorta in neonates, which we refer to as PED-CA. In November 2017, we were awarded an amendment to this contract which increased the amount by approximately $3.0 million. We recognized revenue under the government awards as we incurred qualifying expenses. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, we recognized $0 and approximately $1.2 million, respectively, of revenue under the NIH awards. In 2019, we focused our efforts on the development of LYR-210 and our other product development efforts and are no longer conducting research under the NIH awards and as a result do not expect any future revenue from government awards.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses since inception have consisted solely of research and development costs and general and administrative costs.

 

87


Table of Contents

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs incurred for our research activities, including the development of and pursuit of regulatory approval of our most advanced product candidate, LYR-210, for the treatment of CRS, which include:

 

   

employee-related expenses, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation expense for personnel engaged in research and development functions;

 

   

expenses incurred in connection with the preclinical and clinical development of our product candidates, including under agreements with CROs, investigative sites and consultants;

 

   

costs of manufacturing our product candidates for use in our preclinical studies and clinical trials as well as manufacturers that provide components of our product candidates for use in our preclinical and potential future clinical trials;

 

   

consulting and professional fees related to research and development activities;

 

   

costs related to compliance with clinical regulatory requirements; and

 

   

facility costs and other allocated expenses, which include expenses for rent and maintenance of our facility, utilities, depreciation and other supplies.

We expense research and development costs as incurred. We recognize costs for certain development activities, such as clinical trials, based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using data such as clinical site activations, patient enrollment, or information provided to us by our vendors and our clinical investigative sites. Payments for these activities are based on the terms of the individual agreements, which may differ from the pattern of costs incurred, and may be reflected in our consolidated financial statements as prepaid or accrued research and development expenses.

Our external research and development expenses consist primarily of costs such as fees paid to consultants, contractors and CROs in connection with our preclinical and clinical development activities. We typically use our employee and infrastructure resources across our development programs and we do not allocate personnel costs and other internal costs to specific product candidates or development programs with the exception of the costs to manufacture our product candidates.

Research and development activities are central to our business model. Product candidates in later stages of clinical development generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and duration of later-stage clinical trials. We expect that our research and development expenses will continue to increase for the foreseeable future as we initiate additional clinical trials, including one or more clinical trials for LYR-210 and LYR-220, scale our manufacturing processes, continue to discover and develop additional product candidates and hire additional clinical and scientific personnel.

The successful development of LYR-210, LYR-220 and other potential future product candidates is highly uncertain. Accordingly, at this time, we cannot reasonably estimate or know the nature, timing and costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the development of these product candidates. We are also unable to predict when, if ever, we will generate revenue and material net cash inflows from the commercialization and sale of any of our product candidates for which we may obtain marketing approval. We may never succeed in achieving regulatory approval for any of our product candidates. The duration, costs and timing of preclinical studies, clinical trials and development of our product candidates will depend on a variety of factors, including:

 

   

successful completion of clinical trials with safety, tolerability and efficacy profiles for LYR-210, LYR-220 and any potential future product candidates that are satisfactory to the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority;

 

88


Table of Contents
   

approval of an IND for LYR-220 and any potential future product candidate to commence planned or future clinical trials in the United States or foreign countries;

 

   

significant and changing government regulation and regulatory guidance;

 

   

timing and receipt of marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities;

 

   

establishing arrangements with contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs, for third-party clinical and commercial manufacturing to obtain sufficient supply of our product candidates;

 

   

obtaining and maintaining patent and other intellectual property protection and regulatory exclusivity for our product candidates;

 

   

commercializing the product candidates, if and when approved, whether alone or in collaboration with others;

 

   

acceptance of the product, if and when approved, by patients, the medical community and third-party payors;

 

   

competition with other therapies; and

 

   

maintenance of a continued acceptable safety profile of the products following approval.

A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development, manufacture or commercialization enabling activities of any of our product candidates would significantly change the costs, timing and viability associated with the development of that product candidate. For example, if the FDA or another regulatory authority were to require us to conduct clinical trials beyond those that we anticipate will be required for the completion of clinical development of a product candidate, or if we experience significant delays in our clinical trials due to patient enrollment or other reasons, we would be required to expend significant additional financial resources and time on the completion of clinical development.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and other related costs, including stock-based compensation, for personnel in executive, finance and administrative functions. General and administrative expenses also include direct and allocated facility-related costs as well as professional fees for legal, patent, consulting, investor and public relations, accounting, auditing, tax services and insurance costs.

We expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase in the future to support continued research and development activities and potential commercialization of our product candidates. These increases will likely include increased costs related to the hiring of additional personnel and fees to outside consultants, attorneys and accountants, among other expenses. Additionally, we expect to incur increased expenses associated with being a public company, including costs of additional personnel, accounting, audit, legal, regulatory and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, requirements, director and officer insurance costs, and investor and public relations costs.

Interest Income (Expense), Net

Interest income (expense), net, primarily consists of non-cash interest expense incurred on our convertible notes, non-cash accretion of the fair value of the conversion feature related to our convertible notes, and interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents.

 

89


Table of Contents

Change in Fair Value of Tranche Liability

Change in fair value of tranche liability consists of non-cash changes in the fair value of the tranche rights associated with our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock which provided investors with the right to participate in a subsequent offering of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock in the event specified development milestone was achieved. We classified the tranche rights as a derivative liability on our consolidated balance sheet that was initially recorded at fair value and that we remeasured to fair value at each reporting date, and we recognized changes in the fair value of the derivative associated with the tranche rights as a component of other income in our consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. The tranche liability was valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which considered as inputs (a) the expected stock price volatility of the underlying common stock, (b) the expected term of the tranche right, (c) the risk-free interest rate and (d) expected dividends. The tranche rights were settled in 2018.

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements during the reporting periods. These items are monitored and analyzed by us for changes in facts and circumstances, and material changes in these estimates could occur in the future. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events, and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Changes in estimates are reflected in reported results for the period in which they become known. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in the notes to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements require the most significant judgments and estimates.

Accrued Research and Development Expenses

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued research and development expenses. This process involves reviewing purchase orders and open contracts, communicating with our personnel to identify services that have been performed on our behalf and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the services when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of the actual cost. The majority of our service providers invoice us monthly in arrears for services performed, on a pre-determined schedule or when contractual milestones are met; however, some require advance payments. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in our consolidated financial statements based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time. We periodically confirm the accuracy of our estimates with the service providers and make adjustments if necessary. The significant estimates in our accrued research and development expenses include the following costs incurred for services in connection with research and development activities for which we have not yet been invoiced:

 

   

vendors in connection with the preclinical development activities;

 

   

vendors in connection with the testing of preclinical and clinical trial materials;

 

   

CROs in connection with preclinical and clinical studies; and

 

   

investigative sites in connection with clinical trials.

 

90


Table of Contents

We contract with CROs to conduct clinical and other research and development services on our behalf. We base our expenses related to CROs on our estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to quotes and contracts with them. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. There may be instances in which payments made to our CROs will exceed the level of services provided and result in a prepayment of the research and development expense. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from our estimate, we adjust the accrual or amount of prepaid expense accordingly. Non-refundable advance payments for goods and services that will be used in future research and development activities are expensed when the activity has been performed or when the goods have been received rather than when the payment is made.

Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, our understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and may result in reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. To date, there have not been any material adjustments to our prior estimates of accrued research and development expenses.

Stock-Based Compensation

We apply the fair value recognition provisions of ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, or ASC 718, for stock-based awards granted to employees and directors for their services on the board of directors. Determining the amount of stock-based compensation to be recorded requires us to develop estimates of the fair value of stock options as of their grant date. We estimate the fair value of each stock option grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Calculating the fair value of stock-based awards requires that we make subjective assumptions.

Pursuant to ASC 718, we measure stock-based awards granted to employees and members of the board of directors at fair value on the date of grant and recognize the corresponding stock-based compensation expense of those awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. We have historically granted stock options with exercise prices equivalent to the fair value of our common stock as of the date of grant.

We account for stock-based awards to non-employees in accordance with ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, or ASU No. 2018-07, which permits the valuation of stock-based awards granted to non-employees to be measured at fair value at the grant date rather than on an accelerated attribution basis over the vesting period and recognizes non-employee stock-based compensation expense over the related service period of the non-employee award. Prior to January 1, 2019, we accounted for stock-based payments to non-employees in accordance with ASC 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees, or ASC 505-50. Pursuant to ASC 505-50, we measured stock-based awards granted to non-employees at fair value as the awards vest and recognize the resulting value as expense during the period the related services are rendered, which is typically the vesting period. At the end of each financial reporting period prior to completion of the service, we re-measured the unvested portion of these awards using the then-current fair value of our common stock and updated assumption inputs in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model uses the following inputs: the fair value of our common stock, the expected volatility of our common stock, the expected term of our stock options, the risk-free interest rate for a period that approximates the expected term of our stock options and our expected dividend yield. Due to the lack of a public market for our common stock and a lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, we have based our computation of expected volatility on the historical volatility of a representative group of public companies with similar characteristics to us, including stage of product development, life science industry

 

91


Table of Contents

focus, length of trading history and similar vesting provisions. The historical volatility data is calculated based on a period of time commensurate with the expected term assumption. We will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own stock price becomes available or until circumstances change, such that the identified entities are no longer representative companies. In the latter case, more suitable, similar entities whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation. We use the simplified method as prescribed by the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based Payment, to calculate the expected term for options granted to employees as we do not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term. Under this approach, the weighted-average expected option term is presumed to be the average of the contractual term (ten years) and the vesting term (generally four years) of our stock options. We utilize this method due to lack of historical exercise data and the “plain-vanilla” nature of our stock-based awards. The expected term is applied to the stock option grant group as a whole, as we do not expect substantially different exercise or post-vesting termination behavior among our employee population. For options granted to non-employees, we utilize the contractual term of the arrangement as the basis for the expected term assumption. The risk-free interest rate is based on a treasury instrument whose term is consistent with the expected term of the stock options. The expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero as we have never paid cash dividends and have no current plans to pay any cash dividends on our common stock.

The fair value of stock options granted to employees, directors and non-employees was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, with the following range of assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

    

Years Ended December 31,

 
    

      2019      

   

     2018     

 

Risk-free interest rate

     2.2     3.1

Expected dividend yield

        

Expected term (in years)

     6.1       6.1  

Expected volatility

     76.8     80.7

These assumptions represented our best estimates, but the estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of our judgment. As a result, if factors change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different.

The following table presents the grant dates, number of underlying shares of common stock and the per share exercise prices of stock options granted between January 1, 2018 and the date of this prospectus, along with the fair value per share utilized to calculate stock-based compensation expense:

 

Grant Date

  

Type of
Award

    

Number of
Common
Shares

    

Exercise
Price of
Award per
Share(1)

    

Fair Value of
Common
Stock per
Share on
Grant Date

   

Per Share
Estimated
Fair Value of
Award(2)(3)

 

November 5, 2018

     Option        1,980,500      $ 0.08      $ 0.08     $ 0.06  

March 6, 2019

     Option        6,315,361      $ 0.08      $ 0.08     $ 0.05  

June 20, 2019

     Option        1,170,000      $ 0.13      $ 0.13     $ 0.09  

September 24, 2019

     Option        3,225,761      $ 0.13      $ 0.25 (4)    $ 0.19  

February 6, 2020

     Option        3,767,171      $ 0.25      $ 0.25     $ 0.17  

 

(1)

The Exercise Price of Award per Share represents the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors, after taking into account our most recently available contemporaneous valuations of our common stock as well as additional factors that may have changed since the date of such contemporaneous valuations through the date of grant.

 

(2)

The Per Share Estimated Fair Value of Award reflects the fair value of options as estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

 

92


Table of Contents
(3)

For the purposes of recording stock-based compensation for stock options granted to non-employees, upon adoption of ASU No. 2018-07 on January 1, 2019, we measure the fair value of the award at the grant date rather than on an accelerated attribution basis over the vesting period and recognize non-employee stock-based compensation expense over the related service period of the non-employee award. Prior to adoption of ASU No. 2018-07, we measured the fair value of the award on the service completion date (vesting date). At the end of each reporting period prior to completion of the services, we re-measured the value of any unvested portion of the award based on the then-current fair value of the award and adjusted expense accordingly.

 

(4)

We undertook a retrospective valuation of the fair value of our common stock as of September 19, 2019 and this value represents our estimated fair value per common share in accordance with such retrospective valuation, as no contemporaneous valuation was performed at the time of such grants.

Determination of Fair Value of Common Stock

As a private company with no active public market for our common stock, our board of directors has historically determined the fair value of our common stock on each date of grant, with input from management. Our board of directors periodically determined the estimated per share fair value of our common stock at various dates using contemporaneous valuations performed by third parties. Once a public trading market for our common stock has been established in connection with the completion of this offering, it will no longer be necessary for us to estimate the fair value of our common stock in connection with our accounting for stock options.

We performed contemporaneous valuations, with the assistance of a third-party specialist, as of September 30, 2018, May 31, 2019 and January 23, 2020, which resulted in valuations of our common stock of $0.08, $0.13 and $0.25 per share, respectively. As no contemporaneous valuation was performed at the time of such grants, we performed a retrospective valuation as of September 19, 2019, which resulted in a valuation of our common stock of $0.25 per share. In conducting the valuations, we considered all objective and subjective factors that we believed to be relevant for each valuation conducted, including our best estimate of our business condition, prospects and operating performance at each valuation date. Within the valuations performed, a range of factors, assumptions and methodologies were used. The significant factors included:

 

   

the lack of an active public market for our common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock;

 

   

the prices at which we sold shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock in arm’s length transactions and the superior rights, preferences and privileges of the convertible preferred stock relative to our common stock, including the liquidation preferences of our preferred stock;

 

   

our results of operations and financial condition, including cash on hand;

 

   

the material risks related to our business;

 

   

our stage of development and business strategy;

 

   

the composition of, and changes to, our management team and board of directors;

 

   

the market performance of publicly traded companies in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors, as well as recently completed initial public offerings, or IPOs, of companies in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors; and

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event such as an IPO given prevailing market conditions.

 

93


Table of Contents

Historically, the dates of our valuations have not coincided with the dates of our stock-based compensation grants. In determining the exercise prices of the stock options granted, our board of directors considered, among other things, the most recent valuations of our common stock and our assessment of additional objective and subjective factors we believed were relevant as of the grant date. The additional factors considered when determining any changes in fair value of our common stock between the most recent valuation and the grant dates included the status of our stage of research and development, our operating and financial performance and current business conditions. The fair value of 3,225,761 options granted on September 24, 2019 was determined retrospectively as no contemporaneous valuation was performed at the time of such grants.

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in the determination of the fair value of our common stock. These judgments and estimates are management’s best estimates and include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the time to completing an initial public offering or other liquidity event, the related company valuations associated with such events and the determinations of the appropriate valuation methods. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per common share could have been different.

Common Stock Valuation Methodologies

Our common stock valuations were prepared in accordance with the guidelines in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, which prescribes several valuation approaches for determining the value of an enterprise, such as the cost, market and income approaches, and various methodologies for allocating the value of an enterprise to its capital structure and specifically the common stock.

Our common stock valuation as of September 30, 2018 was prepared using an option pricing method, or OPM, framework and utilized a recent transactions market approach for inferring the equity value implied by our recently completed sales of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock. The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on the total equity value of a company, with exercise prices based on the value thresholds at which the allocation among the various holders of a company’s securities changes. Under this method, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to stockholders exceeded the value of the preferred stock liquidation preference at the time of the liquidity event, such as a strategic sale or a merger. A discount to reflect a lack of marketability of 40% was then applied to arrive at a $0.08 per share valuation of our common stock.

Our common stock valuation as of May 31, 2019 was prepared using a hybrid method of two potential liquidity outcomes: a merger and acquisition scenario utilizing the Guideline Transaction approach and an IPO scenario utilizing the Direct Waterfall approach. The hybrid method is a probability-weighed expected return method, or PWERM, where the equity value in one or more scenarios is calculated using the OPM. The PWERM is a scenario-based methodology that estimates the fair value of common stock based upon an analysis of future values for the company, assuming various outcomes. The common stock value is based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns considering each of the possible outcomes available as well as the rights of each class of stock. The future value of the common stock under each outcome is discounted back to the valuation date at an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate and probability weighted to arrive at an indication of value for the common stock. For the May 31, 2019 valuation, we (i) assigned a 90% probability of occurrence to the merger and acquisition scenario, with a 30% weighted average cost of capital within this scenario, then reflected a calculated discount for lack of marketability of 34.5%; and (ii) we assigned a 10% probability of occurrence to the IPO scenario, with a 30% weighted average cost of capital and a 0.75-year estimated term to an IPO event, then reflected a calculated discount for lack of marketability of 15%.

Our common stock valuation as of September 19, 2019 was prepared using a hybrid method of two potential liquidity outcomes: a merger and acquisition scenario utilizing the Guideline Transaction approach and an IPO scenario utilizing the Direct Waterfall approach. For the retrospective September 19, 2019 valuation, we

 

94


Table of Contents

(i) assigned a 60% probability of occurrence to the merger and acquisition scenario, with a 25% weighted average cost of capital within this scenario, then reflected a calculated discount for lack of marketability of 30%; and (ii) we assigned a 40% probability of occurrence to the IPO scenario, with a 25% weighted average cost of capital and a 0.53-year estimated term to an IPO event, then reflected a calculated discount for lack of marketability of 10%.

Our common stock valuation as of January 23, 2020 was prepared using a recent transactions market approach for inferring the equity value implied by our recent sales of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock and a hybrid of the OPM and Direct Waterfall, including a future IPO scenario utilizing the Direct Waterfall approach, to allocate the total equity value. For the January 23, 2020 valuation, we (i) assigned a 45% probability of occurrence to the merger and acquisition scenario and applied a discount for lack of marketability of 30%; and (ii) we assigned a 55% probability of occurrence to the IPO scenario, with a 25% weighted average cost of capital and a 0.19-year estimated term to an IPO event, then reflected a calculated discount for lack of marketability of 5%.

Tranche Rights

Our sale of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock provided our investors with the right to participate in a subsequent offering of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock in the event specified development milestone was achieved. We classified the tranche rights as a derivative liability on our consolidated balance sheet because it met the definition of a freestanding financial instrument that could have required the Company to transfer assets upon exercise. We remeasured the derivative liability associated with the tranche right to fair value at each reporting date, and recognized changes in the fair value of the derivative liability as a component of other income (expense) in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The fair value of the derivative liability was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which considered as inputs (a) the expected stock price volatility of the underlying common stock, (b) the expected term of the tranche right, (c) the risk-free interest rate and (d) expected dividends.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):

 

    

Years Ended December 31,

    

Dollar
      Change       

 
    

      2019      

    

      2018      

 

Grant revenues

   $ —        $ 1,244      $ (1,244

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     12,032        4,975        (7,057

General and administrative

     4,487        3,528        (959
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     16,519        8,503        (8,016
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (16,519      (7,259      (9,260

Other income:

        

Interest income (expense), net

     213        36        177  

Other income, net

     —          10        (10

Change in fair value of tranche liability

     —          1,184        (1,184
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other income, net

     213        1,230        (1,017
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (16,306    $ (6,029    $ (10,277
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

95


Table of Contents

Revenue

Grant revenue decreased from $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $0 for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was a result of the conclusion of our activities related to the NIH awards.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expense increased by $7.0 million to $12.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.

The increase in research and development expense was primarily attributable to an increase in clinical development external costs of $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily as a result of Phase 2 LANTERN clinical trial costs associated with LYR-210; an increase in chemistry, manufacturing and controls costs of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily as a result of increased spending on LYR-210 as it began the Phase 2 LANTERN clinical trial; an increase in employee compensation and benefits of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily as result of an increase in headcount and a decrease in charges to Arsenal Medical, Inc., or Arsenal, a company which shared certain common owners with us, for employee compensation and benefit costs related to our employees working on Arsenal-sponsored projects in accordance with the terms of the Transition Services Agreement between the two companies. Additionally, research and development expense increased by $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as a result of a decrease in non-employee related charges to Arsenal and a resulting increase in facilities and allocated expenses.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expense increased by $1.0 million from $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to an increase in employee compensation and benefits of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to an increase in headcount and related expenses; an increase in consulting and professional services of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily as a result of increased consulting and professional fees resulting from the growth in our general business operations; and the write-off the $0.2 million receivable from the NIH as a result of the conclusion of our activities related to the NIH awards.

Interest Income (Expense), net

Interest income (expense), net consists of interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents and non-cash interest expense incurred on our convertible notes payable. Interest income increased $0.2 million from $36,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was attributable to the interest earned on higher average cash and cash equivalents balances during the year ended December 31, 2019 after the closing of the second tranche of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock financing in October 2018.

Change in Fair Value of Tranche Liability

Change in fair value of tranche liability consists of the change in fair value of the tranche rights related to the sale of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock. It decreased from $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to none for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was attributable to the change in fair value of the tranche rights which were settled in October 2018.

 

96


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

We have funded our operations from inception through December 31, 2019 primarily through gross proceeds of $131.8 million from sales of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and $16.8 million from government contracts. The following table provides information regarding our total cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):

 

    

As of
        December 31,        

 
    

    2019    

    

    2018    

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 9,808      $ 23,888  

Cash Flows

The following table provides information regarding our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):

 

    

Years Ended December 31,

 
          2019                2018       

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (13,754    $ (6,640

Net cash used in investing activities

     (211      (37

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (115      29,213  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (14,080    $ 22,536  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

The cash used in operating activities resulted primarily from our net losses adjusted for non-cash charges and changes in components of working capital.

Net cash used in operating activities was $13.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in cash used in operating activities of $7.2 million was attributable to:

 

   

$10.3 million increase in net loss;

 

   

$1.1 million increase in non-cash charges for the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily because there was no non-cash income in the year ended December 31, 2019, which differed from the prior year which had $1.2 million of non-cash income from the change in fair value of the tranche liability; and

 

   

$2.0 million increase in changes in the components of working capital.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $37,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in cash used for investing activities of $0.2 million was attributable to an increase in purchases of property and equipment.

 

97


Table of Contents

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $29.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in cash provided by financing activities of $29.1 million was attributable to:

 

   

net proceeds of $28.7 million from the sale of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock and the $0.5 million of proceeds from the sale of our convertible notes payable during the year ended December 31, 2018;

 

   

$0.1 million increase in proceeds from the exercise of common stock options in the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018; and

 

   

$0.2 million in payments for deferred financing costs in the year ended December 31, 2019.

Funding Requirements

We expect our expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we continue the research and development for, initiate later stage clinical trials for, and seek marketing approval for, our product candidates. In addition, if we obtain marketing approval for any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution. Furthermore, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we would be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs or future commercialization efforts.

We expect that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and the funds we raised in January 2020 will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into                . We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we may use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

the costs of conducting future clinical trials of LYR-210;

 

   

the costs of manufacturing additional material for one or more pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials of LYR-210 and potential future clinical studies we might conduct for our other product candidates;

 

   

the costs of scaling up our manufacturing process and supply chain capacity to provide sufficient quantities of LYR-210 for the potential commercialization of LYR-210 if our clinical development program is successful and we obtain marketing approval;

 

   

the advancement of LYR-220;

 

   

the scope, progress, results and costs of discovery, preclinical development, laboratory testing and clinical trials for other potential product candidates we may develop, if any;

 

   

the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates;

 

   

our ability to establish and maintain collaborations on favorable terms, if at all;

 

   

the achievement of milestones or occurrence of other developments that trigger payments under any collaboration agreements we might have at such time;

 

98


Table of Contents
   

the costs and timing of future commercialization activities, including product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution, for any of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

 

   

the amount of revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of our product candidates, should any of our product candidates receive marketing approval;

 

   

the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, obtaining, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending intellectual property-related claims;

 

   

our headcount growth and associated costs as we expand our business operations and our research and development activities; and

 

   

the costs of operating as a public company.

Identifying potential product candidates and conducting preclinical testing and clinical trials is a time-consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete, and we may never generate the necessary data or results required to obtain marketing approval and achieve product sales. In addition, our product candidates, if approved, may not achieve commercial success. Our commercial revenues, if any, will be derived from sales of products that we do not expect to be commercially available for many years, if at all. Accordingly, we will need to continue to rely on additional financing to achieve our business objectives. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements. We do not have any committed external source of funds. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interests may be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that could adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. Any debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include restrictive covenants that limit our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends, that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business.

If we raise funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates or to grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of payment due date by period at December 31, 2019 (in thousands):

 

    

       Total        

    

  Less than 1  
 year 

    

  1 to 3 years  

    

  3 to 5 years  

    

More than
5 years

 

Operating lease obligation(1)

   $ 3,653      $ 1,059      $ 2,594      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,653      $ 1,059      $ 2,594      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents future minimum lease payments under our non-cancelable operating lease which expires April 2023. The minimum lease payments above do not include any related common area maintenance charges, operating expenses or real estate taxes.

 

99


Table of Contents

We enter into agreements in the normal course of business with CROs for clinical trials, third party manufacturers for clinical supply manufacturing, professional consultants for expert advice and other vendors for other services for operating purposes. We have not included these payments in the table of contractual obligations above since the contracts do not contain any minimum purchase commitments and are cancelable at any time by us, generally upon 30 days prior written notice and therefore we believe that our non-cancelable obligations under these agreements are not material.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined under applicable SEC rules.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, our cash equivalents consisted of interest-bearing checking accounts. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. Due to the short-term nature and the low risk profile of our interest-bearing accounts, an immediate 10% change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our cash and cash equivalents or on our financial position or results of operations.

We are not currently exposed to significant market risk related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates; however, we have contracted with and may continue to contract with foreign vendors located in Europe, Australia and New Zealand. Our operations may be subject to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates in the future.

Inflation generally affects us by increasing our clinical trial costs. We do not believe that inflation had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, permits an “emerging growth company” such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies.

We are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements under the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions, as an emerging growth company, or EGC, we intend to rely on certain of these exemptions, including exemptions from the requirement to provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and from any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements, known as the auditor discussion and analysis.

 

100


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a clinical-stage therapeutics company focused on the development and commercialization of novel integrated drug and delivery solutions for the localized treatment of patients with ear, nose and throat, or ENT, diseases. Our proprietary technology platform, XTreo, is designed to precisely and consistently deliver medicines directly to the affected tissue for sustained periods with a single administration. Our initial product candidates, LYR-210 and LYR-220, are bioresorbable polymeric matrices designed to be administered in a brief, non-invasive, in-office procedure and intended to deliver up to six months of continuous drug therapy to the sinonasal passages for the treatment of chronic rhinosinusitis, or CRS. The therapeutic embedded within LYR-210 and LYR-220 is mometasone furoate, or MF, which is the active ingredient in various U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, approved drugs and has a well-established efficacy and safety profile. CRS is an inflammatory disease of the paranasal sinuses which leads to debilitating symptoms and significant morbidities and affects approximately 14 million people in the United States. We are advancing LYR-210 as a potential preferred alternative to surgery in an ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial, which we refer to as our LANTERN clinical trial, for CRS patients who have failed medical management, and we expect to report topline data in the first quarter of 2021. In our Phase 1 clinical trial, LYR-210 met its primary safety endpoint, and we observed that patients generally experienced significant and rapid, clinically meaningful and durable improvement on a patient symptom severity scale through week 25, which was the end of the trial. We are also developing LYR-220 for use in CRS patients who have an enlarged nasal cavity due to sinus surgery but continue to require treatment to manage CRS symptoms, and we intend to initiate a proof-of-concept clinical trial for LYR-220 by the end of 2021. Beyond CRS, we believe our XTreo platform has potential applications in other disease areas, which we are actively exploring to further broaden its therapeutic potential.

CRS has been described in the literature as an “unrecognized epidemic” due to its high prevalence, its substantial impact on patient quality of life and the significant limitations of currently available treatment options. We estimate that sinusitis, which includes both CRS and acute rhinosinusitis, impacts approximately 12% of the adult population in the United States, or approximately 30 million people, making it the fifth most common condition in people under the age of 65 and more prevalent than diabetes or heart disease. Of this population, we estimate that approximately 14 million people are affected with CRS. Moreover, we estimate that approximately 8 million people are treated for CRS by physicians annually, of which approximately 4 million fail medical management each year. In the United States, over $60 billion is spent annually in direct treatment costs for sinusitis, including approximately $5 billion on sinus surgeries.

We believe LYR-210 and LYR-220, if successfully developed and approved, will be able to treat the entire spectrum of CRS patients, including pre- and post-surgical patients and those with and without nasal polyps, with up to six months of treatment in a single administration. Our most advanced product candidate, LYR-210, is being evaluated in CRS patients who have failed medical management but have not undergone endoscopic sinus surgery, who we refer to as surgically-naïve CRS patients, in our ongoing randomized, sham procedure-controlled, patient-blinded, Phase 2 LANTERN clinical trial. We initiated this trial in May 2019 and expect to report topline data in the first quarter of 2021. In an open-label, multi-center Phase 1 clinical trial, we placed 40 LYR-210 matrices bilaterally in 20 patients at sites in New Zealand and Australia. LYR-210 met its primary safety endpoint in the Phase 1 trial, and we observed significant and rapid, clinically meaningful and durable improvement through week 25 in SinoNasal Outcome Test scores, or SNOT-22 scores, an established patient symptom severity scale. At week 24, improvement versus baseline was observed in 90% of patients, with similar activity observed across both polyp and non-polyp patients. Additionally, we intend to initiate a proof-of-concept clinical trial for LYR-220 by the end of 2021, and to submit a supplemental new drug application, or sNDA, to the FDA for a potentially faster path to approval of LYR-220 if a new drug application, or NDA, for LYR-210 is approved by the FDA.

 

101


Table of Contents

Our XTreo Platform

XTreo, our innovative and proprietary drug delivery platform, is designed to locally and continuously deliver small molecule drugs to the affected tissue over a sustained period of time from a single administration. The platform is comprised of three interrelated technology components:

 

   

a biocompatible mesh scaffold, which is designed to maximize surface area for drug release while maintaining underlying tissue function;

 

   

an engineered elastomeric matrix, which means a polymeric matrix composed of polymers having elastic characteristics, which has advanced physical properties resulting in implants with “shape memory” that dynamically adapt to nasal anatomy; and

 

   

a versatile polymer-drug complex, which can be customized for the treatment of various chronic diseases treatable with ENT delivery to achieve the desired drug dose and drug elution rate.

Chronic Rhinosinusitis: A Prevalent Disease with High Unmet Medical Needs

CRS is an inflammatory disease of the paranasal sinuses causing the soft, moist layer of mucus-producing tissue, or mucosa, that lines the sinuses to become swollen and inflamed, leading to significant patient morbidities. The inflammation may be caused by infections, allergies or environmental factors, as well as structural issues such as blockages of an ostium. Patients with CRS on average experience a lower quality of life index than people suffering from congestive heart failure, angina, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or back pain.

CRS has two phenotypes: CRS with nasal polyps, which are teardrop-shaped benign masses arising from the mucosa lining, and CRS without nasal polyps. The non-polyp form of CRS represents approximately 70%-to-90% of CRS patients. We estimate that approximately 8 million people are treated for CRS by physicians annually, of which approximately 4 million fail medical management every year.

Current Treatments and Their Limitations

The goals of therapy for CRS are to reduce mucosal swelling resulting from underlying inflammation, promote sinus drainage, and eradicate infections that may be present. The treatment of CRS is progressive in nature and typically begins with medical management, primarily with topical intranasal steroids and oral steroids. If this treatment is unsuccessful, an ENT physician may perform a sinus surgery.

LOGO

Figure 1. Current Primary Treatment Paradigm for CRS.

 

102


Table of Contents

Currently, there are no FDA-approved drug therapies for CRS for non-polyp patients, although some drugs approved for nasal polyps are used off-label in this population.

Our Solution for CRS

LYR-210 is an anti-inflammatory implantable drug matrix based on our XTreo platform that is designed to consistently and locally elute MF to the inflamed mucosal tissue for up to six months in surgically-naïve CRS patients who fail medical management. MF, the active ingredient in various FDA-approved drugs, has a well-established efficacy and safety profile, which we believe will support the development process for LYR-210. LYR-210 is designed to enable sustained drug delivery at difficult-to-access nasal inflammation sites without the need for patient compliance, while avoiding the systemic side effects associated with oral steroids. LYR-210 is designed to be administered in a brief, non-invasive, in-office procedure by an ENT physician under endoscopic visualization via a single-use applicator.

LYR-210 is currently being studied in a Phase 2 randomized, sham procedure-controlled, patient-blinded clinical trial, which we refer to as LANTERN, evaluating the safety and efficacy in up to 150 surgically-naïve CRS patients who have failed previous medical management. The trial was initiated in May 2019 and is currently ongoing at sites in Australia, Austria, Czech Republic, New Zealand and Poland. In December 2019, the FDA cleared our investigational new drug application, or IND, and we expect to open new sites in the United States. We expect to report topline data from the Phase 2 LANTERN clinical trial in the first quarter of 2021.

LYR-210 was previously studied in an open-label, Phase 1 clinical trial with 20 patients in New Zealand and Australia, and achieved its primary endpoint of safety at week 4. In the Phase 1 trial, we also observed that patients generally experienced significant and rapid, clinically meaningful and durable improvement in SNOT-22 scores. Significant reduction in SNOT-22 was observed at week 1, and this reduction persisted through week 25, which was the end of the trial. The changes from baseline, or CFBL, in SNOT-22 score were statistically significant (P < 0.01) at all measured intervals. The average change from baseline in SNOT-22 score at week 1 was -13.0 points (P=0.008 to pre-treatment), achieving the minimal clinically significant difference of -8.9 points. Further, symptom relief as measured by SNOT-22 score was observed through the entire duration of the trial, achieving an average change from baseline of -20.5 points at week 24, the end of the treatment period (P=0.00005 to pre-treatment), and -20.0 points (p < 0.0001) at week 25, one week after the removal of LYR-210.

We are developing our second pipeline product candidate, LYR-220, for use in CRS patients who continue to require medical management despite having had sinus surgery. LYR-220 is also designed to utilize MF, but will employ an oversized matrix designed for patients whose nasal cavity is enlarged due to sinus surgery. LYR-220 is designed as a potential preferred alternative to revision sinus surgery and post-surgical medical management. We expect to initiate a proof-of-concept clinical trial for LYR-220 by the end of 2021.

We believe that the key potential benefits of our current investigational product portfolio, LYR-210 and LYR-220, include:

 

   

Clinical Activity: We believe LYR-210 and LYR-220 have the potential to significantly improve symptoms by maintaining a steady, high dose of MF at the site of inflammation for up to six months with a single administration, without any dependence on patient compliance.

 

   

Patient Compliance: Because drug delivery for LYR-210 and LYR-220 is designed to be sustained for up to six months with a single administration, the efficacy of LYR-210 and LYR-220 will not depend on patient compliance within the treatment period, unlike other CRS treatment options that require repeated daily administrations, such as topical intranasal steroids and oral steroids.

 

   

Patient Experience: LYR-210 and LYR-220 are designed to be administered via a simple, in-office procedure every six months, which is intended to enhance convenience for patients, unlike

 

103


Table of Contents
 

the repeated daily medical management and/or time-consuming and painful surgery required by certain other CRS treatment options. Moreover, we believe patients may also benefit from the biocompatible, flexible structure of LYR-210 and LYR-220 that is designed to maximize comfort over the therapy period.

 

   

Physician Experience: LYR-210 and LYR-220 are designed to enable physicians to perform the placement of LYR-210 and LYR-220 in-office in conjunction with an endoscopy procedure, thereby making the placement aligned with the existing care continuum for CRS patients and eliminating the need for physicians to schedule separate surgical time. Moreover, the elastomeric matrix encapsulates the underlying mesh fibers to facilitate removal.

 

   

Localized Delivery: LYR-210 and LYR-220 are designed to benefit from our XTreo platform, which is intended to provide localized delivery to avoid systemic side effects that are common with certain other CRS treatment options, such as oral steroids.

 

   

Patient Applicability: LYR-210 and LYR-220 are designed to treat the entire spectrum of CRS patients who have failed medical management, including pre- and post-surgical patients and those with and without polyps.

 

   

Pharmacoeconomic Impact: LYR-210 and LYR-220 are designed as an alternative to surgery (initial or revision), and as such have the potential to provide significant savings to the healthcare industry by reducing the number and frequency of expensive surgical treatment options.

We believe LYR-210 and LYR-220, if approved, would be the only products able to deliver up to six months of continuous topical treatment in a single administration to treat the entire spectrum of CRS patients who fail medical management, including pre- and post-surgery patients and those with and without nasal polyps.

Intellectual Property and Barriers to Entry

We own all the material intellectual property rights related to our platform and product candidate portfolio. As of December 31, 2019, our product candidate portfolio is protected by 21 issued and 27 pending patents worldwide with claims directed to composition of matter, drug delivery and method of use, which, exclusive of possible patent term adjustments or extensions or other forms of exclusivity, are projected to expire between 2030 and 2037.

We also rely upon know-how, continuing technological innovation, and technical barriers to entry, including manufacturing and drug delivery complexities, to develop and maintain our competitive intellectual property position.

Management Team and Investors

Our management team has extensive drug development, manufacturing and commercialization experience across a broad spectrum of disease areas, for both drug and drug-device combination products, with a successful track record in large pharmaceutical, medical device and biotech companies. Additionally, our management team has been involved in the development of successfully approved and commercialized products such as Taxus (drug-eluting stent), AvoneX, Arikayce and Panhematin.

Further, we are supported by a leading group of biotech investors including, among others, ArrowMark Partners, Intersouth Partners, North Bridge Venture Partners, Perceptive Advisors, Polaris Venture Partners, RA Capital and Soleus Capital.

 

104


Table of Contents

Our Pipeline

The current status of our product candidates is summarized below.

 

LOGO

Our Strategy

Our mission is to transform the ENT treatment paradigm by utilizing our proprietary drug delivery platform, XTreo, to develop safe and effective therapies for the treatment of debilitating diseases treatable with ENT delivery. We intend to achieve this through the following strategies:

 

   

Complete the development and secure FDA approval of LYR-210 for the treatment of CRS. We believe LYR-210, if approved, is well positioned in the CRS treatment paradigm to provide a preferred alternative to surgery. LYR-210, which is currently in an ongoing randomized, sham procedure-controlled, patient-blinded Phase 2 LANTERN clinical trial, utilizes MF, the active ingredient in various FDA-approved drugs. We expect to report topline data from the Phase 2 LANTERN trial of LYR-210 in the first quarter of 2021. Our goal is to advance LYR-210 through Phase 2 and into one or more pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials, followed by potential marketing approval through a 505(b)(2) NDA submitted to the FDA.

 

   

Advance our second product candidate, LYR-220, into the clinic to provide a comprehensive solution for CRS patients who have failed medical management and surgery. We are developing a larger version of LYR-210 designed for use in the enlarged nasal cavity of CRS patients who have had sinus surgery. We believe LYR-220, if successfully developed and approved, is well positioned to provide a preferred alternative to revision surgery and post-surgical medical management. LYR-220 is currently in product feasibility studies. We plan to advance LYR-220 into a proof-of-concept clinical trial by the end of 2021 and intend to seek approval through the sNDA pathway if an NDA for LYR-210 is approved by the FDA.

 

   

Build a commercialization infrastructure in the U.S. market for LYR-210 and LYR-220. If any of our product candidates are approved, we plan to launch an efficient, go-to-market commercialization model focused on targeted outreach to our key physician, payer and patient audiences. We plan to build an in-house sales force that will target ENT physicians whose sub-specialty is general otolaryngology or rhinology, which together represent roughly 60% of the 12,000 ENT physicians in the United States. Ensuring physician and patient market access to our products will be critical to our success, and we plan to execute a holistic reimbursement strategy that will integrate payer coverage and physician practice management initiatives. In addition, we also plan to selectively use cost-effective, patient-directed marketing strategies to further increase awareness among the CRS patient community of our products with the goal of increasing ENT physician visits. Finally, we plan to leverage our commercial infrastructure in the subsequent launch of LYR-220 and any future product candidates.

 

105


Table of Contents
   

Maximize the value of our XTreo platform and expand our product pipeline. Our XTreo platform provides a versatile drug development engine that enables us to focus on other indications where long-term delivery of existing treatments may provide improved local bioavailability and enhanced efficacy or safety. We plan to utilize our platform to identify additional product candidates, with an initial focus on conditions treatable with nasal delivery, potentially including allergic rhinitis, rare disorders where nasal disease contributes to the disease pathology and central nervous system disorders. In addition, we believe we can adapt our platform to target conditions treatable with delivery to other tissues beyond the nasal cavities, such as the ear.

 

   

Seek strategic collaborative relationships. We intend to develop our product candidates on our own in the U.S. and retain all U.S. rights, but seek strategic collaborations ex-U.S. to facilitate the capital-efficient development of our product candidates. We may also enter into collaborative relationships within the U.S. for our future pipeline candidates. We believe these collaborations could potentially provide non-dilutive funding to advance our pipeline candidates while allowing us to benefit from the development expertise of our collaborators.

Our Technology Platform

XTreo, our innovative and proprietary drug delivery platform is designed to locally and continuously deliver small molecule drugs to the affected tissue over a sustained period of time from a single administration. Our technology platform, developed over the past decade, was first patented in 2009 by members of our team who have extensive experience in drug formulation and delivery, material science and biotechnology. This expertise has allowed us to significantly improve upon polymer drug delivery technology and add shape-memory properties to bioresorbable polymeric implants, one of our key innovations.

 

LOGO

Figure 2. XTreo Proprietary Platform.

XTreo, our drug-eluting bioresorbable technology platform is comprised of three polymeric components, which are designed to work together to enable highly efficient, localized drug delivery (see Figure 2, above). This proprietary technology platform is designed to enable sustained delivery of medications for many

 

106


Table of Contents

months of therapy, targeting tissues deep in the ENT passages and potentially other diseased tissues that are not accessible with conventional therapeutic approaches. The components of our platform include:

 

   

Biocompatible Mesh Scaffold—variants of poly(L-lactide-co-glycolide), or PLGA, braided to form an implantable mesh with a high surface area. Our biocompatible mesh scaffold is intended to provide the foundation for efficient drug delivery. We have designed the mesh scaffold to optimize surface area for drug release while maintaining underlying tissue function through an open-cell design. The mesh scaffold is comprised of bioresorbable polymers and is pliable to maximize patient comfort.

 

   

Engineered Elastomeric Matrix—overlying elastomer of poly(L-lactide-co-e-caprolactone), or PLCL, coating that constrains the intersection points of the braid. Over the last decade we have developed a highly sophisticated and proprietary engineered elastomeric matrix which has advanced physical properties to dynamically conform to nasal anatomy. Its adaptive elastic tension, which gives it shape-memory to resist deformation, is key to ensuring persistent positioning in the target location. The matrix works in conjunction with the underlying mesh to exert outward retention force, keeping it in place as tissue remodels.

 

   

Versatile Polymer-Drug Complex—active therapeutic embedded in a polymer designed to control its release. We have extensive drug-delivery know-how which has enabled us to design a versatile polymer-drug complex that can accommodate most small molecule drugs and achieve tunable elution profiles. We believe our versatile polymer-drug complex is potentially amenable to continuous, prolonged drug release across a wide range of drugs for different therapeutic applications. With proprietary bioresorbable polymer-drug formulations, we believe our platform can be used to customize controlled-release drugs for various chronic diseases treatable with ENT delivery and improve the efficacy of therapeutic properties of existing active pharmaceutical ingredients, or APIs, through more prolonged delivery.

The three integrated components are fundamental to the successful function and versatility of the XTreo technology. For application to a targeted tissue, the implant is compressed into a narrow applicator, which allows non-invasive placement deep within cavities of the ear, nose, and throat. The shape-memory properties ensure the implant self-expands as it is administered through the applicator to conformably fit within and adapt to the target anatomy. The implant is designed to be oversized for the target anatomy and therefore will push outwards to stay fixed at the target location. Over time, as inflammation recedes due to the local drug therapy, the shape-memory properties are intended to allow the implant to actively adapt to the anatomy and continue to stay in place to elute drug locally for a prolonged period.

In engineering the implant, we use polymers that are biocompatible and bioresorbable which, if left in place, would gradually dissolve over time. The polymers used in our formulations have established safety profiles as they have previously been used in FDA-approved therapeutics. The mesh scaffold and elastomeric matrix are composed of PLGA and PLCL elastomer, both of which are well-established biodegradable polymers commonly used in medical applications. The customizable polymer drug complex consists of the active therapeutic embedded in the inactive ingredients containing PLCL and poly(L-lactide), or PLA, to control the drug elution rate. The polymer composition and drug formulation are tailored to achieve the desired drug dose and dissolution rate. Our expertise allows us to balance polymer resorption with drug elution to achieve a sustained rate of drug release over months in addition to varying the dosing and release rates to provide chronic local treatment.

 

107


Table of Contents

Chronic Rhinosinusitis and the Treatment Landscape

Sinuses are air-filled pockets within the bones of the face and skull. The four types of sinuses are frontal, ethmoid, sphenoid and maxillary (see Figure 3, below). One of each type of sinus lies on either side of the face.

 

 

LOGO

Figure 3. Illustration of Nasal Sinuses.

The sinuses are lined with a soft, moist layer of mucus-producing tissue, or mucosa. Mucus moistens the nasal lining and protects the body from inhaled impurities such as dust, pollutants and bacteria. Each of the maxillary, sphenoid and frontal sinuses has a corresponding ostium, or opening, through which mucus drains. The ethmoid sinuses are a series of cells with multiple, often interconnected openings and drainage pathways. The surface tissues of the sinuses are covered with millions of cilia, which are small, hair-like structures that act in coordination to sweep the mucus through the ostium of each sinus cavity to the back of the throat. The drainage of mucus is a normal process that keeps the sinuses healthy.

CRS is an inflammatory disease of the paranasal sinus causing the mucosa lining to become swollen and inflamed, leading to significant patient morbidities. The inflammation may be caused by infections, allergies or environmental factors, as well as structural issues such as blockages of an ostium. If one or more sinus drainage pathways becomes blocked, normal mucus drainage is prevented and damage to ciliary function may occur. There are two categories of sinusitis: acute and chronic. Acute sinusitis is transient in nature and lasts less than four weeks. Chronic sinusitis is more severe and lasts 12 weeks or longer. The term “chronic sinusitis” is generally used interchangeably with “CRS” in the medical community, and we refer to the condition as CRS in this prospectus. The four cardinal symptoms of CRS are nasal obstruction and congestion, facial pain and pressure, nasal discharge and olfactory loss (loss of sense of smell). Other symptoms include chronic headaches, bodily pain, fatigue, sleep deprivation, depression and recurrent infections. CRS may be diagnosed when two of the four cardinal symptoms persist for 12 weeks or longer and when inflammation is confirmed via endoscopy or CT scan. Patients with CRS experience a lower quality of life index than people suffering from congestive heart failure, angina, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or back pain. In addition, CRS symptoms are estimated to cause patients to miss over 11 million workdays per year in the United States alone, resulting over $1 billion in indirect economic costs.

We estimate that sinusitis impacts approximately 12% of the adult population in the United States, or approximately 30 million people, making it the fifth most common condition in people under the age of 65, and more prevalent than diabetes or heart disease. Beyond the United States, sinusitis has a similarly high prevalence in Europe, with approximately 27 million cases in the EU5 (France, Germany, Italy, Spain and the United Kingdom), and in Asia, with approximately 104 million cases in China alone. Of the approximately 30 million people impacted by sinusitis in the United States, we estimate approximately 14 million are affected with CRS. Of these, we estimate that approximately 8 million people are treated for CRS by physicians annually, of which approximately 4 million fail medical management every year.

 

108


Table of Contents

CRS has two phenotypes: CRS with nasal polyps, which are teardrop-shaped benign masses arising from the mucosa, and CRS without nasal polyps, with the non-polyp form representing approximately 70%-to-90% of CRS patients. Patients with polyps develop non-cancerous polyps on the chronically inflamed surfaces, but both subgroups typically share the same symptoms. Currently, the majority of our competitors target CRS patients with polyps, and there are no approved treatments for CRS without polyps, creating a vast untapped market opportunity for a more effective treatment solution. Given no approved treatments for CRS without polyps exist, there is only off-label drug usage for this segment of the patient population.

Current treatments are directed towards managing the symptoms of CRS through a combination of medical management and surgical intervention techniques. The first line of therapy is medical management involving nasal saline irrigation, intranasal corticosteroidal sprays, oral steroids and antibiotics for patients with an active sinus infection. CRS is the most common reason for adult outpatient antibiotic use in the United States. It has been estimated that antibiotic use to treat infections relating to CRS may cost more than $150 million per year in the aggregate. Patients whose symptoms persist despite medical management are generally recommended to undergo functional endoscopic sinus surgery (or FESS) or balloon sinus dilation (or BSD), or both. FESS is a highly invasive surgery performed in the operating room, under full anesthesia, to open the blocked sinus pathways by removing inflamed tissue and bone using surgical tools. BSD is a less severe form of endoscopic sinus surgery, often used in combination with FESS, in which small balloon catheters are inserted and inflated to drain the large nasal sinuses. Although FESS and BSD can improve symptoms and quality of life, limitations remain. Neither correct the underlying cause of the inflammation and patients who undergo either or both procedures often experience significant pain and require continued post-operative medical therapy to maintain improvements, with a high incidence of repeat surgeries.

Medical Management

The first-line of treatment for CRS is medical therapy, which typically includes nasal saline irrigation, corticosteroids, and antibiotics for patients with an active infection.

Steroids represent the current first-line standard of care for CRS patients, given they are generally pharmacologically effective at treating inflammation. Intranasal steroid sprays and aerosols, commonly indicated for rhinitis, or inflammation of the nasal passage, are routinely prescribed and used over-the-counter for the treatment of CRS symptoms. Physicians may also prescribe oral steroids on an episodic basis to patients who have not received sufficient symptomatic relief. They are generally prescribed for short-term use by patients with severe symptoms or exacerbations of CRS who are already on maintenance therapy, such as nasal irrigation or intranasal corticosteroid sprays. Finally, physicians may prescribe antibiotics for patients with an active infection.

Intranasal steroid sprays, oral steroids and antibiotics each have significant limitations:

 

   

While intranasal steroid sprays avoid systemic exposure and thus lack such serious side effects, penetration of the spray beyond the nasal cavities into the paranasal sinuses—the site of inflammation—is limited, particularly in pre-operative patients, despite requiring multiple, inconvenient administrations per day. In a published study, a large fraction of the spray is deposited in the anterior nasal cavity without any significant penetration into the paranasal sinuses. Additionally, intranasal spray efficacy is also limited due to fast clearance rates, as it has been demonstrated that mucocilliary action removes approximately 50% of the spray from the nasal cavity within 10 to 15 minutes of dosing. Poor patient compliance further limits the effectiveness of intranasal steroid sprays. While a recently launched intranasal exhalation delivery product has been developed to enhance the delivery of steroid to areas of inflammation within the sinus, the product is still subject to the limitations resulting from fast clearance and poor patient compliance.

 

   

Oral steroid therapy is effective at reaching the sinus lining, but it does so by means of systemic exposure and therefore carries the risk of serious side effects associated with prolonged use,

 

109


Table of Contents
 

including glaucoma, bone loss, weight gain, psychosis and difficulty in controlling blood glucose levels in patients with diabetes. Additionally, studies have shown that long-term benefits from their use are limited.

 

   

Although antibiotics are generally prescribed for patients with an active infection, their role for treatment of CRS is unclear, and there is limited evidence that supports their use for the treatment of CRS. In addition, their prolonged use can lead to antibiotic resistance, and CRS is identified as a major target in national efforts to reduce unnecessary antibiotic intervention.

Medical management is used as a first-line of medical therapy for pre-operative patients and as maintenance therapy for post-operative patients. Therefore, patients in both stages of the condition are managed medically and hence are subject to the limitations described above. Based on published medical literature, we estimate that at least 50% of CRS patients who are seen by ENT physicians and receive medical management remain symptomatic.

Sinus Surgery

The primary alternative after medical management is FESS, an invasive surgery during which a physician enlarges the inflamed and obstructed sinus pathways by removing inflamed tissue and bone in order to facilitate normal sinus drainage and aeration as well as provide greater access for delivery of steroids. First introduced in the United States in the 1980s, FESS is considered the standard of care for surgical intervention to treat CRS. However, while approximately 400,000 FESS procedures are performed each year, many surgical candidates opt not to have surgery given that it does not correct the underlying inflammation or obviate the need for medical management. Approximately, 65% of patients have recurrent symptoms post-FESS and up to 20% require a revision surgery.

FESS is a highly invasive procedure, requiring general anesthesia and involving significant post-operative discomfort. During this procedure, a physician inserts an endoscope into the nasal cavity to provide visualization of the patient’s anatomy, the turbinate is identified with help of the endoscope and the uncinated process is removed exposing the ethmoid bulla. Surgical instruments, powered cutting tools and balloon dilation devices are used to remove or dilate the obstructive tissue and bone. Given the essential role of the ethmoid bulla in sinus function, the ethmoid sinuses are then opened in 75%-to-85% of FESS procedures. The dependent sinuses each drain into the ethmoid sinuses through ostia, which may be enlarged by either surgically removing tissue or via balloon dilation. Following the surgical intervention, physicians often pack the newly opened ethmoid sinuses with gauze or other obstructive sinus packing materials to hold the sinus cavities open. A follow-up office visit is required several days after the procedure to remove the sinus packing materials and depending on the circumstances a patient may have to visit the surgeon two to three times a week for a period of time using nasal irrigation or will be allowed to carry out simple nasal douching several times a day. A typical FESS procedure costs approximately $14,000 on average.

Since the introduction of FESS, several new technologies, such as image-guided surgical navigation systems, powered surgical instruments and BSD devices have expanded the addressable patient population who can benefit from FESS. For instance, BSD devices were developed to be used in combination with traditional surgical instruments during FESS to treat the dependent sinuses and have now allowed for treatment of some patients in the physician office setting as a standalone procedure. The cost of a BSD procedure can range from $3,000 to $7,000 per treatment.

On an annual basis, approximately 4 million CRS patients fail medical management, but ultimately only approximately 400,000 patients choose to undergo an endoscopic sinus surgery each year. Physicians report that many patients, when presented with sinus surgery as a treatment option, opt to forego the procedure. Some patients regard the often temporary benefits provided by surgery as not worth the expense, recovery time or use of general anesthesia.

 

110


Table of Contents

While sinus surgery is the standard of care for treating CRS after the failure of medical management, it has several significant limitations:

 

   

Invasive surgery with significant post-operative pain and nasal care. FESS is an invasive surgery that results in irreversible changes to the anatomy and significant post-operative pain, discomfort and recovery time. As with any invasive surgery, a FESS entails the potential for bleeding, infection and scar tissue.

 

   

Requirement for post-operative maintenance. As the underlying inflammation of CRS is still unaddressed by sinus surgery, patients are required to post-operatively maintain their treatment with medical management. Additionally, reports have shown nasal polyp regrowth following surgery in many cases and post-nasal discharge often times remains a challenge.

 

   

Additional FESS procedures may be needed. Approximately 65% of patients have recurring symptoms post-FESS, and approximately 20% of patients will require a revision of sinus surgery within five years, 43% of whom will be within the first post-operative year. This is because sinus surgery does not cure the underlying cause of the inflammation of the sinus pathways, which can cause repeat flare ups. We believe the risk of potential revision surgery is a significant deterrent to some patients that would otherwise undergo sinus surgery.

 

   

Potential for severe complications. As a result of the use of surgical tools in close proximity to the brain, eyes and other critical anatomy, the potential for significant complications is a concern of physicians and patients alike. The risks of FESS, particularly in the frontal sinuses, cause some ENT physicians to avoid performing surgery in the frontal sinus drainage pathway. Major complications, such as cerebral spinal fluid leaks, swelling of the eye or blindness, occur in approximately 0.3% of FESS procedures.

Drug Eluting Stents and Monoclonal Antibodies

For patients with nasal polyps who remain symptomatic following surgery, who we refer to as refractory patients, certain non-surgical options are available. A steroid-eluting implant that continuously delivers three months of MF was approved to treat CRS in adults with nasal polyps. In addition, a subcutaneously-administered biweekly anti-IL-4/IL-13 monoclonal antibody, or mAb, was recently approved also to treat CRS in adults with nasal polyps.

However, each of these treatments has limitations. The drug-eluting stent has only a three month elution profile, presenting a more burdensome treatment regimen and requiring patient compliance. Meanwhile, the mAb is generally reserved for the most refractory patients, given that its long-term systemic safety is unknown and that it is priced at a significant premium even when compared to surgical options. In addition, both of these treatment options are only approved for the treatment of nasal polyps, leaving non-polyp patients (who represent approximately 70%-to-90% of all CRS patients) who are refractory with no approved treatment options.

LYR-210 for the Treatment of CRS

We believe LYR-210, if successfully developed and approved, has the potential to become a preferred alternative to surgery for the treatment of CRS. It is the only product candidate that we are aware of that is designed to provide up to six months of local delivery of anti-inflammatory medication with a single administration. The brief, non-invasive, in-office procedure allows for its implantation without the need for surgery. Further, we believe our studies have shown that LYR-210 has the potential to be an effective treatment for both patients with and without polyps. We believe LYR-210 has the potential to be a safe, effective and broadly applicable CRS treatment, designed to enhance patient comfort and physician experience and eliminate

 

111


Table of Contents

patient compliance issues associated with other CRS treatments, such as intranasal steroid sprays, while achieving reduced costs compared to other CRS treatments, such as sinus surgery.

 

LOGO

Figure 4. Illustration of Placement of LYR-210 in Middle Meatus.

LYR-210 is an investigational miniaturized local drug delivery system designed to fit within, and conform to, the confined space of a surgically-naïve patient’s middle meatus, an air-containing space that plays a fundamental role in drainage of the paranasal sinuses (see Figure 4, above). LYR-210 consists of MF, the active ingredient in various FDA-approved drugs, embedded in biocompatible polymers to aid in the controlled and sustained delivery of MF to the sinonasal mucosal tissue from a single drug administration. LYR-210 has a tubular braid configuration with a uniform diamond pattern throughout and is 13 mm in diameter and 10 mm in length in the unconstrained state. It has elastic properties to promote patient comfort and is designed to be self-retaining against the mucosal tissue to allow effective drug transfer. The matrix is comprised of a base structure and a drug formulation. The base structure is composed of PLGA and PLCL elastomer to provide a 3-dimensional structure and elasticity. The drug formulation matrix consists of the active ingredient, MF, embedded in the inactive ingredients containing PLCL and PLA to control the release rate of MF. The composition and mass of the drug formulation matrix is specified to achieve the drug dose over time.

LYR-210 is intended to be administered bilaterally into the non-operated middle meatus by an ENT physician under endoscopic visualization via a provided, single use applicator. It is designed for office-based administration performed with topical anesthesia. Once administered, LYR-210 is designed to gradually release MF to the inflamed mucosal tissue for up to six months from a single administration. LYR-210 can be removed at six months or earlier at the physician’s discretion using standard instruments and, if needed, replaced with a new LYR-210. LYR-210 is made with bioresorbable polymers that, if left in place, would gradually dissolve over time. Moreover, the elastomeric matrix encapsulates the underlying mesh fibers to facilitate removal.

 

112


Table of Contents

Overview of Our Clinical Development

The table below summarizes our completed and ongoing clinical trials for LYR-210 for CRS in patients who have failed medical management and have not undergone endoscopic sinus surgery.

 

Trial

 

Status

 

Trial Design

 

Trial Objectives

 

Trial Results

Phase 1

 

 

Completed; Results presented in October 2018

 

 

•  Prospective, multi-center, non-randomized, single-arm, open-label clinical trial

 

•  25 week trial, including 24 week treatment period, plus one week post-removal

 

•  Bilateral 2,500 mg dose

 

•  20 patients

 

•  5 study sites

 

•  Study objective: Evaluate the safety and feasibility over 24 weeks of continuous anti-inflammatory treatment with a single administration of LYR-210

 

•  Primary endpoint: Product-related serious adverse events from baseline to 4 weeks post-procedure

 

•  Additional data collected: Morning serum cortisol, change in intraocular pressure, plasma pharmacokinetics, quality of life by SNOT-22 (secondary endpoint), endoscopy and MRI

 

•  Primary safety endpoint achieved / 2,500 mg was well tolerated during entire duration of treatment

 

•  Significant and rapid, clinically meaningful and durable improvement in SNOT-22 scores was observed from week 1 through week 25

 

•  Average change in baseline SNOT-22 score at week 1 was -13.0 points (P= 0.008 to pre-treatment)

 

•  Symptom relief, as measured by SNOT-22 score, was observed through the entire duration of study, achieving an average change from baseline of -20.5 points at week 24 (P=0.00005 to pre-treatment), which was the end of the treatment period, and -20.0 (p < 0.0001) at week 25, which was the end of the study

Phase 2 (LANTERN)

 

 

Initiated May 2019

 

 

•  Randomized, blinded, sham-controlled, dose-ranging, parallel-group clinical trial

 

•  24 week treatment period, plus 24 week safety follow up post-removal

 

•  Bilateral 2,500 mg or 7,500 mg dose

 

•  Up to 150 patients

 

•  Up to 50 study sites globally

 

•  Primary endpoint: Change in composite score of 7-day average of 4 cardinal symptoms from baseline at week 4

 

•  Secondary objectives: Symptom improvement at week 24, sinus imaging to assess reduction in inflammation, SNOT-22, time to treatment failure, reduction in inflammation, frequency of exacerbations, pharmacokinetics/pharmacodynamics

 

•  Expect to complete enrollment, data base lock and report topline data in the first quarter of 2021

Phase 2

Our Phase 2 LANTERN clinical trial for LYR-210 was initiated in May 2019. The clinical trial is designed as a multi-center, randomized, sham procedure-controlled, patient blinded trial. The study will evaluate up to 150 patients across up to 50 sites in the United States, Australia, Austria, Czech Republic, New Zealand

 

113


Table of Contents

and Poland. The goal of the trial is to evaluate the efficacy of LYR-210 in treating adult surgically-naïve CRS patients who have failed medical management. We expect to report topline data in the first quarter of 2021.

 

LOGO

EOT = End of Treatment; EOS = End of Study.

Figure 5. Design of Phase 2 LANTERN Clinical Trial for LYR-210.

The trial consists of three arms: (1) an experimental arm with bilateral placement of 2,500 µg of LYR-210 consisting of up to 50 subjects; (2) an experimental arm with bilateral placement of 7,500 µg of LYR-210 consisting of up to 50 subjects; and (3) a control arm with a bilateral sham procedure only consisting of up to 50 subjects (see Figure 5, above). In addition, subjects will be supplied with saline for nasal irrigation treatment during the course of the treatment period.

The primary endpoint of the trial is a change from baseline in the 7-day average scores of the 4-Cardinal Symptoms Score, or 4CSS, at week 4. The FDA prefers a composite score of the cardinal symptoms of CRS for patients with CRS, and we will utilize the 4CSS for the trial. The 4CSS is comprised of four domains that are scored 0-3 with a total score of 12. The four domains are: (1) obstruction and congestion; (2) facial pain and pressure; (3) nasal discharge; and (4) olfactory loss (loss of sense of smell).

The key secondary endpoints for the trial are the change from baseline in 7-day average 4CSS at week 24, time to treatment failure, and change from baseline in Zinreich score (a measure of inflammation) for the posterior ethmoid, frontal or spheoid sinuses at week 24.

 

114


Table of Contents

Phase 1

Our Phase 1 clinical trial for LYR-210 was a prospective, multi-center, non-randomized, single-arm, open-label clinical trial with adult surgically-naïve CRS patients who have failed medical management. The objective of the trial was to evaluate safety and feasibility over 24 weeks of continuous anti-inflammatory treatment with a single administration of LYR-210 with an additional measurement taken one week post-removal. The trial was conducted across five sites in New Zealand and Australia. Forty LYR-210 matrices were placed bilaterally in 20 patients with and without nasal polyps. Each matrix contained 2,500 µg of MF. LYR-210 met its primary safety endpoint, and significant and rapid, clinically meaningful and durable improvement on a patient symptom severity scale was observed through 25 weeks.

 

Study Design

   Prospective, multi-center, non-randomized, single-arm, open-label clinical trial

Study Objectives

   Safety and feasibility over 24 weeks of continuous anti-inflammatory treatment with a single administration of LYR-210 with an additional measurement taken one week post-removal

Patient Population

   Adult CRS patients who have failed medical management and have not had surgery

Number of Subjects

   20 patients with CRS (40 LYR-210 matrices placed)

Number of Sites

   5 study sites (New Zealand and Australia)

Dose

   2,500 mcg bilaterally

Primary Endpoint

   Product-related serious adverse events from baseline to week 4

Additional Data Collected

  

•  Morning serum cortisol

•  Intraocular pressure

•  Plasma pharmacokinetics

  

•  Quality of life by SNOT-22

•  Endoscopy and MRI

Figure 6. Description of Phase 1 Clinical Trial for LYR-210.

Twenty patients were enrolled, 12 of whom exhibited no bilateral nasal polyps and eight of whom exhibited bilateral nasal polyps. All 20 patients received bilateral administration of LYR-210 at 2,500 µg in an office setting. The study population was predominantly male with a mean age of 39.9 (range: 24-67) years old. All patients reported moderate-to-severe CRS symptoms with a mean SNOT-22 score of 50.9, of which nine patients reported severe symptoms (SNOT-22 score > 50). All patients complained of nasal obstruction.

 

115


Table of Contents

The Phase 1 trial achieved its primary safety endpoint at week 4. LYR-210 at 2,500 µg was well tolerated by patients during the entire duration of treatment and also gave insight into the successful office-based placement of the matrix and clinical outcomes in non-polyp and polyp patients. There were no reports of unexpected adverse events, or AEs, or local nasal AEs, including epistaxis, nasal burning, nasal dryness, nasal irritation and nasal septal perforation during the 24-week MF local dosing treatment duration. Additionally, no change in morning serum cortisol levels or intraocular pressures were noted.

 

LOGO

 

(1)

AEs coded using the MedDRA dictionary, version 21.0.

 

(2)

N=20 total patients. Patients experiencing the same AEs are counted only once. An additional 5 AEs occurred during the screening period, prior to treatment and are not included in this table. 25-week period includes one week post-removal.

Figure 7. Adverse Event Profile for Phase 1 Clinical Trial for LYR-210.

 

116


Table of Contents

The most common reported AEs were nasopharyngitis, upper respiratory tract infection, sinusitis, nasal odor, procedural headache, nasal discomfort, and facial pain. There was one serious adverse event, an acute myocardial infarction, which was deemed to be unrelated to LYR-210. LYR-210 was removed due to AEs before the end of the 24-week treatment period from two patients who dropped out of the trial prior to completion. One patient requested removal after 20 weeks of treatment due to complaints of memory loss, which was deemed to be unrelated to LYR-210. The other patient requested removal after 17 weeks of treatment due to a recurrence of a sinus infection that was non-serious and moderate in severity and the patient reported relief of AE symptoms within four days following removal and medical treatment.

 

LOGO

Figure 8. Plasma Drug Concentration for the 50% of Patients with Levels Above LLQ. Note: at day 1, week 1, week 4 and week 12, there were 11, 10, 16 and 10 patients, respectively, whose plasma drug concentration was below the lower limit of quantification, or LLQ.

The trial results indicated low levels of systemically circulated steroid from LYR-210. MF plasma concentrations were unquantifiable in about 50% of patients and near the lower limit of quantification of 20 pg/ML in the other 50% of patients (see Figure 8, above). There were no AEs associated with systemic levels of MF.

All of the matrices were successfully bilaterally placed in the sinonasal passages, in both non-polyp and polyp patients. In 7 out of the 40 matrices placed, the investigator felt that the initial placement was not ideal, and therefore the matrix was removed and a new matrix was placed. Patients did not report feeling the matrices post-administration. Further, LYR-210 had high levels of intranasal retention out to 24 weeks, with a retention rate of more than 80%. There were no AEs associated with the matrices that were dislodged.

 

117


Table of Contents

The Sino-Nasal Outcome Test, or SNOT-22, is a disease-specific questionnaire for sinus disease. A validated patient-reported outcome measure, the SNOT-22 is used widely by ENTs to assess disease status and treatment outcomes in CRS patients with and without polyps. It is comprised of 20 questions which address CRS-related symptoms and quality of life that can be grouped into 5 domains including rhinologic, extranasal rhinologic, ear/facial, psychological and sleep. Each question is scored on a scale from 0 to 5 for a total score ranging from 0 to 110 points. Mild disease is defined on the SNOT-22 as a score of 8 to 20, moderate as a score of 21 to 50 and severe as greater than 50. If a patient has a SNOT-22 score of 7 or lower they are considered “normal” or absent of sino-nasal disease. The SNOT-22 minimal clinically important difference, or MCID, which is the smallest change in SNOT-22 score that can be detected by a patient, has been established as a change of 8.9 points.

LOGO

 

* P<0.05, **P<0.01, *** P<0.001, **** P<0.0001 to baseline by paired two tailed t-test

Figure 9. Total Symptom Improvement by SNOT-22 Score in Phase 1 Clinical Trial for LYR-210.

 

LOGO

 

** P<0.01, ***P<0.001, **** P<0.0001 to baseline by paired two tailed t-test

Figure 10. Symptom Improvement by Retrospective Analysis of the Scores Corresponding to the Composite 4CSS Extracted from the Corresponding Individual SNOT-22 Scores. This composite score produced as a result of the retrospective analysis was not an endpoint of our Phase 1 clinical trial or addressed in our statistical analysis plan and was done for illustrative purposes only.

Patients generally experienced significant and rapid, clinically meaningful and durable improvements in CRS symptoms in the Phase 1 trial, as measured by SNOT-22 score (see Figure 9, above). Significant reduction in SNOT-22 scores was observed at week 1 and this reduction persisted through week 25, at the end of the trial

 

118


Table of Contents

(see Figure 9, above). Changes from baseline, or CFBL, in SNOT-22 score were statistically significant (P < 0.01) at all measured intervals. The average change from baseline in SNOT-22 score at week 1 was -13.0 points (P= 0.008 to pre-treatment), achieving the MCID of -8.9 points. Further, symptom relief was observed through the entire duration of study, and achieved -20.5 points at week 24 (P=0.00005 to pre-treatment), at the time LYR-210 was removed. Significant symptom improvement was achieved in all of the SNOT-22 subdomains at week 24. We also conducted a retrospective analysis of symptom improvement, as measured by CFBL, in the individual domain scores extracted from individual SNOT-22 scores that correspond to the cardinal symptoms comprising the 4CSS in order to retrospectively assess the improvement of these cardinal symptoms in these patients (see Figure 10, above). This retrospective analysis showed that the CFBL in the individual domain scores were generally consistent with the CFBL in the SNOT-22 scores. This composite score produced as a result of the retrospective analysis was not an endpoint of our Phase 1 clinical trial or addressed in our statistical analysis plan and was done for illustrative purposes only. In addition, although the questions in the SNOT-22 questionnaire that correspond to the questions in 4CSS were worded similarly, they were not identical and the SNOT-22 questions used a scale of 0 to 5 while the 4CSS questions used a scale of 0 to 3. The individual SNOT-22 scores, from which the individual domain scores were extracted, were measured every two weeks and were not averaged. Finally, while our Phase 2 LANTERN clinical trial uses a composite score of 4CSS, its primary endpoint is the CFBL of the 7-day average scores of 4CSS at week 4.

 

LOGO

Figure 11. Percent of Patients with Symptom Improvement by SNOT-22 Score, Showing Improvement with MCID and without MCID, in Phase 1 Clinical Trial for LYR-210.

 

119


Table of Contents

At week 24, 90% of patients improved versus the baseline score, with clinically meaningful improvement observed in 70% of patients (see Figure 11, above).

 

 

LOGO

 

* P<0.05, **P<0.01, ***P<0.001, **** P<0.0001 to baseline by paired two tailed t-test

Figure 12. Symptom Improvement in Polyp and Non-Polyp Patients by Change from Baseline in SNOT-22 Score in Phase 1 Clinical Trial for LYR-210.

Similar efficacy was observed in both polyp and non-polyp patients (see Figure 12, above). Further, even though each of the clinical trial patients were surgery candidates at the trial entry and no topical intranasal spray was utilized in conjunction with LYR-210 during the 25-week trial, none of the patients underwent sinus surgery during the treatment period.

 

LOGO

Figure 13. Endoscopy Images Before and After Treatment with LYR-210 in Phase 1 Clinical Trial. For illustrative purposes only.

Figure 13, above, shows via nasal endoscopy images from our Phase 1 clinical trial the impact of LYR-210 observed in a patient without nasal polyps and a patient with nasal polyps at three time points: before LYR-210 placement, after LYR-210 placement and at week 25, one week after LYR-210 was removed. The middle image for each patient shows the deployment of LYR-210 in the middle meatus of a non-polyp and a

 

120


Table of Contents

polyp patient, and how LYR-210 conformed to the walls of the obstructed nasal anatomy to maximize tissue contact. In the third image for each patient, the erythema and inflammation present before treatment was observed to be resolved and less evident after 24 weeks of treatment and one week post-removal.

LYR-220 for the Treatment of CRS

LYR-220 is a new investigative therapy for CRS patients with and without nasal polyps that have failed medical management and have had a prior endoscopic sinus surgery. In the treatment paradigm, LYR-220, if approved, is positioned for use for patients post-surgical intervention who continue to have recurrent CRS symptoms or relapse, as a potential preferred alternative to revision surgery. LYR-220 utilizes the same API as LYR-210, but with a larger matrix to treat larger nasal cavities consistent with those in post-surgical CRS patients. We estimate that 40% of patients that present to an ENT physician with CRS have had a prior surgery. These patients represent the addressable market for LYR-220.

No product is currently approved by the FDA to treat post-surgery CRS patients that do not have polyps, representing the vast majority of such CRS patients, and only a three-month steroid-eluting sinus implant and a mAb have been approved by the FDA for the treatment of post-surgery CRS patients that have polyps. We believe LYR-220 is meaningfully differentiated from currently approved products because, if successfully developed and approved, it would be the only product able to deliver up to six months of topical treatment in a single administration to treat both polyp and non-polyp post-surgery CRS patients who fail medical management. Further, with respect to the mAb, LYR-220 is differentiated because it would provide localized delivery so as to avoid systemic side effects with the added benefit of being a significantly more economical treatment alternative.

We expect to initiate a proof-of-concept clinical trial for LYR-220 by the end of 2021 and, if LYR-210 is approved by the FDA, to submit an sNDA for a potentially faster path to approval for LYR-220. We believe the clinical development of LYR-220 may require only a single Phase 3 study for registration.

Future Product Candidates

Our XTreo platform provides a versatile drug development engine that enables us to focus on other indications where long-term delivery of existing treatments may provide improved local bioavailability and enhanced efficacy or safety. Other conditions we may pursue with nasal delivery include allergic rhinitis, rare disorders where nasal disease contributes to the disease pathology and central nervous system disorders. Additionally, we believe our platform can be adapted to locally address conditions of the ear.

Post-Approval Commercialization Strategy

If LYR-210 and LYR-220 are successfully developed and approved, we intend to engage in targeted outreach to our key physician, payer and patient audiences. ENT physicians are the primary treaters of CRS patients who have failed medical management and thus represent our target physician base. Given the requirement for endoscopic placement of our products, we plan to build an in-house sales force, consisting of approximately 75-100 employees, that will target ENT physicians whose sub-specialty is general otolaryngology or rhinology, which together represent approximately 60% of the approximately 12,000 ENT physicians in the United States. Given that LYR-210 and LYR-220 can be administered in a brief, simple procedure requiring no additional equipment, we anticipate that our sales representatives’ time will primarily be directed at educating the ENT physicians around product attributes and patient selection. We plan to supplement our direct physician outreach with appropriate medical education and marketing efforts to further penetrate our physician base and drive adoption of our products.

Ensuring physician and patient market access to our products will be critical to our success, and we plan to execute a holistic reimbursement strategy, consisting of a reimbursement support hub and approximately 15-20 field-based reimbursement experts, that will integrate payer coverage and physician practice management

 

121


Table of Contents

initiatives. We believe that the primary decision makers from a payer perspective are private payers, which represent approximately 80% of the payer mix for our products. We intend to deploy a market access team to educate payers on the clinical and pharmacoeconomic attributes of our products and to seek to secure favorable coverage policies and to maximize the covered lives that have reimbursement for our products. The team will also secure the necessary codes to facilitate physician and patient payment including a J-code, which is required for physician-administered products. In addition, we expect to be able to use existing current procedural terminology codes for procedures involving the placement and removal of our product candidates, if approved. To maximize access to LYR-210 and LYR-220, we plan to develop a reimbursement support model which aims to reduce physician financial risk associated with physician-administered products.

Subsequent to our initial ENT physician and payer efforts, we also plan to selectively use cost-effective, patient-directed marketing strategies to further increase awareness among the CRS patient community of our products with the goal of increasing ENT physician visits.

In addition, we may also consider entering into collaborative relationships with established entities outside the U.S. for a potentially faster path to bringing our products to market. We may also enter into collaborative relationships within the U.S. for future pipeline product candidates.

Competition

Our industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid and significant technological change as research provides a deeper understanding of the pathology of diseases and new technologies and treatments are developed. We believe our scientific knowledge, technology, and development capabilities provide us with substantial competitive advantages, but we face potential competition from multiple sources, including large pharmaceutical, biotechnology, specialty pharmaceutical and, to a lesser degree, medical device companies.

Our competitors may have significantly greater financial resources, robust drug pipelines, established presence in the market and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, pre-clinical and clinical testing, obtaining regulatory approvals and reimbursement and marketing approved products than we do. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified clinical, regulatory, scientific, sales, marketing and management personnel, in establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies.

LYR-210 and LYR-220 are positioned following the failure of medical management and therefore are not anticipated to compete directly with branded, generic or over-the-counter, inhaled corticosteroids. LYR-210 is positioned for use in surgically-naïve CRS patients where the primary competitive treatment is surgical procedures, including FESS with and without BSD and BSD as a standalone procedure. In this space, LYR-210 would be the only product we are aware of that may deliver six months of local treatment with a single administration for both patients with and without polyps as a preferred alternative to surgical interventions. LYR-220 is positioned for use in patients that have had a prior FESS. Currently there are no competitive treatments for post-surgical patients without polyps. For patients with polyps, LYR-220 would compete against steroid-releasing sinus implants and mAbs. We believe LYR-220 has competitive advantages over these interventions, including a longer elution profile than the existing sinus implant and no systemic exposure relative to the mAb. Key competitive factors affecting the commercial success of both LYR-210 and LYR-220 and any other product candidates we may develop are likely to be efficacy, safety and tolerability profile, reliability, convenience of administration, price and reimbursement.

Several companies are also currently developing treatments for CRS patients with nasal polyps, including Hoffmann-La Roche, GlaxoSmithKline, Gossamer Bio, AnaptysBio, Regeneron, OptiNose and Intersect ENT. If these treatments are approved by the FDA, they could represent competition across the spectrum of CRS patients.

 

122


Table of Contents

Manufacturing and Supply

We currently manufacture our drug delivery products at our facility in Watertown, Massachusetts with components supplied by external suppliers. We perform inspections of these components before use in our manufacturing operations. Using these components, we manufacture, assemble, inspect, and package our implants, and send them to a third-party sterilization vendor. After sterilization, we inspect the product and test via third-party laboratories to determine compliance with our specifications. Upon release of the lot to inventory, the product is labeled and distributed via a third-party vendor to clinical sites.

The API and a number of the components used in our implants are currently supplied to us from single source suppliers. We source our supplies from manufacturers with a track record of Good Manufacturing Procedures (GMP). We rely on single source suppliers for some of our polymer materials, some extrusions and molded components, and for finished goods testing, labeling and distribution. Our ability to supply our products and to develop our product candidates depends, in part, on our ability to obtain successfully the API and polymer materials used in these products in accordance with regulatory requirements and in sufficient quantities. We plan to enter into manufacturing, supply and quality agreements with our single source suppliers. We generally acquire our single source components pursuant to purchase orders placed in the ordinary course of business. We currently maintain sufficient supplies of the API and components from our single source suppliers to support our ongoing Phase 2 LANTERN clinical trial and ongoing development activities. In the future, we intend to maintain sufficient supplies such that our ability to supply the clinic or commercial market will not be compromised and so as to allow for sufficient time necessary to obtain another source of API or components.

We are currently improving our manufacturing capabilities and increasing capacity to better support further clinical studies and commercialization. We plan to use an outsourcing model and choose a contract manufacturer with the appropriate infrastructure, technical experience, quality systems and a track record of FDA compliance. We plan to continue to use an outsourcing model for our operations until we reach a sufficient scale to justify investment in internal manufacturing capacity.

Intellectual Property

We actively seek to protect the intellectual property and proprietary technology platform that we believe is important to our business, which includes seeking and maintaining patents covering our technology platform and products, and any other inventions that are commercially or strategically important to the development of our business. We also rely upon trademarks to build and maintain the integrity of our brand, and we seek to protect the confidentiality of trade secrets that may be important to the development of our business. For more information, please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property”.

Patents and Patent Applications

As of December 31, 2019, we own 18 issued U.S. patents, nine foreign issued patents, seven U.S. pending applications, and 21 foreign pending applications, out of which 12 issued U.S. patents, nine foreign issued patents, six U.S. pending applications, and 21 foreign pending applications are directed to our XTreo platform, LYR-210, and LYR-220.

All technology material to our business has been developed in-house and is protected with patents and patent applications in two major lineages, along with the beginning of a third, more recent lineage of patent applications. The first lineage dates from 2009 and provides protection potentially until 2030, exclusive of possible patent term adjustments or extensions or other forms of exclusivity. This first lineage includes issued patents in the U.S., Europe, Japan, Canada and Great Britain, that are not limited to any particular drug, site of delivery or patient condition, but specify features of the implant, system, method and polymers. The second lineage dates from 2015 and provides protection potentially until 2036, exclusive of possible patent term adjustments or extensions or other forms of exclusivity. This second lineage includes issued U.S. patents with

 

123


Table of Contents

ENT-specific method claims directed to the specific drug, site of delivery (i.e. middle meatus) and patient condition, along with numerous pending applications in the U.S., Europe, Japan, Canada, China and the Great Britain. The third, more recent lineage dates from 2017 with the prospect of patent protection potentially until 2037, exclusive of possible patent term adjustments or extensions or other forms of exclusivity. This third lineage attempts to capture the drug release features and patient results from the recent clinical trial. It includes pending applications in the U.S. and Great Britain, along with a patent application filed under the Patent Cooperation Treaty that entered the National Phase in October of 2019 in the following countries: the U.S., Canada, Australia, Europe, Korea, Singapore, China and Japan.

Trademarks and Trade Secrets

As of December 31, 2019, our trademark portfolio contained one U.S. trademark registration and eight foreign trademark registrations.

We also rely upon trade secrets, know-how and continuing technologies innovation, and may pursue licensing opportunities in the future, to develop and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our proprietary rights through a variety of methods, including confidentiality agreements, invention assignment agreements, non-solicitation and non-compete agreements with suppliers, employees, consultants and others who may have access to proprietary information.

Government Regulation and Product Approval

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level, and in other countries extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacturing, packaging, storage, recordkeeping, labeling, advertising, promotion, distribution, marketing, import, and export of pharmaceutical products such as those we are developing. We will be required to navigate the various preclinical, clinical and commercial approval requirements of the governing regulatory agencies of the countries in which we wish to conduct studies or seek approval of our product candidates. The processes for obtaining regulatory approvals in the United States and other countries, as appropriate, along with subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations, require the expenditure of substantial time and resources.

U.S. Government Regulation

In the United States, we are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA, which regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, and its implementing regulations, and other federal, state, and local regulatory authorities. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may subject an applicant to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as the FDA’s refusal to approve pending NDAs, withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of warning or untitled letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement or civil or criminal penalties.

The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

 

   

completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in compliance with the FDA’s Good Laboratory Practice regulations;

 

   

submission to the FDA of an IND which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

124


Table of Contents
   

approval by an independent institutional review board, or IRB at each clinical site before each trial may be initiated;

 

   

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with good clinical practice (GCP) requirements to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug product for each indication;

 

   

submission to the FDA of an NDA;

 

   

satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee review, if applicable;

 

   

satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product is produced to assess compliance with current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, requirements and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality and purity;

 

   

satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of selected clinical sites to assure compliance with GCPs and the integrity of the clinical data;

 

   

payment of user fees; and

 

   

FDA review and approval of the NDA.

We are developing our product candidates using an innovative drug delivery platform comprised of a mesh scaffold, an elastomeric matrix and a polymer-drug complex delivered through a narrow applicator. In the United States, products composed of components that would normally be regulated by different centers at the FDA are known as combination products. Typically, the FDA’s Office of Combination Products assigns a combination product to a specific Agency Center as the lead reviewer. The FDA determines which Center will lead a product’s review based upon the product’s primary mode of action. Depending on the type of combination product, its approval, clearance or licensure may usually be obtained through the submission of a single marketing application. We anticipate that LYR-210 and LYR-220 will be regulated as drugs, and for each product candidate, the FDA will permit a single regulatory submission seeking approval. However, the FDA sometimes will require separate marketing applications for individual constituent parts of the combination product which may require additional time, effort, and information. Even when a single marketing application is required for a combination product, such as an NDA for a combination pharmaceutical and device product, both the FDA’s Center for Drug Evaluation and Research and the FDA’s Center for Devices and Radiological Health may participate in the review. An applicant will also need to discuss with the Agency how to apply certain premarket requirements and post-marketing regulatory requirements, including conduct of clinical trials, adverse event reporting and good manufacturing practices, to their combination product.

Preclinical Studies

Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, toxicity and formulation, as well as animal studies to assess potential safety and efficacy. An IND sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data and any available clinical data or literature, among other things, to the FDA as part of an IND. Some preclinical testing may continue even after the IND is submitted. An IND automatically becomes effective and a clinical trial proposed in the IND may begin 30 days after the FDA receives the IND, unless before that time the FDA raises concerns or questions related to one or more proposed clinical trials and places the clinical trial on a clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. As a result, submission of an IND may not result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to commence.

 

125


Table of Contents

Clinical Trials

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational new drug to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCP requirements, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent in writing for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety, and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. An IRB at each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that institution, and the IRB must continue to oversee the clinical trial while it is being conducted. Information about certain clinical trials must be submitted within specific timeframes to the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, for public dissemination on their www.clinicaltrials.gov website.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three or four sequential phases, which may overlap or be combined:

 

   

Phase 1: The drug is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or patients with the target disease or condition and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution, excretion and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness.

 

   

Phase 2: The drug is administered to a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage.

 

   

Phase 3: The drug is administered to an expanded patient population, generally at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, in well-controlled clinical trials to generate enough data to statistically evaluate the efficacy and safety of the product for approval, to establish the overall risk-benefit profile of the product, and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the product.

 

   

Phase 4: In some cases, the FDA may conditionally approve an NDA for a product candidate on the sponsor’s agreement to conduct additional clinical trials after NDA approval. In other cases, a sponsor may voluntarily conduct additional clinical trials post approval to gain more information about the drug. Such post approval trials are typically referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA, and more frequently if serious adverse events occur. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, or at all. Furthermore, the FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.

Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the product and finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and, among other things, the manufacturer must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

 

126


Table of Contents

Marketing Approval

Assuming successful completion of the required clinical testing, the results of the preclinical and clinical studies, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacture, controls and proposed labeling, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the product for one or more indications. In most cases, the submission of an NDA is subject to a substantial application user fee. Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act (PDUFA) guidelines that are currently in effect, the FDA has a goal of 10 months to review and act on a standard NDA and 6 months to review and act on a priority NDA, measured from the “filing” date for an NDA for a new molecular entity (NME) or from the receipt date for an NDA for a non-NME product. Measuring from the “filing” date typically adds approximately two months to the timeline for review and decision, because the FDA has sixty days from receipt to make a “filing” decision, as described below.

In addition, under the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003 as amended and reauthorized, certain NDAs or supplements to an NDA must contain data that are adequate to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations, and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval of the product for use in adults, or full or partial waivers from the pediatric data requirements.

The FDA also may require submission of a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, plan to ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh its risks. The REMS plan could include medication guides, physician communication plans, assessment plans, and/or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries, or other risk minimization tools.

The FDA conducts a preliminary review of all NDAs within the first 60 days after submission, before accepting them for filing, to determine whether they are sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the application must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review. The FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether the drug is safe and effective and whether the facility in which it is manufactured, processed, packaged or held meets standards designed to assure the product’s continued safety, quality and purity.

The FDA may refer an application for a novel drug to an advisory committee. An advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA may inspect one or more clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCP requirements.

The FDA generally accepts data from foreign clinical trials in support of an NDA if the trials were conducted under an IND. If a foreign clinical trial is not conducted under an IND, the FDA nevertheless may accept the data in support of an NDA if the study was conducted in accordance with GCP requirements and the FDA is able to validate the data through an on-site inspection, if deemed necessary. Although the FDA generally requests that marketing applications be supported by some data from domestic clinical studies, the FDA may accept foreign data as the sole basis for marketing approval if (1) the foreign data are applicable to the U.S.

 

127


Table of Contents

population and U.S. medical practice, (2) the studies were performed by clinical investigators with recognized competence, and (3) the data may be considered valid without the need for an on-site inspection or, if the FDA considers the inspection to be necessary, the FDA is able to validate the data through an on-site inspection or other appropriate means.

The testing and approval process for an NDA requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and each may take several years to complete. Data obtained from preclinical and clinical testing are not always conclusive and may be susceptible to varying interpretations, which could delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. The FDA may not grant approval on a timely basis, or at all.

After evaluating the NDA and all related information, including the advisory committee recommendation, if any, and inspection reports regarding the manufacturing facilities and clinical trial sites, the FDA may issue an approval letter, or, in some cases, a complete response letter. A complete response letter generally contains a statement of specific conditions that must be met to secure final approval of the NDA and may require additional clinical testing, preclinical testing, manufacturing or formulation modifications or other changes in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval. If and when those conditions have been met to the FDA’s satisfaction, the FDA will typically issue an approval letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications.

Even if the FDA approves a product, it may limit the approved indications for use of the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, require that post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, be conducted to further assess a drug’s safety after approval, require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization, or impose other conditions, including distribution and use restrictions or other risk management mechanisms under a REMS, which can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-marketing studies or surveillance programs. After approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes, and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.

The Hatch-Waxman Amendments

Our current regulatory strategy is to pursue development of LYR-210 as a Section 505(b)(2) NDA. As an alternative path to FDA approval for modifications to formulations or uses of drugs previously approved by the FDA, an applicant may submit an NDA under Section 505(b)(2) of the FDCA. Section 505(b)(2) was enacted as part of the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. A Section 505(b)(2) NDA is an application that contains full reports of investigations of safety and effectiveness, but where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies not conducted by, or for, the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference or use from the person by or for whom the investigations were conducted. This type of application permits reliance for such approvals on literature or on an FDA finding of safety, effectiveness or both for an approved drug product. As such, under Section 505(b)(2), the FDA may rely, for approval of an NDA, on data not developed by the applicant. Therefore, if we can satisfy the conditions required for a Section 505(b)(2) NDA submission, it may eliminate the need for us to conduct some of the preclinical studies or clinical trials for the new product candidate that might otherwise have been required, although the review time is not shortened. The FDA may then approve the new product candidate for the new indication sought by the 505(b)(2) applicant.

Orange Book Listing

In seeking approval for a drug through an NDA, applicants are required to list with the FDA certain patents whose claims cover the applicant’s product. Upon approval of an NDA, each of the patents listed in the

 

128


Table of Contents

application for the drug is then published in the FDA’s Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, known as the Orange Book. Any applicant who files an Abbreviated New Drug Application (ANDA) seeking approval of a generic equivalent version of a drug listed in the Orange Book or a 505(b)(2) NDA referencing a drug listed in the Orange Book must certify, for each patent listed in the Orange Book for the referenced drug, to the FDA that (1) no patent information on the drug product that is the subject of the application has been submitted to the FDA, (2) such patent has expired, (3) the date on which such patent expires or (4) such patent is invalid or will not be infringed upon by the manufacture, use or sale of the drug product for which the application is submitted. The fourth certification described above is known as a paragraph IV certification. A notice of the paragraph IV certification must be provided to each owner of the patent that is the subject of the certification and to the holder of the approved NDA to which the ANDA refers. The applicant may also elect to submit a “section viii” statement certifying that its proposed label does not contain (or carves out) any language regarding the patented method-of-use rather than certify to a listed method-of-use patent. This section viii statement does not require notice to the patent holder or NDA owner. There might also be no relevant patent certification.

If the reference NDA holder and patent owners assert a patent challenge directed to one of the Orange Book listed patents within 45 days of the receipt of the paragraph IV certification notice, the FDA is prohibited from approving the application until the earlier of 30 months from the receipt of the paragraph IV certification expiration of the patent, settlement of the lawsuit, or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the applicant. Even if the 45 days expire, a patent infringement lawsuit can be brought and could delay market entry, but it would not extend the FDA-related 30-month stay of approval.

The ANDA or 505(b)(2) application also will not be approved until any applicable non-patent exclusivity listed in the Orange Book for the branded reference drug has expired. Specifically, the holder of the NDA for the listed drug may be entitled to a period of non-patent exclusivity, during which the FDA cannot approve an ANDA or 505(b)(2) application that relies on the listed drug. For example, a pharmaceutical manufacturer may obtain five years of non-patent exclusivity upon NDA approval of an NCE, which is a drug that contains an active moiety that has not been approved by FDA in any other NDA. An “active moiety” is defined as the molecule or ion responsible for the drug substance’s physiological or pharmacologic action. During the five-year exclusivity period, the FDA cannot accept for filing any ANDA seeking approval of a generic version of that drug or any 505(b)(2) NDA for the same active moiety and that relies on the FDA’s findings regarding that drug, except that FDA may accept an application for filing after four years if the follow-on applicant makes a paragraph IV certification. This exclusivity period may be extended by an additional six months if certain requirements are met to qualify the product for pediatric exclusivity, including the receipt of a written request from the FDA that the NDA holder conduct certain pediatric studies, the submission of study reports from such studies to the FDA after receipt of the written request and satisfaction of the conditions specified in the written request.

Expedited Review and Approval Programs

The FDA has various programs, including Fast Track Designation, accelerated approval, priority review, and breakthrough therapy designation, which are intended to expedite or simplify the process for the development and FDA review of drugs that are intended for the treatment of serious or life threatening diseases or conditions and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs. The purpose of these programs is to provide important new drugs to patients earlier than under standard FDA review procedures.

To be eligible for a Fast Track Designation, the FDA must determine, based on the request of a sponsor, that a product is intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrates the potential to address an unmet medical need. The FDA will determine that a product will fill an unmet medical need if it will provide a therapy where none exists or provide a therapy that may be potentially superior to existing therapy based on efficacy or safety factors. The FDA may review sections of the NDA for a fast track product on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission

 

129


Table of Contents

of the sections of the NDA, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the NDA and determines that the schedule is acceptable, and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the NDA.

The FDA may give a priority review designation to drugs that offer major advances in treatment, or provide a treatment where no adequate therapy exists. A priority review means that the goal for the FDA to review an application is six months, rather than the standard review of ten months under current PDUFA guidelines. Under the new PDUFA agreement, these six and ten month review periods are measured from the “filing” date rather than the receipt date for NDAs for new molecular entities, which typically adds approximately two months to the timeline for review and decision from the date of submission. Most products that are eligible for Fast Track Designation are also likely to be considered appropriate to receive a priority review.

In addition, products studied for their safety and effectiveness in treating serious or life-threatening illnesses and that provide meaningful therapeutic benefit over existing treatments may be eligible for accelerated approval and may be approved on the basis of adequate and well-controlled clinical trials establishing that the drug product has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. As a condition of approval, the FDA may require a sponsor of a drug receiving accelerated approval to perform post-marketing studies to verify and describe the predicted effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical endpoint, and the drug may be subject to accelerated withdrawal procedures.

Moreover, under the provisions of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, a sponsor can request designation of a product candidate as a “breakthrough therapy.” A breakthrough therapy is defined as a drug that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. Drugs designated as breakthrough therapies are also eligible for accelerated approval. The FDA must take certain actions, such as holding timely meetings and providing advice, intended to expedite the development and review of an application for approval of a breakthrough therapy.

Even if a product qualifies for one or more of these programs, the FDA may later decide that the product no longer meets the conditions for qualification or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened. We may explore some of these opportunities for our product candidates as appropriate.

Post Approval Requirements

Drugs manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA and other government authorities, including, among other things, requirements relating to recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising and promotion and reporting of adverse experiences with the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes or other labeling claims, are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There also are continuing annual program fee requirements for any marketed products.

The FDA may impose a number of post-approval requirements as a condition of approval of an NDA. For example, the FDA may require post-marketing testing, including Phase 4 clinical trials, and surveillance to further assess and monitor the product’s safety and effectiveness after commercialization.

In addition, drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and state authorities, and are subject to

 

130


Table of Contents

periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and these state authorities for compliance with cGMP requirements. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated and often require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP requirements and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon the sponsor and any third-party manufacturers that the sponsor may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance.

Once an approval is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in mandatory revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program.

Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

   

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

   

fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

 

   

refusal of the FDA to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs, or suspension or revocation of product license approvals;

 

   

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

 

   

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label, although physicians, in the practice of medicine, may prescribe approved drugs for unapproved indications. The FDA and other authorities actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability.

In addition, the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical products is subject to the Prescription Drug Marketing Act, or PDMA, which regulates the distribution of drugs and drug samples at the federal level, and sets minimum standards for the registration and regulation of drug distributors by the states. Both the PDMA and state laws limit the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical product samples and impose requirements to ensure accountability in distribution.

Other Healthcare Laws

Pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers are subject to additional healthcare regulation and enforcement by the federal government and by authorities in the states and foreign jurisdictions in which they conduct their business. Such laws include, without limitation, U.S. federal anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, false claims, consumer fraud, pricing reporting, data privacy and security, and transparency laws and regulations as well as similar foreign laws in the jurisdictions outside the U.S. Similar state and local laws and regulations may also restrict business practices in the pharmaceutical industry, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to business practices, including but not limited to, research, distribution, sales and marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party

 

131


Table of Contents

payors, including private insurers, or by patients themselves; state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws and regulations that require drug manufacturers to file reports relating to pricing and marketing information or which require tracking gifts and other remuneration and items of value provided to physicians, other healthcare providers and entities; state and local laws that require the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives; and state and local laws governing the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts. Violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that apply may result in penalties, including, without limitation, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, additional reporting obligation, the curtailment or restructuring of operations, exclusion from participation in governmental healthcare programs and individual imprisonment.

Coverage and Reimbursement

Sales of any pharmaceutical product depend, in part, on the extent to which such product will be covered by third-party payors, such as federal, state and foreign government healthcare programs, commercial insurance and managed healthcare organizations, and the level of reimbursement for such product by third-party payors. Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any newly approved product. Decisions regarding the extent of coverage and amount of reimbursement to be provided are made on a plan-by-plan basis. One third-party payor’s decision to cover a particular product does not ensure that other payors will also provide coverage for the product. As a result, the coverage determination process can require manufactures to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of a product to each payor separately and can be a time-consuming process, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained in the first instance. For products administered under the supervision of a physician, obtaining coverage and adequate reimbursement may be particularly difficult because of the higher prices often associated with such drugs. Additionally, separate reimbursement for the product itself or the treatment or procedure in which the product is used may not be available, which may impact physician utilization.

In addition, third-party payors are increasingly reducing reimbursements for pharmaceutical products and services. The U.S. government and state legislatures have continued implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on coverage and reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Third-party payors are more and more challenging the prices charged, examining the medical necessity and reviewing the cost effectiveness of pharmaceutical products, in addition to questioning their safety and efficacy. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit sales of any product. Decreases in third-party reimbursement for any product or a decision by a third-party payor not to cover a product could reduce physician usage and patient demand for the product.

In international markets, reimbursement and healthcare payment systems vary significantly by country, and many countries have instituted price ceilings on specific products and therapies. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of medicinal products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. A member state may approve a specific price for the medicinal product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the medicinal product on the market. Pharmaceutical products may face competition from lower-priced products in foreign countries that have placed price controls on pharmaceutical products and may also compete with imported foreign products. Furthermore, there is no assurance that a product will be considered medically reasonable and necessary for a specific indication, will be considered cost-effective by third-party payors, that an adequate level of reimbursement will be established even if coverage is available or that the third-party payors’ reimbursement policies will not adversely affect the ability for manufacturers to sell products profitably.

 

132


Table of Contents

Healthcare Reform

In the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system. In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or collectively the ACA, was signed into law, which substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers in the United States. By way of example, the ACA increased the minimum level of Medicaid rebates payable by manufacturers of brand name drugs from 15.1% to 23.1%; required collection of rebates for drugs paid by Medicaid managed care organizations; imposed a non-deductible annual fee on pharmaceutical manufacturers or importers who sell certain “branded prescription drugs” to specified federal government programs, implemented a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted, or injected; expanded eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs; creates a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research; and established a Center for Medicare Innovation at CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending, potentially including prescription drug spending.

Since its enactment, there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA, and we expect there will be additional challenges and amendments to the ACA in the future. For example, in 2017, Congress enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which eliminated the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the ACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate.” On December 14, 2018, a U.S. District Court Judge in the Northern District of Texas, or the Texas District Court Judge, ruled that the individual mandate is a critical and inseverable feature of the ACA, and therefore, because it was repealed as part of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. While the Texas U.S. District Court Judge, as well as the Trump administration and CMS, have stated that the ruling will have no immediate effect, and on December 30, 2018 the Texas District Court Judge issued an order staying the judgment pending appeal, it is unclear how this decision, subsequent appeals, and other efforts to repeal and replace the ACA will impact the ACA.

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted, including aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year and reduced payments to several types of Medicare providers, which will remain in effect through 2027 absent additional congressional action. Moreover, there has recently been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which has resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted legislation designed, among other things, to bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for pharmaceutical products. Individual states in the United States have also become increasingly active in implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures and, in some cases, mechanisms to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. Furthermore, there has been increased interest by third party payors and governmental authorities in reference pricing systems and publication of discounts and list prices.

Employees

As of February 29, 2020, we had 38 full-time employees. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

Our principal office is located at 480 Arsenal Way, Watertown, Massachusetts, where we lease approximately 22,343 square feet of office and laboratory space. We lease this space under a lease agreement, as

 

133


Table of Contents

amended, that terminates on April 30, 2023. We believe that our facilities are sufficient to meet our current needs and that suitable additional space will be available as and when needed.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware in November 2005 under the name WMR Biomedical, Inc. In July 2018, we changed our name to Lyra Therapeutics, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 480 Arsenal Way, Watertown, MA 02472 and our telephone number is (617) 393-4600. Our website address is www.lyratherapeutics.com. The information contained in, or accessible through, our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

Legal Proceedings

We are not subject to any material legal proceedings.

 

134


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position

Executive Officers      

Maria Palasis, Ph.D.

     55      President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

R. Don Elsey

     66      Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary

Dana Washburn, M.D.

     57      Chief Medical Officer

Laura Edgerly-Pflug

     56      Senior Vice President of Technical Operation

Corinne Noyes

     52      Senior Vice President of Commercial Strategy and Market Development
Directors      

Michael Altman

     37      Director

Edward Anderson

     70      Director

Robert S. Langer, Sc.D.

     71      Director

C. Ann Merrifield

     68      Director

Konstantin Poukalov

     36      Director

W. Bradford Smith

     64      Director

George Whitesides, Ph.D.

     80      Director

 

(1)

Member of the audit committee.

(2)

Member of the compensation committee.

(3)

Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

Maria Palasis, Ph.D. has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since January 2015. Prior to her role with us as President and Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Palasis held positions of increasing responsibility, the most recent of which was Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer from 2011 to 2015. Before that, in 2008, Dr. Palasis joined Arsenal Medical, Inc., a biotechnology company, as Executive Vice President and subsequently served as President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Arsenal Medical from January 2015 to June 2018. Before that, from November 1995 to January 2008, Dr. Palasis served as Director at Boston Scientific Corporation, a medical device company, where she managed a portfolio of external biotech and medical device investments and led the development of several combination therapies. Dr. Palasis holds a B.S. and Ph.D. in Chemical Engineering from the University of Cincinnati, and she held a postdoctoral fellowship in molecular biology at the University of Cincinnati School of Medicine. We believe that Dr. Palasis’ experience in the industry and knowledge of our company qualifies her to serve on our board of directors.

R. Don Elsey has served as our Chief Financial Officer since August 2019 and as our Treasurer and Secretary since October 2019. Prior to joining our company, from February 2015 to February 2019, Mr. Elsey served as Chief Financial Officer at Senseonics, Inc., a medical device company. From May 2014 until February 2015, Mr. Elsey served as Chief Financial Officer of Regado Biosciences, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. From December 2012 to February 2014, Mr. Elsey served as Chief Financial Officer of LifeCell Corporation, a privately held regenerative medicine company. Mr. Elsey holds a B.A. in economics and an M.B.A. in finance from Michigan State University.

Dana Washburn, M.D. has served as our Chief Medical Officer since October 2019. Prior to joining our company, from November 2012 to October 2019, Dr. Washburn served in positions of increasing responsibility

 

135


Table of Contents

at Parexel International, a global contract research organization, most recently as Corporate Vice President, Head, Global Medical Services from 2015 to 2019, where he oversaw clinical research activities in support of client development programs. Before that, from April 2010 to November 2012, Dr. Washburn served in positions of increasing responsibility at Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., a medical imaging agent manufacturer, most recently serving as Chief Medical Officer from September 2011 to November 2012. Dr. Washburn holds a B.A. in biology from Dartmouth College and an M.D. from the University of Massachusetts Medical School.

Laura Edgerly-Pflug has served as our Senior Vice President of Technical Operations since July 2019. Prior to joining our company, from October 2016 to June 2019, Ms. Edgerly-Pflug served as Vice President of Manufacturing Operations and Quality Control at Adgero Biopharmaceuticals Holdings, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, where she led the manufacturing, formulation, analytical, and quality control and assurance activities for the development of a therapeutic. Before that, from January 2014 to September 2016, Ms. Edgerly-Pflug was the Owner at Pflug BioPharm Solutions, a biopharmaceutical consulting firm, where she provided strategic direction and implementation to clients in the areas of manufacturing, quality assurance, new technologies, new products and life cycle initiatives. Before that, from June 2012 to December 2013, Ms. Edgerly-Pflug served as Vice President of Technical Operations and Chemistry, Manufacturing and Controls at Insmed Incorporated, formerly Transave Inc., a pharmaceutical company, where she was responsible for product development and manufacturing of sterile liposomal products from preclinical development through commercialization. From July 2006 to June 2012, she served as Executive Director of Technical Operations and Chemistry, Manufacturing and Controls at Insmed. Ms. Edgerly-Pflug earned a B.S. in Chemistry from Kean College of New Jersey.

Corinne Noyes has served as our Senior Vice President of Commercial Strategy and Market Development since September 2018. Prior to joining our company, from January 2018 to August 2018, Ms. Noyes served as an independent contractor to our Company, providing biopharmaceutical consulting services. Before that, from January 2005 to August 2018, Ms. Noyes worked as a strategic advisor and independent biopharmaceutical consultant providing commercial leadership to emerging life sciences companies, including, among others, AMAG Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Avila Therapeutics, Inc. (Celgene Corporation), Adnexus Therapeutics Inc. (Bristol-Myers Squibb Company), Constellation Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and Editas Medicine, Inc. Before that, from 1997 to 2004, Ms. Noyes held various commercial leadership positions at Biogen Inc., a biotechnology company. Prior to joining Biogen Inc., from 1992 to 1996, Ms. Noyes worked as a health care strategy consultant at Deloitte & Touche LLP. Ms. Noyes holds a B.A. in Humanities and a B.B.A. in Business from St. Mary’s College of Notre Dame and an M.B.A. in finance from University of Chicago Graduate School of Business.

Non-Employee Directors

Michael Altman has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2018. Since 2007, Mr. Altman has been employed on the investment team at Perceptive Advisors, a life sciences focused investment firm, where he currently serves as Managing Director and focuses on medical devices, diagnostics, digital health and specialty pharmaceuticals investments. Since October 2018, Mr. Altman has also served as Chief Financial Officer and member of the board of directors of ARYA Sciences Acquisition Corp., a special purpose acquisition company. From October 2005 to October 2007, Mr. Altman served as a healthcare trader and analyst at First New York Securities. Mr. Altman has served on the board of directors of Vitruvius Therapeutics, Inc., a pharmaceutical company, since December 2017, and served on the board of directors of Vensun Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a pharmaceutical company, from November 2016 to January 2019. Mr. Altman holds a B.S. in Business Administration from the University of Vermont. We believe that Mr. Altman’s broad operational and transactional experience qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Edward Anderson. has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2019. Since June 1994, Mr. Anderson has served as the Founder and a Managing Partner at North Bridge Venture Partners & Growth Equity, a venture capital firm. Mr. Anderson holds a B.F.A. from the University of Denver and an

 

136


Table of Contents

M.B.A. from Columbia University Graduate School of Business. We believe that Mr. Anderson’s extensive experience in venture capital investments qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Robert S. Langer, Sc.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2006. Since 2005, Dr. Langer has served as a David H. Koch Institute Professor at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Dr. Langer has served on the board of directors of Abpro Corporation, a biotechnology company, since December 2016 and since September 2016 on the board of directors of Frequency Therapeutics, Inc., a biotechnology company. Dr. Langer has also served on the board of directors of Rubius Therapeutics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, since December 2014 and since December 2010 on the board of directors of Moderna, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. Dr. Langer has also served on the board of directors of Puretech Health plc, a biotechnology company, and previously served on the boards of directors of Momenta Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biotechnology company, Wyeth Pharmaceuticals, a biopharmaceutical company, Kala Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, Fibrocell Science, Inc., a biotechnology company, and Millipore Corp., a life-sciences device manufacturer. Dr. Langer holds a Sc.D. in Chemical Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a B.S. in Chemical Engineering from Cornell University. We believe Dr. Langer’s pioneering academic work, extensive medical and scientific knowledge, and experience serving on public company boards of directors qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

C. Ann Merrifield has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2019. Ms. Merrifield has also served as a member of the boards of directors for a portfolio of public and private companies in the life sciences sector which include Flexion Therapeutics, Inc., since June 2014, InVivo Therapeutics Holdings Corp., since November 2014 and Veritas Genetics Inc., since December 2016. From July 2015 to August 2018, she served as a director of Juniper Pharmaceuticals, Inc., until it was acquired by Catalent, Inc. Ms. Merrifield also serves as a Trustee for MassMutual Premier, Select and MML Series Investment Funds, Partners Continuing Care (the post-acute care services division of Partners HealthCare) and the Huntington Theatre Company. From November 2012 to July 2014, Ms. Merrifield served as President, Chief Executive Officer and director of PathoGenetix Inc., a genomics company, which voluntarily filed for Chapter 7 bankruptcy in July 2014. Before that, Ms. Merrifield spent 18 years at Genzyme Corporation, serving in several leadership roles, including President of Genzyme Biosurgery, President of Genzyme Genetics and Senior Vice President, Business Excellence. Ms. Merrifield holds a B.A. in Zoology and a Master of Education from the University of Maine and an M.B.A. from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College. We believe that Ms. Merrifield’s extensive industry experience qualifies her to serve on our board of directors.

Konstantin Poukalov has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2020. Since March 2019, Mr. Poukalov has served as Managing Director at Perceptive Advisors, a life sciences focused investment firm. Since August 2019, Mr. Poukalov has also served on the board of directors of Landos Biopharma, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. From July 2012 to October 2018, Mr. Poukalov served in roles of increasing responsibility at Kadmon Holdings, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, most recently serving as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from July 2014 to October 2018. Mr. Poukalov holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Stony Brook University. We believe that Mr. Poukalov’s extensive financial and industry experience qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

W. Bradford Smith has served a member of our board of directors since November 2019. Mr. Smith has served as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Homology Medicines, Inc., a genetic medicines company, since April 2017 and as Secretary since July 2017. From March 2014 to April 2017, Mr. Smith was Chief Financial Officer of Ocular Therapeutix, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. Prior to joining Ocular Therapeutix, Mr. Smith served as Chief Financial Officer of OmniGuide, Inc., a medical device company, from July 2008 to March 2014. Mr. Smith holds a B.S. in Biology from Tufts University and an M.B.A. from the Whittemore School of Business and Economics at the University of New Hampshire. We believe that Mr. Smith’s extensive financial and industry experience qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

George Whitesides, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2006. Since 2004, he has served as the Woodford L. and Ann A. Flowers University Professor at Harvard University.

 

137


Table of Contents

Dr. Whitesides joined Harvard’s department of chemistry in 1982 and served as department chairman from 1986 to 1989. From 1963 to 1982, he was a faculty member at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Dr. Whitesides held advisory positions on the National Research Council, National Science Foundation and the Department of Defense’s Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA), and is a member of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, National Academy of Sciences, National Academy of Engineering and the American Philosophical Society, among other organizations. Dr. Whitesides has served on the board of directors of Theravance Biopharma, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, since October 2013. Dr. Whitesides is also a co-founder of a number of companies, including Genzyme Corporation, GelTex Pharmaceuticals Inc., Theravance Biopharma, Inc., Soft Robotics Inc. and Arsenal Medical, Inc. Dr. Whitesides holds an A.B. from Harvard University and a Ph.D. in chemistry from the California Institute of Technology. We believe that Dr. Whitesides’ extensive scientific and industry experience qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Board Composition and Election of Directors

Director Independence

Our board of directors currently consists of                  members. Our board of directors has determined that, of our                  directors,                 ,                 ,                 ,                 ,                  and                  do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, or Nasdaq. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Classified Board of Directors

In accordance with our restated certificate of incorporation that will go into effect upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered, three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Effective upon the closing of this offering, our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be                 ,                 ,                  and                 , and their terms will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders following this offering;

 

   

the Class II directors will be                 ,                  and                 , and their terms will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders following this offering; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be                ,                  and                 , and their terms will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders following this offering.

Our restated certificate of incorporation that will go into effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control of our company. Our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding voting stock entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Our directors were elected to and currently serve on the board pursuant to a voting agreement among us and several of our largest stockholders. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Voting Agreement.” This agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering, after which there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors.

 

138


Table of Contents

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors is currently chaired by     . Our corporate governance guidelines provide that, if the chairman of the board is a member of management or does not otherwise qualify as independent, the independent directors of the board may elect a lead director.                  currently serves as our lead director. The lead director’s responsibilities include, but are not limited to: presiding over all meetings of the board of directors at which the chairman is not present, including any executive sessions of the independent directors; approving board meeting schedules and agendas; and acting as the liaison between the independent directors and the chief executive officer and chairman of the board. Our corporate governance guidelines further provide the flexibility for our board of directors to modify our leadership structure in the future as it deems appropriate.

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. Our board of directors does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through our board of directors as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of our board of directors that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure and our audit committee has the responsibility to consider and discuss our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures, including guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. Our audit committee also monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Our nominating and corporate governance committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance practices, including whether they are successful in preventing illegal or improper liability-creating conduct. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, our entire board of directors is regularly informed through committee reports about such risks.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which has the composition and the responsibilities described below. In addition, from time to time, special committees may be established under the direction of our board of directors when necessary to address specific issues.

Each of the three standing committees—audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance—operate under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors. Upon our listing on The Nasdaq Global Market, each committee’s charter will be available under the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.lyratherapeutics.com. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

Audit Committee

The audit committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:

 

   

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our registered public accounting firm;

 

   

overseeing the work of our registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from such firm;

 

139


Table of Contents
   

reviewing and discussing with management and the registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

 

   

coordinating our board of directors’ oversight of our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct and ethics;

 

   

discussing our risk management policies;

 

   

meeting independently with our internal auditing staff, if any, registered public accounting firm and management;

 

   

reviewing and approving or ratifying any related person transactions; and

 

   

preparing the audit committee report required by Securities Exchange Commission, or SEC, rules.

The members of our audit committee are                ,                  and                 .                  serves as the chairperson of the committee. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable listing rules of Nasdaq, or the Nasdaq rules. Our board of directors has determined that each of these individuals meets the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the applicable Nasdaq rules. Each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with the Nasdaq audit committee requirements. In arriving at this determination, the board has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their prior and/or current employment. Our board of directors has determined that                  is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by applicable SEC rules and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable Nasdaq rules.

We believe that the composition and functioning of our audit committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and all applicable SEC and Nasdaq rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Compensation Committee

The compensation committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:

 

   

reviewing and approving, or recommending for approval by the board of directors, the compensation of our CEO and our other executive officers;

 

   

overseeing and administering our cash and equity incentive plans;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to director compensation;

 

   

reviewing and discussing annually with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” to the extent required; and

 

   

preparing the annual compensation committee report required by SEC rules, to the extent required.

The members of our compensation committee are                 ,                  and                 .                 serves as the chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of                 ,                  and                  is independent under the applicable Nasdaq rules, including the Nasdaq rules specific to membership on the compensation committee, and                 is a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

140


Table of Contents

We believe that the composition and functioning of our compensation committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and all applicable SEC and Nasdaq rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:

 

   

identifying individuals qualified to become board members;

 

   

recommending to our board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each board committee;

 

   

developing and recommending to our board of directors corporate governance guidelines, and reviewing and recommending to our board of directors proposed changes to our corporate governance guidelines from time to time; and

 

   

overseeing a periodic evaluation of our board of directors.

The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are                 ,                  and                  .                  serves as the chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that                  ,                  and                  are independent under the applicable Nasdaq rules and the SEC rules and regulations.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of our compensation committee is or has been our current or former officer or employee. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a director or a member of a compensation committee (or other committee serving an equivalent function) of any other entity, one of whose executive officers served as a director or member of our compensation committee.

Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Upon our listing on The Nasdaq Global Market, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available under the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.lyratherapeutics.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the Nasdaq rules concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

 

141


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “2019 Summary Compensation Table” below. In 2019, our “named executive officers” and their positions were as follows:

 

   

Maria Palasis, Ph.D., President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

R. Don Elsey, Chief Financial Officer; and

 

   

Laura Edgerly-Pflug, Senior Vice President of Technical Operations.

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the completion of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

2019 Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

Name and Principal Position

  

Year

    

Salary
($)

   

Bonus
($)

   

Option
Awards
($)(1)

    

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(2)

    

All Other
Compensation
($)

   

Total ($)

 

Maria Palasis, Ph.D.

     2019        388,025       —         318,850        135,809        —         842,684  

President and Chief Executive Officer

                 

R. Don Elsey

     2019        130,625 (3)      —         501,247        41,671        64,235 (4)      737,778  

Chief Financial Officer

                 

Laura Edgerly-Pflug

     2019        152,923 (3)      50,000 (5)      43,687        40,658        29,158 (6)      316,426  

Senior Vice President of Technical Operations

                 

 

(1)

Amounts represent the full grant date fair value of stock options granted during 2019 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all option awards made to named executive officers in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

(2)

Amounts represent discretionary performance-based annual cash bonuses made by our board for the named executive officers for fiscal year 2019.

(3)

Mr. Elsey commenced employment with us in July 2019, and Ms. Edgerly-Pflug commenced employment with us in a part-time capacity in June 2019 and in a full-time capacity in July 2019.

(4)

Amount represents use of a corporate apartment, commuting expenses and related tax gross-ups.

(5)

Amount represents a signing bonus.

(6)

Amount represents reimbursement of commuting expenses and related tax gross-up.

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

2019 Salaries

The named executive officers receive a base salary to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. For 2019, our board of directors

 

142


Table of Contents

established an annual base salary of $388,025 for Dr. Palasis, effective January 1, 2019. Mr. Elsey’s and Ms. Edgerly-Pflug’s 2019 annual base salaries were $325,000 and $280,000, respectively, and were established by our board of directors in connection with their commencing employment with us. During the period in which Ms. Edgerly-Pflug was employed with us in a part-time capacity, her annual base salary was $140,000.

2019 Bonuses

We offer our named executive officers the opportunity to earn annual cash bonuses to compensate them for attaining short-term company goals as approved by our board of directors. For 2019, bonuses were based entirely on (i) completing steps towards a Phase 2 LANTERN trial for LYR-210 and attaining other value-driving milestones, (ii) attaining corporate goals relating to overall business development and fundraising and (iii) building an executive team and board of directors, with these categories weighted at 30%, 50% and 20%, respectively. The 2019 target bonuses for each of Dr. Palasis, Mr. Elsey and Ms. Edgerly-Pflug were 35%, 30% and 25%, respectively, of his or her annual base salary. The target cash bonuses for Mr. Elsey and Ms. Edgerly-Pflug were prorated from their respective dates of hire. The actual annual cash bonuses awarded to each named executive officer for 2019 performance are set forth above in the 2019 Summary Compensation Table in the column titled “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation”.

Equity Compensation

We offer stock options to our employees, including our named executive officers, as the long-term incentive component of our compensation program. Our stock options generally allow employees to purchase shares of our common stock at a price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the board of directors. With respect to grants made in connection with the commencement of employment, our stock options typically vest as to 25% of the underlying shares on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and in equal monthly installments over the following three years, subject to the holder’s continued employment with us. From time to time, our board of directors may also construct alternate vesting schedules as it determines are appropriate to motivate particular employees. Historically, our stock options have been intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” to the extent permitted under the Internal Revenue Code.

The following table sets forth the stock options granted to our named executive officers in during 2019.

 

Named Executive Officer

  

2019 Stock
Options
Granted

 

Maria Palasis, Ph.D.

     5,877,861  

R. Don Elsey

     2,578,761  

Laura Edgerly-Pflug

     500,000  

These options were granted under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the 2016 Plan, with exercise prices equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the board of directors, and with respect to Dr. Palasis, vest in equal monthly installments over four years following the vesting commencement date and with respect to Mr. Elsey and Ms. Edgerly-Pflug, subject to our standard vesting schedule for grants made in connection with the commencement of employment described above.

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a 2020 Incentive Award Plan, referred to below as the 2020 Plan, in order to facilitate the grant of cash and equity incentives to directors, employees (including our named executive officers) and consultants of our company and to enable our company to obtain and retain services of these individuals. Following the effective date of the 2020 Plan, we will not make any further grants under the 2016 Plan. However, the 2016 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards granted under it. For additional information about the 2020 Plan, please see the section titled “Incentive Compensation Plans” below.

 

143


Table of Contents

Other Elements of Compensation

Retirement Plan

We maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees, including our named executive officers, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same terms as other full-time employees. We believe that providing a vehicle for tax-deferred retirement savings though our 401(k) plan adds to the overall desirability of our executive compensation package and further incentivizes our employees, including our named executive officers, in accordance with our compensation policies.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

All of our full-time employees, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans and programs, including medical, dental, and vision benefits, health spending accounts, and short- and long-term disability, accidental death and dismemberment, and life insurance, to the same extent as our other full-time employees, subject to the terms and eligibility requirements of those plans. For 2019, we did not provide an employer matching contribution under our 401(k) plan.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2019 Fiscal Year-End

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock underlying outstanding equity incentive plan awards for each named executive officer as of December 31, 2019.

 

        

Option Awards

Name

 

Vesting
Commencement
Date

  

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable

    

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable

   

Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)

   

Option
Exercise
Price
($)

    

Option
Expiration
Date

Maria Palasis, Ph.D.

  11/16/2011      786,000        —         —         0.25      11/16/2021
  2/26/2013      840,000        —         —         0.63      6/26/2023
  1/1/2015      3,251,326        —         —         0.66      9/23/2025
  6/13/2017      1,083,775        —         1,083,775 (2)      0.05      6/13/2027
  3/6/2019      1,102,098        4,775,763 (1)      —         0.08      3/6/2029

R. Don Elsey

  7/29/2019      —          2,578,761 (3)      —         0.13      9/24/2029

Laura Edgerly-Pflug

  6/3/2019      —          500,000 (3)      —         0.13      6/20/2029

 

(1)

Options vest and become exercisable in equal monthly installments over four years following the vesting commencement date, subject to Dr. Palasis’ continued employment with us on each applicable vesting date.

(2)

Options vest and become exercisable at the end of any given three-month period occurring prior to six years from the vesting commencement date in which we recognize revenue from the commercial sale of an FDA-approved product each month and in amounts, with respect to the second and third months of such period that increase from the revenue recognized from such product sales in the immediately preceding month, subject to Dr. Palasis’ continued employment with us on each applicable vesting date.

(3)

Options vest and become exercisable as to 25% of the underlying shares on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and in 36 equal monthly installments over the following three years, subject to the named executive officer’s continued employment with us on each applicable vesting date.

 

144


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation Arrangements

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into employment agreements with each named executive officer that will supersede their current compensation arrangements and become effective on the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The terms of those arrangements are not currently known.

Director Compensation

2019 Director Compensation Table

 

Name

  

Fees
Earned
or Paid in
Cash ($)

    

Option
Awards
($)(1)

    

Total ($)

 

Robert Langer Sc.D.

   $ 25,000        —        $ 25,000  

George Whitesides Ph.D.

   $ 25,000        —        $ 25,000  

Michael Altman

     —          —          —    

C. Ann Merrifield

   $ 6,904      $ 22,911      $ 29,815  

Edward Anderson

     —          —          —    

W. Bradford Smith

   $ 2,356        —        $ 2,356  

Konstantin Poukalov

     —          —          —    

 

(1)

Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of stock awards and stock options granted during 2019 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all stock awards and option awards made to our directors in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

The table below shows the aggregate numbers of option awards (exercisable and unexercisable) held as of December 31, 2019 by each non-employee director who was serving as of December 31, 2019. None of our non-employee directors held unvested stock awards as of December 31, 2019.

 

Name

  

Options
Outstanding
at Fiscal
Year End

 

Robert Langer Sc.D.

     3,692,637  

George Whitesides Ph.D.

     3,192,637  

Michael Altman

     —    

C. Ann Merrifield

     120,000  

Edward Anderson

     —    

W. Bradford Smith

     —    

Konstantin Poukalov

     —    

We intend to approve and implement a compensation program for our non-employee directors that consists of annual retainer fees and long-term equity awards. The terms of this program are not currently known.

Incentive Compensation Plans

The following summarizes the material terms of 2020 Plan and the 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will be the long-term incentive compensation plans in which our directors and named executive officers are eligible to participate following the consummation of this offering, and the 2016 Plan, under which we have previously made periodic grants of equity and equity-based awards to our directors and named executive officers.

 

145


Table of Contents

2020 Incentive Award Plan

Effective the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, we intend to adopt and ask our stockholders to approve the 2020 Plan, under which we may grant cash and equity-based incentive awards to eligible service providers in order to attract, retain and motivate the persons who make important contributions to our company. The material terms of the 2020 Plan are summarized below.

Eligibility and Administration

Our employees, consultants and directors, and employees and consultants of our subsidiaries, will be eligible to receive awards under the 2020 Plan. The 2020 Plan will be administered by our board of directors, which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to one or more committees of our directors and/or officers (referred to collectively as the plan administrator below), subject to the limitations imposed under the 2020 Plan, Section 16 of the Exchange Act, stock exchange rules and other applicable laws. The plan administrator will have the authority to take all actions and make all determinations under the 2020 Plan, to interpret the 2020 Plan and award agreements and to adopt, amend and repeal rules for the administration of the 2020 Plan as it deems advisable. The plan administrator will also have the authority to grant awards, determine which eligible service providers receive awards and set the terms and conditions of all awards under the 2020 Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration provisions, subject to the conditions and limitations in the 2020 Plan.

Shares Available for Awards

An aggregate of              shares of our common stock will initially be available for issuance under the 2020 Plan. The number of shares initially available for issuance will be increased by an annual increase on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2021 and ending in and including 2030, equal to the lesser of (A)     % of the shares of common stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (B) a smaller number of shares determined by our board of directors. No more than              shares of common stock may be issued under the 2020 Plan upon the exercise of incentive stock options. Shares issued under the 2020 Plan may be authorized but unissued shares, shares purchased on the open market or treasury shares.

If an award under the 2020 Plan or the 2016 Plan, expires, lapses or is terminated, exchanged for cash, surrendered, repurchased, canceled without having been fully exercised or forfeited, any unused shares subject to the award will, as applicable, become or again be available for new grants under the 2020 Plan. Awards granted under the 2020 Plan in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted by an entity before the entity’s merger or consolidation with us or our acquisition of the entity’s property or stock will not reduce the shares available for grant under the 2020 Plan, but may count against the maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options, or ISOs.

Awards

The 2020 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including ISOs, and nonqualified stock options, or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock, dividend equivalents, restricted stock units, or RSUs, and other stock or cash based awards. Certain awards under the 2020 Plan may constitute or provide for payment of “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code. All awards under the 2020 Plan will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail the terms and conditions of awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations. A brief description of each award type follows.

 

   

Stock Options and SARs. Stock options provide for the purchase of shares of our common stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Code are satisfied. SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the

 

146


Table of Contents
 

exercise date. The plan administrator will determine the number of shares covered by each option and SAR, the exercise price of each option and SAR and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each option and SAR. The exercise price of a stock option or SAR will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the grant date (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders), except with respect to certain substitute awards granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option or SAR may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders).

 

   

Restricted Stock and RSUs. Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of our common stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met and which may be subject to a purchase price. RSUs are contractual promises to deliver shares of our common stock in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met and may be accompanied by the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock prior to the delivery of the underlying shares. The plan administrator may provide that the delivery of the shares underlying RSUs will be deferred on a mandatory basis or at the election of the participant. The terms and conditions applicable to restricted stock and RSUs will be determined by the plan administrator, subject to the conditions and limitations contained in the 2020 Plan.

 

   

Other Stock or Cash Based Awards. Other stock or cash based awards are awards of cash, fully vested shares of our common stock and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or otherwise based on, shares of our common stock or other property. Other stock or cash based awards may be granted to participants and may also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of compensation to which a participant is otherwise entitled. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of other stock or cash based awards, which may include any purchase price, performance goal, transfer restrictions and vesting conditions.

Performance Criteria

The plan administrator may select performance criteria for an award to establish performance goals for a performance period. Performance criteria under the 2020 Plan may include, but are not limited to, the following: net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and non-cash equity-based compensation expense); gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; net income (either before or after taxes) or adjusted net income; profits (including but not limited to gross profits, net profits, profit growth, net operation profit or economic profit), profit return ratios or operating margin; budget or operating earnings (either before or after taxes or before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); cash flow (including operating cash flow and free cash flow or cash flow return on capital); return on assets; return on capital or invested capital; cost of capital; return on stockholders’ equity; total stockholder return; return on sales; costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; expenses; working capital; earnings or loss per share; adjusted earnings or loss per share; price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in or maintenance of such price or dividends); regulatory achievements or compliance; implementation, completion or attainment of objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial, or strategic milestones or developments; market share; economic value or economic value added models; division, group or corporate financial goals; customer satisfaction/growth; customer service; employee satisfaction; recruitment and maintenance of personnel; human resources management; supervision of litigation and other legal matters; strategic partnerships and transactions; financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); debt levels or reductions; sales-related goals; financing and other capital raising transactions; cash on hand; acquisition activity; investment sourcing activity; and marketing initiatives, any of which may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease. Such performance goals also may be based solely by reference to the company’s performance or the performance of a subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit of the company or a subsidiary, or based upon performance relative to

 

147


Table of Contents

performance of other companies or upon comparisons of any of the indicators of performance relative to performance of other companies. When determining performance goals, the plan administrator may provide for exclusion of the impact of an event or occurrence which the plan administrator determines should appropriately be excluded, including, without limitation, non-recurring charges or events, acquisitions or divestitures, changes in the corporate or capital structure, events unrelated to the business or outside of the control of management, foreign exchange considerations, and legal, regulatory, tax or accounting changes.

Certain Transactions

In connection with certain corporate transactions and events affecting our common stock, including a change in control, or change in any applicable laws or accounting principles, the plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2020 Plan to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits, facilitate the transaction or event or give effect to the change in applicable laws or accounting principles. This includes canceling awards for cash or property, accelerating the vesting of awards, providing for the assumption or substitution of awards by a successor entity, adjusting the number and type of shares subject to outstanding awards and/or with respect to which awards may be granted under the 2020 Plan and replacing or terminating awards under the 2020 Plan. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our stockholders, the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to awards outstanding under the 2020 Plan as it deems appropriate to reflect the transaction.

Provisions of the 2020 Plan Relating to Director Compensation.

The 2020 Plan provides that the plan administrator may establish compensation for non-employee directors from time to time subject to the 2020 Plan’s limitations. Prior to commencing this offering, we intend to approve and implement a compensation program for our non-employee directors, which is described above under the heading “Director Compensation.” Our board of directors or its authorized committee may modify the non-employee director compensation program from time to time in the exercise of its business judgment, taking into account such factors, circumstances and considerations as it shall deem relevant from time to time, provided that the sum of any cash compensation or other compensation and the grant date fair value of any equity awards granted under the 2020 Plan as compensation for services as a non-employee director during any fiscal year may not exceed $             in the fiscal year of the non-employee director’s initial service and $             in any other fiscal year. The plan administrator may make exceptions to this limit for individual non-employee directors in extraordinary circumstances, as the plan administrator may determine in its discretion, subject to the limitations in the 2020 Plan.

Plan Amendment and Termination

Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2020 Plan at any time; however, no amendment, other than an amendment that increases the number of shares available under the 2020 Plan, may materially and adversely affect an award outstanding under the 2020 Plan without the consent of the affected participant and stockholder approval will be obtained for any amendment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable laws. Further, the plan administrator may, without the approval of our stockholders, amend any outstanding stock option or SAR to reduce its price per share, other than in the context of corporate transactions or equity restructurings, as described above. The 2020 Plan will remain in effect until the tenth anniversary of its effective date, unless earlier terminated by our board of directors. No awards may be granted under the 2020 Plan after its termination.

Foreign Participants, Claw-Back Provisions, Transferability and Participant Payments

The plan administrator may modify awards granted to participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States or establish subplans or procedures to address differences in laws, rules, regulations or customs of such foreign jurisdictions. All awards will be subject to any company claw-back policy

 

148


Table of Contents

as set forth in such claw-back policy or the applicable award agreement. Except as the plan administrator may determine or provide in an award agreement, awards under the 2020 Plan are generally non-transferrable, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or, subject to the plan administrator’s consent, pursuant to a domestic relations order, and are generally exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2020 Plan and exercise price obligations arising in connection with the exercise of stock options under the 2020 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash, wire transfer or check, shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions, a promissory note, a “market sell order,” such other consideration as the plan administrator deems suitable or any combination of the foregoing.

2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Effective the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, we intend to adopt and ask our stockholders to approve the 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2020 ESPP, the material terms of which are summarized below.

Shares Available for Awards; Administration

A total of              shares of our common stock will initially be reserved for issuance under the 2020 ESPP. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2020 ESPP will be annually increased on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2021 and ending in and including 2030, by an amount equal to the lesser of (A)     % of the shares outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (B) such smaller number of shares as is determined by our board of directors, provided that no more than              shares of our common stock may be issued under the 2020 ESPP. Our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors will administer and will have authority to interpret the terms of the 2020 ESPP and determine eligibility of participants. We expect that the compensation committee will be the initial administrator of the 2020 ESPP.

Eligibility

All of our employees are eligible to participate in the 2020 ESPP. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our 2020 ESPP if the employee, immediately after the grant, would own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our stock.

Grant of Rights

The 2020 ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code and stock will be offered under the 2020 ESPP during offering periods. The length of the offering periods under the 2020 ESPP will be determined by the plan administrator and may be up to twenty-seven months long. Employee payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares on each purchase date during an offering period. The purchase dates for each offering period will be the final trading day in the offering period. Offering periods under the 2020 ESPP will commence when determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods.

The 2020 ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to a specified percentage of their eligible compensation. The plan administrator will establish a maximum number of shares that may be purchased by a participant during any offering period. In addition, no employee will be permitted to accrue the right to purchase stock under the 2020 ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of shares during any calendar year during which such a purchase right is outstanding (based on the fair market value per share of our common stock as of the first day of the offering period).

 

149


Table of Contents

On the first trading day of each offering period, each participant will automatically be granted an option to purchase shares of our common stock. The option will expire at the end of the applicable offering period, and will be exercised at that time to the extent of the payroll deductions accumulated during the offering period. The purchase price of the shares, in the absence of a contrary designation, will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the purchase date. Participants may voluntarily end their participation in the 2020 ESPP at any time during a specified period prior to the end of the applicable offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon a participant’s termination of employment.

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the 2020 ESPP other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and are generally exercisable only by the participant.

Certain Transactions

In the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions or events affecting our common stock, the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2020 ESPP and outstanding rights. In the event of certain unusual or non-recurring events or transactions, including a change in control, the plan administrator may provide for (1) either the replacement of outstanding rights with other rights or property or termination of outstanding rights in exchange for cash, (2) the assumption or substitution of outstanding rights by the successor or survivor corporation or parent or subsidiary thereof, if any, (3) the adjustment in the number and type of shares of stock subject to outstanding rights, (4) the use of participants’ accumulated payroll deductions to purchase stock on a new purchase date prior to the next scheduled purchase date and termination of any rights under ongoing offering periods or (5) the termination of all outstanding rights.

Plan Amendment

The plan administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the 2020 ESPP at any time. However, stockholder approval will be obtained for any amendment that increases the aggregate number or changes the type of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the 2020 ESPP, changes the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees are eligible to participate in the 2020 ESPP or changes the 2020 ESPP in any manner that would cause the 2020 ESPP to no longer be an employee stock purchase plan within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Code.

2016 Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2016 Plan in February 2016, and our stockholders approved our 2016 Plan in June 2016. Following the effectiveness of the 2020 Plan, we will cease granting additional awards under our 2016 Plan. However, our 2016 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding stock option awards previously granted thereunder.

Share Reserve. As of December 31, 2019, stock options covering 19,759,224 shares with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.08 per share and no shares of restricted stock were outstanding under our 2016 Plan, and 13,249,002 shares of our common stock remained available for the future grant of awards under our 2016 Plan. If an option granted under our 2016 Plan expires, lapses or is terminated, exchanged for cash, surrendered, repurchased, canceled without having been fully exercised or forfeited, in each case after effectiveness of the 2020 Plan, any unused shares subject to the option will become available for issuance under our 2020 Plan.

Administration. Our board of directors or a committee delegated by our board of directors administers our 2016 Plan. Subject to the terms of our 2016 Plan, the administrator has the power to, among other things, determine who will be granted awards, to determine the terms and conditions of each award (including the number of shares, exercise price, if any, and any vesting conditions), to accelerate the time(s) when an award may vest or be exercised and to construe and interpret the terms of our 2016 Plan and awards granted thereunder.

 

150


Table of Contents

Options and Restricted Stock. Options and restricted stock granted under our 2016 Plan may be granted subject to terms and conditions generally similar to those described above with respect to options and restricted stock that may be granted under our 2020 Plan.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event of any dividend or other distribution, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, repurchase, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of assets of the Company, or sale or exchange of our common stock or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase our common stock or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affecting our shares, the plan administrator may adjust the number and kind of shares that may be delivered under the 2016 Plan, the number, kind and price of shares covered by each outstanding award and/or the terms and conditions of any outstanding award (including any performance “targets”) in order to prevent to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company under the 2016 Plan.

Additionally, in the event of any of the transactions described above or any other unusual or nonrecurring transaction or event , affecting the Company or the financial statements or financial condition of the Company, or any change in any applicable laws or accounting principles, the plan administrator is authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the plan administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to (x) prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under the 2016 Plan or with respect to any award granted or issued under the 2016 Plan, (y) to facilitate such transaction or event or (z) give effect to such changes in applicable laws or accounting principles:

 

   

To provide for the cancellation of awards in exchange for either an amount of cash or other property with a value equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such award;

 

   

To provide that awards shall vest and be fully exercisable;

 

   

To make adjustments in the number and type of shares subject to outstanding awards, and/or in the terms and conditions of (including, without limitation, the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding awards;

 

   

To provide that awards be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof;

 

   

To replace awards with other rights or property selected by the plan administrator; and/or

 

   

To provide that awards will terminate and cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after the applicable event.

Plan Amendment or Termination. Our board of directors may amend, alter, suspend or terminate our 2016 Plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval to the extent required by applicable law. No amendment to our 2016 Plan may materially and adversely affect any outstanding award outstanding without the consent of the affected award holder. As discussed above, we will terminate our 2016 Plan prior to the closing of this offering and no new awards will be granted thereunder following such termination.

2005 Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan which we refer to as the 2005 Plan, and our stockholders approved our 2005 Plan in November 2005. No additional awards under our 2005 Plan can be made. However, our 2005 Plan continues to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder, which include options.

 

151


Table of Contents

Share Reserve. As of December 31, 2019, stock options covering 7,568,326 shares with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.48 per share were outstanding under our 2005 Plan.

Administration. Our board of directors or a committee delegated by our board of directors administers our 2005 Plan. Subject to the terms of our 2005 Plan, the administrator has the power to, among other things, determine who will be granted awards, to determine the terms and conditions of each awards, to accelerate the time(s) when an award may vest or be exercised and to construe and interpret the terms of our 2005 Plan and awards granted thereunder.

Options. Options granted under our 2005 Plan are subject to terms and conditions generally similar to those described above with respect to options that may be granted under our 2020 Plan.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event of stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, exchange of shares or other transaction affects the common stock such that an adjustment is required in order to preserve the benefits intended to be provided by the 2005 Plan, the plan administrator shall adjust the number, kind and price of shares covered by each outstanding award.

Change in Control. In order to preserve a holder’s rights under an award in the event of a change in control (as defined by the plan administrator), the plan administrator in its discretion may take one or more of the following actions: (i) provide for the acceleration of any time period relating to the exercise or payment of the award, (ii) provide for payment to the holder of cash or other property equal to the amount that would have been received upon the exercise or payment of the award had the award been exercised or paid upon the change in control, (iii) adjust the terms of the award in a manner determined by the plan administrator to reflect the change in control, (iv) cause the award to be assumed, or new rights substituted therefor, by another entity, or (v) make such other provision as the plan administrator may consider equitable to award holders and in the best interests of the Company.

 

152


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following includes a summary of transactions since January 1, 2017 to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements, which are described under “Executive and Director Compensation.” We also describe below certain other transactions with our directors, executive officers and stockholders.

Promissory Notes

On March 14, 2018, we issued $0.5 million in aggregate principal amount of convertible promissory notes to various investors pursuant to a convertible note purchase agreement. Certain of our officers and/or directors, including Carmichael Roberts, Terrance McGuire, Dennis Dougherty and Guido Neels participated in the convertible notes financing either personally or through affiliated trusts or funds. Certain holders of 5% or more of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, including entities affiliated with Polaris Venture Partners, entities affiliated with North Bridge Venture Partners and Intersouth Partners VII, L.P., participated in the convertible notes financing.

Preferred Stock Financings

Series B Preferred Stock Financing. On June 5, 2018, we issued and sold to investors 41,685,292 shares of our Series B preferred stock at a price per share of $0.30, for aggregate consideration of approximately $12.5 million, consisting of approximately $12.0 million in cash proceeds plus the conversion of certain convertible notes in an aggregate amount of approximately $0.5 million. On July 30, 2018, we issued and sold to investors an additional 16,666,667 shares of our Series B preferred stock for aggregate consideration of approximately $5.0 million. On September 14, 2018, we issued and sold to investors an additional 11,666,666 shares of our Series B preferred stock for aggregate consideration of approximately $3.5 million. On October 12, 2018, we issued and sold to investors an additional 28,333,328 shares of our Series B preferred stock for aggregate consideration of approximately $8.5 million. Certain of our officers and/or directors, including Michael Altman, Carmichael Roberts, Terrance McGuire, Dennis Dougherty and Guido Neels participated in the Series B preferred stock financing either personally or through affiliated trusts or funds. Certain holders of 5% or more of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, including entities affiliated with Polaris Venture Partners, entities affiliated with North Bridge Venture Partners, Intersouth Partners VII, L.P., Perceptive Life Sciences Master Fund, Ltd., RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P., entities affiliated with ArrowMark Partners and Soleus Private Equity Fund I, L.P., participated in the Series B preferred stock financing.

Series C Preferred Stock Financing. At various closings between January 10, 2020 and January 31, 2020, we issued and sold to investors an aggregate of 78,306,611 shares of our Series C preferred stock at a price per share of $0.38811, for aggregate consideration of approximately $30.4 million. We also issued to such investors warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 23,491,979 shares of common stock, at an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of our common stock following January 10, 2020 (as determined by our board of directors, in good faith, based on the most recent independent third party valuation of our company available following January 10, 2020 performed pursuant to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and taking into account any changes to our business between the date of such third party valuation and January 10, 2020). In accordance with such terms, on February 6, 2020, our board of directors determined such fair market value of our common stock to be $0.25 per share. Certain holders of 5% or more of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, including entities affiliated with Polaris Venture Partners, entities affiliated with North Bridge Venture Partners, Intersouth Partners VII, L.P., entities affiliated with Perceptive Advisors, LLC, RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P., entities affiliated with ArrowMark Partners and Soleus Private Equity Fund I, L.P., participated in the Series C preferred stock financing, including the issuance of the warrants to purchase common stock.

 

153


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the aggregate number of shares of our capital stock acquired by beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock, on an as-converted basis, in the financing transactions described above. Each share of our Series B preferred stock and Series C preferred stock identified in the following table will convert into one share of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

 

Participants

  

Series B
Preferred Stock

    

Series C
Preferred Stock

    

Warrants to
Purchase
Common Stock

 

5% or Greater Stockholders(1)

        

Entities affiliated with Polaris Venture Partners(2)

     6,651,630        2,061,271        618,381  

Intersouth Partners VII, L.P.

     3,300,414        1,030,635        309,190  

Entities affiliated with North Bridge Venture Partners(3)

     6,651,629        5,153,178        1,545,953  

Entities affiliated with Perceptive Advisors, LLC(4)

     26,666,666        55,267,836        16,580,350  

RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P.

     26,666,666        1,288,294        386,488  

Entities Affiliated with ArrowMark Partners(5)

     16,666,667        3,864,883        1,159,464  

Soleus Private Equity Fund I, L.P.

     11,666,666        3,607,224        1,082,167  

 

(1)

Additional details regarding these stockholders and their equity holdings are provided in this prospectus under the caption “Principal Stockholders.”

 

(2)

Represents securities acquired by (i) Polaris Venture Partners Entrepreneurs’ Fund V, L.P., (ii) Polaris Venture Partners V, L.P., (iii) Polaris Venture Partners Founders’ Fund V, L.P. and (iv) Polaris Venture Partners Special Founders’ Fund V, L.P.

 

(3)

Represents securities acquired by (i) North Bridge Venture Partners V-A, L.P., (ii) North Bridge Venture Partners V-B, L.P. and (iii) North Bridge Venture Partners VI, L.P.

 

(4)

Represents securities acquired by (i) Perceptive Life Sciences Master Fund, Ltd. and (ii) Perceptive LS (A), LLC.

 

(5)

Represents securities acquired by (i) ArrowMark Fundamental Opportunity Fund, L.P. and (ii) Meridian Small Cap Growth Fund.

Some of our directors are associated with our principal stockholders as indicated in the table below:

 

Director

  

Principal Stockholder

Michael Altman

   Entities affiliated with Perceptive Advisors, LLC

Edward Anderson

   Entities affiliated with North Bridge Venture Partners

Robert S. Langer Sc.D.

   Entities affiliated with Polaris Venture Partners

Konstantin Poukalov

   Entities affiliated with Perceptive Advisors, LLC

Agreements with Arsenal

In 2011, we entered into a Collaboration Agreement, a Technology License Agreement, a Trademark Coexistence Agreement and a Transition Services Agreement with Arsenal Medical, Inc., or Arsenal, a company in which certain of our principal stockholders are stockholders. During the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, we invoiced Arsenal for an aggregate of approximately $2.1 million and $1.2 million, respectively, for various costs and other obligations under these agreements. In October 2018, we entered an Acknowledgment and Release Agreement with Arsenal with respect to the expiration of the Collaboration Agreement and certain other intellectual property matters. In November 2019, we entered into an amendment to the Acknowledgement and Release Agreement, which clarifies our and Arsenal’s rights to each of our and Arsenal’s respective patents and patent applications, including patents and patent applications existing as of the effective date of the Collaboration Agreement, the Technology License Agreement, the Trademark Coexistence Agreement and the

 

154


Table of Contents

Transition Services Agreement. The amendment to the Acknowledgment and Release Agreement also provides for a mutual release of all claims arising under such patents and patent applications. The Technology License Agreement is a non-exclusive in-license agreement covering certain intellectual property regarding in situ forming foam and nanofiber, which is unrelated to our current and future expected product candidates. The Technology License Agreement provides for no future payments by us and remains in effect. In addition, the Trademark Coexistence Agreement relates to certain trademarks around our previous corporate name, which we no longer use. Finally, the Transition Services Agreement expired in June 2019.

Investor Rights Agreement

We entered into an Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement in January 2020 with the holders of our preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are related. The agreement provides for certain rights relating to the registration of such holders’ common stock, including shares issuable upon conversion of preferred stock, and a right of first refusal to purchase future securities sold by us. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

Voting Agreement

We entered into a Ninth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Voting Agreement by and among us and certain of our stockholders, pursuant to which the following directors were elected to serve as members on our board of directors and, as of the date of this prospectus, continue to so serve: Maria Palasis, Ph.D., Michael Altman, Edward Anderson, Robert S. Langer and Konstantin Poukalov. Ms. Palasis was selected to serve on our board of directors in her capacity as our chief executive officer. Messrs. Altman, Anderson Langer and Poukalov were selected to serve on our board of directors as representatives of holders of our preferred stock. Messrs. Altman and Poukalov were designated by entities affiliated with Perceptive Advisors, LLC. Messrs. Anderson and Langer were designated by entities affiliated with North Bridge Venture Partners and entities affiliated with Polaris Venture Partners, respectively.

The voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering, and members previously elected to our board of directors pursuant to this agreement will continue to serve as directors until they resign, are removed or their successors are duly elected by the holders of our common stock. The composition of our board of directors after this offering is described in more detail under “Management—Board Composition and Election of Directors.”

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with our named executive officers. For more information regarding the agreements with our named executive officers, see “Executive and Director Compensation—Executive Compensation Arrangements.”

Indemnification Agreements

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us or will require us to indemnify each director (and in certain cases their related venture capital funds) and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer.

Stock Option Grants to Executive Officers and Directors

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and certain of our directors as more fully described in the section entitled “Executive and Director Compensation.”

 

155


Table of Contents

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 in any fiscal year and a related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

156


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of February 29, 2020 by:

 

   

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors; and

 

   

all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined under rules issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power. Applicable percentage ownership is based on 295,388,293 shares of common stock outstanding as of February 29, 2020, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or other rights held by such person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2020 are considered outstanding, although these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless noted otherwise, the address of all listed stockholders is 480 Arsenal Way, Watertown, MA 02472. Each of the stockholders listed has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable.

 

    

Shares of
Common Stock
Beneficially
Owned

    

Percentage of
Common Stock
Beneficially

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

  

Before this
Offering

   

After this
Offering

 

5% or Greater Stockholders

       

Entities Affiliated with Perceptive Advisors, LLC(1)

     98,514,852        32.4         

Entities Affiliated with North Bridge Venture Partners(2)

     51,294,413        17.3  

Entities Affiliated with Polaris Venture Partners(3)

     47,274,935        16.0  

RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P.(4)

     28,341,448        9.6  

Intersouth Partners VII, L.P.(5)

     23,467,166        7.9  

Entities Affiliated with ArrowMark Partners(6)

     21,691,014        7.3  

Soleus Private Equity Fund I, L.P.(7)

     16,356,057        5.5  

Named Executive Officers and Directors

       

Maria Palasis, Ph.D.(8)

     7,553,021        2.5  

R. Don Elsey

     —          —      

Laura Edgerly-Pflug

     —          —      

Edward Anderson(2)

     51,294,413        17.3  

Michael Altman(1)

     —          —      

Robert S. Langer Sc.D.(3)(9)

     3,595,858        1.2  

C. Ann Merrifield(10)

     92,440        *    

George Whitesides, Ph.D.(11)

     3,975,085        1.3  

W. Bradford Smith(12)

     63,648        *    

Konstantin Poukalov(1)

     —          —      

All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons)

     67,301,215        21.6  

 

*

Less than 1%.

 

(1)

Consists of (A)(i) 42,899,177 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of convertible preferred stock held by Perceptive Life Sciences Master Fund, Ltd. (“Perceptive Life”) and (ii) 4,869,753 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock held by Perceptive Life and

 

157


Table of Contents
  (B)(ii) 39,035,325 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of convertible preferred stock held by Perceptive LS (A), LLC (“Perceptive LS”) and (ii) 11,710,597 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock held by Perceptive LS. Perceptive Advisors, LLC serves as the investment advisor to Perceptive Life. Perceptive LS GP, LLC is the manager of Perceptive LS. Joseph Edelman is the managing member of Perceptive Advisors, LLC and the sole member of Perceptive LS GP, LLC. Michael Altman and Konstantin Poukalov, two of our directors, are Managing Directors at Perceptive Advisors, LLC. The address of Perceptive Life and Perceptive LS is c/o Perceptive Advisors, LLC, 51 Astor Place, 10th Floor, New York, New York 10003.

 

(2)

Consists of (A)(i) 22,464,200 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of convertible preferred stock held by North Bridge Venture Partners V-A, L.P. (“NBVP V-A”) and (ii) 726,219 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock held by NBVP V-A, (B)(i) 11,010,596 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of convertible preferred stock held by North Bridge Venture Partners V-B, L.P. (“NBVP V-B”) and (ii) 355,949 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock held by NBVP V-B and (C)(i) 16,273,664 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of convertible preferred stock held by North Bridge Venture Partners VI, L.P. (“NBVP VI”) and (ii) 463,785 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock held by NBVP VI. North Bridge Venture Management V, L.P. (“NBVM V”), is the sole General Partner of NBVP V-A and NBVP V-B. NBVM GP, LLC, the General Partner of NBVM V, has ultimate voting and dispositive power over the shares held of record by NBVP VA and NBVP V-B. Shared voting and dispositive power of such shares are vested in Edward T. Anderson and Richard A. D’Amore. North Bridge Venture Management VI, L.P. (“NBVM VI”), is the sole General Partner of NBVP VI. NBVM GP, LLC, the General Partner of NBVM VI, has ultimate voting and dispositive power over the shares held of record by NBVP VI. Shared voting and dispositive power of such shares are vested in Edward T. Anderson and Richard A. D’Amore. Mr. Anderson, a member of our board of directors and a manager of NBVM GP, LLC, disclaims beneficial ownership over such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of all entities affiliated with North Bridge Venture Partners is 60 William Street, Suite 350, Wellesley, MA 02481.

 

(3)

Consists of (A)(i) 10,930,502 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of convertible preferred stock held by Polaris Venture Partners IV, L.P. (“PVP IV”); (B)(i) 204,912 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of convertible preferred stock held by Polaris Venture Partners Entrepreneurs’ Fund IV, L.P. (“PVPEF IV” and, together with PVP IV, the “Polaris IV Funds”); (C)(i) 34,275,566 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of convertible preferred stock held by Polaris Venture Partners V, L.P. (“PVP V”) and (ii) 596,697 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock held by PVP V; (D)(i) 668,026 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of convertible preferred stock held by Polaris Venture Partners Entrepreneurs’ Fund V, L.P. (“PVPEF V”) and (ii) 11,630 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock held by PVPEF V; (E)(i) 234,792 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of convertible preferred stock held by Polaris Venture Partners Founders’ Fund V, L.P. (“PVPFF V”) and (ii) 4,087 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock held by PVPFF V; and (F)(i) 342,756 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of convertible preferred stock held by Polaris Venture Partners Special Founders’ Fund V, L.P. (“PVPSFF V,” and together with PVP V, PVPEF V and PVPFF V, the “Polaris V Funds” and the Polaris V Funds, together with the Polaris IV Funds, the “Polaris Funds”) and (ii) 5,967 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock held by PVPSFF V. Polaris Venture Management Co., IV, L.L.C. (“PVM IV”) is the sole general partner of each of the Polaris IV Funds and may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by each of the Polaris IV Funds. Polaris Venture Management Co. V, L.L.C. (“PVM V”) is the sole general partner of each of the Polaris V Funds and may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by each of the Polaris V Funds. Jonathan A. Flint and Terrance G. McGuire are the managing members of each of PVM V and PVM IV. Each of Messrs. Flint and McGuire, as managing members of each of PVM V and PVM IV, may be deemed to have shared voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by each of the Polaris Funds. Each of PVM IV, PVM V and Messrs. Flint and McGuire expressly disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by the each of the Polaris Funds, except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interests therein, if any. The mailing address of the individuals and entities listed above is One Marina Park Drive, 10th Floor, Boston, MA 02210.

 

158


Table of Contents
(4)

Consists of (i) 27,954,960 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of convertible preferred stock held by RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P. (“RA Capital”) and (ii) 386,488 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock held by RA Capital. RA Capital Management, L.P., is the investment advisor (“Adviser”) of RA Capital and RA Capital Management GP, LLC (“Adviser GP”) is the general partner of the Adviser. Dr. Kolchinsky and Rajeev Shah are the controlling persons of the Adviser GP. The Adviser, Dr. Kolchinsky, and Mr. Shah may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by RA Capital. The address of RA Capital is c/o RA Capital Management, L.P., 200 Berkeley Street, 18th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

 

(5)

Consists of (i) 23,157,976 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of convertible preferred stock held by Intersouth Partners VII, L.P. (“ISP VII”) and (ii) 309,190 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock held by ISPVII. All securities held by ISPVII are indirectly held by Intersouth Associates VII, LLC (“ISA VII”), as general partner of ISP VII, and each of the individual managing members of ISA VII. The individual managing members of ISA VI and ISA VII are Mitch Mumma and Dennis Dougherty. Member Managers may share voting and dispositive power over the shares directly held by such entities. The mailing address of the individuals and entities listed above is 4711 Hope Valley Road, Suite 4F-632, Durham NC 27707.

 

(6)

Consists of (A)(i) 15,909,923 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of convertible preferred stock held by Meridian Small Cap Growth Fund (“Meridian”) and (ii) 772,976 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock held by Meridian and (B)(i) 4,621,627 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of convertible preferred stock held by ArrowMark Fundamental Opportunity Fund, L.P. (“ArrowMark” and, together with Meridian, the “ArrowMark Funds”) and (ii) 386,488 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock held by ArrowMark. ArrowMark Partners GP, LLC (“ArrowMark GP”) is the general partner of ArrowMark and David Corkins is the managing member of ArrowMark GP. ArrowMark Colorado Holdings LLC (“ArrowMark Colorado”) is investment advisor to ArrowMark Funds. Mr. Corkins is a managing member of ArrowMark Colorado and Chad Meade and Brian Schaub are portfolio managers of ArrowMark Colorado. ArrowMark Colorado may be considered the beneficial owner of the shares held by the ArrowMark Funds. The address of the ArrowMark Funds is 100 Fillmore Street, Suite 325, Denver, Colorado 80206.

 

(7)

Consists of (i) 15,273,890 shares held by Soleus Private Equity Fund I, L.P. (“Soleus PE”) and (ii) 1,082,167 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock held by Soleus PE. Soleus Private Equity GP I, LLC (“Soleus GP”) is the general partner of Soleus PE. Soleus GP holds voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Soleus PE. The address of Soleus PE is 104 Field Point Road, Second Floor, Greenwich CT 06830.

 

(8)

Consists of options to purchase 7,553,021 shares of common stock that are or will be immediately exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2020.

 

(9)

Includes (i) 500,000 shares of common stock, (ii) 23,057 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock and (iii) options to purchase 3,072,801 shares of common stock that are or will be immediately exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2020.

 

(10)

Consists of options to purchase 92,440 shares of common stock that are or will be immediately exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2020.

 

(11)

Includes (i) 1,000,000 shares of common stock, (ii) 220,879 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock and (iii) options to purchase 2,754,206 shares of common stock that are or will be immediately exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2020.

 

(12)

Consists of options to purchase 63,648 shares of common stock that are or will be immediately exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2020.

 

159


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description summarizes some of the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, of the Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated January 10, 2020, or investor rights agreement, and of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and investor rights agreement, copies of which have been or will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The description of our common stock and preferred stock reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur immediately prior the closing of this offering.

Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                  shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and                  shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

As of February 29, 2020, there were 7,962,008 shares of our common stock outstanding and 287,426,285 shares of our common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock in connection with this offering, held of record by 82 stockholders.

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. An election of directors by our stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election. Subject to the supermajority votes for some matters, other matters shall be decided by the affirmative vote of our stockholders having a majority in voting power of the votes cast by the stockholders present or represented and voting on such matter. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon is required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, several of the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. See below under “—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws—Amendment of Charter Provisions.” Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends as may be declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately our net assets available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. Our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares offered by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors is authorized to direct us to issue shares of preferred stock in

 

160


Table of Contents

one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Upon the closing of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of February 29, 2020, options to purchase 7,568,326 shares of common stock were outstanding under our 2005 Plan (all of which were vested and exercisable as of such date) and options to purchase 23,526,395 shares of common stock were outstanding under our 2016 Plan (of which 7,159,562 shares were vested and exercisable as of such date).

Warrants

As of February 29, 2020, warrants to purchase an aggregate total of 23,491,979 shares of our common stock were outstanding. Pursuant to the terms thereof, these warrants were to have an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of our common stock following January 10, 2020 (as determined by our board of directors, in good faith, based on the most recent independent third party valuation of our company available following January 10, 2020 performed pursuant to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and taking into account any changes to our business between the date of such third party valuation and January 10, 2020). In accordance with such terms, on February 6, 2020, our board of directors determined such fair market value of our common stock to be $0.25 per share.

These warrants are exercisable immediately and expire on the earlier to occur of January 10, 2030, immediately prior to the closing of an initial public offering of shares of our common stock and the close of certain other liquidation transactions. Unless earlier exercised, these warrants will be automatically exercised, on a cashless basis, immediately prior to, and contingent upon, the closing of this offering, so long as the initial public offering price of our common stock exceeds the exercise price of the warrants. In the event the initial public offering price of our common stock would be less than the exercise price of the warrants, then the warrants will expire immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the warrants would be exercised, on a cashless basis, for              shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would, in case of an increase, increase the number of shares of common stock issuable by              shares and, in case of a decrease, decrease the number of shares of common stock issuable by              shares, upon the automatic exercise, on a cashless basis, of the warrants.

Registration Rights

Holders of                  shares of our common stock are entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares for public resale under the Securities Act, pursuant to an amended and restated investor rights agreement by and among us and certain of our stockholders, until the rights otherwise terminate pursuant to the terms of the investor rights agreement. The registration of shares of common stock as a result of the following rights being exercised would enable holders to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective.

 

161


Table of Contents

Form S-1 Registration Rights

If at any time after the earlier of (i) January 10, 2025 or (ii) the date that is six months after the closing date of this offering, the holders of at least 30% of the registrable securities then outstanding request in writing that we effect a registration with respect to all or part of such registrable securities then outstanding having an anticipated aggregate offering price that would exceed $5,000,000, we may be required to register their shares. We are obligated to effect at most two registrations in response to these demand registration rights. If the holders requesting registration intend to distribute their shares by means of an underwriting, the managing underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the numbers of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If at any time after this offering, we propose to register any shares of our common stock under the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of registrable securities then outstanding will be entitled to notice of the registration and to include their shares of registrable securities in the registration. If our proposed registration involves an underwriting, the managing underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the number of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

If, at any time after we become entitled under the Securities Act to register our shares on a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of the registrable securities then outstanding request in writing that we effect a registration with respect to all or part of such registrable securities having an anticipated aggregate offering price to the public in the offering of at least $2,000,000, we will be required to effect such registration; provided, however, that we will not be required to effect such a registration if, within any twelve month period, we have already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the holders of registrable securities.

Expenses and Indemnification

Ordinarily, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, we will be required to pay all expenses incurred by us related to any registration effected pursuant to the exercise of these registration rights. These expenses may include all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of our counsel, reasonable fees and disbursements of a counsel for the selling securityholders and blue sky fees and expenses. Additionally, we have agreed to indemnify selling stockholders for damages, and any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred, arising from or based upon any untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement, an omission or alleged omission to state a material fact in any registration statement or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party of securities laws, subject to certain exceptions.

Termination of Registration Rights

The registration rights terminate upon the earlier of the date that is five years after the closing of this offering, the date on which no stockholder holds any registrable securities, the closing of a company sale, as defined in the investor rights agreement, or at such time as SEC Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of a stockholder’s shares without limitation during a three-month period without registration.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Some provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws could make the following transactions more difficult: an acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; an acquisition of

 

162


Table of Contents

us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or the removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions which provide for payment of a premium over the market price for our shares.

These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of the increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

The ability of our board of directors, without action by the stockholders, to issue up to                  shares of undesignated preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences as designated by our board of directors could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Stockholder Meetings

Our restated bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our chairman of the board, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals to be brought before a stockholder meeting and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors.

Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our restated certificate of incorporation eliminates the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.

Staggered Board

Our board of directors is divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, one class being elected each year by our stockholders. For more information on the classified board, see “Management—Board Composition and Election of Directors.” This system of electing and removing directors may tend to discourage a third-party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Removal of Directors

Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote in the election of directors.

 

163


Table of Contents

Stockholders Not Entitled to Cumulative Voting

Our restated certificate of incorporation does not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they choose, other than any directors that holders of our preferred stock may be entitled to elect.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits persons deemed to be “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors.

Choice of Forum

Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative form, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; or (5) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, this exclusive forum provision will not apply to claims which are vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or for which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have subject matter jurisdiction. For instance, the provision would not apply to actions arising under federal securities laws, including suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act, Exchange Act, or the rules and regulations thereunder. Our restated certificate of incorporation also provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this choice of forum provision. It is possible that a court of law could rule that the choice of forum provision contained in our restated certificate of incorporation is inapplicable or unenforceable if it is challenged in a proceeding or otherwise.

Amendment of Charter Provisions

The amendment of any of the above provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock and the provision prohibiting cumulative voting, would require approval by holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon.

The provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in the composition of our board and management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

 

164


Table of Contents

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

Stock Exchange Listing

We have applied to have our common stock listed on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “LYRA.”

 

165


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of                  shares of common stock, assuming the issuance of                  shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 287,426,285 shares of our common stock, the automatic cashless exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase 23,491,979 shares of common stock, which, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would result in the issuance of              shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering and no exercise of options after February 29, 2020. Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whose sales would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The remaining                  shares of common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. We expect that substantially all of these shares will be subject to the 180-day lock-up period under the lock-up agreements described below. Upon expiration of the lock-up period, we estimate that approximately                 shares will be available for sale in the public market, subject in some cases to applicable volume limitations under Rule 144.

In addition, of the 31,094,721 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of February 29, 2020, options to purchase 14,727,888 shares of common stock were vested as of February 29, 2020 and, upon exercise, these shares will be eligible for sale subject to the lock–up agreements described below and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.

Lock-Up Agreements

We and each of our directors and executive officers and holders of substantially all of our outstanding capital stock, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of BofA Securities, Inc. and Jefferies LLC, we and they will not, subject to certain exceptions, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

Upon the expiration of the applicable lock-up periods, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above. For a further description of these lock-up agreements, please see “Underwriting.”

Rule 144

Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days

 

166


Table of Contents

before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the Securities and Exchange Commission and Nasdaq concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution directly with a market maker.

Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of an issuer’s employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after an issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

Equity Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issued or issuable under our stock plans. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to our stock plans shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market, subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

 

167


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of                  shares of common stock, which includes all of the shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of our preferred stock upon the closing of this offering, or their transferees will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreement described above.

 

168


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

 

   

U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

   

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

   

banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions;

 

   

brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

   

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

   

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

   

persons for whom our common stock constitutes “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Section 1202 of the Code;

 

   

persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

   

tax-qualified retirement plans; and

 

   

“qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds.

 

169


Table of Contents

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “U.S. person” nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “—Sale or Other Taxable Disposition.” Because we may not know the extent to which a distribution is a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes at the time it is made, for purposes of the withholding rules discussed below we or the applicable withholding agent may treat the entire distribution as a dividend.

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

 

170


Table of Contents

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

A Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

 

   

the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest, or USRPI, by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period. Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible consequences to them if we are, or were to become, a USRPHC.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

171


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a United States person and the holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting, if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or “FATCA”) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or (subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed below) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock. While withholding under FATCA would have applied also to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock on or after January 1, 2019, recently proposed Treasury Regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds entirely. Taxpayers generally may rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued.

Because we may not know the extent to which a distribution is a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes at the time it is made, for purposes of these withholding rules we or the applicable withholding agent may treat the entire distribution as a dividend. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

 

172


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

BofA Securities, Inc., Jefferies LLC and William Blair & Company, L.L.C. are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter

  

Number of

Shares

 

BofA Securities, Inc.

                       

Jefferies LLC

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

BTIG, LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

    

Per Share

    

Without Option

    

With Option

 

Public offering price

   $        $        $    

Underwriting discount

   $        $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $        $    

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $         and are payable by us. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for their expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority in an amount up to $        .

 

173


Table of Contents

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                  additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors and our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of BofA Securities, Inc. and Jefferies LLC. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock,

 

   

sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock,

 

   

purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock,

 

   

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock,

 

   

lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock,

 

   

request or demand that we file or make a confidential submission of a registration statement related to the common stock,

 

   

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or

 

   

publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. BofA Securities, Inc. and Jefferies LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice.

Nasdaq Global Market Listing

We expect the shares to be approved for listing on The Nasdaq Global Market, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “LYRA.”

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are

 

   

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us,

 

174


Table of Contents
   

our financial information,

 

   

the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete,

 

   

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues,

 

   

the present state of our development, and

 

   

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on The Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

 

175


Table of Contents

Electronic Distribution

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

European Economic Area and the United Kingdom

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom (each a “Relevant State”), no Shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the initial offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation), except that offers of Shares may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

  a.

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  b.

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative for any such offer; or

 

  c.

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of Shares shall require the Issuer or any Manager to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

Each person in a Relevant State who initially acquires any Shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the Company and the Managers that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any Shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the Shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

 

176


Table of Contents

The Company, the underwriters and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any Shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any Shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

References to the Prospectus Regulation includes, in relation to the UK, the Prospectus Regulation as it forms part of UK domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.

The above selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

This document is for distribution only to persons who (i) have professional experience in matters relating to investments and who qualify as investment professionals within the meaning of Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (as amended, the “Financial Promotion Order”), (ii) are persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (“high net worth companies, unincorporated associations etc.”) of the Financial Promotion Order, (iii) are outside the United Kingdom, or (iv) are persons to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (“FSMA”)) in connection with the issue or sale of any securities may otherwise lawfully be communicated or caused to be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document is directed only at relevant persons and must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, or FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject

 

177


Table of Contents

to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons, or the Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

 

178


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, the shares were not offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not be offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares, has not been circulated or distributed, nor will it be circulated or distributed, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, or, as modified or amended from time to time, the SFA, pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a)

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b)

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (a)

to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

  (b)

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (c)

where the transfer is by operation of law; or

 

  (d)

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

 

179


Table of Contents

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts, or NI 33-105, the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

180


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Shearman & Sterling LLP.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the years then ended included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Upon completion of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Securities and Exchange Commission maintains an Internet website that contains such reports, proxy statements and other information about registrants, like us, that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.

We also maintain a website at www.lyratherapeutics.com. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is only as an inactive textual reference.

 

181


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

     F-2  

Consolidated balance sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss

     F-4  

Consolidated statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     F-5  

Consolidated statements of cash flows

     F-6  

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     F-7  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Lyra Therapeutics, Inc.

Watertown, MA

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lyra Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) and subsidiary as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2013.

Boston, Massachusetts

February 14, 2020

 

F-2


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

 

   

December 31,

   

Pro Forma
December 31,
2019

 
   

2019

   

2018

 

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 9,808     $ 23,888     $ 9,808  

Grants receivable

    —         167       —    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    311       872       311  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    10,119       24,927       10,119  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

    237       103       237  

Operating lease right-of-use asset

    3,182       —         3,182  

Restricted cash

    329       329       329  

Deferred offering costs

    1,096       —         1,096  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 14,963     $ 25,359     $ 14,963  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

  $ 1,069     $ 631     $ 1,069  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    3,240       1,329       3,240  

Operating lease liability

    899       —         899  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    5,208       1,960       5,208  
     

Deferred rent

    —         120       —    

Operating lease liability, net of current portion

    2,427       —         2,427  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    7,635       2,080       7,635  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

     

Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 34,017,033 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018 (aggregate liquidation preference of $14,157 at December 31, 2019); no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    39,742       39,742       —    

Series A-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 26,680,202 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018 (aggregate liquidation preference of $9,063 at December 31, 2019); no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    18,393       18,393       —    

Series A-3 redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 30,070,487 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018 (aggregate liquidation preference of $18,779 at December 31, 2019); no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    38,114       38,114       —    

Series A-4 redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 19,999,999 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018 (aggregate liquidation preference of $6,000 at December 31, 2019); no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    6,000       6,000       —    

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 100,018,619 shares authorized at December 31, 2019 and 2018; 98,351,953 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018 (aggregate liquidation preference of $29,506 at December 31, 2019); no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    28,417       28,104       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    130,666       130,353       —    

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

     

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 275,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2019 and 2018; 7,962,008 and 5,868,605 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively; 217,081,682 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma at December 31, 2019 (unaudited)

    8       6       217  

Additional paid-in capital

    4,411       4,371       134,868  

Accumulated deficit

    (127,757     (111,451     (127,757
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (123,338     (107,074     7,328  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

  $ 14,963     $ 25,359     $ 14,963  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

 

    

Year Ended December 31,

 
    

2019

   

2018

 

Grant revenues

   $ —       $ 1,244  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     12,032       4,975  

General and administrative

     4,487       3,528  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     16,519       8,503  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (16,519     (7,259
    

Other income:

    

Interest income (expense), net

     213       36  

Other income, net

     —         10  

Change in fair value of tranche liability

     —         1,184  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income, net

     213       1,230  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (16,306   $ (6,029
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (16,306   $ (6,029
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (2.37   $ (1.07
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

     6,998,502       5,728,033  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted (unaudited)

   $ (0.08  
  

 

 

   

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted (unaudited)

     216,118,176    
  

 

 

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

(In Thousands, Except Share Amounts)

 

   

Series A-1

Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock

   

Series A-2

Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock

   

Series A-3

Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock

   

Series A-4

Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock

   

Series B

Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock

         

Common Stock

   

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

   

Accumulated
Deficit

   

Total
Stockholders’
(Deficit)

Equity

 
    Shares     Value     Shares     Value     Shares     Value     Shares     Value     Shares     Value                 Shares     Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2017

    34,017,033     $ 39,742       26,680,202     $ 18,393       30,070,487     $ 38,114       19,999,999     $ 6,000       —       $ —               5,715,234     $ 6     $ 4,034     $ (105,422   $ (101,382

Issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $299

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         96,666,656       26,618             —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock in exchange for convertible debt

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         1,685,297       506             —         —         —         —         —    

Accretion of convertible preferred stock to redemption value

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         81             —         —         (81     —         (81

Settlement of tranche liability

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         899             —         —         —         —         —    

Stock-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —               —         —         406       —         406  

Exercise of common stock options

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —               153,371       —         12       —         12  

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —               —         —         —         (6,029     (6,029
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

    34,017,033       39,742       26,680,202       18,393       30,070,487       38,114       19,999,999       6,000       98,351,953       28,104             5,868,605       6       4,371       (111,451     (107,074

Accretion of convertible preferred stock to redemption value

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         313             —         —         (313     —         (313

Stock-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —               —         —         244       —         244  

Exercise of common stock options

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —               2,093,403       2       109       —         111  

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —               —         —         —         (16,306     (16,306
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

    34,017,033       39,742       26,680,202       18,393       30,070,487       38,114       19,999,999       6,000       98,351,953       28,417             7,962,008       8       4,411       (127,757     (123,338

Conversion of preferred stock into common stock (unaudited)

    (34,017,033     (39,742     (26,680,202     (18,393     (30,070,487     (38,114     (19,999,999     (6,000     (98,351,953     (28,417           209,119,674       209       130,457       —         130,666  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019 pro forma (unaudited)

    —       $ —         —       $ —         —       $ —         —       $ —             $ —               217,081,682     $ 217     $ 134,868     $ (127,757   $ 7,328  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In Thousands)

 

    

Year Ended December 31,

 
    

     2019     

   

     2018     

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (16,306   $ (6,029

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Stock-based compensation

     244       406  

Depreciation expense

     27       82  

Reserve for uncollectible accounts

     167       —    

Change in fair value of tranche liability

     —         (1,184

Non-cash interest expense

     —         6  

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Grants receivable

     —         164  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     561       (291

Operating lease right-of-use asset

     864       —    

Accounts payable

     (205     134  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     1,734       (7

Operating lease liability

     (840     —    

Deferred rent

     —         79  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (13,754     (6,640

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (211     (37
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (211     (37

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from the sale of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock

     —         29,000  

Payment of offering costs related to sale of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock

     —         (299

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options

     111       12  

Proceeds from convertible notes payable

     —         500  

Payments for deferred offering costs

     (226     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (115     29,213  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (14,080     22,536  

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period

     24,217       1,681  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period

   $ 10,137     $ 24,217  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing and investing activities:

    

Property and equipment purchases included in accounts payable

   $ 2     $ 52  

Conversion of convertible notes payable

   $ —       $ 500  

Allocation of redeemable convertible preferred stock to tranche liability

   $ —       $ 2,083  

Settlement of tranche liability

   $ —       $ (899

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

   $ 313     $ 81  

Right-of-use asset obtained in exchange of operating lease obligation

   $ 4,046     $ —    

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expense

   $ 870     $ —    

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation

Lyra Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) is a clinical-stage therapeutics company focused on the development and commercialization of novel integrated drug and delivery solutions for the localized treatment of patients with ear, nose and throat (“ENT”) diseases. The Company’s proprietary technology platform, XTreo, is designed to precisely and consistently deliver medicines directly to the affected tissue for sustained periods with a single administration. The Company’s initial product candidates, LYR-210 and LYR-220, are bioresorbable polymeric matrices designed to be administered in a brief, non-invasive, in-office procedure and intended to deliver up to six months of continuous drug therapy to the sinonasal passages for the treatment of chronic rhinosinusitis (“CRS”). The Company was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on November 21, 2005 and is located in Watertown, Massachusetts. On July 16, 2018, the Company formerly changed its name from 480 Biomedical, Inc. to Lyra Therapeutics, Inc.

The Company is subject to risks common to companies in the specialty pharmaceuticals industry, including but not limited to, risks of failure of preclinical studies and clinical trials, the need to obtain marketing approval for any drug product candidate that it may identify and develop, the need to successfully commercialize and gain market acceptance of its product candidates, dependence on key personnel, protection of proprietary technology, compliance with government regulations, development by competitors of technological innovations, reliance on third party manufacturers, ability to transition from pilot-scale manufacturing to large-scale production of products and the need to obtain adequate additional financing to fund the development of its product candidates.

Since inception, the Company has funded its operations with proceeds from sales of redeemable convertible preferred stock and funding from government contracts. The Company has incurred recurring net losses since inception of approximately $16.3 million and $6.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. In addition, the Company has an accumulated deficit of approximately $127.8 million at December 31, 2019. The Company expects to continue to generate operating losses for the foreseeable future. At December 31, 2019, the Company had approximately $9.8 million of cash and cash equivalents. In January 2020, the Company issued 78,306,611 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock for $0.38811 per share, in exchange for gross cash proceeds of approximately $30.4 million.

The Company believes that its cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2019 along with the proceeds from its sale of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock in January 2020 will be sufficient to fund the Company’s operating plan for a period of at least one year from the issuance date of the consolidated financial statements. The future viability of the Company beyond that point is dependent on its ability to raise additional capital to finance its future operations. The Company will seek additional funding through an initial public offering of its common stock or private financings, debt financing, collaboration agreements or government grants. The inability to obtain funding, including an initial public offering, as and when needed, would have a negative impact on the Company’s financial condition and ability to pursue its business strategies. If the Company is unable to obtain funding, the Company could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate some or all of its research and development programs, product portfolio expansion or commercialization efforts, which could adversely affect its business prospects, or the Company may be unable to continue operations. Although management intends to pursue plans to obtain additional funding to finance its operations, there is no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining sufficient funding on terms acceptable to the Company to fund continuing operations, if at all. If the Company is unable to complete a sufficient public offering in a timely manner, it would need to pursue other financing alternatives, such as private financing of debt or equity or collaboration agreements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative United States generally accepted accounting principles as found in the Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) and Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”).

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

The accompanying unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2019 has been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into 209,119,674 shares of common stock as if the Company’s proposed initial public offering had occurred on December 31, 2019.

In the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive loss, the unaudited pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders used in the calculation of unaudited basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders does not include the effects of the accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock because it assumes that the conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock occurred on the later of the beginning of the reporting period or the issuance date of the redeemable convertible preferred stock.

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2019 give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock as if the conversion had occurred on the later of January 1, 2019 or the issuance date of the redeemable convertible preferred stock for the year ended December 31, 2019.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Lyra Therapeutics, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary Lyra Therapeutics Security Corporation, which was incorporated in December 2018. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the application of certain significant accounting policies as described in this note and elsewhere in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, the Company’s management evaluates its estimates, which include but are not limited to management’s judgments of accrued expenses, fair value of common stock, valuation of share-based awards and deferred income taxes. Due to the uncertainty inherent in such estimates, actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The Company utilizes significant estimates and assumptions in determining the fair value of its common stock. The Company has utilized various valuation methodologies to estimate the fair value of its common stock. Each valuation methodology includes estimates and assumptions that require the Company’s judgment. These estimates and assumptions include a number of objective and subjective factors, including external market conditions, the prices at which the Company sold shares of preferred stock, the superior rights and preferences of securities senior to the Company’s common stock at the time of, and the likelihood of, achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale. Significant changes to the key assumptions used in the valuations could result in different fair values of common stock at each valuation date.

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company and the Company’s chief operating decision-maker, the Company’s chief executive officer, views the Company’s operations and manages its business as a single operating segment, which is the business of developing targeted medicines to address ENT diseases.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. As the Company did not have any element of other comprehensive income (loss), its comprehensive loss is equal to its net loss for all periods presented.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include cash held in banks and amounts held in money market funds. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates market value.

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash held in banks at December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Restricted Cash

The Company had restricted cash of approximately $0.3 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, which was held in certificates of deposit at the Company’s financial institution to secure the Company’s letter of credit for its facility lease.

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Off-Balance Sheet Risk

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents and grants receivable. The Company maintains all its cash and cash equivalents at a single accredited financial institution, in amounts that exceed federally insured limits. The grants receivable as of December 31, 2018 are from various government agencies as discussed below.

The Company has no significant off-balance sheet risk such as foreign exchange contracts, option contracts, or other foreign exchange hedging arrangements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Grants Receivable

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had grants receivable of $0.2 million from the National Institute of Health’s (“NIH”) National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute (“NHLBI”). During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company fully reserved the grant receivable as the Company determined it was unlikely to collect it and as a result, at December 31, 2019, it had grants receivable of $0.

Significant Suppliers

The Company is dependent on third-party manufacturers to supply products for research and development activities in its programs. In particular, the Company relies and expects to continue to rely on a small number of manufacturers to supply it with its requirements for the drug product and associated applicator related to these programs. These programs could be adversely affected by a significant interruption in the supply of the materials required to manufacture the drug product and associated applicator.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability between market participants at a measurement date. ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements (“ASC 820”), establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for instruments measured at fair value that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability and are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The fair value hierarchy applies only to the valuation inputs used in determining the reported or disclosed fair value of the financial instruments and is not a measure of the investment credit quality. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy established by ASC 820 in order of priority are as follows:

 

Level 1 -      Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.
Level 2 -      Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable, such as quoted market prices, interest rates and yield curves.
Level 3 -      Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to determining the fair value of the assets or liabilities, including pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques.

To the extent that the valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

An entity may elect to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value at specified election dates. Subsequent unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected will be reported in net loss. The Company did not elect to measure any financial instruments or other items at fair value.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Derivative Liabilities

In connection with certain debt and equity financings, the Company may issue financial instruments in which a derivative instrument is “embedded.” Upon issuing the financial instrument, the Company assesses whether the economic characteristics of the embedded derivative are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the remaining component of the financial instrument (i.e., the host contract) and whether a separate, non-embedded instrument with the same terms as the embedded instrument would meet the definition of a derivative instrument. When it is determined that (1) the embedded derivative possesses economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, and (2) a separate, stand-alone instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative instrument, the embedded derivative is separated from the host contract and carried at fair value until the derivative is settled. Changes in the fair value of the derivative liabilities are recognized as other income (expense) in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Classification and Accretion of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Shares

The Company has classified the redeemable convertible preferred stock outside of stockholders’ (deficit) equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets in accordance with authoritative guidance for the classification and measurement of redeemable securities as the redeemable convertible preferred stock is redeemable at a determinable price on a fixed date or upon the occurrence of a deemed liquidation event. The carrying values of the redeemable convertible preferred shares are accreted to their redemption values from the date of issuance through the earliest date of redemption.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense is recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of each asset as follows:

 

    

Estimated Useful Life

Laboratory equipment    5 years
Computer software and equipment    3 years
Office furniture and fixtures    7 years
Leasehold improvements    Shorter of useful life or remaining term of related lease

Costs for capital assets not yet placed into service are capitalized as construction in progress and are depreciated in accordance with the above guidelines once placed into service. Upon retirement or sale, the cost of the assets disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the balance sheet and related gains or losses are reflected in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. Repairs and maintenance that do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are expensed as incurred, while costs of major additions and betterments are capitalized.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets consist of property and equipment. The Company continually evaluates long-lived assets for potential impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by comparing the book values of the assets to the expected future net undiscounted cash flows that the assets are expected to generate. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the book values of the assets exceed their fair value. The Company did not record any impairment losses on long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Leases

ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU No. 2016-02”), became effective January 1, 2019. As of the effective date of ASU No. 2016-02, the Company determines at the inception of an arrangement whether the arrangement contains a lease. If a lease is identified in an arrangement, the Company recognizes a right-of-use asset and liability on its balance sheet and determines whether the lease should be classified as a finance or operating lease. The Company does not recognize assets or liabilities for leases with lease terms of less than 12 months.

A lease qualifies as a finance lease if any of the following criteria are met at the inception of the lease: (i) there is a transfer of ownership of the leased asset to the Company by the end of the lease term, (ii) the Company holds an option to purchase the leased asset that it is reasonably certain to exercise, (iii) the lease term is for a major part of the remaining economic life of the leased asset, (iv) the present value of the sum of lease payments equals or exceeds substantially all of the fair value of the leased asset, (v) the nature of the leased asset is specialized to the point that it is expected to provide the lessor no alternative use at the end of the lease term. All other leases are recorded as operating leases.

Finance and operating lease assets and liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of the lease payments over the lease term using the discount rate implicit in the lease. If the rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable, the Company utilizes its incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date. Operating lease assets are further adjusted for prepaid or accrued lease payments. Operating lease payments are expensed using the straight-line method as an operating expense over the lease term. Finance lease assets are amortized to depreciation expense using the straight-line method over the shorter of the useful life of the related asset or the lease term. Finance lease payments are bifurcated into (i) a portion that is recorded as imputed interest expense and (ii) a portion that reduces the finance liability associated with the lease.

The Company separates lease and non-lease components when determining which lease payments to include in the calculation of its lease assets and liabilities. Variable lease payments are expensed as incurred. If a lease includes an option to extend or terminate the lease, the Company reflects the option in the lease term if it is reasonably certain it will exercise the option.

Operating leases are recorded in “Operating lease right-of use asset,” “Operating lease liability” and “Operating lease liability, net of current portion” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company did not have any finance leases recorded in its consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses include salaries and benefits, materials and supplies, preclinical and clinical trial expenses, manufacturing expenses, stock-based compensation expense, depreciation of equipment, contract services and other outside expenses. Costs of certain development activities, such as clinical trials, are recognized based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks. Payments for these activities are based on the terms of the individual arrangements, which may differ from the pattern of costs incurred, and are reflected in the consolidated financial statements as prepaid or accrued research and development costs. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services to be received in the future for use in research and development activities are deferred and capitalized. The capitalized amounts are expensed as the related goods are delivered or the services are performed.

The Company has entered into various research and development contracts with companies both inside and outside of the United States. These agreements are generally cancelable, and related payments are recorded

 

F-12


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

as research and development expenses as incurred. The Company records accruals for estimated ongoing research costs. When evaluating the adequacy of the accrued liabilities, the Company analyzes progress of the studies or trials, including the phase or completion of events, invoices received and contracted costs. Significant judgments and estimates are made in determining the accrued balances at the end of any reporting period. Actual results could differ from the Company’s estimates. The Company’s historical accrual estimates have not been materially different from the actual costs.

Patent Costs

The Company expenses patent application and related legal costs as incurred and classifies such costs as general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). ASC 718 requires all stock-based payments to employees and directors to be recognized as expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss based on their grant date fair values. The Company estimates the fair value of options granted using the Black-Scholes option pricing model for stock option grants to both employees and non-employees. The Company believes the fair value of the stock options granted to non-employees is more reliably determinable than the fair value of the services provided.

The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires inputs based on certain subjective assumptions, including (a) the expected stock price volatility, (b) the expected term of the award, (c) the risk-free interest rate and (d) expected dividends. Due to the lack of a public market for the Company’s common stock and a lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, the Company has based its computation of expected volatility on the historical volatility of a representative group of public companies with similar characteristics to the Company, including stage of product development and life science industry focus. The historical volatility is calculated based on a period of time commensurate with the expected term assumption. The Company uses the simplified method as prescribed by the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based Payment, to calculate the expected term for options granted to employees as it does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term. The expected term is applied to the stock option grant group as a whole, as the Company does not expect substantially different exercise or post-vesting termination behavior among its employee population. For options granted to non-employees, the Company utilizes the contractual term of the share-based payment as the basis for the expected term assumption. The risk-free interest rate is based on a treasury instrument whose term is consistent with the expected term of the stock options. The expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero as the Company has never paid cash dividends and has no current plans to pay any cash dividends on its common stock.

The Company has elected as a policy to recognize forfeitures as they occur as described in ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASU No. 2016-09”).

The Company expenses the fair value of its stock-based compensation awards to employees on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. The Company records the expense for stock-based compensation awards subject to performance-based milestone vesting when management determines that achievement of the milestone is probable. Management evaluates when the achievement of a performance-based milestone is probable based on the expected satisfaction of the performance conditions as of the reporting date.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The Company adopted ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU No. 2018-07”) on January 1, 2019 which permits the valuation of stock-based awards granted to non-employees to be measured at fair value at the grant date rather than on an accelerated attribution basis over the vesting period and recognizes non-employee stock-based compensation expense over the related service period of the non-employee award. Prior to January 1, 2019, the Company accounted for stock-based payments to non-employees in accordance with ASC Topic 505, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees (“ASC 505”). ASC 505 requires that the expense related to stock-based payments to non-employees be recognized in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss based on the awards’ vesting date fair values. Under ASC 505, stock-based compensation awards to non-employees were adjusted through stock-based compensation expense at each reporting period end to reflect the current fair value of such awards and were expensed on a straight-line basis.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). The difference between the financial statement and tax basis of the assets and liabilities is determined annually. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed using the tax laws and rates that are expected to apply for periods in which such differences reverse. Valuation allowances are established, if necessary, to reduce the deferred tax asset to the amount that will more likely than not be realized.

The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.

Contingencies

In accordance with ASC Topic 450, Contingencies, the Company records accruals for contingencies and legal proceedings expected to be incurred in connection with a loss contingency when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated.

If a loss contingency is not probable but is reasonably possible, or is probable but cannot be estimated, the nature of the contingent liability, together with an estimate of the range of possible loss if determinable and material, would be disclosed.

Guarantees

The Company has identified the guarantees described below as disclosable, in accordance with ASC Topic 460, Guarantees.

As permitted under Delaware law, the Company indemnifies its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is, or was, serving at the Company’s request in such capacity. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make is unlimited; however, the Company has directors’ and officers’ insurance coverage that should limit its exposure and enable it to recover a portion of any future amounts paid.

The Company is a party to a number of agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that contain typical provisions that obligate the Company to indemnify the other parties to such agreements upon the occurrence of certain events. Such indemnification obligations are usually in effect from the date of execution of the applicable agreement for a period equal to the applicable statute of limitations. The aggregate maximum potential future liability of the Company under such indemnification provisions is uncertain.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The Company leases office space under a noncancelable operating lease. The Company has standard indemnification arrangements under the lease that requires it to indemnify the landlord against all costs, expenses, fines, suits, claims, demands, liabilities, and actions directly resulting from any breach, violation, or nonperformance of any covenant or condition of the lease.

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had not experienced any losses related to these indemnification obligations, and no material claims with respect thereto were outstanding. The Company does not expect significant claims related to these indemnification obligations and, consequently, concluded that the fair value of these obligations is negligible, and no related reserves have been established.

Deferred Offering Costs

The Company capitalizes certain legal, professional, accounting and other third-party fees that are directly associated with in-process equity financings as deferred offering costs until such financings are consummated. After consummation of the equity financing, these costs are recorded in stockholders’ (deficit) equity as a reduction of additional paid-in capital generated as a result of the offering. Should the planned equity financing be abandoned, the deferred offering costs will be expensed immediately as a charge to operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Government Contracts and Revenue Recognition

The Company generated revenue from government contracts that reimbursed the Company for certain allowable costs for funded projects. For contracts with government agencies, when the Company has concluded that it is the principal in conducting the research and development activities and where the funding arrangement is considered central to the Company’s ongoing operations, the Company classifies the recognized funding received as revenue.

In July 2016, the Company was awarded a grant from the NIH titled “Novel Bioabsorbable, Flexible Polymeric Stent for Pulmonary Artery Stenosis”. The amount awarded of approximately $1.0 million related to the period August 2016 through July 2019.

In September 2016, the Company received a fixed-fee award of approximately $0.4 million from NIH for the development leading to the commercialization of bioresorbable stents (“BRS”) for the treatment of coarctation of the aorta in neonates. In November 2017, the Company was awarded an amendment to the contract increasing the amount by approximately $3.0 million.

Grants are invoiced and revenue is recognized as expenses are incurred as that is the depiction of the timing of the transfer of services. Reimbursements are based on actual costs agreed upon in the proposal (salary, fringe benefits, overhead, and direct costs such as materials and subcontractors).

The Company recognized revenue under these best-efforts, cost-reimbursable and cost-plus fixed-fee awards, as the Company performed services as long as an award agreement had been executed and the fees for these services were fixed or determinable, legally billable and reasonably assured of collection. Recognized amounts reflected the Company’s partial performance under the awards and equal direct and indirect costs incurred plus fixed fees, where applicable. The Company did not recognize revenue under these arrangements for amounts related to contract periods where funding was not yet committed, as amounts above committed funding thresholds would not be considered fixed or determinable or reasonably assured of collection. Revenues and expenses under these arrangements are presented gross in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, as the Company had determined it was the primary obligor under these arrangements relative to the research and development activities it performed as the lead technical expert.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 under the grants was $0 and $1.2 million, respectively. Of the amounts recognized during the years ended December 31, 2018, approximately $1.1 million was received as of year-end. The remaining balance of approximately $0.2 million as of December 31, 2018 was recorded as grants receivable. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company fully reserved the grant receivable as the Company determined it was unlikely to collect it.

Net Loss per Share

The Company has reported losses since inception and has computed basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period, without consideration for potentially dilutive securities. The Company has computed diluted net loss per common share after giving consideration to all potentially dilutive common shares, including options to purchase common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock, outstanding during the period determined using the treasury-stock and if-converted methods, except where the effect of including such securities would be antidilutive. Because the Company has reported net losses since inception, these potential common shares have been anti-dilutive and basic and diluted loss per share have been the same.

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders was calculated as follows (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

    

Year Ended December 31,

 
    

2019

   

2018

 

Numerator:

    

Net loss

   $ (16,306   $ (6,029

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (313     (81
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (16,619   $ (6,110
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average common shares—basic and diluted

     6,998,502       5,728,033  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (2.37   $ (1.07
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the potentially dilutive securities that have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share because to include them would be anti-dilutive (in common stock equivalent shares):

 

    

Year Ended December 31,

 
    

2019

    

2018

 

Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock

     34,017,033        34,017,033  

Series A-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock

     26,680,202        26,680,202  

Series A-3 redeemable convertible preferred stock

     30,070,487        30,070,487  

Series A-4 redeemable convertible preferred stock

     19,999,999        19,999,999  

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock

     98,351,953        98,351,953  

Stock options

     27,327,550        19,092,685  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     236,447,224        228,212,359  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

Unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding after giving effect to the conversion of all the redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock as if such conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period presented or the date of original issuance, if later.

The following table summarizes the Company’s unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

    

Year Ended
December 31, 2019

 

Numerator:

  

Net loss

   $ (16,306

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (313
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (16,619
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

  

Weighted-average common shares—basic and diluted

     6,998,502  

Adjustment for assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     209,119,674  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares—basic and diluted

     216,118,176  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (0.08
  

 

 

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB or other standard setting bodies and adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02. The standard requires that all lessees recognize the assets and liabilities that arise from leases on the balance sheet and disclose qualitative and quantitative information about its leasing arrangements. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements (“ASU No. 2018-11”), which offers a transition option to entities adopting ASC Topic 842. Under ASU No. 2018-11 entities can elect to apply ASC 842 using a modified-retrospective adoption approach resulting in a cumulative effect adjustment to accumulated deficit at the beginning of the year in which the new lease standard is adopted, rather than adjustments to the earliest comparative period presented in their financial statements. Pursuant to the guidance under ASU No. 2016-02, the Company elected the optional package of practical expedients, which allow the Company to not reassess: (i) whether expired or existing contracts contain leases; (ii) lease classification for any expired or existing leases; and (iii) initial direct costs for any existing leases. The standard also allows entities to make certain policy elections, some of which the Company also plans to elect, including: (i) a policy to not record short-term leases on the balance sheet and (ii) a policy to not separate lease and non-lease components for certain classes of underlying assets. The Company adopted ASC No. 842 as of January 1, 2019 using the modified-retrospective method and recorded a right-of-use asset of approximately $4.0 million and corresponding liability of approximately $4.2 million related to its real estate lease with a term of more than 12 months which is not treated as financing lease under ASC 842, accordingly. These adjustments had no impact on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss and no material impact on the Company’s accumulated deficit.

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480) and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): I. Accounting for Certain

 

F-17


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Financial Instruments with Down Round Features; II. Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a Scope Exception (“ASU No. 2017-11”). Part I of ASU No. 2017-11 addresses the complexity of accounting for certain financial instruments with down round features. Down round features are features of certain equity-linked instruments (or embedded features) that result in the strike price being reduced on the basis of the pricing of future equity offerings. Current accounting guidance creates cost and complexity for entities that issue financial instruments (such as warrants and convertible instruments) with down round features that require fair value measurement of the entire instrument or conversion option. Part II of ASU No. 2017-11 addresses the difficulty of navigating Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, because of the existence of extensive pending content in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. This pending content is the result of the indefinite deferral of accounting requirements about mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of certain nonpublic entities and certain mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests. The amendments in Part II of ASU No. 2017-11 do not have an accounting effect. ASU No. 2017-11 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company adopted ASU No. 2017-11 as of January 1, 2019. The adoption of ASU No. 2017-11 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU No. 2018-07”). The new standard largely aligns the accounting for share-based payment awards issued to employees and non-employees by expanding the scope of ASC 718 to apply to non-employee share-based transactions, as long as the transaction is not effectively a form of financing. The Company adopted ASU No. 2018-07 as of January 1, 2019. The adoption of ASU No. 2018-07 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In August 2018, the SEC adopted the final rule under SEC Release No. 33-10532, Disclosure Update and Simplification, amending certain disclosure requirements that were redundant, duplicative, overlapping, outdated or superseded. In addition, the amendments expanded the disclosure requirements on the analysis of stockholders’ equity for interim financial statements. Under the amendments, an analysis of changes in each caption of stockholders’ equity presented in the balance sheet must be provided in a note or separate statement. The analysis should present a reconciliation of the beginning balance to the ending balance of each period for which a statement of comprehensive income (loss) is required to be filed. This final rule was effective on November 5, 2018. The adoption of SEC Release No. 33-10532 did not have a material impact on the Company’s its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (“ASU No. 2018-13”), which modifies the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements. The new guidance will become effective for the Company on January 1, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The Company currently is evaluating the impact the adoption of ASU 2018-13 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract (“ASU No. 2018-15”), which clarifies the accounting for implementation costs in cloud computing arrangements. The new guidance will become effective for the Company on January 1, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of ASU 2018-15 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU No. 2019-12”), makes a number of changes meant to add or clarify guidance on accounting for income taxes. The new guidance will become effective for the Company on January 1, 2022. Early adoption is permitted. The Company currently is evaluating the impact the adoption of ASU 2019-12 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Fair Value Measurements

The Company did not have financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value at December 31, 2019 and 2018.

There have been no changes to the valuation methods used during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. There were no transfers within the fair value hierarchy during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

The carrying values of the Company’s grants receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their fair values due to the short-term nature of these liabilities.

Tranche Rights

The Company’s sales of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”) (see Note 6) provided investors with the right to participate in a subsequent offering of Series B Preferred Stock in the event specified development milestone was achieved. The Company classified the tranche rights as a derivative liability on its consolidated balance sheet because it met the definition of a freestanding financial instrument that could have required the Company to transfer assets upon exercise. The Company remeasured the derivative liability associated with the tranche right to fair value at each reporting date, and recognized changes in the fair value of the derivative liability as a component of other income (expense) in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

The fair value of the derivative liability was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which considered as inputs (a) the expected stock price volatility of the underlying common stock, (b) the expected term of the tranche right, (c) the risk-free interest rate and (d) expected dividends.

The fair value of the tranche right related to the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock upon issuance in June 2018 was approximately $2.1 million. Upon the issuance of Series B Preferred Stock in October 2018, the tranche right was cancelled, and the fair value of the derivative liability was $0, with the change in fair value recorded in other income (expense) in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

The following table provides a roll forward of the fair value of the Company’s tranche right, for which fair value was determined by Level 3 inputs (in thousands):

 

    

Tranche
Right

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

   $ —    

Fair value at issuance

     2,083  

Change in fair value

     (1,184

Settlement

     (899
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

4. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following at December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):

 

    

December 31,

 
    

2019

    

2018

 

Property and equipment:

     

Laboratory equipment

   $ 1,715      $ 1,715  

Computer software and equipment

     595        572  

Office furniture and fixtures

     301        301  

Leasehold improvements

     317        317  

Construction in progress

     138        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,066      $ 2,905  

Accumulated depreciation

     (2,829      (2,802
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 237      $ 103  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company recognized approximately $0.0 million and $0.1 million of depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

5. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

    

December 31,

 
    

2019

    

2018

 

Payroll and employee related expenses

   $ 885      $ 484  

Third-party research and development expenses

     1,344        180  

Professional and consulting fees

     901        609  

Other

     110        56  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 3,240      $ 1,329  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

On June 5, 2018, the Company filed an amended and restated certificate of incorporation which authorizes its Board of Directors to issue up to 210,786,340 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

On August 25, 2011, the Company filed an amended and restated certificate of incorporation to recapitalize its outstanding shares of previously outstanding Series A, Series B and Series C preferred stock into 34,017,033 shares of a new Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series A-1 Preferred Stock”). As the substance of the transaction was a consolidation of the existing stockholders’ holdings into a single class of shares without conferring any substantive additional rights or obligations between the stockholders and the Company, the transaction was recorded at the then existing book value of the previously outstanding Series A, B and C preferred stock.

During 2011, the Company issued 26,680,202 shares of Series A-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series A-2 Preferred Stock”) for $0.6894 per share, in exchange for cash proceeds of approximately $13.0 million and the conversion of approximately $5.4 million of convertible promissory notes and accrued interest.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

During 2013, the Company issued 16,736,530 shares of Series A-3 redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series A-3 Preferred Stock”) for $1.2675 per share, in exchange for cash proceeds of approximately $15.0 million and the conversion of approximately $6.2 million of convertible promissory notes and accrued interest.

During 2015, the Company issued 9,205,805 shares of Series A-3 Preferred Stock for $1.2675 per share, in exchange for cash proceeds of approximately $3.3 million and the conversion of approximately $8.4 million of certain convertible promissory notes and accrued interest.

During 2016, the Company issued 4,128,152 shares of Series A-3 Preferred Stock for $1.2675 per share and 19,999,999 shares of Series A-4 redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series A-4 Preferred Stock”) for $0.30 per share, in exchange for total cash proceeds of approximately $11.2 million.

During 2018, the Company issued 98,351,953 shares of Series B Preferred Stock for $0.30 per share, in exchange for total cash proceeds of approximately $29.0 million and the conversion of approximately $0.5 million of convertible promissory notes originally issued in March and April 2018 and accrued interest.

The rights, preferences, and privileges of the Series A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4 and Series B Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Preferred Stock”) are the following:

Dividends

The holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends in any fiscal year, when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors provided that such dividend payable on the Series B Preferred Stock shall not be lesser than the amount of any dividend to be paid on any other class or series of capital stock. The Company shall not declare or pay any cash dividends on shares of common stock until each of the holders of the Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have first received, or there shall have been declared and set aside for payment, a cash dividend on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock. No cash dividends have been declared since the Company’s inception.

Voting

The holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote on all matters with the common stockholders as if they were one class of stock. The holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such holders’ share of the Preferred Stock is then convertible.

Conversion

Each share of Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time, into one share of common stock, adjusted for certain dilutive events and per the conversion rates as defined below under “Liquidation.” In addition, all shares of Preferred Stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock upon the earlier of (i) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering in which the per share price to the public is not less than $2.06 per share, and which results in at least $35.0 million of gross proceeds to the Company or (ii) upon the written notice from the holders of at least 75% of the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis at the then effective conversion rate. The Preferred Stock will convert at 1:1 ratio into shares of common stock.

Liquidation

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company, including a change of control, as defined in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the holders of

 

F-21


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

the Preferred Stock will be entitled to be paid a preference payment, prior to any payment to holders of common stock or any other capital stock ranking junior on liquidation to the Preferred Stock. In the case of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, this preference payment is equal to the greater of (a) $0.4162 per share, subject to certain adjustments, as defined, plus any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares, or (b) the amount per share which the holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock would be entitled to if the shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock had been converted into shares of common stock immediately prior to such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company. In the case of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, this preference payment is equal to the greater of (a) $0.3397 per share, subject to certain adjustments, as defined, plus any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares, or (b) the amount per share which the holders of Series A-2 Preferred Stock would be entitled to if the shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock had been converted into shares of common stock immediately prior to such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company. In the case of Series A-3 Preferred Stock, this preference payment is equal to the greater of (a) $0.6245 per share, subject to certain adjustments, as defined, plus any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares, or (b) the amount per share which the holders of Series A-3 Preferred Stock would be entitled to if the shares of Series A-3 Preferred Stock had been converted into shares of common stock immediately prior to such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company. In the case of Series A-4 Preferred Stock, this preference payment is equal to the greater of (a) $0.30 per share, subject to certain adjustments, as defined, plus any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares, or (b) the amount per share which the holders of Series A-4 Preferred Stock would be entitled to if the shares of Series A-4 Preferred Stock had been converted into shares of common stock immediately prior to such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company. In the case of Series B Preferred Stock, this preference payment is equal to the greater of (a) $0.30 per share, subject to certain adjustments, as defined, plus any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares, or (b) the amount per share which the holders of Series B Preferred Stock would be entitled to if the shares of Series B Preferred Stock had been converted into shares of common stock immediately prior to such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company.

After the payment of all required preferential amounts to the holders of Preferred Stock, upon the dissolution, liquidation, or winding-up of the Company, any remaining assets and funds of the Company available for distribution shall be distributed among the holders of the then outstanding common stock, pro rata, according to the number of shares of common stock held by such holders.

Redemption

Series A-1, A-2 A-3, A-4 and B Preferred Stock are required to be redeemed by the Company at a price of $0.4162, $0.3397, $0.6245, $0.30 and $0.30 per share, respectively, subject to certain adjustments, as defined in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation, plus all declared but unpaid dividends in three annual installments commencing 60 days after receipt by the Company, at any time on or after June 5, 2023 (the fifth anniversary of the Series B Preferred Stock original issue date), of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of Preferred Stock from the holders of at least 75% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (which must include at least 50% of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock).

7. Common Stock

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held. Common stockholders are not entitled to receive dividends, unless declared by the Board of Directors.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The Company has reserved for future issuances the following shares of common stock as of December 31, 2019:

 

    

As of

December 31, 2019

 

Series A-1 Preferred Stock

     34,017,033  

Series A-2 Preferred Stock

     26,680,202  

Series A-3 Preferred Stock

     30,070,487  

Series A-4 Preferred Stock

     19,999,999  

Series B Preferred Stock

     98,351,953  

Stock options

     40,576,552  
  

 

 

 

Total

     249,696,226  
  

 

 

 

8. Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The Company adopted the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (“2016 Plan”) in February 2016. Upon adoption of the 2016 Plan, no further grants were made under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (“2005 Plan”, together with the 2016 Plan, the “Plans”). The 2016 Plan initially provided for the grant of awards for 4,500,000 shares of common stock. In June 2017, the Company amended the 2016 Plan to provide for the grant of awards for a total of 14,200,000 shares of common stock. In June 2018, the Company amended the 2016 Plan to provide for the grant of awards for a total of 35,200,000 shares of common stock.

All of the Company’s employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors are eligible to be granted options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and other share-based awards under the terms of the 2016 Plan. As of December 31, 2019, 13,249,002 shares of common stock were available for future grant under the 2016 Plan.

All stock option grants are non-statutory stock options except option grants to employees and officers intended to qualify as incentive stock options under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Stock options may not be granted at less than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Vesting periods of awards are determined by the Board of Directors. Vesting periods of awards granted to date range from vesting upon grant to vesting over a four-year period. Vesting conditions are generally based on service provisions, whereby the awards vest over time. Additionally, the Company has granted certain awards which vest upon the achievement of certain financing and revenue milestones. Stock options granted under the Plans expire no more than 10 years from the date of grant.

Stock-based compensation expense included in the Company’s statements of operations and comprehensive loss is as follows (in thousands):

 

    

Years Ended December 31,

 
    

  2019  

    

  2018  

 

Research and development

   $ 26      $ 21  

General and administrative

     218        385  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 244      $ 406  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recorded approximately $36,000 of stock-based compensation for the award related to the achievement of a financial-based milestone. The Company did not record any stock-based compensation associated with milestone-based awards in the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The fair value of each stock option granted to employees, directors and non-employees was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

    

Years Ended December 31,

 
    

 2019 

   

 2018 

 

Risk-free interest rate

     2.2     3.1

Expected dividend yield

     —       —  

Expected term (in years)

     6.1       6.1  

Expected volatility

     76.8     80.7

A summary of the stock option activity under the Plans for the year ended December 31, 2019 is as follows:

 

    

Shares

   

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

    

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

(in years)

    

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value

(in thousands)

 

Outstanding December 31, 2018

     19,092,685     $ 0.23        6.2      $ 279  

Granted

     10,711,122       0.10        

Exercised

     (2,093,403     0.05        

Cancelled

     (382,854     0.29        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

     27,327,550     $ 0.19        7.3      $ 3,363  
  

 

 

         

Exercisable at December 31, 2019

     14,123,988     $ 0.29        5.7      $ 1,254  
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2019

     27,327,550     $ 0.19        7.3      $ 3,363  
  

 

 

         

The weighted-average fair value of options granted to employees and directors during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $0.10 and $0.06, respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the stock options and the fair value of the Company’s common stock for those stock options that had exercise prices lower than the fair value of the Company’s common stock. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was approximately $0.1 million and $0, respectively. The Company satisfies stock option exercises with newly issued shares of its common stock.

As of December 31, 2019, total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense relating to unvested stock options was approximately $1.0 million. This amount is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.3 years. Additionally, as of December 31, 2019, there was approximately $36,000 of unrecognized stock-based compensation related to a stock option award related to the achievement of a revenue-based milestone. As the Company believes the achievement of the revenue-based milestone is currently not probable, it has not recorded any stock-based compensation related to this award. The Company will continue to assess the probability of achieving the revenue-based milestone at each reporting period.

9. Related Parties

The Company has consulting agreements with two of its founders who are also directors of the Company. Total consulting expense related to these consulting agreements was approximately $50,000 in each of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The Company entered into a Contribution Agreement, Transition Services Agreement (as amended), Collaboration Agreement, Technology License Agreement and Trademark Coexistence Agreement with Arsenal Medical, Inc. (“Arsenal”), a company which shares certain common owners with the Company. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company invoiced Arsenal for an aggregate of approximately $0.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively, primarily for its employee costs and its share of rent and other overhead costs. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company invoiced Arsenal approximately $0.2 million for certain costs incurred in connection with Arsenal’s grants with the government. The Company has reflected these billed amounts as offsets against operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Of these charges, approximately $0.7 million remained unpaid as of December 31, 2018 and are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. All amounts receivable from Arsenal were collected as of December 31, 2019.

10. Income Taxes

The Company records a provision or benefit for income taxes on pre-tax income or loss based on its estimated effective tax rate for the year. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded net losses of approximately $16.3 million and $6.0 million, respectively, and, since it maintains a full valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets, the Company did not record an income tax benefit for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

A reconciliation of income tax expense computed at the statutory federal income tax rate to income taxes reflected in the consolidated financial statements is as follows:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,

 
    

2019

   

2018

 

Income tax computed at federal statutory tax rate

     21.0     21.0

Permanent differences

     (0.2 )%      2.8

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     6.2     7.1

Research and development and other tax credits

     3.8     3.2

Change in deferred tax asset valuation allowance

     (30.7 )%      (33.3 )% 

Other

     (0.1 )%      (0.8 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     —       —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

    

December 31,

 
    

2019

    

2018

 

Deferred tax assets:

     

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 30,006      $ 25,653  

Research and development credits

     4,652        4,036  

Stock-based compensation

     173        186  

Operating lease liability

     909        —    

Other

     280        269  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

     36,020        30,144  

Less: Valuation allowance

     (35,150      (30,144
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     870        —    

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Operating lease right-of-use asset

     (870      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (870      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred taxes

   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $91.4 million which may be able to offset future income tax liabilities and expire at various dates through 2037 and approximately $22.9 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards that may be carried forward indefinitely. As of December 31, 2019, the Company also had state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $95.6 million which may be available to offset future income tax liabilities and expire at various dates through 2039.

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had federal research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $3.2 million and $2.7 million, respectively, available to reduce future tax liabilities which expire at various dates through 2039. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had state research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.8 million and $1.7 million, respectively, available to reduce future tax liabilities which expire at various dates through 2034. The Company has generated research credits but has not conducted a study to document the qualified activity. This study may result in an adjustment to the Company’s research and development credit carryforwards; however, until a study is completed and any adjustment is known, no amounts are being presented as an uncertain tax position. A full valuation allowance has been provided against the Company’s research and development credits and, if an adjustment is required, this adjustment would be offset by an adjustment to the deferred tax asset established for the research and development credit carryforwards and the valuation allowance.

Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards are subject to review and possible adjustment by the Internal Revenue Service and state tax authorities. Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may become subject to an annual limitation in the event of certain cumulative changes in the ownership interest of significant shareholders over a three-year period in excess of 50%, as defined under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, respectively, as well as similar state provisions. This could limit the amount of tax attributes that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities. The amount of the annual limitation is determined based on the value of the Company immediately prior to the ownership change. Subsequent ownership changes may further affect the limitation in future years. The Company has not conducted a study to assess whether a change of control has occurred or whether there have been multiple changes of control since inception due to the significant complexity and cost

 

F-26


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

associated with such a study. If the Company has experienced a change of control, as defined by Section 382, at any time since inception, utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards or research and development tax credit carryforwards would be subject to an annual limitation under Section 382, which is determined by first multiplying the value of the Company’s stock at the time of the ownership change by the applicable long-term tax-exempt rate, and then could be subject to additional adjustments, as required. Any limitation may result in expiration of a portion of the net operating loss carryforwards or research and development tax credit carryforwards before utilization. Further, until a study is completed by the Company and any limitation is known, no amounts are being presented as an uncertain tax position.

ASC 740 requires a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets reported if, based on the weight of the evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. After consideration of all the evidence, both positive and negative, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets at December 31, 2019 and 2018 because the Company’s management has determined that it is more likely than not that the Company will not recognize the benefits of its federal and state deferred tax assets primarily due to its history of cumulative net losses incurred since inception and its lack of commercialization of any products or generation of any revenue from product sales since inception and, as a result, a valuation allowance of approximately $35.2 million and $30.1 million, respectively, has been established at December 31, 2019 and 2018. Management reevaluates the positive and negative evidence at each reporting period. The valuation allowance increased by approximately $5.1 million and $2.0 million, respectively, during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 due primarily to the generation of net operating losses.

The Company has recorded adjustments to deferred tax assets for unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. The Company’s policy is to record interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as part of its income tax provision. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions and no such amounts have been recognized in the Company’s statement of operations and comprehensive loss. In many cases, the Company’s uncertain tax positions are related to years that remain subject to examination by relevant tax authorities. The statute of limitations for federal and state tax authorities is closed for years prior to December 31, 2016. However, since the Company is in a loss carryforward position, the Company is generally subject to examination by the U.S. federal, state and local income tax authorities for all tax years in which a loss carryforward is available.

11. Leases

In August 2007, the Company entered into an operating lease, as amended, for approximately 22,343 square feet of office and laboratory space in Watertown, Massachusetts. In November 2017, the Company amended its lease (“2017 Amendment”) and extended the lease term through April 2023. Initial base rent under the 2017 Amendment was approximately $1.0 million per year. The 2017 Amendment includes annual rent escalations over the term of the operating lease. The Company maintains a letter of credit of approximately $0.3 million securing its obligations under the operating lease which is secured by approximately $0.3 million of certificate of deposits, which are included as restricted cash in the consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2018 rent escalations are included in deferred rent in the consolidated balance sheets. Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of occupancy.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The components of lease cost recorded in the Company’s consolidated financial statements were as follows (in thousands):

 

    

Year Ended

December 31,
2019

 

Lease Cost:

  

Operating lease cost

   $ 1,053  

Variable lease cost

     727  

Sublease income

     (368
  

 

 

 

Total lease cost, net

   $ 1,412  
  

 

 

 

Variable lease payments include the Company’s allocated share of costs incurred and expenditures made by the landlord in the operation and management of the building. The Company’s sublease income during the year ended December 31, 2019 related to subleases for a portion of the Company’s office and lab space.

The weighted-average remaining lease term and discount rate related to the Company’s operating lease were as follows:

 

    

As of

December 31,

2019

Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years)

   3.3

Weighted-average discount rate

   5.5%

Maturity of the Company’s operating lease liability in accordance with ASC 842 as of December 31, 2019 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,

      

2020

   $ 1,059  

2021

     1,091  

2022

     1,124  

2023

     379  
  

 

 

 

Total maturities

     3,653  

Less: Amount representing interest

     (327
  

 

 

 

Present value of operating lease liability

     3,326  

Less: Current portion of operating lease liability

     (899
  

 

 

 

Total operating lease liability, net of current portion

   $ 2,427  
  

 

 

 

Rent expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 was approximately $0.5 million. Rent expense was net of sublease income of approximately $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.

12. Retirement Plan

The Company has a defined-contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (“401(k) Plan”). The 401(k) Plan covers all employees who meet defined minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. As currently established, the Company is not required to make and to date has not made any contributions to the 401(k) Plan. The Company did not make any matching contributions during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

13. Subsequent Event

On January 10, 2020, the Company filed an amended and restated certificate of incorporation which authorizes its Board of Directors to issue up to 299,300,288 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, and up to 400,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

In January 2020, the Company issued 78,306,611 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”) for $0.38811 per share, in exchange for gross cash proceeds of approximately $30.4 million. In conjunction with the issuance of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Company issued warrants to purchase 23,491,979 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.25 per share.

The rights, preferences, and privileges of the Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock (collectively, the “2020 Preferred Stock”) are the following:

Dividends

The holders of 2020 Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends in any fiscal year, when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors provided that such dividend payable on the Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall not be lesser than the amount of any dividend to be paid on any other class or series of capital stock. The Company shall not declare or pay any cash dividends on shares of common stock until each of the holders of the 2020 Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have first received, or there shall have been declared and set aside for payment, a cash dividend on each outstanding share of 2020 Preferred Stock. No cash dividends have been declared since the Company’s inception.

Voting

The holders of 2020 Preferred Stock are entitled to vote on all matters with the common stockholders as if they were one class of stock. The holders of 2020 Preferred Stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such holders’ share of the 2020 Preferred Stock is then convertible.

Conversion

Each share of 2020 Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time, into one share of common stock, adjusted for certain dilutive events and per the conversion rates as defined below under “Liquidation.” In addition, all shares of 2020 Preferred Stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock upon the earlier of (i) the closing of a firm underwritten public offering which results in at least $40.0 million of net proceeds to the Company or (ii) upon the written notice from the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of 2020 Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis at the then effective conversion rate. The 2020 Preferred Stock will convert at 1:1 ratio into shares of common stock.

Liquidation

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company, including a change of control, as defined in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the holders of the 2020 Preferred Stock will be entitled to be paid a preference payment, prior to any payment to holders of common stock or any other capital stock ranking junior on liquidation to the 2020 Preferred Stock. In the case of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, (a) for the previously outstanding Series A preferred stock this preference payment is

 

F-29


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

equal to the greater of (i) $0.4058 per share, subject to certain adjustments, as defined, plus any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares, or (ii) the amount per share which the holders of the previously outstanding Series A preferred stock would be entitled to if the shares of the previously outstanding Series A had been converted into shares of common stock immediately prior to such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company; (b) for the previously outstanding Series B preferred stock this preference payment is equal to the greater of (i) $0.4503 per share, subject to certain adjustments, as defined, plus any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares, or (ii) the amount per share which the holders of the previously outstanding Series B preferred stock would be entitled to if the shares of the previously outstanding Series B had been converted into shares of common stock immediately prior to such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company; and (c) for the previously outstanding Series C preferred stock this preference payment is equal to the greater of (i) $0.4002 per share, subject to certain adjustments, as defined, plus any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares, or (ii) the amount per share which the holders of the previously outstanding Series C preferred stock would be entitled to if the shares of the previously outstanding Series C had been converted into shares of common stock immediately prior to such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company. In the case of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, this preference payment is equal to the greater of (a) $0.3397 per share, subject to certain adjustments, as defined, plus any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares, or (b) the amount per share which the holders of Series A-2 Preferred Stock would be entitled to if the shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock had been converted into shares of common stock immediately prior to such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company. In the case of Series A-3 Preferred Stock, this preference payment is equal to the greater of (a) $0.6245 per share, subject to certain adjustments, as defined, plus any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares, or (b) the amount per share which the holders of Series A-3 Preferred Stock would be entitled to if the shares of Series A-3 Preferred Stock had been converted into shares of common stock immediately prior to such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company. In the case of Series A-4 Preferred Stock, this preference payment is equal to the greater of (a) $0.30 per share, subject to certain adjustments, as defined, plus any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares, or (b) the amount per share which the holders of Series A-4 Preferred Stock would be entitled to if the shares of Series A-4 Preferred Stock had been converted into shares of common stock immediately prior to such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company. In the case of Series B Preferred Stock, this preference payment is equal to the greater of (a) $0.30 per share, subject to certain adjustments, as defined, plus any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares, or (b) the amount per share which the holders of Series B Preferred Stock would be entitled to if the shares of Series B Preferred Stock had been converted into shares of common stock immediately prior to such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company. In the case of Series C Preferred Stock, this preference payment is equal to the greater of (a) $0.38811 per share, subject to certain adjustments, as defined, plus any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares, or (b) the amount per share which the holders of Series C Preferred Stock would be entitled to if the shares of Series C Preferred Stock had been converted into shares of common stock immediately prior to such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company.

After the payment of all required preferential amounts to the holders of 2020 Preferred Stock, upon the dissolution, liquidation, or winding-up of the Company, any remaining assets and funds of the Company available for distribution shall be distributed among the holders of the then outstanding common stock, pro rata, according to the number of shares of common stock held by such holders.

Redemption

Series A-1, A-2 A-3, A-4, B and C Preferred Stock are required to be redeemed by the Company at a price of $0.4162, $0.3397, $0.6245, $0.30, $0.30 and $0.38811 per share, respectively, subject to certain adjustments, as defined in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation, plus all declared but unpaid

 

F-30


Table of Contents

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

dividends in three annual installments commencing 60 days after receipt by the Company, at any time on or after January 10, 2025 (the fifth anniversary of the Series C Preferred Stock original issue date), of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of 2020 Preferred Stock from the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of 2020 Preferred Stock (which must include at least 50% of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and 50% of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock).

 

F-31


Table of Contents

 

 

Through and including                 , 2020, (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the Common Stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

             Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

BofA Securities

Jefferies

William Blair

BTIG

                    , 2020

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the Nasdaq listing fee.

 

    

Amount

 

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $              

FINRA filing fee

         

Nasdaq initial listing fee

         

Accountants’ fees and expenses

         

Legal fees and expenses

         

Blue Sky fees and expenses

         

Transfer Agent’s fees and expenses

         

Printing and engraving expenses

         

Miscellaneous

         

Total expenses

   $              
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that no director of the Registrant shall be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or a person serving at the request of the corporation for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, ending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favour by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding shares of capital stock issued by the registrant within the past two years. Also included is the consideration received by us for such shares and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

(a)    Issuance of Capital Stock.

Since January 1, 2017, the registrant issued (i) an aggregate of 98,351,953 shares of Series B preferred stock for an aggregate consideration of approximately $29.5 million to accredited investors, and (ii) an aggregate of 78,306,611 shares of our Series C preferred stock for an aggregate consideration of approximately $30.4 million to accredited investors, in each case, pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 as a transaction not involving a public offering.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

(b)    Equity Grants.

Since January 1, 2017, the registrant granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 29,326,071 shares of its common stock, at a weighted average exercise price per share of $0.10, to employees, non-employees and directors in connection with services provided to the registrant by such parties.

The issuances of such stock options, the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of such options and such restricted shares of common stock were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with the registrant’s employees, directors and consultants, in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, or pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act, relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required.

(c)    Warrants

Since January 1, 2017, the registrant issued warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 23,491,979 shares of common stock to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction not involving a public offering.

(d)    Issuance of Notes

On March 14, 2018, the registrant issued up to $500,000 in aggregate principal amount of convertible promissory notes to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction not involving a public offering. On June 5, 2018, upon the closing of the Series B preferred stock financing, these convertible promissory notes, as well as accrued interest thereon, converted into 1,685,297 shares of Series B preferred stock.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)    Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibit

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended (currently in effect)
  3.2    Bylaws of the Registrant (currently in effect)
  3.3*    Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (to be effective upon the closing of this offering)
  3.4*    Form of Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (to be effective upon the closing of this offering)
  4.1    Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2020
  4.2*    Form of Stock Certificate evidencing the shares of common stock
  4.3    Form of Warrants to Purchase Common Stock, dated various dates, issued by the Registrant to various investors, together with a schedule of warrants and warrantholders
  5.1*    Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP
10.1#    2005 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and form of agreements thereunder
10.2#    2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and form of agreements thereunder
10.3#*    2020 Incentive Award Plan and form of agreements thereunder
10.4#*    Non-Employee Director Compensation Program
10.5#*    2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.6#*    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers of the Registrant
10.7    Lease Agreement between the Registrant and ARE-480 Arsenal St, LLC, dated August 14, 2007, as amended
10.8#*    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Maria Palasis, Ph.D.
10.9#*    Offer Letter between the Registrant and R. Don Elsey
10.10#*    Offer Letter between the Registrant and Laura Edgerly-Pflug
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1    Consent of BDO USA, LLP
23.2*    Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

 

#

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules. Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter, at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Watertown, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on this 6th day of March, 2020.

 

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Maria Palasis, Ph.D.

 

Maria Palasis, Ph.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned officers and directors of Lyra Therapeutics, Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint Maria Palasis, Ph.D. and R. Don Elsey, and each of them singly (with full power to each of them to act alone), our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in each of them for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Maria Palasis, Ph.D.

Maria Palasis, Ph.D.

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)   March 6, 2020

/s/ R. Don Elsey

R. Don Elsey

 

   Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)  

March 6, 2020

 

/s/ Michael Altman

Michael Altman

  

Director

 

 

March 6, 2020

 

/s/ Edward Anderson

Edward Anderson

  

Director

 

 

March 6, 2020

 

/s/ Robert S. Langer, Sc.D.

Robert S. Langer, Sc.D.

  

Director

 

 

March 6, 2020

 

/s/ C. Ann Merrifield

C. Ann Merrifield

  

Director

 

 

 

March 6, 2020

 

 

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Konstantin Poukalov

Konstantin Poukalov

  

Director

 

 

March 6, 2020

 

/s/ W. Bradford Smith

W. Bradford Smith

  

Director

 

 

March 6, 2020

 

/s/ George Whitesides, Ph.D.

George Whitesides, Ph.D.

  

Director

 

 

 

March 6, 2020

 

 

 

II-7

EX-3.1

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 12:28 PM 01/10/2020

FILED 12:28 PM 01/10/2020

SR 20200201657 - File Number 4064768

      Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Lyra Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”), does hereby certify as follows:

1. The name of the corporation is Lyra Therapeutics, Inc. The original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 21, 2005 under the corporate name WMR Biomedical, Inc.

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which amends, restates and integrates the provisions of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation (this “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law and by the written consent of its stockholders in accordance Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

3. This corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to provide as herein set forth in full.

FIRST: The name of the corporation is Lyra Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

SECOND: The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware, Zip Code 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is: The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

FOURTH: Effective immediately and automatically upon the filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Effective Time”), (i) each share of Series A-l Preferred Stock (as defined below) that was previously reclassified from Pre-Recapitalization Series A Preferred Stock (as defined below) outstanding or issued and held in treasury immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be reclassified into one share of Series A-l/A Preferred Stock (as defined below), (ii) each share of Series A-l Preferred Stock that was previously reclassified from Pre-Recapitalization Series B Preferred Stock (as defined below) outstanding or issued and held in treasury immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be reclassified into one share of Series A-l/B Preferred Stock (as defined below), and (iii) each share of Series A-l Preferred Stock that was previously reclassified from Pre-Recapitalization Series C Preferred Stock (as defined below) outstanding or issued and held in treasury immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be reclassified into one share of Series A-l/C Preferred Stock (as defined below).

 

- 1 -


The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is Six Hundred Ninety-Nine Million Three Hundred Thousand Two Hundred Eighty-Eight (699,300,288), of which (a) Four Hundred Million (400,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and (b) Two Hundred Ninety-Nine Million Three Hundred Thousand Two Hundred Eighty-Eight (299,300,288) shares shall be Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”), Seven Million Five Hundred Fifty-Four Thousand Six Hundred Fifty-Four (7,554,654) of which shall be designated Series A-1/A Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A-l/A Preferred Stock”), Ten Million Five Thousand Six Hundred Seventy-Seven (10,005,677) of which shall be designated Series A-l/B Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A-l/B Preferred Stock”), Sixteen Million Four Hundred Fifty-Six Thousand Seven Hundred Two (16,456,702) of which shall be designated Series A-l/C Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A-l/C Preferred Stock” and, together with the Series A-l/A Preferred Stock and the Series A-l/B Preferred Stock, the “Series A-l Preferred Stock”), Twenty-Six Million Six Hundred Eighty Thousand Two Hundred Two (26,680,202) of which shall be designated Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A-2 Preferred Stock”), Thirty Million Seventy Thousand Four Hundred Eighty-Seven (30,070,487) of which shall be designated Series A-3 Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A-3 Preferred Stock”), Nineteen Million Nine Hundred Ninety-Nine Thousand Nine Hundred Ninety-Nine (19,999,999) of which shall be designated Series A-4 Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A-4 Preferred Stock”), Ninety-Eight Million Three Hundred Fifty-One Thousand Nine Hundred Fifty-Three (98,351,953) of which shall be designated Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”), and Ninety Million One Hundred Eighty Thousand Six Hundred Fourteen (90,180,614) of which shall be designated Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”).

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

A)

COMMON STOCK

1. General. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock of any series as may be designated by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) upon any issuance of Preferred Stock of any series.

2. Voting. The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings). There shall be no cumulative voting.

The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b) of the General Corporation Law.

 

- 2 -


3. Dividends. Dividends may be declared and paid on Common Stock from funds lawfully available therefor as and when determined by the Board of Directors and subject to any preferential dividend rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.

4. Liquidation. Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive all assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, subject to any preferential rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.

 

B)

PREFERRED STOCK.

The Preferred Stock has the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations.

1. Dividends.

(a) The holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends in any fiscal year, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, provided that such dividend payable on the Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall not be lesser than the amount of any dividend to be paid on any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation. Any dividends may, at the option of the holder of Preferred Stock, be paid to such holder in such number of shares of Common Stock determined in accordance with the then effective Conversion Price (as defined below), as applicable.

(b) The Corporation shall not declare or pay any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless each of the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have first received, or there shall have been declared and set aside for payment, a cash dividend on each outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to the product of (i) the per share amount, if any, of the dividends to be declared, paid or set aside for the Common Stock, multiplied by (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Series C Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable, is then convertible.

(c) Thereafter, the Corporation shall not declare or pay any cash dividends on shares of Common Stock unless each of the holders of the Series A-4 Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock (as defined below) then outstanding shall have first received, or there shall have been declared and set aside for payment, a cash dividend on each outstanding share of Series A-4 Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock in an amount equal to the product of (i) the per share amount, if any, of the dividends to be declared, paid or set aside for the Common Stock, multiplied by (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Series A-4 Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock is then convertible.

2. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales.

 

- 3 -


(a) Liquidation Amount.

(i) Reference is hereby made to the Corporation’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation as it was amended and restated on August 25, 2011, whereby effective immediately and automatically upon the filing by the Corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware of such amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the “Recapitalization Effective Time”), (A) each share of the Corporation’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Pre-Recapitalization Series A Preferred Stock”), outstanding or issued and held in treasury immediately prior to the Recapitalization Effective Time was reclassified into one share of the Corporation’s Series A-l Preferred Stock, (B) each share of the Corporation’s Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Pre-Recapitalization Series B Preferred Stock”), outstanding or issued and held in treasury immediately prior to the Recapitalization Effective Time was reclassified into such number of shares of Series A-l Preferred Stock equal to the quotient of $1.43 divided by $1.32, and (C) each share of the Corporation’s Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Pre-Recapitalization Series C Preferred Stock”), outstanding or issued and held in treasury immediately prior to the Recapitalization Effective Time was reclassified into one share of Series A-l Preferred Stock.

(ii) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of the Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series A-l Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series A-3 Preferred Stock (together with the Series A-l Preferred Stock and the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, the “Junior Preferred Stock”), Series A-4 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series C Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount equal to the greater of (A) the Series C Per Share Liquidation Amount (as defined below) plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, and (B) such amount per share as would have been payable had each such share of Series C Preferred Stock (but no other shares of Preferred Stock) converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay each of the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock the full amount to which such holder shall be entitled, the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

(iii) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, following any payments made to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the holders of shares of the Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Junior Preferred Stock, Series A-4 Preferred Stock, the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series B Preferred Stock by reason of their

 

- 4 -


ownership thereof, an amount equal to the greater of (A) the Series B Per Share Liquidation Amount (as defined below) plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, and (B) such amount per share as would have been payable had each such share of Series B Preferred Stock (but no other shares of Preferred Stock) converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall, following payment to the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock under Section 2(a)(ii) above, be insufficient to pay each of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock the full amount to which such holder shall be entitled, the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and any class or series of stock ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Series B Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

(iv) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, following any payments made to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraphs, the holders of shares of the Series A-4 Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Junior Preferred Stock, the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series A-4 Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount equal to the greater of (A) the Series A-4 Per Share Liquidation Amount (as defined below) plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, and (B) such amount per share as would have been payable had each such share of Series A-4 Preferred Stock converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, subject to the Liquidation Cap (as defined below). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall, following payment to the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock under Sections 2(a)(ii) and (iii) above, be insufficient to pay each of the holders of the Series A-4 Preferred Stock the full amount to which such holder shall be entitled, the holders of the Series A-4 Preferred Stock and any class or series of stock ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Series A-4 Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

(v) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, following any payments made to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series A-4 Preferred Stock pursuant to the preceding paragraphs, the holders of shares of the Junior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of the Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Junior Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount equal to (A) in the case of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the greater of (I) the applicable Series A-1 Per Share Liquidation Amount (as defined below) plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (II) such amount per share as would have

 

- 5 -


been payable had each such share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, (B) in the case of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, the greater of (I) the Series A-2 Per Share Liquidation Amount (as defined below) plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (II) such amount per share as would have been payable had each such share of Series A-2 Preferred Stock converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and (C) in the case of the Series A-3 Preferred Stock, the greater of (I) the Series A-3 Per Share Liquidation Amount (as defined below) plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (II) such amount per share as would have been payable had each such share of Series A-3 Preferred Stock converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up. In calculating whether a particular series of Junior Preferred Stock would receive upon conversion more than its stated liquidation amount, the conversion of each other series of Junior Preferred Stock is to be assumed if and only if such other series of Junior Preferred Stock would receive upon such conversion more than its stated liquidation amount. The combined aggregate Series A-4 Per Share Liquidation Amount and Junior Preferred Liquidation Amount payable pursuant to Section 2(a)(iv) and Section 2(a)(v) shall not exceed forty eight million dollars ($48,000,000) (the “Liquidation Cap”). The aggregate Series A-1 Per Share Liquidation Amount payable pursuant to clause (A) of this Section 2(a)(v) shall in no event exceed $29,806,552. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay each of the holders of the Junior Preferred Stock the full amount to which such holder shall be entitled, the holders of the Junior Preferred Stock and any class or series of stock ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Junior Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

(vi) For purposes of this Article FOURTH, the following definitions shall apply:

(A) “Junior Preferred Liquidation Amount” means, collectively, the Series A-1 Per Share Liquidation Amount, Series A-2 Per Share Liquidation Amount, and Series A-3 Per Share Liquidation Amount;

(B) “Series A-1 Per Share Liquidation Amount” means, at a time of determination:

(1) for each share of Series A-1/A Preferred Stock, $0.4058 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date hereof and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Series A-1/A Preferred Stock);

(2) for each share of Series A-1/B Preferred Stock, $0.4503 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date hereof and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Series A-1/B Preferred Stock); and

 

- 6 -


(3) for each share of Series A-1/C Preferred Stock, $0.4002 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date hereof and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Series A-1/C Preferred Stock);

(C) “Series A-2 Per Share Liquidation Amount” means $0.3397 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date hereof and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock);

(D) “Series A-3 Per Share Liquidation Amount” means $0.6245 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date hereof and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Series A-3 Preferred Stock);

(E) “Series A-4 Per Share Liquidation Amount” means $0.30 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date hereof and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Series A-4 Preferred Stock);

(F) “Series B Per Share Liquidation Amount” means $0.30 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date hereof and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock); and

(G) “Series C Per Share Liquidation Amount” means $0.38811 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date hereof and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock).

(vii) Any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition, whether voluntarily or by operation of law (collectively, “Transfer”), of any shares of Preferred Stock shall be void and shall transfer no right, title, or interest in or to such shares to the purported transferee (the “Transferee”) unless prior to such Transfer the purported transferor (the “Transferor”) of such shares delivers to the Secretary of the Corporation written notice of such Transfer (the “Transfer Notice”). The Transfer Notice shall specify: (i) the name and address of the Transferee and (ii) the number of shares of Preferred Stock subject to the Transfer.

(b) After the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A-4 Preferred Stock, Junior Preferred Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A-4 Preferred Stock, or Junior Preferred Stock, upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, any remaining assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the then outstanding Common Stock, pro rata according to the number of shares of Common Stock held by such holders.

 

- 7 -


(c) A merger or consolidation in which the Corporation is a constituent party (except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation in which the holders of capital stock of the Corporation immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold immediately following such merger or consolidation a majority by voting power of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such resulting or surviving corporation, in each case in substantially the same proportions as such stockholders held the outstanding stock of the Corporation immediately prior thereto), or the sale, conveyance, lease, or other transfer (including by an irrevocable, exclusive, worldwide license having a duration of not less than the then-remaining life of the patents included in such license) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation (except where such sale, conveyance, lease or other transfer is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation) shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation for purposes of this Section 2 unless (A) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock voting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis, and (B) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock voting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis, elect otherwise by giving written notice thereof to the Corporation before the effective date of such event. The Corporation shall promptly provide to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock such information concerning the terms of such merger, consolidation, sale, conveyance, lease or other transfer (including by an irrevocable, exclusive, worldwide license having a duration of not less than the then-remaining life of the patents included in such license) and the value of the assets of the Corporation in order to assist the holders of shares of Preferred Stock in determining whether to make such an election. The amount deemed distributed to the holders of Preferred Stock or Common Stock in connection with a transaction referred to in this Section 2(c) shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or other securities distributed to such holders by the acquiring person, firm or other entity, or in the case of a sale, conveyance, lease or other transfer (including by an irrevocable, exclusive, worldwide license having a duration of not less than the then-remaining life of the patents included in such license) of assets, shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or other securities distributed to such holder of capital stock of the Corporation in a dividend relating to such transaction. The value or property, rights or other securities shall be determined by and in the good faith discretion of the Board of Directors. Payment of preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Preferred Stock shall constitute a redemption of such Preferred Stock, and after such payment such shares of Preferred Stock shall cease to be outstanding for any purpose.

3. Voting.

(a) Each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are then convertible (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 4 hereof), at each meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (and written actions of stockholders in lieu of meetings) with respect to any and all matters presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration. Except as provided by law, or as otherwise set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class on any actions to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

- 8 -


(b) In addition to any other vote required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series A-l Preferred Stock then outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, amend or repeal the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in a manner that adversely affects the holders of the Series A-l Preferred Stock.

(c) In addition to any other vote required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock then outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, amend or repeal the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in a manner that adversely affects the holders of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock.

(d) In addition to any other vote required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the shares of Series A-3 Preferred Stock then outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, amend or repeal the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A-3 Preferred Stock set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in a manner that adversely affects the holders of the Series A-3 Preferred Stock.

(e) In addition to any other vote required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the shares of Series A-4 Preferred Stock then outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, amend or repeal the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A-4 Preferred Stock set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in a manner that adversely affects the holders of the Series A-4 Preferred Stock.

(f) In addition to any other vote required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, amend or repeal the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series B Preferred Stock set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in a manner that adversely affects the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock.

(g) In addition to any other vote required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, amend or repeal the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series C Preferred Stock set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in a manner that adversely affects the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock.

 

- 9 -


(h) The holders of record of the shares of Series A-3 Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Series A-3 Director”); the holders of record of the shares of Series A-4 Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Series A-4 Director”); the holders of record of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Series B Director,”); and the holders of record of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Series C Director,” and, together with the Series A-3 Director, the Series A-4 Director and the Series B Director, the “Preferred Directors”). Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed with or without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. If the holders of shares of Series A-3 Preferred Stock, Series A-4 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Series C Preferred Stock, as the case may be, fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first sentence of this Subsection 3(h), then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Series A-3 Preferred Stock, Series A-4 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Series C Preferred Stock, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Preferred Stock), voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection 3(h), a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Subsection 3(h). The rights of the holders of the Series A-3 Preferred Stock under the first sentence of this Subsection 3(h) shall terminate on the first date following the Series C Original Issue Date (as defined below) on which there are issued and outstanding less than Twenty Two Million Five Hundred Fifty-Two Thousand Eight Hundred Sixty-Five (22,552,865) shares of Series A-3 Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A-3 Preferred Stock). The rights of the holders of the Series A-4 Preferred Stock under the first sentence of this Subsection 3(h) shall terminate on the first date following the Series C Original Issue Date (as defined below) on which there are issued and outstanding less than Fourteen Million Nine Hundred Ninety-Nine Thousand Nine Hundred Ninety-Nine 14,999,999 shares of Series A-4 Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A-4 Preferred Stock). The rights of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock under the first sentence of this Subsection 3(h) shall terminate on the first date following the Series C Original Issue Date (as

 

- 10 -


defined below) on which there are issued and outstanding less than Seven Million (7,000,000) shares of Series B Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock). The rights of the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock under the first sentence of this Subsection 3(h) shall terminate on the first date following the Series C Original Issue Date (as defined below) on which there are issued and outstanding less than Seven Million (7,000,000) shares of Series C Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock).

(i) In addition to any other rights provided by law, so long as at least Seven Million (7,000,000) shares of Series C Preferred Stock (such number to be proportionately adjusted in the event of any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or similar events occurring after the date hereof and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the prior written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis, take any of the following actions (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise):

(i) effect or obligate itself to effect, any merger, sale, lease, assignment, transfer or other conveyance (including by an irrevocable, exclusive, worldwide license having a duration of not less than the then-remaining life of the patents included in such license) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or any consolidation, merger or reorganization involving the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof, or any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation;

(ii) authorize or issue any new or existing class or classes or series of capital stock having any preference or priority as to dividends, liquidation preferences or redemption rights superior to or on a parity with the Series C Preferred Stock, or authorize or issue shares of stock of the Corporation of any class or any bonds, debentures, notes or other obligations convertible into or exchangeable for, or having rights to purchase, any shares of stock of the Corporation having any preference or priority as to dividends, liquidation preferences or redemption rights superior to or on a parity with the Series C Preferred Stock;

(iii) amend or delete any provision of, or add any provision to, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

(iv) purchase or redeem or pay any dividend on any capital stock prior to the Series C Preferred Stock;

(v) increase the number of shares of Common Stock available to be granted to employees, directors or consultants of the Corporation pursuant to any of the Corporation’s equity incentive plans, except as provided in any such plan that has been approved either by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors;

(vi) enter into any transaction with any affiliate of the Corporation (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (as defined below)) except for compensation and expense reimbursement arrangements with officers and outside directors in the ordinary course of business;

 

- 11 -


(vii) grant any contractual rights to register shares of the Company’s capital stock under the Securities Act (other than pursuant to the Seventh Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated on or about the date this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, by and among the Corporation and the other parties named therein, as such Seventh Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms (the “Investor Rights Agreement”);

(viii) reclassify any shares of capital stock of the Corporation; or

(ix) change the number of seats on the Board of Directors from eight (8) to any other number.

(j) In addition to any other rights provided by law, so long as at least Twenty Million (20,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock (such number to be proportionately adjusted in the event of any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or similar events occurring after the date hereof and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the prior written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis, take any of the following actions (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise):

(i) effect or obligate itself to effect, any merger, sale, lease, assignment, transfer or other conveyance (including by an irrevocable, exclusive, worldwide license having a duration of not less than the then-remaining life of the patents included in such license) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or any consolidation, merger or reorganization involving the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof, or any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation;

(ii) authorize or issue any new or existing class or classes or series of capital stock having any preference or priority as to dividends, liquidation preferences or redemption rights superior to or on a parity with the Preferred Stock, or authorize or issue shares of stock of the Corporation of any class or any bonds, debentures, notes or other obligations convertible into or exchangeable for, or having rights to purchase, any shares of stock of the Corporation having any preference or priority as to dividends, liquidation preferences or redemption rights superior to or on a parity with the Preferred Stock;

(iii) amend or delete any provision of, or add any provision to, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

(iv) increase the number of shares of Common Stock available to be granted to employees, directors or consultants of the Corporation pursuant to any of the Corporation’s equity incentive plans, except as provided in any such plan that has been approved either by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors;

 

- 12 -


(v) enter into any transaction with any affiliate of the Corporation (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (as defined below)) except for compensation and expense reimbursement arrangements with officers and outside directors in the ordinary course of business;

(vi) grant any contractual rights to register shares of the Company’s capital stock under the Securities Act (other than pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement);

(vii) reclassify any shares of capital stock of the Corporation; or

(viii) increase or decrease the size of the Board of Directors.

As used in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission issued under such Act, as they each may, from time to time, be in effect.

4. Optional Conversion. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

(a) Right to Convert. Each share of Series A-l Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $0.4162 (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date hereof and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Series A-l Preferred Stock) by the Series A-l Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. Each share of Series A-2 Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $0.3397 (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date hereof and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock) by the Series A-2 Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. Each share of Series A-3 Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $0.6245 (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date hereof and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Series A-3 Preferred Stock) by the Series A-3 Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. Each share of Series A-4 Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $0.30 (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date hereof and affecting the number of issued and

 

- 13 -


outstanding shares of Series A-4 Preferred Stock) by the Series A-4 Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $0.30 (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date hereof and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock) by the Series B Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $0.38811 (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date hereof and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock) by the Series C Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series A-l Conversion Price” shall mean $0.4162 at the date hereof, the “Series A-2 Conversion Price” shall mean $0.3397 at the date hereof, the “Series A-3 Conversion Price” shall mean $0.6245 at the date hereof, the “Series A-4 Conversion Price” shall mean $0.30 at the date hereof, the “Series B Conversion Price” shall mean $0.30 at the date hereof, and the “Series C Conversion Price” shall mean $0.38811 at the date hereof. The “Conversion Price” shall mean, collectively, the Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, and Series C Conversion Price, as applicable. Such initial Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, and Series C Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series A-l Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series A-3 Preferred Stock, Series A-4 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

(i) In the event of a notice of redemption of any shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 6 hereof, the Conversion Rights of the shares designated for redemption shall terminate at the close of business on the full day preceding the date fixed for redemption, unless the redemption price is not fully paid when due, in which case the Conversion Rights for such shares shall continue until such price is paid in full. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the second full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

(b) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then effective Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price or Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be.

 

- 14 -


(c) Mechanics of Conversion.

(i) In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent. Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The date of receipt of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) shall be the conversion date (“Conversion Date”), and such conversion shall be effective at the close of business on the Conversion Date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Date, issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled, together with cash in lieu of any fraction of a share.

(ii) The Corporation shall at all times when any Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A-l Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series A-3 Preferred Stock, Series A-4 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Series C Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price.

 

- 15 -


(iii) Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

(iv) All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and to vote, shall immediately cease and terminate at the close of business on the Conversion Date, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided above and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon as of the close of business on the Conversion Date. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and shall not be reissued, and the Corporation (without the need for stockholder action) may from time to time take such appropriate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of such series of Preferred Stock accordingly.

(v) The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

(d) Adjustments to Conversion Prices for Diluting Issues:

(i) Special Definitions. For purposes of this Article FOURTH, the following definitions shall apply:

(A) “Option” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(B) “Series C Original Issue Date” shall mean the first date on which a share of Series C Preferred Stock was issued.

(C) “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(D) “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4(d)(iii) below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Series C Original Issue Date other than:

(I) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities or exercise of any Options outstanding on the Series C Original Issue Date;

 

- 16 -


(II) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock;

(III) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Subsection 4(e) or 4(f) below;

(IV) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in a firm underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

(V) shares of Common Stock (or Options or Convertible Securities with respect thereto) authorized for issuance as of November 9, 2016 under the Corporation’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2005 Plan”), and the Corporation’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2016 Plan”, and together with the 2005 Plan, the “Plans”), that are issued or deemed issued to employees or directors of, or consultants to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to the Plans, or any additional shares of Common Stock (or Options or Convertible Securities with respect thereto) authorized for issuance pursuant to any amendment to the Plans, or pursuant to any other plan, agreement or arrangement, that are issued or deemed issued to such employees, directors or consultants, provided that any such amendment or other plan, agreement or arrangement has been approved by a majority of the Board of Directors (which majority must include a majority of the Preferred Directors);

(VI) shares of Common Stock (or Options or Convertible Securities with respect thereto) issued solely in consideration for the acquisition (whether by merger or otherwise) by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of any other entity; provided that such transaction, and the issuance of shares in connection therewith, has been approved by a majority of the Board of Directors (which majority must include a majority of the Preferred Directors);

(VII) shares of Common Stock (or Options or Convertible Securities with respect thereto) issued or issuable to financial institutions or lessors in connection with commercial credit agreements, equipment financings or similar transactions; provided that such transaction, and the issuance of shares in connection therewith, has been approved by a majority of the Board of Directors (which majority must include a majority of the Preferred Directors);

(VIII) shares of Common Stock (or Options or Convertible Securities with respect thereto) issued or issuable in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements and technology transfer or development arrangements; provided that such strategic transactions, and the issuance of shares in connection therewith, has been approved by a majority of the Board of Directors (which majority must include a majority of the Preferred Directors); or

 

- 17 -


(IX) shares of Common Stock (or Options or Convertible Securities with respect thereto) issued or issuable pursuant to that certain Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, by and among the Corporation and the investors party thereto, as amended from time to time.

(ii) No Adjustment of Conversion Prices. No adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock into which the Series A-l Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series A-3 Preferred Stock, Series A-4 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Series C Preferred Stock, respectively, is convertible shall be made, by adjustment in the Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price thereof: (a) unless the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4(d)(vi)) for an Additional Share of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less than the Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the issue of such Additional Shares of Common Stock, or (b) if prior to such issuance, the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A-l Preferred Stock, the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A-3 Preferred Stock, the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A-4 Preferred Stock, the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, or the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, as the case may be, agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(iii) Issue of Securities Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock. If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series C Original Issue Date shall issue any Options (excluding Options covered by Subsection 4(d)(i)(D)(I), (IV), (V), (VI) and (VII) above) or Convertible Securities (excluding Convertible Securities covered by Subsection 4(d)(i)(D)(I), (V), (VI) and (VII) above) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which Additional Shares of Common Stock are deemed to be issued:

(A) No adjustment or further adjustment in the Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

 

- 18 -


(B) If such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, the Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities;

(C) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option, the affected Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price shall be readjusted to the Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price that would be in effect had such Option never been issued, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed issued as the result of the original issue of such Option shall not be deemed issued for the purposes of any subsequent adjustment of the affected Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price;

(D) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security, including, but not limited to, a change resulting from the anti-dilution provisions thereof (but excluding any change resulting from any events resulting in changes under Section 4(e) or 4(f) below), the Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price then in effect shall forthwith be readjusted to such Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price as would have obtained had the adjustment which was made upon the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security not exercised or converted prior to such change been made upon the basis of such change; and

(E) No readjustment pursuant to clause (B), (C) or (D) above shall have the effect of increasing the Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) such Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price on the original adjustment date, or (ii) the Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

In the event the Corporation, after the Series C Original Issue Date, amends the terms of any such Options or Convertible Securities (whether such Options or Convertible Securities were outstanding as of the Series C Original Issue Date or were issued after the Series C Original Issue Date), then such Options or Convertible Securities, as so amended, shall be deemed to have been issued after the Series C Original Issue Date and the provisions of this Subsection 4(d)(iii) shall apply.

 

- 19 -


(iv) Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series C Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4(d)(iii), but excluding shares issued as a stock split or combination as provided in Subsection 4(e) or upon a dividend or distribution as provided in Subsection 4(f)), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then and in such event, such Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying the Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock by a fraction, (A) the numerator of which shall be (1) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue (calculated assuming conversion of all issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock as well as all other issued and outstanding Convertible Securities, and the exercise, exchange or conversion of all then outstanding Options) plus (2) the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received or to be received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at the Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock; and (B) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue (calculated assuming conversion of all issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock as well as all other issued and outstanding Convertible Securities, and the exercise, exchange or conversion of all then outstanding Options) plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued; provided that, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed issuable upon exercise or conversion of such outstanding Options and Convertible Securities shall not give effect to any adjustments to the conversion price or conversion rate of such Options or Convertible Securities resulting from the issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock that is the subject of this calculation.

(v) [Reserved.]

(vi) Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Subsection 4(d), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(A) Cash and Property: Such consideration shall:

(I) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

- 20 -


(II) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

(III) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (I) and (II) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(B) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4(d)(iii), relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

(I) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

(II) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(vii) Multiple Closing Dates. In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock which are comprised of shares of the same series or class of Preferred Stock, and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than one hundred eighty (180) days, then, upon the final such issuance, the Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price shall be adjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the final such issuance (and without giving effect to any adjustments as a result of such prior issuances within such period).

(e) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series C Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock without a comparable subdivision of the Series A-l Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series A-3 Preferred Stock, Series A-4 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Series C Preferred Stock, the Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price then in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock

 

- 21 -


issuable on conversion of each share of Series A-l Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series A-3 Preferred Stock, Series A-4 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Series C Preferred Stock shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series C Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock without a comparable combination of the Series A-l Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series A-3 Preferred Stock, Series A-4 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Series C Preferred Stock, the Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price then in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this paragraph shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(f) Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time, or from time to time after the Series C Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price then in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

(i) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock actually issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

(ii) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock actually issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution to the holders of Common Stock; provided, however, that if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this paragraph as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and provided further, however, that no such adjustment shall be made with respect to the Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price if the holders of Series A-l Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series A-3 Preferred Stock, Series A-4 Preferred Stock, Series B

 

- 22 -


Preferred Stock, or Series C Preferred Stock, as the case may be, simultaneously receive (i) a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Series A-l Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series A-3 Preferred Stock, Series A-4 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Series C Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event or (ii) a dividend or other distribution of shares of Series A-l Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series A-3 Preferred Stock, Series A-4 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Series C Preferred Stock which are convertible, as of the date of such event, into such number of shares of Common Stock as is equal to the number of additional shares of Common Stock being issued with respect to each share of Common Stock in such dividend or distribution.

(g) Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series C Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation other than shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event each holder of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities in an amount equal to the amount of such securities as such holder would have received if all shares of Preferred Stock owned by such holder had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

(h) Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange, or Substitution. If the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification, or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend provided for above, or a reorganization, merger, consolidation, or sale of assets provided for below), then and in each such event the holder of each such share of Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such share into the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable, upon such reorganization, reclassification, or other change, by holders of the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock might have been converted immediately prior to such reorganization, reclassification, or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.

(i) Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc. In case of any consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to another corporation (other than a consolidation, merger or sale which is covered by Subsection 2(c)), each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible (or shall be converted into a security which shall be convertible) into the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation deliverable upon conversion of such Preferred Stock would have been entitled upon such consolidation, merger or sale; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 set forth with respect to the rights and interest thereafter of the holders of Preferred Stock to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Series A- 1 Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4

 

- 23 -


Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares of stock or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Series A-l Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series A-3 Preferred Stock, Series A-4 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Series C Preferred Stock.

(j) No Impairment. The Corporation will not, by amendment of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Section 4 by the Corporation, without the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, consenting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock against impairment.

(k) Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a similar certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Series A-l Conversion Price, Series A-2 Conversion Price, Series A-3 Conversion Price, Series A-4 Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, or Series C Conversion Price then in effect, and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which then would be received upon the conversion of Series A-l Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series A-3 Preferred Stock, Series A-4 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Series C Preferred Stock.

(1) Notice of Record Date. In the event:

(i) that the Corporation declares a dividend (or any other distribution) on its Common Stock payable in Common Stock or other securities of the Corporation;

(ii) that the Corporation subdivides or combines its outstanding shares of Common Stock;

(iii) of any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation (other than a subdivision or combination of its outstanding shares of Common Stock or a stock dividend or stock distribution thereon), or of any consolidation or merger of the Corporation into or with another corporation, or of the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation; or

 

- 24 -


(iv) of the involuntary or voluntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation;

then the Corporation shall use reasonable efforts to cause to be filed at its principal office or at the office of the transfer agent of the Preferred Stock, and shall cause to be mailed to the holders of the Preferred Stock or such transfer agent, at least ten (10) days prior to the date specified in (A) below or twenty (20) days before the date specified in (B) below, a notice stating

(A) the record date of such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination, or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination are to be determined, or

(B) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution or winding up; provided, however, that the Corporation’s failure to provide any notice required under this Section 4(1) after using reasonable efforts shall not be deemed a default, breach or violation of this Section 4(1).

5. Mandatory Conversion.

(a) Upon the earlier of (i) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock in a firm underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000) (net of any underwriting discount and commissions) to the Corporation or (ii) a date agreed to in writing by a vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis (each a “Mandatory Conversion Event”), all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate.

(b) All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be given written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Event and the place and date (the “Mandatory Conversion Date”) designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5. Such notice need not be given in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Event. Such notice shall be sent by first class or registered mail, postage prepaid, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, to each record holder of Preferred Stock. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall surrender his or its certificate or certificates for all such shares to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 5. On the Mandatory Conversion Date, all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Common Stock, which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to the Preferred Stock so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock) will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor, to

 

- 25 -


receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock has been converted, and payment of any declared but unpaid dividends thereon. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his or its attorney duly authorized in writing. As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Date and the surrender of the certificate or certificates for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall cause to be issued and delivered to such holder, or on his or its written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and cash as provided in Subsection 4(b) in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

(c) All certificates evidencing shares of Preferred Stock which are required to be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, from and after the Mandatory Conversion Date, be deemed to have been retired and cancelled and the shares of Preferred Stock represented thereby converted into Common Stock for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender such certificates on or prior to such date. Such converted Preferred Stock may not be reissued, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

6. Redemption.

(a) Unless prohibited by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders, the Preferred Stock shall, if required as set forth below, be redeemed by the Corporation at a price per share equal to the applicable Redemption Price (as defined below). As used in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, “Redemption Price” means in the case of the Series A-l Preferred Stock, $0.4162 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date hereof and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Series A-l Preferred Stock) plus all declared but unpaid dividends, in the case of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, $0.3397 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date hereof and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock) plus all declared but unpaid dividends, in the case of the Series A-3 Preferred Stock, $0.6245 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date hereof and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Series A-3 Preferred Stock) plus all declared but unpaid dividends, in the case of the Series A-4 Preferred Stock, $0.30 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date hereof and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Series A-4 Preferred Stock) plus all declared but unpaid dividends, in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, $0.30 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date hereof and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock) plus all declared but unpaid dividends, and in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock, $0.38811 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split,

 

- 26 -


combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date hereof and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock) plus all declared but unpaid dividends. Such redemption shall occur in three annual equal installments commencing sixty (60) days after receipt by the Corporation, at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the Series C Original Issue Date, of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of Preferred Stock from the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, as follows (which must include at least 50% of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and 50% of the then-outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock):

(i) on the sixtieth (60th) day after receipt by the Corporation of the written notice described in Section 6(a), the Corporation shall redeem one-third of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding;

(ii) on the one-year anniversary of the redemption made pursuant to Section 6(a)(i) above, the Corporation shall redeem fifty percent (50%) of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding; and

(iii) on the one-year anniversary of the redemption made pursuant to Section 6(a)(ii) above, the Corporation shall redeem all of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding.

The date of each redemption pursuant to Section 6(a) is referred to as a “Redemption Date”. On each Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem the number of shares of Preferred Stock determined as set forth in this Section 6(a) on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of shares of Preferred Stock owned by each holder of Preferred Stock. Upon receipt of a redemption request, the Company shall apply all of its assets to any such redemption, and to no other corporate purpose, except to the extent prohibited by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders. If on any Redemption Date Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders prevents the Corporation from redeeming all of the Preferred Stock to be redeemed on any Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Preferred Stock, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the Corporation were able to redeem all such shares under such law and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as it may lawfully do so under such law.

(b) Written notice of the mandatory redemption (the “Redemption Notice”) shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to each holder of record of Preferred Stock, not less than thirty (30) days prior to each Redemption Date. Each Redemption Notice shall state:

(i) the number of shares of each class of Preferred Stock held by the holder that the Corporation shall redeem on the Redemption Date specified in the Redemption Notice;

(ii) the Redemption Date and the Redemption Price;

(iii) the date upon which the holder’s right to convert such shares terminates (as determined in accordance with Section 4(a)); and

 

- 27 -


(iv) that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

(c) Surrender of Certificates; Payment. On or before the applicable Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, unless such holder has exercised his right to convert such shares as provided in Section 4 hereof, shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares to the Corporation (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof, and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled and retired. In the event less than all of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares of Preferred Stock shall promptly be issued to such holder.

(d) Rights Subsequent to Redemption. If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the applicable Redemption Date the Redemption Price payable upon redemption of the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment, then whether or not the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Preferred Stock so called for redemption have been surrendered, dividends with respect to such shares of Preferred Stock shall cease to accrue after such Redemption Date and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor.

(e) Any shares of Preferred Stock redeemed pursuant to this Section 6 will be cancelled and will not under any circumstances be reissued, sold or transferred and the Corporation may from time to time take such appropriate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

7. Waiver. Except where a different vote is specified in the Certificate of Incorporation or required by the General Corporation Law, any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of a series of Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of such series of Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of such series of Preferred Stock then outstanding.

8. Notices. Any notice required by the provisions hereof to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed sent to such holder if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to such holder at his, her or its address appearing on the books of the Corporation or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of General Corporation Law.

 

-28-


FIFTH: The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

SIXTH: Meetings of shareholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the bylaws provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at the main office of the Corporation or such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the bylaws of the Corporation. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the Corporation so provide.

SEVENTH: The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to exercise all powers granted to the directors by law except insofar as such powers are limited or denied herein or in the bylaws of the Corporation. In furtherance of such powers, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation.

EIGHTH: A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. If the General Corporation Law is amended after the effective date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law. No amendment, modification or repeal of this Article shall adversely affect the rights and protection afforded to a director of the Corporation under this Article for acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment modification or repeal.

NINTH: The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law, as amended from time to time, indemnify each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom.

Indemnification may include payment by the Corporation in defending an action or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of any undertaking by the person indemnified to repay such payment if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification under this Article, which undertaking may be accepted without reference to the financial ability of such person to make such repayments.

 

- 29 -


The Corporation shall not indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless the initiation thereof was approved by the Board of Directors.

The indemnifications rights provided in this Article (A) shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any law, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, and (B) shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such persons. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by its Board of Directors, grant indemnification rights to other employees or agents of the Corporation or other persons serving the Corporation and such rights may be equivalent to, or greater or less than, those set forth in this Article.

Any person seeking indemnification under this Article shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the contrary shall be established.

Any amendment or repeal of the provisions of this Article shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of this Corporation with respect to any act or omission of such director or officer occurring prior to such amendment or appeal.

TENTH: The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

ELEVENTH: The Corporation reserves the right at any time, and from time to time, to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and to add or insert other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force, in the manner now or hereafter prescribe by law; and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the rights reserved in this Article.

 

- 30 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer on this 10th day of January, 2020.

 

/s/ Maria Palasis

Name:   Maria Palasis
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer,
Lyra Therapeutics, Inc.


State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporation

Delivered 11:55 AM 02/10/2020

FILED 11:55 AM 02/10/2020

SR 20201614973 - File Number 4064768

     

CERTIFICATE OF VALIDATION

OF

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Pursuant to Section 204 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

Lyra Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), certifies that:

1. The defective corporate act that is the subject of this Certificate of Validation is the filing and effectiveness of the Certificate of Amendment of the Corporation, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 16, 2011 (the “Certificate of Amendment”).

2. The nature of the failure of authorization in respect of the filing and effectiveness of the Certificate of Amendment was the failure of the Certificate of Amendment to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon in accordance with Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

3. The filing and effectiveness of the Certificate of Amendment was duly ratified in accordance with Section 204 of the DGCL pursuant to resolutions of the (i) Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted at a meeting on January 10, 2020 and (ii) stockholders of the Corporation adopted on January 10, 2020, with the stockholders acting by written consent in lieu of a meeting in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

4. The Certificate of Amendment was previously filed under Section 103 of the DGCL on November 16, 2011 and no changes are required to give effect to the defective corporate acts that are the subject of this Certificate of Validation. A copy of the Certificate of Amendment as previously filed is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

In witness whereof, Lyra Therapeutics, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Validation to be signed by its duly authorized officer on January 14, 2020.

 

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Maria Palasis

Name:   Maria Palasis
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT


     

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 09:23 AM 11/16/2011

FILED 09:10 AM 11/16/2011

SRV 111201289 – 4064768 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ARSENAL VASCULAR, INC.

Arsenal Vascular, Inc. (hereinafter called the (“Corporation”), organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify as follows:

The Board of Directors of the Corporation duly adopted by written consent a resolution, pursuant to Section 141(f) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, setting forth an amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, and declaring said amendment to be advisable. The stockholders of the Corporation duly approved said proposed amendment in accordance with Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by written consent. The resolution setting forth the amendment is as follows:

RESOLVED: That the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “Certificate”) be amended as follows:

Article FIRST of the Certificate is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

FIRST” The name of the Corporation is 480 Biomedical, Inc. (the “corporation”).


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this amendment to its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed of this 16th day on November, 2011.

 

ARSENAL VASCULAR, INC.
By:  

/s/ Earl M. Collier, Jr.

  Name: Earl M. Collier, Jr.
  Title: President
EX-3.2

Exhibit 3.2

BYLAWS

OF

ARSENAL MEDICAL, INC.

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

SECTION 1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at the principal office of the corporation or at such other place as may be named in the notice.

SECTION 2. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held on such date and at such hour and place as the directors or an officer designated by the directors may determine. If the annual meeting is not held on the date designated therefor, the directors shall cause the meeting to be held as soon thereafter as convenient.

SECTION 3. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time by the President, the Chairman of the Board, if any, or the Board of Directors, or by the Secretary or any other officer upon the written request of one or more stockholders holding of record at least a majority of the outstanding shares of stock of the corporation entitled to vote at such meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

SECTION 4. Notice of Meetings. Except where some other notice is required by law, written notice of each meeting of stockholders, stating the place, date and hour thereof and the purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given by or under the direction of the Secretary, not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date fixed for such meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting of record at the close of business on the day fixed by the Board of Directors as a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting or, if no such date has been fixed, of record at the close of business on the day before the day on which notice is given. Notice shall be given personally to each stockholder or left at his or her residence or usual place of business or mailed postage prepaid and addressed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears upon the records of the corporation. In case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of the Secretary, such notice may be given by a person designated either by the Secretary or by the person or persons calling the meeting or by the Board of Directors. A waiver of such notice in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice. Except as required by statute, notice of any adjourned meeting of the stockholders shall not be required.


SECTION 5. Voting List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by this section or the books of the corporation, or to vote at any meeting of stockholders.

SECTION 6. Quorum of Stockholders. At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority in interest of all stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote upon a question to be considered at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the consideration of such question, but a smaller group may adjourn any meeting from time to time. When a quorum is present at any meeting, a majority of the stock represented thereat and entitled to vote shall, except where a larger vote is required by law, by the certificate of incorporation, or by these bylaws, decide any question brought before such meeting. Any election by stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the vote cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election.

SECTION 7. Proxies and Voting. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock held of record by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless said proxy provides for a longer period. Persons holding stock in a fiduciary capacity shall be entitled to vote the shares so held, and persons whose stock is pledged shall be entitled to vote, unless in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the corporation the pledgee shall have been expressly empowered to vote thereon, in which case only the pledgee or the pledgee’s proxy may represent said stock and vote thereon. Shares of the capital stock of the corporation belonging to the corporation or to another corporation, a majority of whose shares entitled to vote in the election of directors is owned by the corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes.

SECTION 8. Conduct of Meeting. Meetings of the stockholders shall be presided over by one of the following officers in the order of seniority and if present and acting: the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, a Vice-President, or, if none of the foregoing is in office and present and acting, a chairman to be chosen by the stockholders. The Secretary of the corporation, if present, or an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present the chairman of the meeting shall appoint a secretary of the meeting.

SECTION 9. Action Without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders or by proxy for the holders of outstanding stock having not less

 

2


than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on such action were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

SECTION 1. General Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, who may exercise all of the powers of the corporation which are not by law required to be exercised by the stockholders. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

SECTION 2. Number; Election; Tenure and Qualification. The number of initial Directors shall be fixed by the incorporator, and the initial Board of Directors shall be elected by the incorporator. Thereafter, the number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors, but in no event shall be less than one. Each director shall be elected by the stockholders at the annual meeting and all directors shall hold office until the next annual meeting and until their successors are elected and qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal. The number of directors may be increased or decreased by action of the Board of Directors. Directors need not be stockholders of the corporation.

SECTION 3. Enlargement of the Board. The number of the Board of Directors may be increased at any time, such increase to be effective immediately, by vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

SECTION 4. Vacancies. Unless and until filled by the stockholders, any vacancy in the Board of Directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of the Board and an unfilled vacancy resulting from the removal of any director for cause or without cause, may be filled by vote of a majority of the directors then in office although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, or removal. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have the power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective. If at any time there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

SECTION 5. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt by the President or Secretary.

 

3


SECTION 6. Removal. Except as may otherwise be provided by the General Corporation Law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, at an annual meeting or at a special meeting called for that purpose, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. The vacancy or vacancies thus created may be filled by the stockholders at the meeting held for the purpose of removal or, if not so filled, by the directors in the manner provided in Section 4 of this Article II.

SECTION 7. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

Any such committee may fix its rules of procedure and fix the time and place, whether within or without the State of Delaware, of its meetings and specify what notice thereof, if any, shall be given, unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise by resolution provide. The Board of Directors shall have the power to change the members of any such committee at any time, to fill vacancies therein and to discharge any such committee, either with or without cause, at any time.

Any such committee, unless otherwise provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority denied it by Section 141 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and make such reports as the Board of Directors may from time to time request.

SECTION 8. Meetings of the Board of Directors. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without call or formal notice at such places either within or without the State of Delaware and at such times as the Board may from time to time determine. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without call or formal notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of the stockholders, or any special meeting of the stockholders at which a Board of Directors is elected.

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any place either within or without the State of Delaware at any time when called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, Treasurer, Secretary, or two or more directors. Forty-eight hours’ notice by mail, facsimile, telephone or word of mouth shall be given for a special meeting unless shorter notice or a different method of notice is adequate under the circumstances. A notice or waiver of notice need not specify the purpose of any special meeting. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director, if a written waiver of notice, executed by him before or after the meeting, is filed with the records of the meeting, or to any director who attends the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement the lack of notice to him. No notice of any adjourned meeting of the Board of Directors shall be required.

 

4


Directors or members of any committee designated by the directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

SECTION 9. Quorum and Voting. A majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum, except that when a vacancy or vacancies exist in the Board, a majority of the directors then in office (but not less than one-third of the total number of the directors) shall constitute a quorum. A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn any meeting from time to time. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except where a different vote is required or permitted by law, by the certificate of incorporation, or by these bylaws.

SECTION 10. Compensation. The Board of Directors may fix fees for their services and for their membership on committees, and expenses of attendance may be allowed for attendance at each meeting. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor.

SECTION 11. Action Without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting, and without notice, if a written consent thereto is signed by all members of the Board of Directors, or of such committee, as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

SECTION 1. Titles. The officers of the corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, including without limitation a Chairman of the Board, a Vice-Chairman of the Board, and one or more Vice-Presidents, Assistant Treasurers, or Assistant Secretaries.

SECTION 2. Election and Term of Office. The officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of the stockholders. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the vote electing such officer, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

SECTION 3. Qualification. Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, no officer, other than the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board, need be a director. No officer need be a stockholder. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, as the directors shall determine.

SECTION 4. Removal. Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, at any time, by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

5


SECTION 5. Resignation. Any officer may resign by delivering a written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the President or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt or at such later time as may be specified therein.

SECTION 6. Vacancies. The Board of Directors may at any time fill any vacancy occurring in any office for the unexpired portion of the term and may leave unfilled for such period as it may determine any office other than those of President, Treasurer and Secretary.

SECTION 7. Powers and Duties. The officers of the corporation shall have such powers and perform such duties as are specified herein and as may be conferred upon or assigned to them by the Board of Directors, and shall have such additional powers and duties as are incident to their office except to the extent that resolutions of the Board of Directors are inconsistent therewith.

SECTION 8. President and Vice-Presidents. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors unless a Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board is elected by the Board, empowered to preside, and present at such meeting, shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and general supervision of its officers, agents and employees, and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.

In the absence of the President or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the Vice-President if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice-President, the Vice-Presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Board of Directors may assign to any Vice-President the title of Executive Vice-President, Senior Vice-President or any other title selected by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 9. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of such meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose, shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, shall maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required and shall have custody of the corporate seal which the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall have authority to affix to any instrument requiring it and attest by any of their signatures. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix and attest the seal of the corporation.

The Assistant Secretary if any (or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Director of if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

 

6


SECTION 10. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities, shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors or the President, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or whenever they may require it, an account of all transactions and of the financial condition of the corporation.

The Assistant Treasurer if any (or if there be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

SECTION 11. Bonded Officers. The Board of Directors may require any officer to give the corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors upon such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may specify, including without limitation a bond for the faithful performance of the duties of such officer and for the restoration to the corporation of all property in his or her possession or control belonging to the corporation.

SECTION 12. Salaries. Officers of the corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

STOCK

SECTION 1. Certificates of Stock. One or more certificates of stock, signed by the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors or by the President or Vice-President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, shall be issued to each stockholder certifying, in the aggregate, the number of shares owned by the stockholder in the corporation. Any or all signatures on any such certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who shall have signed or whose facsimile signature shall have been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the certificate of incorporation, the bylaws, applicable securities laws, or any agreement among any number of shareholders or among such holders and the corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.

 

7


SECTION 2. Transfers of Shares of Stock. Subject to the restrictions, if any, stated or noted on the stock certificates, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the corporation by the surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or the authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. The corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to that stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of that stock, until the shares have been transferred on the books of the corporation in accordance with the requirements of these bylaws.

SECTION 3. Lost Certificates. A new certificate of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by the corporation and alleged to have been lost, stolen, destroyed, or mutilated, upon such terms in conformity with law as the Board of Directors shall prescribe. The directors may, in their discretion, require the owner of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate, or the owner’s legal representatives, to give the corporation a bond, in such sum as they may direct, to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any such certificate, or the issuance of any such new certificate.

SECTION 4. Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix in advance a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action. Such record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action to which such record date relates.

If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. Unless otherwise fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

SECTION 5. Fractional Share Interests. The corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (1) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (2) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (3) issue scrip or warrants in registered or bearer form which shall entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not

 

8


unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.

SECTION 6. Dividends. Subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, the Board of Directors may, out of funds legally available therefor, at any regular or special meeting, declare dividends upon the common stock of the corporation as and when they deem expedient.

ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

SECTION 1. Indemnification. The corporation shall, to the extent permitted by the certificate of incorporation, as amended from time to time, indemnify each person whom it may indemnify pursuant thereto.

SECTION 2. Insurance. The corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 2. Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall be the custodian of the seal. The Board of Directors may authorize a duplicate seal to be kept and used by any other officer.

SECTION 3. Certificate of Incorporation. All references in these bylaws to the certificate of incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, as in effect from time to time.

SECTION 4. Execution of Instruments. The Chairman and Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, the President, any Vice-President, and the Treasurer shall have power to execute and deliver on behalf and in the name of the corporation any instrument requiring the signature of an officer of the corporation, including deeds, contracts, mortgages, bonds, notes, debentures, checks, drafts, and other orders for the payment of money. In addition, the Board of Directors may expressly delegate such powers to any other officer or agent of the corporation.

 

9


SECTION 5. Voting of Securities. Except as the directors may otherwise designate, the President or Treasurer may waive notice of, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact for this corporation (with or without power of substitution) at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders of any other corporation or organization the securities of which may be held by this corporation.

SECTION 6. Evidence of Authority. A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the corporation shall, as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith, be conclusive evidence of that action.

SECTION 7. Transactions with Interested Parties. No contract or transaction between the corporation and one or more of the directors or officers, or between the corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of the directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for that reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors which authorizes the contract or transaction or solely because the vote of any such director is counted for such purpose, if:

(1) The material facts as to the relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or

(2) The material facts as to the relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or

(3) The contract or transaction is fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee of the Board of Directors, or the stockholders.

Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

SECTION 8. Books and Records. The books and records of the corporation shall be kept at such places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

10


ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS

SECTION 1. By the Board of Directors. These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present.

SECTION 2. By the Stockholders. These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any regular meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders provided notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new bylaws shall have been stated in the notice of such special meeting.

 

11

EX-4.1

Exhibit 4.1

EXECUTION VERSION

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Agreement dated as of January 10, 2020 is entered into by and among Lyra Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Carmichael Roberts, George Whitesides and Robert Langer (individually, a “Founder” and collectively, the “Founders”) and the individuals and entities listed as preferred stockholders on Schedule A attached hereto (individually, an “Investor” and collectively, the “Investors”).

Recitals

WHEREAS, the Company was a party with the stockholders of the Company named therein to a Seventh Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of June 5, 2018, by and among the Company, the Investors and the other parties thereto (as amended, the “Prior IRA”).

WHEREAS, certain parties, concurrently herewith are purchasing shares of the Company’s Series C Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to that certain Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “Series C Purchase Agreement”).

WHEREAS, the Investors’ obligations in the Series C Purchase Agreement are conditioned upon the Company’s execution and delivery of this Agreement.

WHEREAS, the signatories to this Agreement hold the requisite number of shares to effect the amendment of the Prior IRA and desire to amend and restate the Prior IRA in its entirety.

WHEREAS, the Company and the Investors desire to provide for certain arrangements with respect to (i) the registration of shares of capital stock of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and (ii) the Investors’ right of first refusal with respect to certain issuances of securities of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained in this Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Certain Definitions.    

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

Available Undersubscription Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).

Board of Directors” means the Company’s board of directors.

Charter” means the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.


Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

Common Stock” means the common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company.

Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Company Sale” means: (a) a merger or consolidation in which (i) the Company is a constituent party, or (ii) a subsidiary of the Company is a constituent party and the Company issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation, except in the case of either clause (i) or (ii), any such merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries in which the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for equity interests which represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, more than fifty percent (50%) by voting power of the equity interests of (A) the surviving or resulting entity or (B) if the surviving or resulting entity is a wholly owned subsidiary of another entity immediately following such merger or consolidation, the entity that is the parent entity of such surviving or resulting entity, in each case in substantially the same proportions as such stockholders held the outstanding stock of the Company immediately prior thereto; (b) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, of all or substantially all the assets of the company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company); or (c) the sale or transfer, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) by voting power of the then-outstanding capital stock of the Company to any person or entity or group of affiliated entities.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission issued under such Act, as they each may, from time to time, be in effect.

Founder” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Founders” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Founder Registrable Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a).

Indemnified Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(c).

Indemnifying Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(c).

Initiating Holders” means the Stockholders initiating a request for registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or 2.1(b), as the case may be.

Initial Public Offering” means the initial underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock pursuant to an effective Registration Statement.

 

2


Investors” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Other Holders” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d).

Notice of Acceptance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).

Preferred Directors” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the Charter.

Preferred Stock” means the Series A-1 Preferred (as defined below), Series A-2 Preferred (as defined below), Series A-3 Preferred (as defined below), Series A-4 Preferred (as defined below), Series B Preferred (as defined below) and Series C Preferred (as defined below).

Prospectus” means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by an amendment or prospectus supplement, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.

Qualifying Holder” means any Stockholder that is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.

Refused Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c).

Registration Statement” means a registration statement filed by the Company with the Commission for a public offering and sale of securities of the Company (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or Form S-4, or their successors, or any other form for a similar limited purpose, or any registration statement covering only securities proposed to be issued in exchange for securities or assets of another corporation).    

Registration Expenses” means the expenses described in Section 2.4.

Registrable Shares” means (i) the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to an Investor or other Stockholder upon conversion of Preferred Stock, (ii) any shares of Common Stock held by an Investor or other Stockholder, and any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any other securities, in each case that are acquired by such Investor or other Stockholder prior to the Initial Public Offering, and (iii) any other shares of Common Stock issued in respect of the shares described in clauses (i) and (ii) (because of stock dividends, splits, reclassifications, recapitalizations, or similar events occurring after the date of this Agreement); provided, however, that shares of Common Stock which are Registrable Shares shall cease to be Registrable Shares upon (i) any sale pursuant to a Registration Statement or Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (ii) any sale in any manner to a person or entity which, by virtue of Section 4 of this Agreement, is not entitled to the rights provided by this Agreement. Wherever reference is made in this Agreement to a request or consent of holders of a certain percentage of Registrable Shares, the determination of such percentage shall include shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock even if such conversion has not been effected.

 

3


Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission issued under such Act, as they each may, from time to time, be in effect.

Selling Stockholder” means any Stockholder owning Registrable Shares included in a Registration Statement.

Series A-1 Preferred” means the Series A-1/A Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company, $0.001 par value per share, the Series A-1/B Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company, $0.001 par value per share and the Series A-1/C Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company, $0.001 par value per share.

Series A-2 Preferred” means the Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company, $0.001 par value per share.

Series A-3 Preferred” means the Series A-3 Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company, $0.001 par value per share.

Series A-4 Preferred” means the Series A-4 Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company, $0.001 par value per share.

Series B Director” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the Charter.

Series B Preferred” means the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company, $0.001 par value per share.

Series C Director” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the Charter.

Series C Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which a share of Series C Preferred was first issued.

Series C Preferred” means the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company, $0.001 par value per share.

Significant Stockholder” shall mean each Stockholder who holds not less than seven million (7,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date of this Agreement and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock), including, for this purpose, shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock so long as such Common Stock is held by a current or former holder of Preferred Stock, but excluding any person that is a competitor of the Company as determined by the Board of Directors, including the Preferred Directors, in good faith).

Stockholder” means any Investor and any person or entity to whom the rights granted under this Agreement are transferred by any holder of the Preferred Stock, its successors or assigns pursuant to Section 4 hereof.

 

4


2. Registration Rights

2.1. Required Registrations.

(a) At any time after the earlier of (i) the fifth anniversary of the Series C Original Issue Date or (ii) six months after the closing of the Initial Public Offering, a Stockholder or Stockholders holding in the aggregate at least thirty percent (30%) of the Registrable Shares then outstanding (which in the event that an Initial Public Offering has not yet occurred, must include holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred then outstanding) may request, in writing, that the Company effect the registration on Form S-1 (or any successor form) of Registrable Shares owned by such Stockholder or Stockholders having an aggregate value of at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) (based on the market price or fair value on the date of such request).

(b) At any time after the Company becomes eligible to file a Registration Statement on Form S-3 (or any successor form relating to secondary offerings), a Stockholder or Stockholders may request, in writing, that the Company effect the registration on Form S-3 (or such successor form) (if Form S-3 (or such successor form) is available for such offering), of Registrable Shares having an aggregate value of at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) (based on the public market price on the date of such request).

(c) Upon receipt of any request for registration pursuant to this Section 2.1, the Company shall promptly give written notice of such proposed registration to all other Stockholders. Such Stockholders shall have the right, by giving written notice to the Company within thirty (30) days after the Company provides its notice, to elect to have included in such registration such of their Registrable Shares as such Stockholders may request in such notice of election, subject in the case of an underwritten offering to the approval of the managing underwriter as provided in Section 2.1(d) below. Thereupon, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect, as expeditiously as possible, but no later than sixty (60) days following the date of the registration request under Section 2.1(a) or (b) as applicable, the registration on an appropriate registration form of all Registrable Shares which the Company has been requested to so register (provided, however, that in the case of a registration requested under Section 2.1(b), the Company will only be obligated to effect such registration on Form S-3 (or any successor form)).

(d) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Shares covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or (b), as the case may be, and the Company shall include such information in its written notice referred to in Section 2.1(c). The right of any other Stockholder to include its Registrable Shares in such registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or (b), as the case may be, shall be conditioned upon such other Stockholder’s participation in such underwriting on the terms set forth herein.

 

5


If the Company desires that any securities of the Company held by officers and directors of the Company be included in any registration for an underwritten offering requested pursuant to Sections 2.1(a) or (b) or if other holders of securities of the Company who are entitled, by contract with the Company, to have securities included in such a registration (the “Other Holders”) request such inclusion, the Company may include the securities of such officers, directors and Other Holders in such registration and underwriting on the terms set forth herein. The Company shall (together with all Stockholders, officers, directors and Other Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form (including, without limitation, customary indemnification and contribution provisions on the part of the Company) with the managing underwriter. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.1(d), if the managing underwriter advises the Company that the inclusion of all shares requested to be registered would adversely affect the offering, the securities of the Company held by officers or directors of the Company (other than Registrable Shares) and the securities held by Other Holders (other than Registrable Shares) shall be excluded from such registration and underwriting to the extent deemed advisable by the managing underwriter, and if a further limitation of the number of shares is required, the number of shares that may be included in such registration and underwriting shall be allocated among all holders of Registrable Shares requesting registration in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective number of Registrable Shares held by them at the time of the request for registration made by the Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or (b), as the case may be. If any holder of Registrable Shares, officer, director or Other Holder who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, and the securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from registration. If the managing underwriter has not limited the number of Registrable Shares or other securities to be underwritten, the Company may include securities for its own account in such registration if the managing underwriter so agrees and if the number of Registrable Shares and other securities which would otherwise have been included in such registration and underwriting will not thereby be limited.

(e) The Initiating Holders shall have the right to select the managing underwriter(s) for any underwritten offering requested pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or (b), subject to the approval of the Company, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(f) The Company shall not be required to effect more than two (2) registrations pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or more than two (2) registrations in any 12-month period pursuant to Section 2.1(b). In addition, the Company shall not be required to effect any registration (other than on Form S-3 or any successor form relating to secondary offerings) within six months after the effective date of any other Registration Statement of the Company. For purposes of this Section 2.1(f), a Registration Statement shall not be counted until such time as such Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission (unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, other than as a result of information concerning the business or financial condition of the Company which is made known to the Stockholders after the date on which such registration was requested, and elect not to pay the Registration Expenses therefor pursuant to Section 2.4).

(g) If at the time of any request to register Registrable Shares by Initiating Holders pursuant to this Section 2.1, the Company is engaged or has plans to engage in a registered public offering or is engaged in any other activity which, in the good faith determination of the Company’s Board of Directors, would be adversely affected by the requested registration, then the Company may at its option direct that such request be delayed for a period not in excess of ninety (90) days from the date of such request, such right to delay a request to be exercised by the Company not more than once in any 12-month period.

 

6


2.2. Incidental Registration.

(a) Whenever the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement (other than in connection with the Initial Public Offering but in the case of Stockholders, other than a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2.1, but in the case of the Founders, including a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2.1), at any time and from time to time, it will, prior to such filing, give written notice to all Stockholders and Founders of its intention to do so. Upon the written request of a Stockholder or Stockholders, or Founder or Founders, given within twenty (20) days after the Company provides such notice (which request shall state the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Shares or, in the case of Founders, Common Stock, requested to be registered), the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable Shares which the Company has been requested by such Stockholder or Stockholders to register, and all of the shares of Common Stock that Founder or Founders have requested that the Company register (together with any other shares of Common Stock issued in respect of the shares requested to be included by the Founders (because of stock dividends, splits, reclassifications, recapitalizations or similar events occurring after the date of this Agreement) the “Founder Registrable Shares”) to be registered under the Securities Act to the extent necessary to permit their sale or other disposition in accordance with the intended methods of distribution specified in such request; provided that the Company shall have the right to postpone or withdraw any registration effected pursuant to this Section 2.2 without obligation to any Stockholder or Founder.

(b) If the registration for which the Company gives notice pursuant to Section 2.2(a) is a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Stockholders and Founders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2.2(a). In such event, the right of any Stockholder to include its Registrable Shares or Founder to include its Founder Registrable Shares in such registration pursuant to Section 2.2 shall be conditioned upon such Stockholder’s or Founder’s participation in such underwriting on the terms set forth herein. All Stockholders and Founders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company, Other Holders, and any officers or directors distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for the underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2, if the managing underwriter determines that the inclusion of all shares requested to be registered would adversely affect the offering, the Company may limit (to zero) the number of Registrable Shares and Founder Registrable Shares to be included in the registration and underwriting. The Company shall so advise all holders of Registrable Shares and Founder Registrable Shares requesting registration, and the number of shares that are entitled to be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated in the following manner: the securities of the Company held by officers and directors of the Company (other than Registrable Shares and Founder Registrable Shares) shall be excluded from such registration and underwriting to the extent deemed advisable by the managing underwriter, and, if a further limitation on the number of shares is required the other securities held by officers and directors of the Company (including Registrable Shares and Founder Registrable Shares), shall be excluded from such registration and underwriting to the extent deemed advisable

 

7


by the managing underwriter, and if a further limitation on the number of shares is required, the number of shares that may be included in such registration and underwriting (other than shares to be sold by the Company) shall be allocated among all Stockholders, Founders and Other Holders requesting registration in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective number of shares of Common Stock (on an as-converted basis) which they held at the time the Company gave the notice specified in Section 2.2(a) (excluding from calculation any securities excluded from such registrations as set forth above in this sentence, provided that, if any shares are to be sold in such offering other than on behalf of the Company, then the total number of Registrable Shares permitted to be included therein shall in any event be at least fifty percent (50%) of the securities included therein (based on aggregate market values). If any Stockholder, Founders or Other Holder would thus be entitled to include more securities than such holder requested to be registered, the excess shall be allocated among other requesting Stockholders, Founders and Other Holders pro rata in the manner described in the preceding sentence. If any holder of Registrable Shares or Founder Registrable Shares or any officer, director or Other Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, and any Registrable Shares or Founder Registrable Shares or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration. For the avoidance of doubt, no shares to be offered on behalf of the Company shall be required to be excluded from such Registration Statement and underwriting unless all shares held by holders of securities of the Company (including Stockholders, Founders and Other Holders) have been excluded from such Registration Statement and underwriting.

(c) The Company shall have the right to select the managing underwriter for any underwritten offering requested pursuant to Section 2.2, subject to the approval of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

2.3. Registration Procedures.    

(a) If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of this Agreement to use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration of any Registrable Shares under the Securities Act, the Company shall:

(i) file with the Commission a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Shares and use its reasonable best efforts to cause that Registration Statement to become and remain effective for one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date or such lesser period until all such Registrable Shares are sold;

(ii) as expeditiously as possible prepare and file with the Commission any amendments and supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act (including the anti-fraud provisions thereof) and to keep the Registration Statement effective for one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date or such lesser period until all such Registrable Shares are sold;

(iii) as expeditiously as possible furnish to each Selling Stockholder such reasonable number of copies of the Prospectus, including any preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as such Selling Stockholder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Shares owned by such Selling Stockholder;

 

8


(iv) use its reasonable best efforts to, as expeditiously as possible, register or qualify the Registrable Shares covered by the Registration Statement under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such states as the Selling Stockholders shall reasonably request, and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or desirable to enable the Selling Stockholders to consummate the public sale or other disposition in such states of the Registrable Shares owned by the Selling Stockholder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required in connection with this paragraph (iv) to qualify as a foreign corporation or execute a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction;

(v) as expeditiously as possible, cause all such Registrable Shares to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(vi) promptly provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Shares not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

(vii) promptly make available for inspection by the Selling Stockholders, any managing underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the Selling Stockholders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement;

(viii) as expeditiously as possible, notify each Selling Stockholder of the time when such Registration Statement has become effective or a supplement to any Prospectus forming a part of such Registration Statement has been filed; and

(ix) as expeditiously as possible following the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, notify each Selling Stockholder of such Registrable Shares of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of such Registration Statement or Prospectus.

(b) If the Company has delivered a Prospectus to the Selling Stockholders, and after having done so the Prospectus is amended to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act, the Company shall promptly notify the Selling Stockholders of such amendment and, if necessary, request that the Selling Stockholders immediately cease making offers of Registrable Shares and return all Prospectuses to the Company. The Company shall promptly provide the Selling Stockholders with revised Prospectuses and, following receipt of the revised Prospectuses, the Selling Stockholders shall be free to resume making offers of the Registrable Shares.

 

9


(c) In the event that, in the judgment of the Company, it is advisable to suspend use of a Prospectus included in a Registration Statement due to pending material developments or other events that have not yet been publicly disclosed and as to which the Company believes public disclosure would be detrimental to the Company, the Company shall notify all Selling Stockholders to such effect, and, upon receipt of such notice, each such Selling Stockholder shall immediately discontinue any sales of Registrable Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement until such Selling Stockholder has received copies of a supplemented or amended Prospectus or until such Selling Stockholder is advised in writing by the Company that the then current Prospectus may be used and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference in such Prospectus. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company shall not exercise its rights under this Section 2.3(c) to suspend sales of Registrable Shares for a period in excess of ninety (90) days in any three hundred sixty-five-day (365-day) period.

2.4. Allocation of Expenses. The Company will pay all Registration Expenses for all registrations under this Agreement; provided, however, that if a registration under Section 2.1 is withdrawn at the request of the Initiating Holders (other than as a result of material information concerning the business or financial condition of the Company which is made known to the Stockholders after the date on which such registration was requested) and if the Initiating Holders elect not to have such registration counted as a registration requested under Section 2.1, the requesting Stockholders shall pay the Registration Expenses of such registration pro rata in accordance with the number of their Registrable Shares included in such registration. For purposes of this Section, the term “Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, exchange listing fees, printing expenses, fees and expenses of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and expenses (not to exceed $75,000) of one counsel selected by the Selling Stockholders to represent the Selling Stockholders (and, in connection with the Initial Public Offering, the Company shall also pay the fees and expenses of one special counsel to represent the Significant Stockholders), state Blue Sky fees and expenses, and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but excluding underwriting discounts, selling commissions and the fees and expenses of Selling Stockholders’ own counsel (other than the counsel selected to represent all Selling Stockholders).

2.5. Indemnification and Contribution.    

(a) In the event of any registration of any of the Registrable Shares or Founder Registrable Shares under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless the seller of such Registrable Shares or Founder Registrable Shares, each of its directors, partners, and officers, each underwriter of such Registrable Shares or Founder Registrable Shares, and each other person, if any, who controls such seller or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such seller, underwriter or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, state securities or Blue Sky laws or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Shares or Founder Registrable Shares were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to

 

10


be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and the Company will reimburse such seller, underwriter and each such controlling person for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by such seller, underwriter or controlling person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or omission of a material fact made in such Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or final prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company, in writing, by or on behalf of such seller, underwriter or controlling person specifically for use in the preparation thereof or to the extent that such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of such seller’s failure to deliver a copy of the preliminary or final prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

(b) In the event of any registration of any of the Registrable Shares or Founder Registrable Shares under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, each seller of Registrable Shares or Founder Registrable Shares, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and officers and each underwriter (if any) and each person, if any, who controls the Company or any such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the Company, such directors and officers, underwriter or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, Exchange Act, state securities or Blue Sky laws or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Shares or Founder Registrable Shares were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, or arise out of or are based upon any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, if the statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such seller furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such seller specifically for use in connection with the preparation of such Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or final prospectus, amendment or supplement; provided, however, that the obligations of a seller of Registrable Shares or Founder Registrable Shares hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds to such seller of Registrable Shares or Founder Registrable Shares sold in connection with such registration.

(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld); and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is adversely affected by such failure. The Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall pay

 

11


such expense if representation of such Indemnified Party by the counsel retained by the Indemnifying Party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between the Indemnified Party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding; provided further that in no event shall the Indemnifying Party be required to pay the expenses of more than one law firm per jurisdiction as counsel for the Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying Party also shall be responsible for the expenses of such defense if the Indemnifying Party does not elect to assume such defense. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation, and no Indemnified Party shall consent to entry of any judgment or settle such claim or litigation without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(d) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.5 is due in accordance with its terms but for any reason is held to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party in respect to any losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which such party may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of a party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact related to information supplied by such party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the sellers of Registrable Shares or Founder Registrable Shares agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.5 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph of Section 2.5, in no case shall any one seller of Registrable Shares or Founder Registrable Shares be liable or responsible for any amount in excess of the net proceeds received by such seller of Registrable Shares or Founder Registrable Shares from the offering of Registrable Shares or Founder Registrable Shares; provided, however, that no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Any party entitled to contribution will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit or proceeding against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made against another party or parties under this Section 2.5, notify such party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission so to notify such party or parties from whom contribution may be sought shall not relieve such party from any other obligation it or they may have thereunder or otherwise under this Section. No party shall be liable for contribution with respect to any action, suit, proceeding or claim settled without its prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

12


2.6. Other Matters with Respect to Underwritten Offerings. In the event that Registrable Shares are sold pursuant to a Registration Statement in an underwritten offering pursuant to Section 2.1, the Company agrees to (a) enter into an underwriting agreement containing customary representations and warranties with respect to the business and operations of the Company and customary covenants and agreements to be performed by the Company, including without limitation customary provisions with respect to indemnification by the Company of the underwriters of such offering; (b) use its reasonable best efforts to cause its legal counsel to render customary opinions to the underwriters with respect to the Registration Statement; and (c) use its reasonable best efforts to cause its independent public accounting firm to issue customary “cold comfort letters” to the underwriters with respect to the Registration Statement.

2.7. Information by Holder. As a condition to the Company’s obligation to register the Registrable Shares of any holder, such holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such holder and the distribution proposed by such holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Agreement.

2.8. “Stand-Off” Agreement; Confidentiality of Notices. Each Stockholder agrees not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Shares or other securities of the Company held by such Stockholder prior to the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock (and for the avoidance of doubt, not including any securities acquired by it in connection with such offering or at any time thereafter), for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a Registration Statement subject to a potential extension (not to exceed fifteen (15) days) to prevent a prohibition on publications by research analysts pursuant to NASD Rule 2711; provided that:

(a) such agreement shall only apply to the initial public offering of Common Stock of the Company to be sold by or on behalf of the Company in an underwritten offering; and

(b) all stockholders of the Company then holding at least one percent (1%) of the outstanding Common Stock (on an as converted basis) and all Founders, officers and directors of the Company enter into similar agreements.

The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Shares or other securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty-day (180-day) period.

Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Section 2.8 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.

Any Stockholder receiving any written notice from the Company regarding the Company’s plans to file a Registration Statement shall treat such notice confidentially and shall not disclose such information to any person other than as necessary to exercise its rights under this Agreement.

2.9. Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Stockholders holding at least a majority of the Registrable Shares then held by all Stockholders and a majority of Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis), enter into any agreement (other than

 

13


this Agreement) with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which grant such holder or prospective holder rights to include securities of the Company in any Registration Statement, unless (a) such rights to include securities in a registration initiated by the Company or by Stockholders are junior in all respects to the rights granted to Other Holders under Sections 2.1 and 2.2 of this Agreement, and (b) any such rights to initiate a registration provide that Stockholders are entitled to include Registrable Shares in priority to such holders.

2.10. Rule 144 Requirements. After the earliest of (i) the closing of the sale of securities of the Company pursuant to a Registration Statement, (ii) the registration by the Company of a class of securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, or (iii) the issuance by the Company of an offering circular pursuant to Regulation A under the Securities Act, the Company agrees to, so long as any Stockholder is a holder of Registrable Shares:

(a) make and keep current public information about the Company available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144;

(b) use its reasonable best efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) furnish to any holder of Registrable Shares upon request (i) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and (iii) such other reports and documents of the Company as such holder may reasonably request to avail itself of any similar rule or regulation of the Commission allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

2.11. Termination. All of the Company’s obligations to register Registrable Shares under Sections 2.1 and 2.2 of this Agreement shall terminate upon the earliest of (i) five (5) years after the closing of the Initial Public Offering, (ii) the date on which no Stockholder holds any Registrable Shares, (iii) a Company Sale or (iv) at such time as SEC Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of a holder’s or Founder’s shares without limitation during a three (3) month period without registration.

3. Right Of Preferred Stockholders.

(a) The Company shall not issue, sell or exchange, agree to issue, sell or exchange, or reserve or set aside for issuance, sale or exchange, (A) any shares of its Common Stock, (B) any other equity securities of the Company, including, without limitation, shares of preferred stock, (C) any option, warrant or other right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any equity securities of the Company, or (D) any debt securities convertible into capital stock of the Company (collectively, the “Offered Securities”), unless in each such case the Company shall have first complied with this Section 3.1.

 

14


(i) The Company shall deliver to each Stockholder that is a Qualifying Holder a written notice of any proposed or intended issuance, sale or exchange of Offered Securities (the “Offer”), which Offer shall (w) identify and describe the Offered Securities, (x) describe the price and other terms upon which they are to be issued, sold or exchanged, and the number or amount of the Offered Securities to be issued, sold or exchanged, (y) identify the persons or entities (if known) to which or with which the Offered Securities are to be offered, issued, sold or exchanged and (z) offer to issue and sell to or exchange with such Qualifying Holder (A) such portion of the Offered Securities as is equal to (1) one hundred percent (100%) of the Offered Securities multiplied by (2) a fraction the numerator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issued and issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock held by such Qualifying Holder and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and issuable upon conversion of all the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock then held by all Qualifying Holders (the “Basic Amount”), and (B) any additional portion of the Offered Securities attributable to the Basic Amount of other Qualifying Holders as such Qualifying Holder shall indicate it will purchase or acquire should any other Qualifying Holder subscribe for less than its Basic Amount (the “Undersubscription Amount”).

(ii) If more than one Qualifying Holder indicates that it wishes to purchase the Undersubscription Amount, or a portion thereof, and the Undersubscription Amount is not sufficient to allow all such Qualifying Holders to purchase the amounts indicated, the Undersubscription Amount shall be allocated among the Qualifying Holders who indicated an interest therein, pro rata based on such Qualifying Holders’ relative Basic Amounts.

(iii) Each Qualifying Holder shall have the right, for a period of thirty (30) days following the delivery, to purchase or acquire, at the price and upon the other terms specified in the Offer, the number and amount of Offered Securities described above. For the purpose of determining both the numbers of shares each Qualifying Holder owns and the number of shares each Qualifying Holder is entitled to purchase, each Qualifying Holder shall be treated as one holder together with its affiliates (regardless of whether such affiliates currently own securities of the Company).

(b) To accept an Offer, in whole or in part, a Qualifying Holder must deliver a written notice to the Company prior to the end of the thirty-day (30-day) period of the Offer, setting forth the portion of the Qualifying Holder’s Basic Amount that such Qualifying Holder elects to purchase and, if such Qualifying Holder shall elect to purchase all of its Basic Amount, the Undersubscription Amount (if any) that such Qualifying Holder elects to purchase (the “Notice of Acceptance”). If the Basic Amounts subscribed for by all Qualifying Holders are less than the total of all of the Basic Amounts available for purchase, then each Qualifying Holder who has set forth an Undersubscription Amount in its Notice of Acceptance shall be entitled to purchase, in addition to the Basic Amount it subscribed for, the Undersubscription Amount it has subscribed for; provided, however, that if the Undersubscription Amount subscribed for exceeds the difference between the total of all of the Basic Amounts available for purchase and the Basic Amounts subscribed for (the “Available Undersubscription Amount”), each Qualifying Holder who has subscribed for any Undersubscription Amount shall be entitled to purchase only that portion of the Available Undersubscription Amount as the Undersubscription Amount subscribed for by such Qualifying Holder bears to the total Undersubscription Amounts subscribed for by all Qualifying Holders, subject to rounding by the Board of Directors to the extent it deems reasonably necessary.

 

15


(c) The Company shall have ninety (90) days from the expiration of the period set forth in Section 3.1(b) above to issue, sell or exchange all or any part of such Offered Securities as to which a Notice of Acceptance has not been given by the Qualifying Holders (the “Refused Securities”), but only to the offerees or Qualifying Holders described in the Offer (if so described therein) and only upon terms and conditions (including, without limitation, unit prices and interest rates) which are not more favorable, in the aggregate, to the acquiring person or persons or less favorable to the Company than those set forth in the Offer.

(d) In the event the Company shall propose to sell less than all the Refused Securities (any such sale to be in the manner and on the terms specified in Section 3.1(c) above), then each Qualifying Holder may, at its sole option and in its sole discretion, reduce the number or amount of the Offered Securities specified in its Notice of Acceptance to an amount that shall be not less than the number or amount of the Offered Securities that the Qualifying Holder elected to purchase pursuant to Section 3.1(b) above multiplied by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the number or amount of Offered Securities the Company actually proposes to issue, sell or exchange (including Offered Securities to be issued or sold to Qualifying Holders pursuant to Section 3.1(b) above prior to such reduction) and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the original amount of the Offered Securities. In the event that any Qualifying Holder so elects to reduce the number or amount of Offered Securities specified in its Notice of Acceptance, the Company may not issue, sell or exchange more than the reduced number or amount of the Offered Securities unless and until such securities have again been offered to the Qualifying Holders in accordance with Section 3.1(a) above.

(e) Upon the closing of the issuance, sale or exchange of all or less than all of the Refused Securities, the Qualifying Holders shall acquire from the Company, and the Company shall issue to the Qualifying Holders, the number or amount of Offered Securities specified in the Notices of Acceptance, as reduced pursuant to Section 3.1(d) above if the Qualifying Holders have so elected, upon the terms and conditions specified in the Offer. The purchase by the Qualifying Holders of any Offered Securities is subject in all cases to the preparation, execution and delivery by the Company and the Qualifying Holders of a purchase agreement relating to such Offered Securities reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Qualifying Holders and the Company.

(f) Any Offered Securities not acquired by the Qualifying Holders or other persons in accordance with Section 3.1(c) above may not be issued, sold or exchanged until they are again offered to the Qualifying Holders under the procedures specified in this Agreement.

(g) The rights of the Qualifying Holders under this Section 3 shall not apply to:

(i) Common Stock issued as a stock dividend to holders of Common Stock or Preferred Stock or upon any subdivision or combination of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock;

(ii) the issuance of any shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of convertible preferred stock;

 

16


(iii) the issuance of (A) shares of Common Stock, or the grant of options therefor subject in either case to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date of this Agreement affecting such shares, issued, or deemed issued to directors, consultants and employees of the Company or any subsidiary, pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2005 Plan”), (B) shares of Common Stock, or the grant of options therefor subject in either case to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date of this Agreement affecting such shares, issued, or deemed issued to directors, consultants and employees of the Company or any subsidiary, pursuant to the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2016 Plan”, and together with the 2005 Plan, the “Plans”) or (C) shares of Common Stock, or the grant of options therefore, pursuant to any other plan, agreement or arrangement approved by a majority of the Board of Directors (which majority must include a majority of the Preferred Directors) of the Company;

(iv) securities issued solely in consideration for the acquisition (whether by merger or otherwise) by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of any other entity; provided that such transaction, and the issuance of shares in connection therewith, has been approved by a majority of the Board of Directors (which majority must include a majority of the Preferred Directors);

(v) securities sold by the Company in an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act;

(vi) securities issued or issuable to financial institutions or lessors in connection with commercial credit agreements, equipment financings or similar transactions; provided that such transaction, and the issuance of shares in connection therewith, has been approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, (which majority must include a majority of the Preferred Directors);

(vii) securities issued or issuable in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including (i) joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements and technology transfer or development arrangements; provided that such strategic transactions, and the issuance of shares in connection therewith, has been approved by a majority of the Board of Directors (which majority must include a majority of the Preferred Directors); or

(viii) securities issued or issuable pursuant to the Series C Purchase Agreement, as such Series C Purchase Agreement may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.

3.2. Termination. This Section 3 shall terminate upon the earlier of the following events:

 

  (a)

The closing of a Company Sale; or

 

  (b)

The closing of an Initial Public Offering.

 

17


4. Transfers of Rights.

(a) This Agreement, and the rights and obligations of each Stockholder hereunder, may be assigned by such Stockholder to (i) any affiliate, partner or stockholder of such Stockholder to which such Stockholder transfers at least ten percent (10%) of the aggregate shares of Preferred Stock (or underlying Common Stock) held by such Stockholder (or one hundred percent (100%) of the Shares purchased by such Stockholder if fewer than five hundred thousand (500,000) (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date of this Agreement and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock)), and such transferee shall be deemed a “Stockholder” for purposes of this Agreement, provided that no transfer shall be made to any entity that is a competitor of the Company as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (including the Preferred Directors); provided further that the transferee provides prior written notice of such assignment to the Company and agrees in writing to be bound hereby as a “Stockholder”.

(b) In connection with any transfer of Founder Registrable Shares permitted under an applicable restricted stock purchase agreement and made in compliance with the Eighth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement of even date therewith, the rights and obligations of each Founder under Section 2.2 hereunder may be assigned by such Founder to (i) any person or entity to which at least five hundred thousand (500,000) Founder Registrable Shares (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date of this Agreement and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock) are transferred by such Founder (or one hundred percent (100%) of the Founder Registrable Shares held by such Founder if less than five hundred thousand (500,000) (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date of this Agreement and affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock) or (ii) to his spouse or child or a trust or similar entity established for the benefit of his spouse, his child or himself, and such transferee shall be deemed a Founder for purposes of Section 2.2 of this Agreement; provided that the transferee provides written notice of such assignment to the Company and agrees in writing to be bound hereby as a “Founder”.

(c) Each Institutional Investor (as defined in Section 6(j) below) may assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder to any entity that may be considered an affiliate (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of such Institutional Investor and such affiliate of such Institutional Investor shall be deemed a “Stockholder” for purposes of this Agreement, and all such affiliates of such Institutional Investor may from time to time reassign their rights to other affiliates of such Institutional Investor; provided that the transferee provides written notice of such assignment to the Company and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth herein as a “Stockholder”.

 

18


5. Covenants

5.1. Affirmative Covenants. The Company covenants and agrees that, in addition to any other rights provided by law, so long as at least 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock (such number to be proportionately adjusted in the event of any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or similar events occurring after the date of this Agreement affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Preferred Stock) are outstanding, it will perform and observe the following covenants and provisions, unless waived by the prior written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis:

(a) pay and discharge all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or business, or upon any properties belonging to it, prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, and all lawful claims, which, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon any properties of the Company, other than those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(b) preserve and maintain its corporate existence, rights, franchises and privileges in the jurisdiction of its incorporation, and qualify and remain qualified as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, unless the failure to so qualify does not and will not have a material and adverse effect on the business, operations or financial condition of the Company and preserve and maintain all material licenses and other rights to use patents, processes, licenses, trademarks, trade names, inventions, intellectual property rights or copyrights owned or possessed by it as are reasonably necessary or advisable for it to conduct its business; and

(c) maintain commercially reasonable and adequate general liability, casualty and product liability insurance, and directors and officers liability insurance in amounts as requested by holders of the a majority of the Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis and as approved by the Board of Directors.

5.2. Inspection. The Company shall permit each Significant Stockholder or any authorized representative thereof, to visit and inspect the properties of the Company, including its corporate and financial records, and to discuss its business and finances with officers of the Company, during normal business hours and without disruption of the Company’s business following reasonable notice and as often as may be reasonably requested; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 5.2 to provide access to any information which it reasonably considers to be a trade secret.

5.3. Observer Rights.

(a) As long as Perceptive Life Sciences Master Fund Ltd (“Perceptive”) owns not less than fifty percent (50%) of the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock it holds as of the date hereof (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof), the Company shall invite a representative of Perceptive to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity, who shall initially be Keyvan Mirsaeedi-Farahani and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest, or if such Investor or its representative is a competitor of the Company.

 

19


(b) As long as RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P. (“RA Capital”) owns not less than fifty percent (50%) of the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock it holds as of the date hereof (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof), the Company shall invite a representative of RA Capital to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity, who shall initially be Neta Batscha, and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest, or if such Investor or its representative is a competitor of the Company.

5.4. Financial Statements and Other Information. The Company shall deliver to each Significant Stockholder:

(a) within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an audited balance sheet of the Company as at the end of such year and audited statements of income and of cash flows of the Company for such year, certified by certified public accountants of recognized regional standing selected by the Company, and prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(b) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company (other than the last quarter in each fiscal year), an unaudited balance sheet of the Company as at the end of such quarter, and unaudited statements of income and of cash flows of the Company for such fiscal quarter and for the current fiscal year to the end of such fiscal quarter;

(c) on or before the thirtieth (30th) day following the first day of each fiscal year, a budget, consisting of a business plan and projected financial statements for such fiscal year, which budget has been approved by the Board of Directors;

(d) such other notices, information and data with respect to the Company as the Company delivers to the holders of its capital stock generally at the same time it delivers such items to such holders; and

(e) with reasonable promptness, such other information and data as such Significant Stockholder may from time to time reasonably request.

The foregoing financial statements shall be prepared on a consolidated basis if the Company then has any subsidiaries. The financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (b) above shall be accompanied by a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Company stating that such statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (except as noted) and fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of the Company at the date thereof and for the periods covered thereby.

 

20


Notwithstanding anything else in this Subsection 5.4 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Subsection 5.4 during the period starting with the date 60 days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the Commission rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Subsection 5.4 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

5.5. Material Changes and Litigation. The Company shall promptly notify the Board of Directors of (a) any material adverse change in the business, prospects, assets or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Company and (b) any litigation or governmental proceeding or investigation brought or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against the Company, or against any Founder, officer, director, key employee or principal stockholder of the Company which, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

5.6. Director and Officer and Key Man Insurance. The Company shall maintain term life insurance on the life of the Chief Executive Officer, currently Maria Palasis, in the amount of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), with the proceeds payable to the Company. The Company shall maintain, or within ninety (90) days after the date hereof the Company shall obtain and thereafter maintain, workers’ compensation insurance and insurance with respect to the properties and business of the Company of the kinds and in the amounts not less than is customarily obtained by corporations in the same or similar business, similarly situated and in similar size, including, without limitation, insurance against loss, damage, fire, theft, public liability and other risks.

5.7. Agreements with Employees; Options.

(a) The Company shall require (i) all persons hereafter employed by, or consulting with the Company, and each current employee or person consulting who has not already done so, to enter into Nondisclosure and Developments Agreements substantially in the Company’s standard form, which form shall be reasonably acceptable to Perceptive; (ii) all persons hereafter employed by the Company as officers or designated by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors of the Company as key contributors to the Company to enter into Noncompetition, Nonsolicitation, Nondisclosure and Developments Agreements substantially in the Company’s standard form which form shall be reasonably acceptable to Perceptive, for a period ending no less than one (1) year following the termination of employment of such key contributor; and (iii) each employee who is designated by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors of the Company as a key contributor and has not already done so to enter into Noncompetition, Nonsolicitation, Nondisclosure and Developments Agreements substantially in the Company’s standard form, or such other form as may be approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, and in either case, which form shall be reasonably acceptable to Perceptive, for a period ending no less than one (1) year following the termination of employment of such key contributor. For the avoidance of doubt, the form agreements provided to Perceptive in conjunction with the Series C Purchase Agreement are deemed to be reasonably acceptable to Perceptive.

 

21


(b) Other than options or restricted stock granted to the Founders (which shall be governed by the terms of the applicable restricted stock agreement), unless otherwise agreed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors who are not employees of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company (which majority shall include a majority of the Preferred Directors), all options or restricted stock granted or issued under the Plans shall become exercisable at the rate of twenty-five percent (25%) on the one-year anniversary of the date of issuance with the remainder vesting in equal monthly installments (2.0833%) over the subsequent three (3) years so long as the holder continues to be an employee or consultant of the Company.

5.8. Directors.

(a) The Company shall promptly reimburse in full each director of the Company who is not an employee of the Company and who was elected as a director solely or in part by the holders of Preferred Stock for all of his reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending each meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof.

(b) The Board of Directors shall meet at least quarterly unless otherwise agreed by all of the members of the Board of Directors.

5.9. Reservation of Common Stock. The Company shall reserve and maintain a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock for issuance upon conversion of all of the outstanding Shares.

5.10. Related Party Transactions. Except for transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Series C Purchase Agreement, the Ninth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Voting Agreement, or the Eighth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, each entered into on or about the date hereof, or transactions on customary terms related to such person’s employment, the Company shall not enter into any agreement with any stockholder, officer or director of the Company, or, to the extent known to the Company, any “affiliate” or “associate” of such persons (as such terms are defined in the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act), including without limitation any agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services by, rental of real or personal property from, or otherwise requiring payments to, any such person or entity, without the consent of at least a majority of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors having no interest in such agreement or arrangement.

5.11. Matters Requiring Director Approval. The Company hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Investors that it shall not, without approval of the Board of Directors (which approval must include either the Series B Director or the Series C Director):

(a) Incur any new indebtedness for borrowed money that, together with any other indebtedness for borrowed money incurred since the Series C Original Issue Date, exceeds Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate;

(b) Pay or declare any dividend or distribution on any shares of its capital stock, or apply any of its assets to the redemption, retirement, purchase or acquisition, directly or indirectly, through subsidiaries or otherwise, of any shares of its capital stock, except for (i) the repurchase by the Company of capital stock held by an employee, director or consultant

 

22


of the Company at the original purchase price upon termination of their employment or services with the Company, or (ii) as contemplated by the Charter or by the Eighth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as the date hereof (the “ROFR Agreement”), as such ROFR Agreement may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.

(c) guarantee, directly or indirectly, or permit any subsidiary to guarantee, directly or indirectly, any indebtedness except for trade accounts of the Company or any subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business;

(d) make any investment inconsistent with any investment policy approved by the Board of Directors;

(e) change the principal business of the Company, enter new lines of business, or exit the current line of business;

(f) sell, assign, license, pledge, or encumber material technology or intellectual property, other than licenses granted in the ordinary course of business; or

(g) enter into any corporate strategic relationship involving the payment, contribution, or assignment by the Company or to the Company of money or assets greater than $250,000.

5.12. Termination of Covenants. All covenants of the Company contained in this Section 5 shall terminate upon the earlier of the closing of a Company Sale or the closing of an Initial Public Offering.

6. General.

(a) Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

(b) Specific Performance. In addition to any and all other remedies that may be available at law in the event of any breach of this Agreement, each Stockholder shall be entitled to specific performance of the agreements and obligations of the Company hereunder and to such other injunctive or other equitable relief as may be granted by a court of competent jurisdiction.

(c) Governing Law; Dispute Resolution. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware (without reference to the conflicts of law provisions thereof). The parties (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the state courts of Delaware and to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the District of Delaware for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in the state courts of Delaware or the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts,

 

23


that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL: EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, THE SECURITIES OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THIS SECTION HAS BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THESE PROVISIONS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY EXCEPTIONS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT SUCH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT SUCH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

(d) Notices. All notices, requests, consents, and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered (i) two business days after being sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or (ii) one business day after being sent via a reputable nationwide overnight courier service guaranteeing next business day delivery, in each case to the intended recipient as set forth below:

If to the Company, Lyra Therapeutics, Inc., 480 Arsenal Street, Watertown, MA 02472, Attn: Chief Executive Officer, or at such other address or addresses as may have been furnished in writing by the Company to the Preferred Stockholders, with a copy to Latham & Watkins LLP, 200 Clarendon Street, 27th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116, Attn: Johan V. Brigham, Esq.;

If to any Founder, at his address set forth on the signature page hereto, or at such other address or addresses as may have been furnished to the Company and the Investors in writing by such Founder; or

If to an Investor, at his or its address set forth on Schedule A, or at such other address or addresses as may have been furnished to the Company in writing by such an Investor, with a copy to: Cooley LLP, 500 Boylston Street, 14th Floor, Boston, MA 02116-3736, Attention: Marc Recht.

Any party may give any notice, request, consent or other communication under this Agreement using any other means (including, without limitation, personal delivery, messenger service, telecopy, first class mail or electronic mail), but no such notice, request, consent or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given unless and until it is actually received by the party for whom it is intended. Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, consents or other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other parties notice in the manner set forth in this Section.

 

24


(e) Complete Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to such subject matter.

(f) Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended or terminated and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), with the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Shares held by all of the Stockholders; provided that any amendment, termination or waiver of any term of Section 2.2 of this Agreement which has a disproportionately negative effect on the Founders shall also require the written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Founder Registrable Shares; and provided further that this Agreement may be amended with the consent of the holders of less than all Registrable Shares only in a manner which affects all such holders in the same fashion and no amendment shall be effected to any provision hereof which will have the effect of reducing the approval threshold for any matter herein unless such amendment is approved by holders holding such threshold of votes; and provided further that no consent shall be required for an amendment pursuant to Section 6(k). Any such amendment, termination or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 6(f) shall be binding on all parties hereto, even if they do not execute such consent. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition or provision.

(g) Pronouns. Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa.

(h) Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures. This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same document.

(i) Section Headings. The section headings are for the convenience of the parties and in no way alter, modify, amend, limit or restrict the contractual obligations of the parties.

(j) One Holder. For purposes of determining the number of Shares held by each Stockholder under this Agreement, (i) all affiliates of North Bridge Venture Partners (collectively, “North Bridge”) shall be deemed to be one holder, (ii) all affiliates of Polaris Venture Partners (collectively, “Polaris”) shall be deemed to be one holder and (iii) all affiliates of Perceptive Life Science Master Fund, Ltd. (collectively, “Perceptive”) shall be deemed to be one holder (with North Bridge, Polaris, Perceptive and Intersouth Partners VII, L.P. collectively the “Institutional Investors” and each an “Institutional Investor”).

(k) Addition of Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of Series C Preferred after the date hereof, any purchaser of such shares of Series C Preferred shall become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and

 

25


thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder. No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Investor so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” hereunder.

(l) Prior IRA. The Prior IRA is hereby amended and restated in its entirety and restated herein. Such amendment and restatement is effective upon execution of this Agreement by the Company, the Founders and the Investors constituting the requisite votes necessary to amend such Prior IRA. Upon such execution, all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior IRA are hereby waived, released and superseded in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:   /s/ Maria Palasis
Name:   Maria Palasis
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
ARROWMARK FUNDAMENTAL OPPORTUNITY FUND, L.P.
By:  

ArrowMark Partners GP, LLC

Its General Partner

By:  

/s/ David Corkins

Name:   David Corkins
Title:   Managing Member

[Signature Page to Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
INTERSOUTH PARTNERS VII, L.P.
By:  

Intersouth Associates VII, LLC

Its General Partner

By:   /s/ Dennis Dougherty
Name:   Dennis Dougherty
Title:  

Member Manager

[Signature Page to Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
MERIDIAN SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND
By:  

ArrowMark Colorado Holdings, LLC

Its Investment Advisor

By:   /s/ David Corkins
Name:   David Corkins
Title:  

Managing Member

[Signature Page to Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
NORTH BRIDGE VENTURE PARTNERS V-A, L.P.
By:  

North Bridge Venture Management V, L.P.

Its General Partner

By:  

NBVM GP, LLC

Its General Partner

By:   /s/ Edward T. Anderson
Name:   Edward T. Anderson
Title:  

Manager

 

NORTH BRIDGE VENTURE PARTNERS V-B, L.P.
By:  

North Bridge Venture Management V, L.P.

Its General Partner

By:  

NBVM GP, LLC

Its General Partner

By:   /s/ Edward T. Anderson
Name:   Edward T. Anderson
Title:  

Manager

 

NORTH BRIDGE VENTURE PARTNERS VI, L.P.
By:  

North Bridge Venture Management VI, L.P.

Its General Partner

By:  

NBVM GP, LLC

Its General Partner

By:   /s/ Edward T. Anderson
Name:   Edward T. Anderson
Title:  

Manager

[Signature Page to Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
PERCEPTIVE LIFE SCIENCES MASTER FUND, LTD.
By:   /s/ Joseph Edelman
Name:   Joseph Edelman
Title:  

Investment Manager

 

PERCEPTIVE LS (A), LLC
By:  

Perceptive LS GP, LLC

Its Manager

By:   /s/ Joseph Edelman
Name:   Joseph Edelman
Title:  

Investment Manager

[Signature Page to Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
POLARIS VENTURE PARTNERS V, L.P.
By:  

Polaris Venture Management Co. V, L.L.C.

Its General Partner

By:   /s/ Lauren Crockett
Name:   Lauren Crockett
Title:  

Attorney-in-fact

 

POLARIS VENTURE PARTNERS ENTREPRENEURS’ FUND V, L.P.
By:  

Polaris Venture Management Co. V, L.L.C.

Its General Partner

By:   /s/ Lauren Crockett
Name:   Lauren Crockett
Title:  

Attorney-in-fact

 

POLARIS VENTURE PARTNERS FOUNDERS’ FUND V, L.P.
By:  

Polaris Venture Management Co. V, L.L.C.

Its General Partner

By:   /s/ Lauren Crockett
Name:   Lauren Crockett
Title:  

Attorney-in-fact

 

POLARIS VENTURE PARTNERS SPECIAL FOUNDERS’ FUND V, L.P.
By:  

Polaris Venture Management Co. V, L.L.C.

Its General Partner

By:   /s/ Lauren Crockett
Name:   Lauren Crockett
Title:  

Attorney-in-fact

[Signature Page to Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
POLARIS VENTURE PARTNERS IV, L.P.
By:  

Polaris Venture Management Co. IV, L.L.C.

Its General Partner

By:   /s/ Lauren Crockett
Name:   Lauren Crockett
Title:  

Attorney-in-Fact

 

POLARIS VENTURE PARTNERS ENTREPRENEURS’ FUND IV, L.P.
By:  

Polaris Venture Management Co. IV, L.L.C.

Its General Partner

By:   /s/ Lauren Crockett
Name:   Lauren Crockett
Title:  

Attorney-in-Fact

[Signature Page to Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
RA CAPITAL HEALTHCARE FUND, L.P.
By:  

RA Capital Healthcare Fund GP, LLC

Its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Rajeev Shah

 

Name:   Rajeev Shah
Title:  

Manager

[Signature Page to Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS AND FOUNDERS:

/s/ Carmichael S. Roberts

 

Carmichael S. Roberts

[Signature Page to Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS AND FOUNDERS:

/s/ George M. Whitesides

George M. Whitesides

[Signature Page to Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS AND FOUNDERS:

/s/ Robert Langer

Robert Langer

[Signature Page to Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


Lyra Therapeutics, Inc.

Signature Page

to

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement,

Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement,

Eighth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, and

Ninth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Voting Agreement

By executing and delivering this signature page, the undersigned hereby (i) agrees to become a party to and to be bound by the terms and conditions of that certain Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement by and among Lyra Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the other parties thereto, dated as of January 10, 2020 (the “Purchase Agreement”), as a “Purchaser” thereunder, (ii) acknowledges having read the representations in Section 4 of the Purchase Agreement entitled “Representations of Purchasers” and (iii) represents and warrants that the statements contained in such Section 4 are complete and accurate with respect to the undersigned as a Purchaser.

The undersigned further hereby joins in, becomes a party to and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of:

(a)    that certain Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2020, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto (the “Investors’ Rights Agreement”) as an “Investor” thereunder;

(b)    that certain Eighth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2020, by and among the Company and the other parties named therein (the “Co-Sale Agreement”) as an “Investor” thereunder; and

(c)    that certain Ninth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Voting Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2020, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto (the “Voting Agreement”) as an “Investor” and “Stockholder” thereunder.

This Joinder Agreement is contingent upon the Company’s receipt of funds from the undersigned in the amount of the Aggregate Purchase Price (as set forth below), which the undersigned hereby agrees it shall provide to the Company by a date no later than January 28, 2020. The undersigned hereby authorizes this signature page to be attached to the Purchase Agreement, the Investors’ Rights Agreement, the Co-Sale Agreement and the Voting Agreement or counterparts thereof.

Number of Shares of

Series C Preferred Stock: 5,153,178

Number of Warrant Shares

(Common Stock): 1,545,953

Aggregate Purchase Price: $1,999,999.92

 

[Signature Page Follows]


In witness Whereof, the undersigned has executed this Signature Page to Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, Eighth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, Eighth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, and Ninth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Voting Agreement as of the 28th day of January, 2020.

Clifton Capital L.P.

 

By:  

/s/ Tracy Lange

Name:   Tracy Lange
Title:  

Authorised Representative

For Clifton Capital LP


AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:
LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

/s/ Maria Palasis

Maria Palasis
President and Chief Executive Officer


Lyra Therapeutics, Inc.

Signature Page

to

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement,

Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement,

Eighth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, and

Ninth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Voting Agreement

By executing and delivering this signature page, the undersigned hereby (i) agrees to become a party to and to be bound by the terms and conditions of that certain Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement by and among Lyra Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company’’), and the other parties thereto, dated as of January 10, 2020 (the “Purchase Agreement”), as a “Purchaser” thereunder, (ii) acknowledges having read the representations in Section 4 of the Purchase Agreement entitled “Representations of Purchasers” and (iii) represents and warrants that the statements contained in such Section 4 are complete and accurate with respect to the undersigned as a Purchaser.

The undersigned further hereby joins in, becomes a party to and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of:

(a)    that certain Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2020, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto (the “Investors’ Rights Agreement”) as an “Investor” thereunder;

(b)    that certain Eighth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2020, by and among the Company and the other parties named therein (the “Co-Sale Agreement”) as an “Investor” thereunder; and

(c)    that certain Ninth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Voting Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2020, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto (the “Voting Agreement”) as an “Investor” and “Stockholder” thereunder.

This Joinder Agreement is contingent upon the Company’s receipt of funds from the undersigned in the amount of the Aggregate Purchase Price (as set forth below), which the undersigned hereby agrees it shall provide to the Company by a date no later than January 27, 2020. The undersigned hereby authorizes this signature page to be attached to the Purchase Agreement, the Investors’ Rights Agreement, the Co-Sale Agreement and the Voting Agreement or counterparts thereof.

Number of Shares of

Series C Preferred Stock: 3,607,224

Aggregate Purchase Price: $1,399,999.71

 

[Signature Page Follows]


In witness Whereof, the undersigned has executed this Signature Page to Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, Eighth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, Eighth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, and Ninth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Voting Agreement as of the 27 day of January, 2020.

 

Soleus Private Equity Fund I, L.P.
By: Soleus Private Equity GP I, LLC, as general partner
  By:  

/s/ Steven Musumeci

  Name:   Steven Musumeci
  Title:   Chief Operating Officer


AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:
LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

/s/ Maria Palasis

Maria Palasis
President and Chief Executive Officer


Lyra Therapeutics, Inc.

Signature Page

to

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement,

Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement,

Eighth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, and

Ninth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Voting Agreement

By executing and delivering this signature page, the undersigned hereby (i) agrees to become a party to and to be bound by the terms and conditions of that certain Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement by and among Lyra Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the other parties thereto, dated as of January 10, 2020 (the “Purchase Agreement”), as a “Purchaser” thereunder, (ii) acknowledges having read the representations in Section 4 of the Purchase Agreement entitled “Representations of Purchasers” and (iii) represents and warrants that the statements contained in such Section 4 are complete and accurate with respect to the undersigned as a Purchaser.

The undersigned further hereby joins in, becomes a party to and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of:

(a)    that certain Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2020, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto (the “Investors’ Rights Agreement”) as an “Investor” thereunder;

(b)    that certain Eighth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2020, by and among the Company and the other parties named therein (the “Co-Sale Agreement”) as an “Investor” thereunder; and

(c)    that certain Ninth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Voting Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2020, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto (the “Voting Agreement”) as an “Investor” and “Stockholder” thereunder.

This Joinder Agreement is contingent upon the Company’s receipt of funds from the undersigned in the amount of the Aggregate Purchase Price (as set forth below), which the undersigned hereby agrees it shall provide to the Company by a date no later than 31, 2020. The undersigned hereby authorizes this signature page to be attached to the Purchase Agreement, the Investors’ Rights Agreement, the Co-Sale Agreement and the Voting Agreement or counterparts thereof.

Number of Shares of

Series C Preferred Stock: 235,965

Number of Warrant Shares

(Common Stock): 70,789

Aggregate Purchase Price: $91,580.38

 

[Signature Page Follows]


In witness Whereof, the undersigned has executed this Signature Page to Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, Eighth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, Eighth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, and Ninth Amended and Restated, Stockholders’ Voting Agreement as of the 31st day of January, 2020.

 

Emmant, LLC
By:  

/s/ Guido Neels

Name:   Guido Neels
Title:   Manager


AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:
LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

/s/ Maria Palasis

Maria Palasis
President and Chief Executive Officer


Lyra Therapeutics, Inc.

Signature Page

to

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement,

Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement,

Eighth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, and

Ninth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Voting Agreement

By executing and delivering this signature page, the undersigned hereby (i) agrees to become a party to and to be bound by the terms and conditions of that certain Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement by and among Lyra Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the other parties thereto, dated as of January 10, 2020 (the “Purchase Agreement”), as a “Purchaser” thereunder, (ii) acknowledges having read the representations in Section 4 of the Purchase Agreement entitled “Representations of Purchasers” and (iii) represents and warrants that the statements contained in such Section 4 are complete and accurate with respect to the undersigned as a Purchaser.

The undersigned further hereby joins in, becomes a party to and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of:

(a)    that certain Eighth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2020, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto (the “Investors’ Rights Agreement”) as an “Investor” thereunder;

(b)    that certain Eighth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2020, by and among the Company and the other parties named therein (the “Co-Sale Agreement”) as an “Investor” thereunder; and

(c)    that certain Ninth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Voting Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2020, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto (the “Voting Agreement”) as an “Investor” and “Stockholder” thereunder.

This Joinder Agreement is contingent upon the Company’s receipt of funds from the undersigned in the amount of the Aggregate Purchase Price (as set forth below), which the undersigned hereby agrees it shall provide to the Company by a date no later than January 31, 2020. The undersigned hereby authorizes this signature page to be attached to the Purchase Agreement, the Investors’ Rights Agreement, the Co-Sale Agreement and the Voting Agreement or counterparts thereof.

Number of Shares of

Series C Preferred Stock: 644,147

Number of Warrant Shares

(Common Stock): 193,244

Aggregate Purchase Price: $249,999.90

 

[Signature Page Follows]


In witness Whereof, the undersigned has executed this Signature Page to Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, Eighth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, Eighth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, and Ninth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Voting Agreement as of the 29th day of January, 2020.

 

RFA Holding LLC
By:  

/s/ Giles Carmichael

Name:   Giles Carmichael
Title:   President


AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:
LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

/s/ Maria Palasis

Maria Palasis
President and Chief Executive Officer


SCHEDULE A

Investors

 

Intersouth Partners VII, L.P.

406 Blackwell Street

Suite 200

Durham, NC 27701

 

North Bridge Venture Partners V-A, L.P.

950 Winter Street, Suite 4600

Waltham, MA 02451

 

North Bridge Venture Partners V-B, L.P.

950 Winter Street, Suite 4600

Waltham, MA 02451

 

North Bridge Venture Partners VI, L.P.

950 Winter Street, Suite 4600

Waltham, MA 02451

 

Polaris Venture Partners IV, L.P.

1 Marina Park Drive

10th Floor

Boston, MA 02210

 

Polaris Venture Partners Entrepreneurs’ Fund IV, L.P.

1 Marina Park Drive

10th Floor

Boston, MA 02210

 

Polaris Venture Partners V, L.P.

1 Marina Park Drive

10th Floor

Boston, MA 02210

 

Polaris Venture Partners Entrepreneurs’ Fund V, L.P.

1 Marina Park Drive

10th Floor

Boston, MA 02210

  

Polaris Venture Partners Founders’ Fund V, L.P.

1 Marina Park Drive

10th Floor

Boston, MA 02210

 

Polaris Venture Partners Special Founders’ Fund V, L.P.

1 Marina Park Drive

10th Floor

Boston, MA 02210

 

Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., as Custodian

FBO Robert Duane Dickson IRA

50 Deepwood Road

Darien, CT 06820

 

Duane Dickson

[xxx]

[xxx]

 

Carmichael Roberts

[xxx]

[xxx]

 

Robert Langer

[xxx]

[xxx]

 

Michael Loberg

[xxx]

[xxx]

 

George M. Whitesides

[xxx]

[xxx]

 

Mountainview Ventures, LLC

20 River Oaks Circle

Pikesville, MD 21208


Shaw Warren

[xxx]

[xxx]

 

Paramjith Anand

[xxx]

[xxx]

 

Milan Mrksich

[xxx]

[xxx]

 

MS Pace LP

8500 Normandale Lake Blvd

Suite 1070

Bloomington, MN 55437

 

Broadview Ventures I LLC

265 Franklin Street, Suite 1902

Boston, MA 02110

 

Emmant, LLC

c/o Guido Neels

7916 Dean Road

Indianapolis, IN 46240

 

Endoluminal Therapeutics, Inc.

c/o Dr. Marvin Slepian

2540 N Yellow Flower Trail

Tucson, AZ 85715

 

RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P.

c/o RA Capital Management, L.P.

200 Berkeley Street

18th Floor

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: General Counsel

 

Soleus Private Equity Fund I, L.P.

104 Field Point Road

Second Floor

Greenwich, CT 06830

 

ArrowMark Fundamental Opportunity Fund, L.P.

100 Fillmore Street

Denver, CO 80206

  

Meridian Small Cap Growth Fund

100 Fillmore Street

Denver, CO 80206

 

Perceptive Life Sciences Master Fund, Ltd

51 Astor Place, 10th Floor

New York, NY 10003

 

Perceptive LS (A), LLC

51 Astor Place, 10th Floor

New York, NY 10003

 

RFA Holding LLC

401 Park Avenue South

New York, NY 10016

 

Clifton Capital LP

c/o MJM Europe Limited

Corporate House

10 Oratory Street

Naxxar

NXR 2504

Malta

 

Giselle Weiss

Ochsengasse 14

CH-4123 Allschwil

Switzerland

 

Tracie Smart

76 Benton Road

Somerville, MA 02143

 

Milan Mrksich

560 N. Lincoln Street

Hinsdale, IL 60521

 

Karen Shannon

552 N. Vine St

Hinsdale IL 60521

EX-4.3

Exhibit 4.3

Schedule of Holders of

Warrants to Purchase Common Stock

 

Holder

   Warrant
No.
   Number of Shares      Issuance Date    Expiration Date /
Void After

ArrowMark Fundamental Opportunity Fund, L.P.

   1-A      386,488      1/10/2020    1/10/2030

Meridian Small Cap Growth Fund

   1-B      772,976      1/10/2020    1/10/2030

Intersouth Partners VII, L.P.

   2      309,190      1/10/2020    1/10/2030

North Bridge Venture Partners V-A, L.P.

   3-A      726,219      1/17/2020    1/17/2030

North Bridge Venture Partners V-B, L.P.

   3-B      355,949      1/17/2020    1/17/2030

North Bridge Venture Partners VI, L.P

   3-C      463,785      1/17/2020    1/17/2030

Polaris Venture Partners V, L.P.

   4-A      596,697      1/10/2020    1/10/2030

Polaris Venture Partners Entrepreneurs’ Fund V, L.P.

   4-B      11,630      1/10/2020    1/10/2030

Polaris Venture Partners Founders’ Fund V, L.P.

   4-C      4,087      1/10/2020    1/10/2030

Polaris Venture Partners Special Founders’ Fund V, L.P.

   4-D      5,967      1/10/2020    1/10/2030

Perceptive Life Sciences Master Fund, Ltd

   5-A      4,869,753      1/17/2020    1/17/2030

Perceptive LS (A), LLC

   5-B      11,710,597      1/17/2020    1/17/2030

RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P.

   6      386,488      1/17/2020    1/17/2030

Soleus Private Equity Fund I, L.P.

   7      1,082,167      1/27/2020    1/27/2030

Emmant, LLC

   8      70,789      1/31/2020    1/31/2030

Clifton Capital LP

   9      1,545,953      1/29/2020    1/29/2030

RFA Holding LLC

   11      193,244      1/29/2020    1/29/2030


THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED WITHOUT (I) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO, (II) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT OR (III) RECEIPT OF A NO ACTION LETTER FROM THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. COPIES OF THE AGREEMENT COVERING THE ACQUISITION OF THIS WARRANT AND RESTRICTING ITS TRANSFER MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS WARRANT TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF THE COMPANY.

Void after _________________

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

COMMON STOCK WARRANT

Warrant No. __

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, ___________ or its registered assigns (hereinafter called the “Holder”) is entitled to purchase from Lyra Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with its principal place of business at 480 Arsenal Way, Watertown, MA 02472 (the “Company”), at any time after the date specified in Section 1 hereof and ending at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the Expiration Date, as such term is defined in Section 1 hereof, up to ______ shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), subject to adjustment as set forth herein.

This Warrant (the “Warrant”) is being issued pursuant to the terms of that certain Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2020, by and among, the Company and the purchasers set forth on Schedule A therein (the “Purchase Agreement”). This Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part, at any time through to the Expiration Date (as defined below) at the option of the Holder.

1. Definitions. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings. Any capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning given to them in the Purchase Agreement.

(a) “Exercise Price” shall mean the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock following the Initial Closing (as determined by the Board of Directors, in good faith, based on the most recent independent third party valuation of the Company available following the Initial Closing performed pursuant to Section 409A of the Code, and taking into account any changes to the Company’s business between the date of such third party valuation and the Initial Closing), subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 5 below.


(b) Subject to Section 2, “Expiration Date” shall mean the period ending on the earlier of (i) _________________, (ii) immediately prior to the closing of the initial public offering of Common Stock (“IPO”), (iii) immediately prior to the closing of a Liquidation Transaction, or (iv) unless terminated earlier as provided below.

(c) “Liquidation Transaction” shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, any Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as in effect as of the date hereof).

(d) “Warrant Shares” shall mean the shares of the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, subject to adjustments pursuant to the terms herein, including but not limited to adjustment pursuant to Section 5 below.

2. Term and Exercise Schedule. This Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time, through the Expiration Date. If the Expiration Date is occasioned by either the closing of the IPO or a Liquidation Transaction and to the extent that the fair market value of one Warrant Share (as determined in accordance with Section 3.3(b)) would be greater than the Exercise Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such IPO or Liquidation Transaction, and the Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2 below as to all Warrant Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be Net Exercised pursuant to Section 3.3(a) as to all Warrant Shares for which it shall not previously have been exercised, effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the closing of the IPO or Liquidation Transaction. In the event of an IPO or Liquidation Transaction where the fair market value of one Warrant Share as determined in accordance with Section 3.3(b) would be less than the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such IPO or Liquidation Transaction, then this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the closing of such IPO or Liquidation Transaction.

3. Method of Exercise; Payment; Issuance of New Warrant. The purchase right represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part, by:

3.1. the surrender of this Warrant (with an executed notice of exercise in the form attached hereto as Attachment A and an duly executed Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Attachment B) by delivery to the Company at its address set forth above (or such other address as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder); and

3.2. the payment to the Company, by check, wire transfer, forgiveness of indebtedness, or any combination of the foregoing, of an amount equal to the then applicable Exercise Price per share multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares then being purchased.

If this Warrant should be exercised, the Company shall, upon surrender of this Warrant, execute and deliver a certificate representing the Common Stock issued to the Holder upon such exercise, and if this Warrant should be exercised in part only, a new Warrant of the same tenor evidencing the rights of the Holder thereof to purchase the balance of the Warrant

 

2


Shares purchasable hereunder. Upon receipt by the Company of this Warrant and such notice of exercise, together with, if applicable, the aggregate Exercise Price, at such office, or by the stock transfer agent or warrant agent of the Company at its office, the Holder shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the applicable Warrant Shares, notwithstanding that the stock transfer books of the Company shall then be closed. The Company shall pay any and all documentary stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes payable in respect of the issue or delivery of the Warrant Shares.

3.3. Net Exercise.

(a) Conversion Right. In addition to and without limiting the rights of the Holder under the terms of this Warrant, the Holder may elect to convert this Warrant or any portion thereof (the “Conversion Right”) into Warrant Shares, the aggregate value of such Warrant Shares shall be equal to the value of this Warrant or the portion thereof being converted. The Conversion Right may be exercised automatically as provided herein and by the Holder by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with notice of the Holder’s intention to exercise the Conversion Right, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of Warrant Shares computed using the following formula:

 

LOGO

Where:

X - The number of Warrant Shares to be issued to the Holder upon exercise of the Conversion Right.

Y - The number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or such lesser number as are being exercised).

A - The fair market value of one Warrant Share, as determined pursuant to Section 3.3(b) hereof, as of the time the Conversion Right is exercised pursuant to this Section 3.

B - Exercise Price for one Warrant Share under this Warrant (as adjusted to the date of such calculations).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Warrant shall be deemed to have converted into Warrant Shares pursuant to this Section 3.3(a) upon the Expiration Date if not previously exercised or converted before such date.

(b) Fair Market Value. For purposes of Section 3.3(a), the fair market value of one Warrant Share shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in good faith; provided, however, that:

(i) where a public market exists for the Common Stock at the time of such exercise, then:

(A) the fair market value of one Warrant Share shall be the last closing price per share of the Common Stock on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading; or

 

3


(B) the average of the bid and asked price per share as reported in the “pink sheets” published by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc. if the Common Stock is not listed or traded on any exchange; or

(C) if such quotations are not available, the fair market value of that number of shares of the Common Stock into which one Warrant Share is convertible on the date such notice was received by the Company, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

(ii) if the Warrant is exercised in connection with the IPO, the fair market value of one Warrant Share shall be the per share offering price of Common Stock to the public in the IPO; and

(iii) all such determinations to be appropriately adjusted for stock dividend, stock split, stock combination or other similar transactions during the applicable calculation period.

4. Stock Fully Paid; Reservation of Warrant Shares. All shares of stock which may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free from all taxes, liens, encumbrances and charges with respect to the issue thereof, except for the restrictions on transfer provided herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws and any liens or encumbrances created by or imposed by the Holder. During the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, the Company covenants that it will at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock a sufficient number of shares of its Common Stock to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant into Common Stock.

5. Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Warrant Shares. The number and kind of Warrant Shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events, as follows:

5.1. Reclassification. Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of Common Stock are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that the Holder would have had, if the Warrant Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, provided that the aggregate purchase price shall remain the same and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 5.1 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations, substitutions, replacements or similar events.

 

4


5.2 Subdivision or Combination of Warrant Shares. If the Company at any time while this Warrant remains outstanding and unexpired shall subdivide the outstanding Common Stock into a greater number of shares, the number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionally increased and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, provided that the aggregate purchase price shall remain the same. If the Company at any time while this Warrant remains outstanding and unexpired shall combine or consolidate the outstanding Common Stock, into a lesser number of shares, then the number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately decreased and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased, provided that the aggregate purchase price shall remain the same.

5.3. Stock Dividends. If the Company at any time while this Warrant is outstanding and unexpired declares or pays a dividend or distribution (other than as set forth in Sections 5.1 and 5.2) on the outstanding shares of Common Stock payable in Common Stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Warrant Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Warrant Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred.

5.4. Adjustment of Number of Warrant Shares. Upon each adjustment in the Exercise Price, the number of shares of stock purchasable hereunder shall be adjusted, to the nearest whole share, to the product obtained by multiplying the number of Warrant Shares purchasable immediately prior to such adjustment in the Exercise Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Exercise Price immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the Exercise Price immediately thereafter.

5.5 Notice/Certificate of Adjustment. Upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price, class and/or number of Warrant Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify the Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Exercise Price, class and/or number of Warrant Shares and facts upon which any such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from the Holder, furnish the Holder with a certificate of its Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Exercise Price, class and number of shares of Common Stock in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

6. Fractional Warrant Shares. No fractional Warrant Shares will be issued in connection with any exercise hereunder, but in lieu of such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor upon the basis of the Exercise Price then in effect.

7. Representations of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to the Holder that (i) Section 2.2(j) of the Schedule of Exceptions sets forth a true and correct pro forma capitalization table of the Company reflecting the Company’s fully diluted equity capitalization immediately following the Initial Closing (including all shares, options (including shares reserved under the Stock Plan), warrants, and other rights to acquire capital stock) and (ii) such capitalization table includes the names of the Company’s securityholders, the number of shares of capital stock issued or issuable to such securityholder, and the fully diluted percentage interest of each such securityholder.

 

5


8. Compliance with Securities Act; Non-transferability of Warrant; Disposition of Shares of Stock.

8.1. Compliance with Securities Act. The Holder, by acceptance hereof, agrees that this Warrant and the Warrant Shares are being acquired for investment and that he, she or it will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any Warrant Shares except under circumstances which will not result in a violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”). Upon exercise of this Warrant, the Holder hereof shall confirm in writing, in a form attached hereto as Attachment B, that the Warrant Shares so purchased are being acquired for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale. In addition, the Holder shall provide such additional information regarding such Holder’s financial and investment background, as the Company may reasonably request, as is relevant for purposes of determining the Holder’s suitability with respect to a purchase of the Warrant Shares. All Warrant Shares (unless registered under the Act) shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED WITHOUT (I) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO, (II) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT OR (III) RECEIPT OF A NO ACTION LETTER FROM THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. COPIES OF THE WARRANT AGREEMENT COVERING THE ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY AND RESTRICTING ITS TRANSFER MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS SECURITY TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF THE COMPANY.

8.2. Transferability of Warrant. This Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without (i) an effective registration statement related thereto, (ii) an opinion of counsel for the Holder, satisfactory to the Company, that such registration is not required under the Act or (iii) receipt of a no action letter from the Securities and Exchange Commission (together, “Securities Law Compliance Guarantees”); provided, however, that the Warrant may be transferred in whole or in part without Securities Law Compliance Guarantees upon any of the following provided that the transferee agrees in writing, by way of documentation reasonably acceptable to the Company, to be subject to the terms hereof to the same extent as if he/she were an original Holder hereunder:

(a) A transfer of the Warrant by a Holder who is a natural person during such Holder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such Holder’s immediate family or to any custodian or trustee for the account of such Holder or such Holder’s immediate family, or a transfer of the Warrant by a Holder that is a trust to a natural person who is the beneficiary of such trust, to such beneficiary’s immediate family or to any custodian or trustee for the account of such beneficiary or such beneficiary’s immediate family. “Immediate family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant, father, mother, brother, or sister of the Holder;

 

6


(b) A transfer of the Warrant to the Company;

(c) A transfer of the Warrant to a parent, subsidiary or affiliate of a Holder ; or

(d) A transfer of the Warrant by a Holder which is a limited or general partnership to any of its partners or former partners (with, a, b and c, a “Permitted Transfer”).

9. Rights of Stockholders. No Holder of this Warrant shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of stock or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder of this Warrant, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance, or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise until this Warrant has been exercised and the Warrant Shares shall have become deliverable, as provided herein.

10. Governing Law. This Warrant and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the state of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

11. Miscellaneous. The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of convenience and reference only, and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof. All notices and other communications shall be delivered by hand or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the respective addresses provided in the Purchase Agreement, or to such other address as the Company or Holder may designate to the other parties hereto.

12. Purchase Agreement. This Warrant is a Warrant referred to in the Purchase Agreement and is entitled to all the benefits provided therein.

13. Loss, Theft or Destruction of Warrant. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, mutilation or destruction of this Warrant and of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it, the Company will make and deliver an affidavit of lost warrant which shall carry the same rights carried by this Warrant, stating that such affidavit of lost warrant is issued in replacement of this Warrant, making reference to the original date of issuance of this Warrant (and any successors hereto) and dated as of such cancellation, in lieu of this Warrant.

 

7


14. Amendment and Waiver. Any term of this Warrant may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the Warrant Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Warrants then outstanding that were issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 14 shall be binding upon the Holder and each transferee of the Warrant, each future holder of all such Warrants, and the Company.

15. Counterparts: Facsimile/Electronic Signature. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

(Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank)

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed by its officers, thereunto duly authorized this ___ day of _______, 2020.

 

LYRA THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:    
Name:   Maria Palasis
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Pages to Common Stock Warrant]


ATTACHMENT A TO WARRANT

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

TO: Lyra Therapeutics, Inc.

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ____________ shares of Common Stock of Lyra Therapeutics, Inc. as defined in that certain Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2020, and pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

2. The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached Warrant into Warrant Shares in the manner specified in Section 3.3 of the Warrant. This conversion is exercised with respect to _______________________ of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph above that does not apply.]

3. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

   Name:        
   Address:        
                         
          

4. The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares of stock are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares. In support thereof, the undersigned has executed an Investment Representation Statement attached hereto as Attachment B.

 

[HOLDER]
By:    
Title:    
Date:    


ATTACHMENT B TO WARRANT

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PURCHASER   :  

 

  
COMPANY   :   Lyra Therapeutics, Inc.   
SECURITY   :  

 

  
AMOUNT   :  

 

  
DATE   :  

 

  

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed securities and underlying stock (the “Securities”), the undersigned represents to the Company the following:

(a) We are purchasing these Securities for our own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for the resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”).

(b) We understand that the Securities have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of our investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, we understand that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if our representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future.

(c) We further understand that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act or unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available. Moreover, we understand that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. In addition, we understand that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d) We are aware of the provisions of Rule 144, promulgated under the Act, which, in substance, permits limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer thereof (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.

(e) We further understand that at the time we wish to sell the Securities there may be no public market upon which to make such a sale.

 

[HOLDER]
   
  (signature)
   
  (title)
EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

WMR BIOMEDICAL, INC.

2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1.

Purpose

The purpose of the WMR Biomedical, Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to attract and retain key employees, directors and consultants of the Company and its Affiliates, to provide an incentive for them to achieve long-range performance goals, and to enable them to participate in the long-term growth of the Company by granting Awards with respect to the Company’s Common Stock. Certain capitalized terms used herein are defined in section 8 below.

 

2.

Administration

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall select the Participants to receive Awards and shall determine the terms and conditions of the Awards. The Committee shall have authority to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the operation of the Plan as it shall from time to time consider advisable, and to interpret the provisions of the Plan. The Committee’s decisions shall be final and binding. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee may delegate to one or more executive officers of the Company the power to make Awards to Participants and all determinations under the Plan with respect thereto.

 

3.

Eligibility

All employees, directors, and consultants of the Company or any Affiliate capable of contributing significantly to the successful performance of the Company, other than a person who has irrevocably elected not to be eligible, are eligible to be Participants in the Plan. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to persons eligible to receive such Options under the Code.

 

4.

Stock Available for Awards

(a) Amount. Subject to adjustment under subsection (b), Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 2,685,000 shares of Common Stock. If any Award expires or is terminated unexercised or is forfeited or settled in a manner that results in fewer shares outstanding than were awarded, the shares subject to such Award, to the extent of such expiration, termination, forfeiture or decrease, shall again be available for award under the Plan. Common Stock issued through the assumption or substitution of outstanding grants from an acquired company shall not reduce the shares available for Awards under the Plan. Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.


(b) Adjustment. In the event that the Committee determines that any stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, exchange of shares or other transaction affects the Common Stock such that an adjustment is required in order to preserve the benefits intended to be provided by the Plan, then the Committee (subject in the case of Incentive Stock Options to any limitation required under the Code) shall equitably adjust any or all of (i) the number and kind of shares in respect of which Awards may be made under the Plan, (ii) the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding Awards and (iii) the exercise price with respect to any of the foregoing, provided that the number of shares subject to any Award shall always be a whole number, and if considered appropriate, the Committee may make provision for a cash payment with respect to an outstanding Award.

 

5.

Stock Options

(a) Grant of Options. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may grant options (“Options”) to purchase shares of Common Stock (i) complying with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision and any regulations thereunder (“Incentive Stock Options”) and (ii) not intended to comply with such requirements (“Nonstatutory Stock Options”). The Committee shall determine the number of shares subject to each Option and the exercise price therefor, which in the case of Incentive Stock Options shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant. No Incentive Stock Option may be granted hereunder more than ten years after the effective date of the Plan.

(b) Terms and Conditions. Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may specify in the applicable grant or thereafter. The Committee may impose such conditions with respect to the exercise of Options, including conditions relating to applicable federal or state securities laws, as it considers necessary or advisable.

(c) Payment. No shares shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the exercise price therefor is received by the Company. Such payment may be made in whole or in part in cash or, to the extent permitted by the Committee at or after the grant of the Option, by delivery of a note or other commitment satisfactory to the Committee or shares of Common Stock owned by the optionee, including Restricted Stock, or by retaining shares otherwise issuable pursuant to the Option, in each case valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of delivery or retention, or such other lawful consideration, including a payment commitment of a financial or brokerage institution, as the Committee may determine.

 

6.

Restricted Stock

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may grant shares of Common Stock subject to forfeiture (“Restricted Stock”) and determine the duration of the period (the “Restricted Period”) during which, and the conditions under which, the shares may be forfeited to the Company and the other terms and conditions of such Awards. Shares of Restricted Stock may be issued for no cash consideration, such minimum consideration as may be required by applicable law or such other consideration as the Committee may determine.

 

- 2 -


(b) Restrictions. Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, except as permitted by the Committee, during the Restricted Period. Shares of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may determine. Any certificates issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of the Participant and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, deposited by the Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company. At the expiration of the Restricted Period, the Company shall deliver such certificates to the Participant or if the Participant has died, to the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary.

 

7.

General Provisions Applicable to Awards

(a) Documentation. Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by a writing delivered to the Participant specifying the terms and conditions thereof and containing such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as the Committee considers necessary or advisable to achieve the purposes of the Plan or to comply with applicable tax and regulatory laws and accounting principles.

(b) Committee Discretion. Each type of Award may be made alone, in addition to or in relation to any other Award. The terms of each type of Award need not be identical, and the Committee need not treat Participants uniformly. Except as otherwise provided by the Plan or a particular Award, any determination with respect to an Award may be made by the Committee at the time of grant or at any time thereafter.

(c) Termination of Employment. The Committee shall determine the effect on an Award of the disability, death, retirement or other termination of employment of a Participant and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant’s legal representative, guardian or Designated Beneficiary may receive payment of an Award or exercise rights thereunder.

(d) Change in Control. In order to preserve a Participant’s rights under an Award in the event of a change in control (as defined by the Committee) of the Company, the Committee in its discretion may, at the time an Award is made or at any time thereafter, take one or more of the following actions: (i) provide for the acceleration of any time period relating to the exercise or payment of the Award, (ii) provide for payment to the Participant of cash or other property with a Fair Market Value equal to the amount that would have been received upon the exercise or payment of the Award had the Award been exercised or paid upon the change in control, (iii) adjust the terms of the Award in a manner determined by the Committee to reflect the change in control, (iv) cause the Award to be assumed, or new rights substituted therefor, by another entity, or (v) make such other provision as the Committee may consider equitable to Participants and in the best interests of the Company.

(e) Transferability. In the discretion of the Committee, any Award may be made transferable upon such terms and conditions and to such extent as the Committee determines, provided that Incentive Stock Options may be transferable only to the extent permitted by the Code. The Committee may in its discretion waive any restriction on transferability.

 

- 3 -


(f) Loans. The Committee may authorize the making of loans or cash payments to Participants in connection with the grant or exercise of any Award under the Plan, which loans may be secured by any security, including Common Stock, underlying or related to such Award (provided that the loan shall not exceed the Fair Market Value of the security subject to such Award), and which may be forgiven upon such terms and conditions as the Committee may establish at the time of such loan or at any time thereafter.

(g) Withholding Taxes. The Participant shall pay to the Company, or make provision satisfactory to the Committee for payment of, any taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of Awards under the Plan no later than the date of the event creating the tax liability. The Company and its Affiliates may, to the extent permitted by law, deduct any such tax obligations from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant. In the Committee’s discretion, such tax obligations may be paid in whole or in part in shares of Common Stock, including shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of delivery.

(h) Foreign Nationals. Awards may be made to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan as the Committee considers necessary or advisable to achieve the purposes of the Plan or to comply with applicable laws.

(i) Amendment of Award. The Committee may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including substituting therefor another Award of the same or a different type, changing the date of exercise or realization and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, provided that the Participant’s consent to such action shall be required unless the Committee determines that the action, taking into account any related action, would not materially and adversely affect the Participant.

 

8.

Certain Definitions

“Affiliate” means any business entity in which the Company owns directly or indirectly 50% or more of the total voting power or has a significant financial interest as determined by the Committee.

“Award” means any Option or Restricted Stock granted under the Plan.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor law.

“Committee” means the Board or one or more committees each comprised of not less than two members of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan or a specified portion thereof.

“Common Stock” or “Stock” means the Common Stock, $0.001 par value, of the Company.

 

- 4 -


“Company” means WMR Biomedical, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“Designated Beneficiary” means the beneficiary designated by a Participant, in a manner determined by the Committee, to receive amounts due or exercise rights of the Participant in the event of the Participant’s death. In the absence of an effective designation by a Participant, “Designated Beneficiary” means the Participant’s estate.

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to Common Stock or any other property, the fair market value of such property as determined by the Committee in good faith or in the manner established by the Committee from time to time.

“Participant” means a person selected by the Committee to receive an Award under the Plan.

 

9.

Miscellaneous

(a) No Right To Employment. No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award. Neither the Plan nor any Award hereunder shall be deemed to give any employee the right to continued employment or to limit the right of the Company to discharge any employee at any time.

(b) No Rights As Stockholder. Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock to be distributed under the Plan until he or she becomes the holder thereof. A Participant to whom Common Stock is awarded shall be considered the holder of the Stock at the time of the Award except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award.

(c) Effective Date. Subject to the approval of the stockholders of the Company, the Plan shall be effective on January 3, 2005.

(d) Amendment of Plan. The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time, subject to such stockholder approval as the Board determines to be necessary or advisable to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement.

(e) Governing Law. The provisions of the Plan shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of Delaware.

This Plan was approved by the Board of Directors on November 21, 2005.

This Plan was approved by the stockholders on November 21, 2005.

 

 

- 5 -


AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO WMR BIOMEDICAL, INC.

2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

This Amendment No. 1 to the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) of WMR Biomedical, Inc. (the “Company”) has been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors on September 14, 2007.

Section 4(a) of the Plan is hereby amended to replace the first sentence thereof:

Subject to adjustment under subsection (b), Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 3,588,500 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”).


AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO ARSENAL MEDICAL, INC.

2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

This Amendment No. 2 to the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”) of Arsenal Medical, Inc. (the “Company”) has been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors on April 4, 2009.

Section 4(a) of the Plan is hereby amended to replace the first sentence thereof:

Subject to adjustment under subsection (b), Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 4,821,449 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”).


AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO ARSENAL MEDICAL, INC.

2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

This Amendment No. 3 to the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”) of Arsenal Medical, Inc. (the “Company”) has been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors on November 11, 2010.

Section 4(a) of the Plan is hereby amended to replace the first sentence thereof:

Subject to adjustment under subsection (b), Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 4,901,449 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”).


AMENDMENT No. 4 TO ARSENAL MEDICAL, INC.

2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

This Amendment No. 4 to the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”) of Arsenal Medical, Inc. (the “Company”) has been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors on August 25, 2011.

Section 4(a) of the Plan is hereby amended to replace the first sentence thereof:

Subject to adjustment under subsection (b), Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 9,743,632 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”).


AMENDMENT TO THE 2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN OF

480 BIOMEDICAL, INC.

(F/K/A WMR BIOMEDICAL, INC.)

The 2005 Equity Incentive Plan of 480 Biomedical, Inc. be and hereby is amended by deleting Section 4(a) in its entirety and substituting in its place the following:

 

“4.

Stock Available for Awards

(a) Amount. Subject to adjustment under subsection (b), Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 17,153,014 shares of Common Stock. If any Award expires or is terminated unexercised or is forfeited or settled in a manner that results in fewer shares outstanding than were awarded, the shares subject to such Award, to the extent of such expiration, termination, forfeiture or decrease, shall again be available for award under the Plan. Common Stock issued through the assumption or substitution of outstanding grants from an acquired company shall not reduce the shares available for Awards under the Plan. Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.”

 

     

Adopted by the Board of Directors

September 23, 2015

     

Adopted by the Shareholders

September 30, 2015

 


2005 ISO-                                          Shares

WMR BIOMEDICAL, INC.

2005 Equity Incentive Plan

Incentive Stock Option Certificate

WMR Biomedical, Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, hereby grants to the person named below an option to purchase shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value, of the Company (the “Option”) under and subject to the Company’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) exercisable on the following terms and conditions and those set forth on the reverse side of this Certificate:

 

Name of Optionholder:    

 

Address:    

 

   

 

Social Security No.    

 

Number of Shares:                                                                  
Option Price:                                                                  
Date of Grant:                                                                  
Exercisability Schedule:     [to be set at the time of Grant]

 

Expiration Date:                [not more than 10 years from the Date of Grant as stated above]

This Option is intended to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option under section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

By acceptance of this Option, the Optionholder agrees to the terms and conditions hereof.

 

WMR BIOMEDICAL, INC.
By:  

         

 

Carmichael S. Roberts

CEO and President


WMR BIOMEDICAL, INC. 2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Incentive Stock Option Terms And Conditions

 

1. Plan Incorporated by Reference. This Option is issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan and may be amended as provided in the Plan. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this certificate have the meanings given to them in the Plan. This certificate does not set forth all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. The Committee administers the Plan and its determinations regarding the operation of the Plan are final and binding. Copies of the Plan may be obtained upon written request without charge from the Company.

2. Option Price. The price to be paid for each share of Common Stock issued upon exercise of the whole or any part of this Option is the Option Price set forth on the face of this certificate.

3. Exercisability Schedule. This Option may be exercised at any time and from time to time for the number of shares and in accordance with the exercisability schedule set forth on the face of this certificate, but only for the purchase of whole shares. This Option may not be exercised as to any shares after the Expiration Date.

4. Method of Exercise. To exercise this Option, the Optionholder shall deliver written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised accompanied by payment of the Option Price for such shares in cash, by certified check or in such other form, including shares of Common Stock of the Company valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of delivery, as the Committee may approve. Promptly following such notice, the Company will deliver to the Optionholder a certificate representing the number of shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised.

5. Rights as a Stockholder or Employee. The Optionholder shall not have any rights in respect of shares as to which the Option shall not have been exercised and payment made as provided above. The Optionholder shall not have any rights to continued employment by the Company or its Affiliates by virtue of the grant of this Option.

6. Recapitalization, Mergers, Etc. As provided in the Plan, in the event of corporate transactions affecting the Company’s outstanding Common Stock, the Committee shall equitably adjust the number and kind of shares subject to this Option and the exercise price hereunder or make provision for a cash payment If such transaction involves a consolidation or merger of the Company with another entity, the sale or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or a reorganization or liquidation of the Company, then in lieu of the foregoing, the Committee may upon written notice to the Optionholder provide that this Option shall terminate on a date not less than 20 days after the date of such notice unless theretofore exercised. In connection with such notice, the Committee may in its discretion accelerate or waive any deferred exercise period.

7. Option Not Transferable. This Option is not transferable by the Optionholder otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable, during the Optionholder’s lifetime, only by the Optionholder. The naming of a Designated Beneficiary does not constitute a transfer.

8. Exercise of Option After Termination of Employment. If the Optionholder’s employment with (a) the Company, (b) an Affiliate, or (c) a corporation (or parent or subsidiary corporation of such corporation) issuing or assuming a stock option in a transaction to which section 424(a) of the Code applies, is terminated for any reason other than by disability (within the meaning of section 22(e)(3) of the Code) or death, the Optionholder may exercise the rights which were available to the Optionholder at the time of such termination only within ninety days from the date of termination. If Optionholder’s employment is terminated as a result of disability, such rights may be exercised within twelve months from the date of termination. Upon the death of the Optionholder, his or her Designated Beneficiary shall have the right, at any time within twelve months after the date of death, to exercise in whole or in part any rights that were available to the Optionholder at the time of death. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no rights under this Option may be exercised after the Expiration Date.

9. Compliance with Securities Laws. It shall be a condition to the Optionholder’s right to purchase shares of Common Stock hereunder that the Company may, in its discretion, require (a) that the shares of Common Stock reserved for issue upon the exercise of this Option shall have been duly listed, upon official notice of issuance, upon any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s Common Stock may then be listed or quoted, (b) that either (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares shall be in effect, or (ii) in the opinion of counsel for the Company, the proposed purchase shall be exempt from registration under that Act and the Optionholder shall have made such undertakings and agreements with the Company as the Company may reasonably require, and (c) that such other steps, if any, as counsel for the Company shall consider necessary to comply with any law applicable to the issue of such shares by the Company shall have been taken by the Company or the Optionholder, or both. The certificates representing the shares purchased under this Option may contain such legends as counsel for the Company shall consider necessary to comply with any applicable law.

10. Payment of Taxes. The Optionholder shall pay to the Company, or make provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to the exercise of this Option. The Committee may, in its discretion, require any other Federal or state taxes imposed on the sale of the shares to be paid by the Optionholder. In the Committee’s discretion, such tax obligations may be paid in whole or in part in shares of Common Stock, including shares retained from the exercise of this Option, valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of delivery. The Company and its Affiliates may, to the extent permitted by law, deduct any such tax obligations from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Optionholder.

11. Notice of Sale of Shares Required. The Optionholder agrees to notify the Company in writing within 30 days of the disposition of any shares purchased upon exercise of this Option if such disposition occurs within two years of the date of the grant of this Option or within one year after such purchase.

 

 


2005 NSO-                                          Shares

WMR BIOMEDICAL, INC.

2005 Equity Incentive Plan

Nonstatutory Stock Option Certificate

WMR Biomedical, Inc., a Delaware corporation, hereby grants to the person named below an option to purchase shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value, of the Company (the “Option”) under and subject to the Company’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) exercisable on the following terms and conditions and those set forth on the reverse side of this Certificate:

 

Name of Optionholder:    

 

 
Address:    

 

 
   

 

 
Social Security No.    

 

 
     
Number of Shares:                                                                                 
Option Price:                                                                                 
Date of Grant:                                                                                 
Exercisability Schedule:     [to be set at the time of Grant]                       
Expiration Date:     [to be set at the time of Grant]  

This Option shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option under section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

By acceptance of this Option, the Optionholder agrees to the terms and conditions hereof.

 

WMR BIOMEDICAL, INC.
By:  

             

 

Carmichael S. Roberts

CEO and President


WMR BIOMEDICAL, INC. 2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Nonstatutory Stock Option Terms And Conditions

 

1. Plan Incorporated by Reference. This Option is issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan and may be amended as provided in the Plan. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this certificate have the meanings given to them in the Plan. This certificate does not set forth all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. The Committee administers the Plan and its determinations regarding the operation of the Plan are final and binding. Copies of the Plan may be obtained upon written request without charge from the Company.

2. Option Price. The price to be paid for each share of Common Stock issued upon exercise of the whole or any part of this Option is the Option Price set forth on the face of this certificate.

3. Exercisability Schedule. This Option may be exercised at any time and from time to time for the number of shares and in accordance with the exercisability schedule set forth on the face of this certificate, but only for the purchase of whole shares. This Option may not be exercised as to any shares after the Expiration Date.

4. Method of Exercise. To exercise this Option, the Optionholder shall deliver written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised accompanied by payment of the Option Price for such shares in cash, by certified check or in such other form, including shares of Common Stock of the Company valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of delivery, as the Committee may approve. Promptly following such notice, the Company will deliver to the Optionholder a certificate representing the number of shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised.

5. Rights as a Stockholder or Employee. The Optionholder shall not have any rights in respect of shares as to which the Option shall not have been exercised and payment made as provided above. The Optionholder shall not have any rights to continued employment by the Company or its Affiliates by virtue of the grant of this Option.

6. Recapitalization, Mergers, Etc. As provided in the Plan, in the event of corporate transactions affecting the Company’s outstanding Common Stock, the Committee shall equitably adjust the number and kind of shares subject to this Option and the exercise price hereunder or make provision for a cash payment. If such transaction involves a consolidation or merger of the Company with another entity, the sale or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or a reorganization or liquidation of the Company, then in lieu of the foregoing, the Committee may upon written notice to the Optionholder provide that this Option shall terminate on a date not less than 20 days after the date of such notice unless theretofore exercised. In connection with such notice, the Committee may in its discretion accelerate or waive any deferred exercise period.

7. Option Not Transferable. This Option is not transferable by the Optionholder otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable, during the Optionholder’s lifetime, only by the Optionholder. The naming of a Designated Beneficiary does not constitute a transfer.

8. Exercise of Option After Termination of Service. If the Optionholder’s status as an employee, director or consultant of (a) the Company, (b) an Affiliate, or (c) a corporation (or parent or subsidiary corporation of such corporation) issuing or assuming a stock option in a transaction to which section transaction to which 424(a) of the Code applies, is terminated for any reason other than by disability (within) the meaning of section 22(e)(3) of the Code) or death, the Optionholder excercise the rights which were available to the Optionholder at the time of such termination only within ninety days from the date of termination. If such status is terminated as a result of disability, such rights may be exercised within twelve months from the date of termination. Upon the death of the Optionholder, his or her Designated Beneficiary shall have the right, at any time within twelve months after the date of death, to exercise in whole or in part any rights that were available to the Optionholder at the time of death. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no rights under this Option may be exercised after the Expiration Date.

9. Compliance with Securities Laws. It shall be a condition to the Optionholder’s right to purchase shares of Common Stock hereunder that the Company may, in its discretion, require (a) that the shares of Common Stock reserved for issue upon the exercise of this Option shall have been duly listed, upon official notice of issuance, upon any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s Common Stock may then be listed or quoted, (b) that either (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares shall be in effect, or (ii) in the opinion of counsel for the Company, the proposed purchase shall be exempt from registration under that Act and the Optionholder shall have made such undertakings and agreements with the Company as the Company may reasonably require, and (c) that such other steps, if any, as counsel for the Company shall consider necessary to comply with any law applicable to the issue of such shares by the Company shall have been taken by the Company or the Optionholder, or both. The certificates representing the shares purchased under this Option may contain such legends as counsel for the Company shall consider necessary to comply with any applicable law.

10. Payment of Taxes. The Optionholder shall pay to the Company, or make provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to the exercise of this Option. The Committee may, in its discretion, require any other Federal or state taxes imposed on the sale of the shares to be paid by the Optionholder. In the Committee’s discretion, such tax obligations may be paid in whole or in part in shares of Common Stock, including shares retained from the exercise of this Option, valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of delivery. The Company and its Affiliates may, to the extent permitted by law, deduct any such tax obligations from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Optionholder.

 


WMR Biomedical, Inc.

2005 Equity Incentive Plan

Restricted Stock Agreement

WMR Biomedical, Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, and                      (the “Purchaser”) have entered into this Restricted Stock Agreement dated                      under the Company’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Plan.

1. Purchase and Sale of Shares. Pursuant to the Plan and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to sell to Purchaser                      shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.001 par value (the “Shares”) at a price of $                 per share (the “Purchase Price”). The Purchase Price for the Shares will be paid in cash, by delivery to the Company of a check payable to the order of the Company, upon execution of this Agreement.

2. Restrictions on the Shares. Until the Shares vest as set forth in Section 3:

(a) the Shares may not be sold, assigned, pledged or transferred by the Purchaser, and

(b) the Shares shall be subject to the repurchase right (the “Repurchase Right”) set forth in Section 4.

3. Vesting of the Shares. For purposes of this Agreement:

(a)                          shares shall vest on                          (the “Vesting Start Date”).

(b) The remaining                          shares shall vest thereafter in                  (       ) equal portions of                  shares each.

4. Repurchase Right.

(a) Purchaser agrees that if for any reason, including death or disability, Purchaser ceases, voluntarily or involuntarily, to be engaged by the Company as an employee or consultant (such event hereinafter referred to as “Purchaser’s Departure”), then the Company shall have the right but not the obligation, at any time within ninety (90) days after the Purchaser’s Departure, to purchase from the Purchaser (or his personal representative, as the case may be) all of the Shares purchased hereunder which have not vested under Section 3 (the “Unvested Shares”) at the Purchase Price and on the terms set forth in this Section 4. As used in this Section 4, “disability” means (i) legal incapacity or (ii) any other incapacity which the Company reasonably determines makes it more probable than not that Purchaser will be unable to perform services for the Company as an employee or consultant for a total of at least three (3) months out of any six-month period because Purchaser’s physical or mental health shall have become impaired so as to make it impossible or impractical for Purchaser to perform the duties and responsibilities contemplated for such office.


(b) The Company may exercise its option to repurchase the Unvested Shares by giving Purchaser notice at any time within ninety (90) days after the date of Purchaser’s Departure, specifying a date for repurchase not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after Purchaser’s Departure. Payment of the Purchase Price for the Unvested Shares shall be tendered and payable by Company check at 11:00 a.m. local time at the principal office of the Company against delivery of the certificate for such Shares, duly endorsed for transfer or accompanied by a duly executed stock power.

(c) If the Company gives Purchaser notice of its exercise thereof pursuant to this Section 4 and has made available or tendered the purchase price at the place and time set forth in such notice of exercise, then after such time all Purchaser’s right as a holder of the Unvested Shares shall cease, other than the right to receive the Purchase Price therefor, and the Unvested Shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, regardless of whether the certificate therefor has been delivered to the Company.

(d) Failure of the Company to exercise its option under this Section 4 to repurchase Unvested Shares shall result in such Unvested Shares becoming vested for purposes of Section 5 below.

5. Right of First Refusal.

(a) Purchaser shall not sell, assign, transfer, exchange, pledge or otherwise dispose of any Shares which have vested as set forth in Section 3 or Section 4(d) above except to a Permitted Transferee (as defined below) unless prior to any sale or other transfer thereof, Purchaser (or his or her personal representative, as the case may be) shall provide the Company with written notice, in the manner provided in Section 15 hereof, describing the number of vested Shares intended to be sold or transferred, the price and the general terms of the proposed sale or transfer.

(b) The Company shall have the right (the “First Refusal Right”), at any time within sixty (60) days after the notice required by Section 5(a) hereof, to purchase from Purchaser (or his personal representative, as the case may be) all but not less than all of the Shares specified in, and at the price (the “First Refusal Price”) and upon the general terms specified in, such notice.

(c) If the First Refusal Right is not exercised, then for a period of 120 days, Purchaser (or his personal representative, as the case may be) shall be free to sell, or otherwise transfer up to but not exceeding the number of Shares specified in the notice required by Section 5(a) hereof, at a price and upon general terms no more favorable to purchasers or transferees thereof than specified in the notice required by Section 5(a) hereof.

(d) In the event that any Shares which are free to be sold or otherwise transferred under the terms of Section 5(c) hereof are not sold or otherwise transferred within said 120-day period, such Shares shall again be subject to the First Refusal Right and Purchaser (or his personal representative, as the case may be) shall comply with all the provisions of this Section 5 prior to selling or otherwise transferring any such Shares.


(e) Failure to exercise the First Refusal Right with respect to any Shares shall not constitute a waiver of the First Refusal Right with respect to any other Shares.

(f) A “Permitted Transferee” shall mean any of such Purchaser’s ancestors, descendants or spouse or any trust for the benefit of any such persons or a trust for the benefit of the Purchaser, provided that Shares transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall remain subject to this Agreement and such Permitted Transferee shall, as a condition to such transfer, deliver to the Company a written instrument confirming that such Permitted Transferee shall be bound by all the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

6. Exercise Procedure. The Repurchase Right and the First Refusal Right shall be exercised by written notice signed by an officer of the Company and delivered or mailed as provided in Section 15 hereof. The Repurchase Price and the First Refusal Price shall be payable, at the option of the Company, in cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of Purchaser to the Company or in cash (by check) or both.

7. Assignability of Rights. The Company may, in its sole discretion, assign its rights under Sections 4 and 5.

8. Effect of Certain Transactions. If, from time to time during the term of the Repurchase Right or the First Refusal Right (i) there is any stock dividend or liquidating dividend of cash and/or property, stock split or other change in the character or amount of any of the outstanding securities of the Company; or (ii) there is any consolidation, merger or sale of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company, then, in such event, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than cash) to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of his ownership of Shares shall be subject to the Repurchase Right or the First Refusal Right, as the case may be, and be included in the word “Shares” for all purposes of the Repurchase Right and the First Refusal Right with the same force and effect as the Shares subject to the Repurchase Right and the First Refusal Right. While the total Repurchase Price shall remain the same after each such event, the Repurchase Price per share of Shares upon exercise of the Repurchase Right shall be appropriately adjusted. For purposes of vesting, stock acquired as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above shall be deemed to have been acquired at the time of acquisition of the Shares on which such Shares were distributed.

9. Termination of First Refusal Right. The First Refusal Right shall terminate only (i) upon the closing of an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of shares of Common Shares of the Company to the public or (ii) upon the consolidation, merger or sale of all, or substantially all of the assets of the Company in which securities of the acquiring company (or any affiliate of the acquiring company) are issued to the Purchaser in exchange for the Shares, provided that such securities are issued by a publicly held corporation.


10. Legends. All certificates representing any Shares subject to the provisions of this Agreement shall have endorsed thereon the following legends:

(a) “Any disposition of any interest in the securities represented by this certificate is subject to restrictions, and the securities represented by this certificate are subject to a repurchase right and a first refusal right, contained in a certain agreement between the record holder hereof and the corporation, a copy of which may be obtained from the Secretary of the corporation upon receipt by the corporation of a written request therefor.”

(b) Any legend required to be placed thereon by federal or state securities laws.

11. Purchaser Representations. Purchaser acknowledges that the Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and Purchaser warrants and represents to the Company as follows:

(a) Purchaser is purchasing the Shares solely for his or her own account for investment and not with a view to or for sale or distribution of the Shares or any portion thereof and not with any present intention of selling, offering to sell or otherwise disposing of or distributing the securities or any portion thereof. Purchaser also represents that the entire legal and beneficial interest of the Shares that Purchaser is purchasing is being purchased for, and will be held for the account of, the Purchaser only and neither in whole nor in part for any other person.

(b) Purchaser has heretofore discussed the Company and its plans, operations and financial condition with its officers, and Purchaser has heretofore received all such information as Purchaser deems necessary and appropriate to enable Purchaser to evaluate the financial risk inherent in making an investment in the Shares of the Company. Purchaser further represents and warrants that Purchaser has received satisfactory and complete information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company in response to all inquiries in respect thereof.

(c) Purchaser realizes that the purchase of the Shares will be a highly speculative investment and Purchaser is able, without impairing his or her financial condition, to hold the Shares for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of the investment.

(d) The Purchaser acknowledges that the Company hereby discloses to Purchaser in writing:

(i) the sale of the Shares which the Purchaser is purchasing has not been registered under the Act and the Shares must be held indefinitely unless a transfer of the Shares is subsequently registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is available;

(ii) the share certificate representing the Shares will be stamped with the legends restricting transfer specified in this Agreement; and

(iii) the Company will make a notation in its records of the aforementioned restrictions on transfer and legends.


12. Prohibited Transfers. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares of the Company which shall have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such shares, or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to, any transferee to whom such shares shall have been so transferred. In the event of a sale of Shares by Purchaser pursuant to Section 5(c) hereof, Purchaser shall furnish to the Company proof that such sale was made in compliance with the provisions of Section 5(c) hereof as to price and general terms of such sale.

13. Rights as a Shareholder. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, Purchaser shall, during the term of this Agreement, be entitled to exercise all rights and privileges of a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Shares.

14. Further Actions. The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

15. Notices. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party hereto at his address hereinafter shown below his signature or at such other address as such party may designate by ten days’ advance written notice to the other party hereto.

16. Section 83(b) Election. Purchaser understands that when the Company’s repurchase rights under Section 4 lapse with respect to the Shares, Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), imposes a tax at ordinary income rates with respect to such Shares in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of such Shares, determined on the date such repurchase rights lapsed, over the Share Price for such Shares. Purchaser also understands that (i) alternatively, Purchaser may elect, in substantially the form for making this election attached as Exhibit 1 hereto, to be taxed in the year the Shares were purchased rather than when the Company’s option to repurchase the Shares expires by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days from the date of purchase; (ii) if Purchaser files such an election, Purchaser will be taxed at ordinary income rates on the excess, if any, of the fair market value of all Shares on the date of purchase over the Share Price; (iii) even if the fair market value of the Share equals the Share Price for the Shares, the election must be made if Purchaser wishes to fix any tax liability at the time of purchase rather than at the time the Company’s option to repurchase the Shares expires; (iv) if Purchaser makes such an election Purchaser must provide the Company with a copy of the election prior to filing it with the Internal Revenue Service; and (v) Purchaser must file another copy of the election with his federal income tax return for the tax year in which Purchaser filed the election. Purchaser acknowledges that it is Purchaser’s sole responsibility and not the Company’s to determine whether it is advisable to make the election and, if Purchaser so elects, to file the election in timely fashion and to make any filings under corresponding provisions of state tax law.

17. Limitation of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate Purchaser’s employment or engagement as a consultant, for any reason, with or without cause.


18. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and be binding upon Purchaser and his heirs, executors or administrators, or his successors and assigns.

19. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

20. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement under seal as of the day and year first above written.

 

WMR BIOMEDICAL, INC.

By:

 

 

 

Carmichael S. Roberts

CEO and President

PURCHASER:

 

 

 

    Name:

 

    Address:


Exhibit 1

Election to Include in Gross Income in Year

of Transfer Pursuant to Section 83(b)

of the Internal Revenue Service

The undersigned hereby makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the property described below and supplies the following information in accordance with the regulations promulgated thereunder:

1. The name, address and taxpayer identification number of the undersigned are:

 

Name:

                                                               

Address:

                                                               
                                                               

SS#:

                                                               

2. Description of property with respect to which the election is being made is:

                          shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value, of WMR Biomedical, Inc. (the “Company”) received pursuant to a Restricted Stock Agreement.

3. Date on which property was transferred is                             .

The taxable year to which this election relates is calendar year         .

4. Nature of restrictions to which property is subject:

Termination of the Taxpayer’s position as an employee of or consultant to the Company would allow the Company to repurchase the Shares pursuant to Section 4 of the Restricted Stock Agreement at a price per share of $                .

5. The fair market value at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restrictions other than restrictions which by their terms will never lapse) of the property with respect to which this election is being made is $                     per share.

6. The amount paid by taxpayer for said property is $                     per share.

7. A copy of this statement has been furnished to the Company.

Dated:                             

 

 

Name:
EX-10.2

Exhibit 10.2

480 BIOMEDICAL, INC.

2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

  1.

Purpose.

The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Company’s stockholders by enhancing the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who make (or are expected to make) important contributions to the Company by providing such persons with equity ownership opportunities and thereby better aligning the interests of such persons with those of the Company’s stockholders. Capitalized terms used in the Plan are defined in Section 11 below.

 

  2.

Eligibility.

Service Providers are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan, subject to the limitations described herein.

 

  3.

Administration and Delegation.

(a) Administration. The Plan will be administered by the Administrator. The Administrator shall have authority to determine which Service Providers will receive Awards, to grant Awards and to set all terms and conditions of Awards (including, but not limited to, vesting, exercise and forfeiture provisions). In addition, the Administrator shall have the authority to take all actions and make all determinations contemplated by the Plan and to adopt, amend and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices relating to the Plan as it shall deem advisable. The Administrator may correct any defect or ambiguity, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or appropriate to carry the Plan and any Awards into effect, as determined by the Administrator. The Administrator shall make all determinations under the Plan in the Administrator’s sole discretion and all such determinations shall be final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or in any Award.

(b) Appointment of Committees. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more Committees. The Board may abolish any Committee at any time and re-vest in itself any previously delegated authority.

 

  4.

Stock Available for Awards.

(a) Number of Shares. Subject to adjustment under Section 8 hereof, Awards may be made under the Plan covering up to 451,986 shares of Common Stock plus the number of shares of Common Stock (up to 4,048,014 shares) reserved for issuance under the Company’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Existing Plan”) that remain available for grant under the Existing Plan on the date this Plan is approved by the Board of Directors of the Company. If any Award expires or lapses or is terminated, surrendered or canceled without having been fully exercised or is forfeited in whole or in part (including, without limitation, as the result of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award being repurchased by the Company at or below the original issuance price), in any case in a manner that results in any shares of Common Stock covered by such Award not being issued or being so reacquired by the Company, the unused Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. Further, shares of Common Stock delivered (either by actual delivery or attestation) to the Company by a Participant to satisfy the applicable exercise or purchase price of an Award and/or to satisfy any applicable tax withholding obligation (including, without limitation, shares retained by the Company from the Award being exercised or purchased and/or creating the tax obligation) shall be added to the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. However, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the foregoing provisions shall be subject to any limitations under the Code. Shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares, shares purchased on the open market or treasury shares.

 


(b) Substitute Awards. In connection with a merger or consolidation of an entity with the Company or the acquisition by the Company of property or stock of an entity, the Administrator may grant Awards in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted prior to such merger or consolidation by such entity or an affiliate thereof. Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms as the Administrator deems appropriate in the circumstances, notwithstanding any limitations on Awards contained in the Plan. Substitute Awards shall not count against the overall share limit set forth in Section 4(a) hereof, except as may be required by reason of Section 422 of the Code.

 

  5.

Stock Options.

(a) General. The Administrator may grant Options to any Service Provider, subject to the limitations on Incentive Stock Options described below. The Administrator shall determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Option, the exercise price of each Option and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each Option, including, without limitation, conditions relating to Applicable Laws, as it considers necessary or advisable.

(b) Incentive Stock Options. The Administrator may grant Options intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options only to employees of the Company, any of the Company’s present or future “parent corporations” or “subsidiary corporations” as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, respectively, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code. All Options intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options shall be subject to and shall be construed consistently with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. Neither the Company nor the Administrator shall have any liability to a Participant, or any other party, (i) if an Option (or any part thereof) which is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option or (ii) for any action or omission by the Administrator that causes an Option not to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, including, without limitation, the conversion of an Incentive Stock Option to a Non-Qualified Stock Option or the grant of an Option intended as an Incentive Stock Option that fails to satisfy the requirements under the Code applicable to an Incentive Stock Option. Any Option that is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, but fails to so qualify for any reason, including, without limitation, the portion of any Option becoming exercisable in excess of the $100,000 limitation described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.422-4, shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option for all purposes.

(c) Exercise Price. The Administrator shall establish the exercise price of each Option and specify the exercise price in the applicable Award Agreement. The exercise price shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Option is granted. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an employee who, at the time of grant of the Option, owns (or is treated as owning under Section 424 of the Code) stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof within the meaning of Sections 424(e) or 424(f) of the Code, respectively), the per share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Option is granted.

(d) Duration of Options. Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator may specify in the applicable Award Agreement, provided that the term of any Option shall not exceed ten years. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an employee who, at the time of grant of the Option, owns (or is treated as owning under Section 424 of the Code) stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof within the meaning of Sections 424(e) or 424(f) of the Code, respectively), the term of the Option shall not exceed five years.

 

2


(e) Exercise of Option; Notification of Disposition. Options may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a written notice of exercise, in a form approved by the Administrator (which may be an electronic form), signed by the person authorized to exercise the Option, together with payment in full (i) as specified in Section 5(f) hereof for the number of shares for which the Option is exercised and (ii) as specified in Section 9(e) hereof for any applicable withholding taxes. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, an Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share of Common Stock. If an Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant shall give prompt notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of any shares of Common Stock acquired from the Option if such disposition or transfer is made (i) within two years from the grant date with respect to such Option or (ii) within one year after the transfer of such shares to the Participant (other than any such disposition made in connection with a Change in Control). Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by the Participant in such disposition or other transfer.

(f) Payment Upon Exercise. Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option granted under the Plan shall be paid for in cash, by wire transfer of immediately available funds or by check, payable to the order of the Company, or, subject to Section 10(h), any Company insider trading policy (including, without limitation, any blackout periods) and Applicable Laws, by:

(i) If the Company is a Publicly Listed Company, unless the Administrator otherwise determines, (A) delivery of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price, or (B) delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price, provided in either case, that such amount is paid to the Company at such time as may be required by the Administrator;

(ii) delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant valued at their Fair Market Value, provided (A) such method of payment is then permitted under Applicable Laws, (B) such Common Stock, if acquired directly from the Company, was owned by the Participant for such minimum period of time, if any, as may be established by the Company at any time, and (C) such Common Stock is not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements;

(iii) to the extent permitted by the Administrator, surrendering shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Option valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise;

(iv) to the extent permitted by the Administrator, delivery of a promissory note of the Participant to the Company on terms determined by the Administrator;

(v) to the extent permitted by the Administrator, delivery of property of any other kind which constitutes good and valuable consideration as determined by the Administrator; or

(vi) any combination of the above permitted forms of payment (including, without limitation, cash or check).

 

3


(g) Early Exercise of Options. The Administrator may provide in the terms of an Award Agreement that the Service Provider may exercise an Option in whole or in part prior to the full vesting of the Option in exchange for unvested shares of Restricted Stock with respect to any unvested portion of the Option so exercised. Shares of Restricted Stock acquired upon the exercise of any unvested portion of an Option shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine.

 

  6.

Restricted Stock; Restricted Stock Units.

(a) General. The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock, or the right to purchase Restricted Stock, to any Service Provider, subject to the right of the Company to repurchase all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price from the Participant (or to require forfeiture of such shares if issued at no cost) in the event that conditions specified by the Administrator in the applicable Award Agreement are not satisfied prior to the end of the applicable restriction period or periods established by the Administrator for such Award. In addition, the Administrator may grant to Service Providers Restricted Stock Units, which may be subject to vesting and forfeiture conditions during applicable restriction period or periods, as set forth in an applicable Award Agreement.

(b) Terms and Conditions for All Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Awards. The Administrator shall determine and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement the terms and conditions applicable to each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Award, including, without limitation, the conditions for vesting and repurchase (or forfeiture) and the issue price, in each case, if any.

(c) Additional Provisions Relating to Restricted Stock.

(i) Dividends. Participants holding shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to all ordinary cash dividends paid with respect to such shares to the extent such dividends have a record date that is on or after the date on which the Participant to whom such Restricted Shares are granted becomes the record holder of such Restricted Shares, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator in the applicable Award Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if any dividends or distributions are paid in shares, or consist of a dividend or distribution to holders of Common Stock of property other than an ordinary cash dividend, the shares or other property will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid. Each dividend payment will be made as provided in the applicable Award Agreement, but in no event later than the end of the calendar year in which the dividends are paid to stockholders of that class of stock or, if later, the 15th day of the third month following the later of (A) the date the dividends are paid to stockholders of that class of stock, and (B) the date the dividends are no longer subject to forfeiture.

(ii) Stock Certificates. The Company may require that any stock certificates issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock be deposited in escrow by the Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company (or its designee).

(d) Additional Provisions Relating to Restricted Stock Units.

(i) Settlement. Upon the vesting of a Restricted Stock Unit, the Participant shall be entitled to receive from the Company one share of Common Stock or an amount of cash or other property equal to the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the settlement date, as the Administrator shall determine and as provided in the applicable Award Agreement. The Administrator may provide that settlement of Restricted Stock Units shall occur upon or as soon as reasonably practicable after the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units or shall instead be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the election of the Participant, in a manner that complies with Section 409A.

 

4


(ii) Voting Rights. A Participant shall have no voting rights with respect to any Restricted Stock Units unless and until shares are delivered in settlement thereof.

(iii) Dividend Equivalents. To the extent provided by the Administrator, a grant of Restricted Stock Units may provide a Participant with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents. Dividend Equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participant, may be settled in cash and/or shares of Common Stock and may be subject to the same restrictions on transfer and forfeitability as the Restricted Stock Units with respect to which the Dividend Equivalents are paid, as determined by the Administrator, subject, in each case, to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

  7.

Other Stock-Based Awards.

Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted hereunder to Participants, including, without limitation, Awards entitling Participants to receive shares of Common Stock to be delivered in the future. Such Other Stock-Based Awards shall also be available as a form of payment in the settlement of other Awards granted under the Plan, as stand-alone payments and/or as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Stock-Based Awards may be paid in shares of Common Stock, cash or other property, as the Administrator shall determine. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator shall determine the terms and conditions of each Other Stock-Based Award, including, without limitation, any purchase price, transfer restrictions, vesting conditions and other terms and conditions applicable thereto, which shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

  8.

Adjustments for Changes in Common Stock and Certain Other Events.

(a) In the event that the Administrator determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, repurchase, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of assets of the Company, or sale or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event, as determined by the Administrator, affects the Common Stock such that an adjustment is determined by the Administrator to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award, then the Administrator may, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of:

(i) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted or awarded (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 4 hereof on the maximum number and kind of shares which may be issued);

(ii) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards;

(iii) the grant or exercise price with respect to any Award; and

(iv) the terms and conditions of any Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable financial or other performance “targets” specified in an Award Agreement).

 

5


(b) In the event of any transaction or event described in Section 8(a) hereof (including, without limitation any change in control) or any unusual or nonrecurring transaction or event affecting the Company or the financial statements or financial condition of the Company, or any change in any Applicable Laws or accounting principles, the Administrator, on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken and either automatically or upon the Participant’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to (x) prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award granted or issued under the Plan, (y) to facilitate such transaction or event or (z) give effect to such changes in Applicable Laws or accounting principles:

(i) To provide for the cancellation of any such Award in exchange for either an amount of cash or other property with a value equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights under the vested portion of such Award, as applicable; provided that, if the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, in any case, is equal to or less than zero, then the vested portion of such Award may be terminated without payment;

(ii) To provide that such Award shall vest and, to the extent applicable, be exercisable as to all shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the provisions of such Award;

(iii) To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and applicable exercise or purchase price, in all cases, as determined by the Administrator;

(iv) To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and/or in the terms and conditions of (including, without limitation, the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding Awards;

(v) To replace such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator; and/or

(vi) To provide that the Award will terminate and cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after the applicable event.

(c) In connection with the occurrence of any Equity Restructuring, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8, the Administrator will equitably adjust each outstanding Award, which adjustments may include adjustments to the number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award and/or the exercise price or grant price thereof, if applicable, the grant of new Awards to Participants, and/or the making of a cash payment to Participants, as the Administrator deems appropriate to reflect such Equity Restructuring. The adjustments provided under this Section 8(c) shall be nondiscretionary and shall be final and binding on the affected Participant and the Company; provided that whether an adjustment is equitable shall be determined by the Administrator.

(d) In the event of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the shares of Common Stock or the share price of the Common Stock, including, without limitation, any Equity Restructuring, for reasons of administrative convenience the Administrator may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award during a period of up to thirty days prior to the consummation of any such transaction.

 

6


(e) Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Administrator under the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Administrator under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Award or the grant or exercise price of any Award. The existence of the Plan, any Award Agreements and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company to make or authorize (i) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, (ii) any merger, consolidation dissolution or liquidation of the Company or sale of Company assets or (iii) any sale or issuance of securities, including, without limitation, securities with rights superior to those of the Common Stock or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock. The Administrator may treat Participants and Awards (or portions thereof) differently under this Section 8.

 

  9.

General Provisions Applicable to Awards.

(a) Transferability. Except as the Administrator may otherwise determine or provide in an Award Agreement or otherwise, in any case in accordance with Applicable Laws, neither Awards nor any interest therein shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the person to whom they are granted, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the life of the Participant, shall be exercisable only by the Participant. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, shall include references to authorized transferees.

(b) Documentation. Each Award shall be evidenced in an Award Agreement, which may be in such form (written, electronic or otherwise) as the Administrator shall determine. Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan.

(c) Discretion. Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, each Award may be made alone or in addition or in relation to any other Award. The terms of each Award to a Participant need not be identical, and the Administrator need not treat Participants or Awards (or portions thereof) uniformly.

(d) Termination of Status. The Administrator shall determine the effect on an Award of the disability, death, retirement, authorized leave of absence or any other change or purported change in a Participant’s Service Provider status and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary may exercise rights under the Award, if applicable.

(e) Withholding. Each Participant shall pay to the Company, or make provision satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of, any taxes required by law to be withheld in connection with Awards to such Participant no later than the date of the event creating the tax liability. Except as the Administrator may otherwise determine, all such payments shall be made in cash, by wire transfer of immediately available funds or by certified check. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participants may satisfy such tax obligations, subject to Section 10(h), any Company insider trading policy (including

 

7


blackout periods) and Applicable Laws, (i) to the extent permitted by the Administrator, in whole or in part by delivery of Shares, including Shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their Fair Market Value, and (ii) if there is a public market for Shares at the time the tax obligations are satisfied, unless the Administrator otherwise determines, (A) delivery (including, without limitation, telephonically to the extent permitted by the Company) of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to satisfy the tax obligations, or (B) delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to satisfy the tax withholding; provided that such amount is paid to the Company at such time as may be required by the Administrator. The Company may, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, deduct any such tax obligations based on minimum statutory withholding rates from any payment of any kind otherwise due to a Participant.

(f) Amendment of Award. The Administrator may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including but not limited to, substituting therefor another Award of the same or a different type, changing the date of exercise or settlement, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Non-Qualified Stock Option. The Participant’s consent to such action shall be required unless (i) the Administrator determines that the action, taking into account any related action, would not materially and adversely affect the Participant, or (ii) the change is permitted under Section 8 and 10(f) hereof.

(g) Conditions on Delivery of Stock. The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan or to remove restrictions from shares previously delivered under the Plan until (i) all conditions of the Award have been met or removed to the satisfaction of the Company, (ii) in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, all other legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares have been satisfied, including, without limitation, any applicable securities laws and any applicable stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to satisfy the requirements of any Applicable Laws. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is determined by the Administrator to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any securities hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

(h) Acceleration. The Administrator may at any time provide that any Award shall become vested and/or exercisable in full or in part, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in full or in part, as the case may be.

 

  10.

Miscellaneous.

(a) No Right To Employment or Other Status. No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continued employment or any other relationship with the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan or any Award, except as expressly provided in an applicable Award Agreement.

(b) No Rights As Stockholder; Certificates. Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award Agreement, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock to be distributed with respect to an Award until becoming the record holder of such shares. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator or required by any Applicable Laws, the Company shall not be required to deliver to any Participant certificates evidencing shares of Common Stock issued in connection with any Award and instead such shares of Common Stock may be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator). The Company may place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator in order to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

8


(c) Effective Date and Term of Plan. The Plan shall become effective on the date on which it is adopted by the Board. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the completion of ten years from the earlier of (i) the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board or (ii) the date the Plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

(d) Amendment of Plan. The Administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that no amendment of the Plan shall materially and adversely affect (as determined by the Administrator) any Award outstanding at the time of such amendment without the consent of the affected Participant. Awards outstanding under the Plan at the time of any suspension or termination of the Plan shall continue to be governed in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, as in effect prior to such suspension or termination. The Board shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Laws.

(e) Provisions for Foreign Participants. The Administrator may modify Awards granted to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States or establish subplans or procedures under the Plan to address differences in laws, rules, regulations or customs of such foreign jurisdictions with respect to tax, securities, currency, employee benefit or other matters.

(f) Section 409A.

(i) General. The Company intends that all Awards be structured in compliance with, or to satisfy an exemption from, Section 409A, such that no adverse tax consequences, interest, or penalties under Section 409A apply in connection with any Awards. Notwithstanding anything herein or in any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Administrator may, without a Participant’s prior consent, amend this Plan and/or Awards, adopt policies and procedures, or take any other actions (including, without limitation, amendments, policies, procedures and actions with retroactive effect) as are necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of Awards under the Plan, including, without limitation, any such actions intended to (A) exempt this Plan and/or any Award from the application of Section 409A, and/or (B) comply with the requirements of Section 409A, including, without limitation any such regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority that may be issued after the date of grant of any Award. The Company makes no representations or warranties as to the tax treatment of any Award under Section 409A or otherwise. The Company shall have no obligation under this Section 10(f) or otherwise to take any action (whether or not described herein) to avoid the imposition of taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A with respect to any Award and shall have no liability to any Participant or any other person if any Award, compensation or other benefits under the Plan are determined to constitute non-compliant, “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to the imposition of taxes, penalties and/or interest under Section 409A.

(ii) Separation from Service. With respect to any Award that constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A, any payment or settlement of such Award that is to be made upon a termination of a Participant’s Service Provider relationship shall, to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of taxes under Section 409A, be made only upon the Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A), whether such “separation from service” occurs upon or subsequent to the termination of the Participant’s Service Provider relationship. For purposes of any such provision of this Plan or any Award Agreement relating to any such payments or benefits, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.”

 

9


(iii) Payments to Specified Employees. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan or any Award Agreement, any payment(s) of “nonqualified deferred compensation” that are otherwise required to be made under an Award to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A and determined by the Administrator) as a result of his or her “separation from service” shall, to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of taxes under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), be delayed until the expiration of the six-month period immediately following such “separation from service” (or, if earlier, until the date of death of the specified employee) and shall instead be paid (in a manner set forth in the Award agreement) on the day that immediately follows the end of such six-month period or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter (without interest). Any payments of “nonqualified deferred compensation” under such Award that are, by their terms, payable more than six months following the Participant’s “separation from service” shall be paid at the time or times such payments are otherwise scheduled to be made.

(g) Limitations on Liability. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no individual acting as a director, officer, other employee or agent of the Company will be liable to any Participant, former Participant, spouse, beneficiary, or any other person for any claim, loss, liability, or expense incurred in connection with the Plan or any Award, nor will such individual be personally liable with respect to the Plan because of any contract or other instrument he or she executes in his or her capacity as an Administrator, director, officer, other employee or agent of the Company. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each director, officer, other employee and agent of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan has been or will be granted or delegated, against any cost or expense (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) or liability (including, without limitation, any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the Administrator’s approval) arising out of any act or omission to act concerning this Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud or bad faith.

(h) Lock-Up Period. The Company may, at the request of any representative of the underwriters or otherwise, in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, prohibit Participants from, directly or indirectly, selling or otherwise transferring any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company during a period of up to one hundred eighty days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act.

(i) Right of First Refusal.

(i) Before any shares of Common Stock held by a Participant or any permitted transferee (each, a “Holder”) may be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or otherwise disposed of (each, a “Transfer”), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the shares of Common Stock proposed to be Transferred on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 10(i) (the “Right of First Refusal”). In the event that the Company’s charter, bylaws and/or a stockholders’ agreement applicable to the shares of Common Stock contain a right of first refusal with respect to the shares of Common Stock, such right of first refusal shall apply to the shares of Common Stock to the extent such provisions are more restrictive than the Right of First Refusal set forth in this Section 10(i) and the Right of First Refusal set forth in this Section 10(i) shall not in any way restrict the operation of the Company’s charter, bylaws or the operation of any applicable stockholders’ agreement.

 

10


(ii) In the event any Holder desires to Transfer any shares of Common Stock, the Holder shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (A) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise Transfer such shares of Common Stock; (B) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (C) the number of shares of Common Stock to be Transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (D) the price for which the Holder proposes to Transfer the shares of Common Stock (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer such shares of Common Stock at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(iii) Within twenty-five days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may elect in writing to purchase all, but not less than all, of the shares of Common Stock proposed to be Transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees by delivery of a written exercise notice to the Holder (a “Company Notice”). The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the shares of Common Stock repurchased under this Section 10(i) shall be the Offered Price.

(iv) Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check or wire transfer), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof, within five days after delivery of the Company Notice or in the manner and at the times mutually agreed to by the Company and the Holder. Should the Offered Price specified in the Notice be payable in property other than cash, the Company or its assignee shall have the right to pay the purchase price in the form of cash equal in amount to the value of such property, as determined by the Administrator.

(v) If all or a portion of the shares of Common Stock proposed in the Notice to be Transferred are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 10(i), then the Holder may sell or otherwise Transfer such shares of Common Stock to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price; provided that such sale or other Transfer is consummated within sixty days after the date of the Notice; and provided, further, that any such sale or other Transfer is effected in accordance with any Applicable Laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Plan and the applicable Award Agreement and any other applicable agreements governing the shares of Common Stock to be Transferred shall continue to apply to the shares of Common Stock in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the shares of Common Stock described in the Notice are not Transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such sixty-day period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal, as provided herein, before any shares of Common Stock held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise Transferred.

(vi) Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10(i) notwithstanding and to the extent permitted by the Administrator, the Transfer of any or all of the shares of Common Stock during a Participant’s lifetime or upon a Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the Right of First Refusal. As used herein, “Immediate Family” shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister or stepchild (whether or not adopted). In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the shares of Common Stock so Transferred subject to the provisions of this Plan (including, without limitation, the Right of First Refusal), the applicable Award Agreement and any other applicable agreements governing the shares of Common Stock to be Transferred, and there shall be no further Transfer of such shares of Common Stock except in accordance with the terms of this Section 10(i) (or otherwise as expressly provided under the Plan).

 

11


(vii) The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to all shares of Common Stock if the Company becomes a Publicly Listed Company upon such occurrence.

(j) Data Privacy. As a condition of receipt of any Award, each Participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this paragraph by and among, as applicable, the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates may hold certain personal information about a Participant, including but not limited to, the Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security or insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title(s), any shares of stock held in the Company or any of its subsidiaries and affiliates, details of all Awards, in each case, for the purpose of implementing, managing and administering the Plan and Awards (the “Data”). The Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates may transfer the Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of a Participant’s participation in the Plan, and the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates may each further transfer the Data to any third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located in the Participant’s country, or elsewhere, and the Participant’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the recipients’ country. Through acceptance of an Award, each Participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan, including, without limitation, any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the Participant may elect to deposit any shares of Common Stock. The Data related to a Participant will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan. A Participant may, at any time, view the Data held by the Company with respect to such Participant, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data with respect to such Participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data with respect to the Participant or refuse or withdraw the consents herein in writing, in any case without cost, by contacting his or her local human resources representative. The Company may cancel Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan and, in the Administrator’s discretion, the Participant may forfeit any outstanding Awards if the Participant refuses or withdraws his or her consents as described herein. For more information on the consequences of refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participants may contact their local human resources representative.

(k) Severability. In the event any portion of the Plan or any action taken pursuant thereto shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provisions had not been included, and the illegal or invalid action shall be null and void.

(l) Governing Documents. In the event of any contradiction between the Plan and any Award Agreement or any other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that has been approved by the Administrator, the terms of the Plan shall govern, unless it is expressly specified in such Award Agreement or other written document that a specific provision of the Plan shall not apply.

 

12


(m) Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. By accepting an Award, each Participant irrevocably and unconditionally consents to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware and of the United States of America, in each case located in the State of Delaware, for any action arising out of or relating to the Plan (and agrees not to commence any litigation relating thereto except in such courts), and further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to the address contained in the records of the Company shall be effective service of process for any litigation brought against it in any such court. By accepting an Award, each Participant irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any litigation arising out of Plan or Award hereunder in the courts of the State of Delaware or the United States of America, in each case located in the State of Delaware, and further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such litigation brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. By accepting an Award, each Participant irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all rights to trial by jury in connection with any litigation arising out of or relating to the Plan or any Award hereunder.

(n) Governing Law. The provisions of the Plan and all Awards made hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, disregarding choice-of-law principles of the law of any state that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such state.

(o) Restrictions on Shares; Claw-back Provisions. Shares of Common Stock acquired in respect of Awards shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine, including, without limitation, restrictions on the transferability of shares of Common Stock, the right of the Company to repurchase shares of Common Stock, the right of the Company to require that shares of Common Stock be transferred in the event of certain transactions, tag-along rights, bring-along rights, redemption and co-sale rights and voting requirements. Such terms and conditions may be additional to those contained in the Plan and may, as determined by the Administrator, be contained in the applicable Award Agreement or in an exercise notice, stockholders’ agreement or in such other agreement as the Administrator shall determine, in each case in a form determined by the Administrator. The issuance of such shares of Common Stock shall be conditioned on the Participant’s consent to such terms and conditions and the Participant’s entering into such agreement or agreements. All Awards (including, without limitation, any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by Participant upon any receipt or exercise of any Award or upon the receipt or resale of any shares of Common Stock underlying the Award) shall be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by the Company, including, without limitation, any claw-back policy adopted to comply with the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy and/or in the applicable Award Agreement.

(p) Titles and Headings. The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.

(q) Conformity to Securities Laws. Participant acknowledges that the Plan is intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, and state securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan and all Awards granted hereunder shall be administered only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, the Plan and all Award Agreements shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

 

13


11. Definitions. As used in the Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

(a) “Administrator” means the Board or a Committee to the extent that the Board’s powers or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee.

(b) “Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity incentive plans under U.S. federal and state securities, tax and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, the applicable rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws and rules of any foreign country or other jurisdiction where Awards are granted or issued under the Plan.

(c) “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Other Stock-Based Awards.

(d) “Award Agreement” means a written agreement evidencing an Award, which agreements may be in electronic medium and shall contain such terms and conditions with respect to an Award as the Administrator shall determine, consistent with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “Change in Control” means (i) a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, (ii) a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer in one transaction or a series of related transactions of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (iii) any other transaction, including, without limitation, the sale by the Company of new shares of its capital stock or a transfer of existing shares of capital stock of the Company, the result of which is that a third party that is not an affiliate of the Company or its stockholders (or a group of third parties not affiliated with the Company or its stockholders) immediately prior to such transaction acquires or holds capital stock of the Company representing a majority of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately following such transaction; provided that the following events shall not constitute a “Change in Control”: (A) a transaction (other than a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets) in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation hold, directly or indirectly, a majority of the voting securities in the successor corporation or its parent immediately after the merger or consolidation; (B) a sale, lease, exchange or other transaction in one transaction or a series of related transactions of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an affiliate of the Company; (C) an initial public offering of any of the Company’s securities or any other transaction or series of related transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes; (D) a reincorporation of the Company solely to change its jurisdiction; or (E) a transaction undertaken for the primary purpose of creating a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportion by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control would give rise to a payment or settlement event with respect to any Award that constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation,” the transaction or event constituting the Change in Control must also constitute a “change in control event” (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)) in order to give rise to the payment or settlement event for such Award, to the extent required by Section 409A.

(g) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations issued thereunder.

 

14


(h) “Committee” means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board or the Company, which may be comprised of one or more directors and/or executive officers of the Company, in either case, to the extent permitted in accordance with Applicable Laws.

(i) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

(j) “Company” means 480 Biomedical, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto. Except where the context otherwise requires, the term “Company” includes any of the Company’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code and any other business venture (including, without limitation, joint venture or limited liability company) in which the Company has a significant interest, as determined by the Administrator.

(k) “Consultant” means any person, including, without limitation, any advisor, engaged by the Company or a parent or subsidiary of the Company to render services to such entity if: (i) the consultant or adviser renders bona fide services to the Company; (ii) the services rendered by the consultant or advisor are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities; and (iii) the consultant or advisor is a natural person, or such other advisor or consultant as is approved by the Administrator.

(l) “Designated Beneficiary” means the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated, in a manner determined by the Administrator, by a Participant to receive amounts due or exercise rights of the Participant in the event of the Participant’s death or incapacity In the absence of an effective designation by a Participant, “Designated Beneficiary” shall mean the Participant’s estate.

(m) “Director” means a member of the Board.

(n) “Disability” means a permanent and total disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, as it may be amended from time to time.

(o) “Dividend Equivalents” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 6(d)(3) hereof to receive the equivalent value (in cash or shares of Common Stock) of dividends paid on shares of Common Stock.

(p) “Employee” means any person, including, without limitation, officers and Directors, employed by the Company (within the meaning of Section 3401(c) of the Code) or any parent or subsidiary of the Company.

(q) “Equity Restructuring” means, as determined by the Administrator, a non-reciprocal transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the shares of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company) or the share price of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company) and causes a change in the per share value of the Common Stock underlying outstanding Awards.

(r) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(s) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Stock determined as follows: (i) if the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such Common Stock as quoted on such exchange for such date, or if no sale occurred on such date, the first market trading day immediately prior to such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

15


(ii) if the Common Stock is not traded on a stock exchange but is quoted on a national market or other quotation system, the last sales price on such date, or if no sales occurred on such date, then on the date immediately prior to such date on which sales prices are reported, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or (iii) in the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(t) “Incentive Stock Option” means an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

(u) “Non-Qualified Stock Option” means an Option that is not intended to be or otherwise does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(v) “Option” means an option to purchase Common Stock.

(w) “Other Stock-Based Awards” means other Awards of shares of Common Stock, and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, shares of Common Stock or other property.

(x) “Participant” means a Service Provider who has been granted an Award under the Plan.

(y) “Plan” means this 2016 Equity Incentive Plan.

(z) “Publicly Listed Company” means that the Company or its successor (i) is required to file periodic reports pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act and (ii) the Common Stock is listed on one or more National Securities Exchanges (within the meaning of the Exchange Act) or is quoted on NASDAQ or a successor interdealer quotation system.

(aa) “Restricted Stock” means Common Stock awarded to a Participant pursuant to Section 6 hereof that is subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.

(bb) “Restricted Stock Unit” means an unfunded, unsecured right to receive, on the applicable settlement date, one share of Common Stock or an amount in cash or other consideration determined by the Administrator equal to the value thereof as of such payment date, which right may be subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.

(cc) “Section 409A means Section 409A of the Code and all regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority thereunder.

(dd) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

(ee) “Service Provider” means an Employee, Consultant or Director.

(ff) “Termination of Service” means the date the Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.

* * * * *

 

16


480 BIOMEDICAL, INC.

2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

GRANT NOTICE

480 Biomedical, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), has granted to the participant set forth below (“Participant”), an Option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (referred to herein as “Shares”) set forth below. The Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Stock Option Agreement”) and the Plan, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Stock Option Agreement.

 

Participant:                                                                             
Grant Date:                                                                             
Vesting Commencement Date:                                                                             
Exercise Price per Share:    $                                                                         
Total Exercise Price:    $                                                                         
Total Number of Shares Subject to Option:   

                                                                          

Expiration Date:                                                                             

Type of Option:  ☐    Incentive Stock Option        ☐    Non-Qualified Stock Option

Vesting Schedule:

By his or her signature and the Company’s signature below, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Grant Notice. Participant has reviewed the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan and this Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator of the Plan upon any questions arising under the Plan or the Option.

 

480 BIOMEDICAL, INC.:      PARTICIPANT:
By:  

                 

         

 

Name:  

 

     Name:   

             

Title:  

 

       


EXHIBIT A

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

480 Biomedical, Inc. (the “Company”) has granted to Participant an Option under the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), to purchase the number of Shares indicated in the Stock Option Grant Notice (“Grant Notice”) to which this Stock Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) is attached.

ARTICLE I

GENERAL

1.1 Defined Terms. Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and the Grant Notice.

1.2 Incorporation of Terms of Plan. The Option is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan which are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

1.3 Grant of Option. In consideration of Participant’s past and/or continued employment with or service to the Company or a parent or subsidiary and for other good and valuable consideration, effective as of the grant date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “Grant Date”), the Company irrevocably grants to Participant an Option to purchase any part or all of an aggregate of the number of Shares set forth in the Grant Notice, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement. Unless designated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option in the Grant Notice, the Option shall be an Incentive Stock Option to the maximum extent permitted by law.

ARTICLE II

PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

2.1 Vesting; Commencement of Exercisability.

(a) Subject to Sections 2.1(b) and 2.3, the Option shall become vested and exercisable in such amounts and at such times as are set forth in the vesting schedule in the Grant Notice (the “Vesting Schedule”), except that any Share as to which the Option would be fractionally vested will be accumulated and will vest and become exercisable only when a whole Share has accumulated.

(b) Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, any portion of the Option that has not become vested and exercisable on or prior to the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service shall be forfeited on the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service and shall not thereafter become vested or exercisable.

2.2 Duration of Exercisability. The installments provided for in the Vesting Schedule are cumulative. Each such installment which becomes vested and exercisable pursuant to the Vesting Schedule shall remain vested and exercisable until it becomes unexercisable under Section 2.3 or pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Once the Option becomes unexercisable, it shall be forfeited immediately.

 

A-1


2.3 Expiration of Option. The Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after the first to occur of the following events:

(a) The Expiration Date set forth in the Grant Notice;

(b) The expiration of three months following the date of Participant’s Termination of Service, unless such Termination of Service occurs by reason of Participant’s death, Disability or Cause;

(c) The expiration of one year following the date of Participant’s Termination of Service by reason of Participant’s death or Disability; or

(d) The date of Participant’s Termination of Service for Cause.

Participant acknowledges that an Incentive Stock Option exercised more than three months after Participant’s termination of status as an Employee, other than by reason of death or Disability, will be taxed as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

Cause,” means “Cause” (or any term of similar effect) as defined in the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company if such an agreement exists and contains a definition of Cause (or term of similar effect), or, if no such agreement exists or such agreement does not contain a definition of Cause (or term of similar effect), then Cause shall include, but not be limited to: (i) the Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company or any material breach of a written agreement between the Participant and the Company, including without limitation a material breach of any employment, confidentiality, non-compete, non-solicit or similar agreement; (ii) the Participant’s commission of, indictment for or the entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by the Participant to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or any crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude (or any similar crime in any jurisdiction outside the United States); (iii) the Participant’s negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of the Participant’s duties or the Participant’s willful or repeated failure or refusal to substantially perform assigned duties; (iv) any act of fraud, embezzlement, material misappropriation or dishonesty committed by the Participant against the Company; or (v) any acts, omissions or statements by the Participant which the Company determines to be materially detrimental or damaging to the reputation, operations, prospects or business relations of the Company.

2.4 Special Tax Consequences. If the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, Participant acknowledges that, to the extent that the aggregate fair market value (determined as of the time the Option is granted) of all Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options, including, without limitation, the Option, are first exercisable for the first time by Participant in any calendar year exceeds $100,000 (or such other limitation as imposed by Section 422(d) of the Code), the Option and such other options (or the applicable portion thereof) shall be treated as not qualifying under Section 422 of the Code but rather shall be considered Non-Qualified Stock Options. Participant further acknowledges that the rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking Options and other “incentive stock options” into account in the order in which they were granted.

ARTICLE III

EXERCISE OF OPTION

3.1 Person Eligible to Exercise. During the lifetime of Participant, only Participant may exercise the Option or any portion thereof. After the death of Participant, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time when the Option becomes unexercisable under Section 2.3, be exercised by Participant’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

A-2


3.2 Partial Exercise. Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 2.3.

3.3 Manner of Exercise. The Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivery to the Secretary of the Company or the Secretary’s office, or such other place as may be determined by the Administrator, of all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 2.3:

(a) An exercise notice in substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B to the Grant Notice (or such other form as is prescribed by the Administrator) (the “Exercise Notice”) in writing signed by Participant or any other person then entitled to exercise the Option or portion thereof, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Administrator; and

(b) Full payment for Shares with respect to which the Option or portion thereof is exercised in accordance with Section 5(f) of the Plan; and

(c) The receipt by the Company of full payment for any applicable withholding tax in cash, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, by check or in such other form as is permitted by the Plan; and

(d) In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 3.1 by any person or persons other than Participant, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option.

ARTICLE IV

OTHER PROVISIONS

4.1 Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a) Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(b) The Company shall not be required: (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement, or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such shares shall have been so transferred.

4.2 Notices. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive offices in care of the Secretary of the Company, and any notice to be given to Participant shall be addressed to Participant at the most recent address for Participant shown in the Company’s records. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 4.2, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice which is required to be given to Participant shall, if Participant is then deceased, be given to the person entitled to exercise his or her Option by written notice under this Section 4.2. Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.

 

A-3


4.3 Titles. Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

4.4 Governing Law; Severability. This Agreement and the Exercise Notice shall be administered, interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof. Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

4.5 Conformity to Securities Laws. Participant acknowledges that the Plan is intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, and state securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the Option is granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

4.6 Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement and the Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

4.7 Entire Agreement. The Plan and this Agreement (including, without limitation, all Exhibits hereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.

* * * * *

 

A-4


EXHIBIT B

TO STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

FORM OF EXERCISE NOTICE

Effective as of today,                 ,                 , the undersigned (Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option to purchase                  Shares of 480 Biomedical, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 480 Biomedical, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                 , ____ (the “Option Agreement”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given in the Option Agreement.

 

Grant Date:                                                                         
Number of Shares as to which Option is Exercised:                                                                         
Exercise Price per Share:    $                        
Total Exercise Price:    $                        
Certificate to be issued in name of:                                                                         
Cash Payment delivered herewith:    $                             (Representing the full Exercise Price for the Shares, as well as any applicable withholding tax)

Type of Option:  ☐    Incentive Stock Option        ☐    Non-Qualified Stock Option

1. Representations of Participant. Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement. Participant agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

2. Tax Consultation. Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice. Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) shall be responsible for Participant’s tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

3. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a) Legends. Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause any certificates issued evidencing the Shares to have the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, together with any other legends that may be required by state or federal securities laws:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (“ACT”), NOR HAVE THEY BEEN REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. NO TRANSFER OF SUCH SECURITIES WILL BE PERMITTED

 

B-1


UNLESS A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT IS IN EFFECT AS TO SUCH TRANSFER, THE TRANSFER IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER THE ACT, OR IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL (WHICH MAY BE COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY) REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT IS UNNECESSARY IN ORDER FOR SUCH TRANSFER TO COMPLY WITH THE ACT AND WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

(b) Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

4. Notices. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 4.2 of the Option Agreement.

5. Further Instruments. Participant hereby agrees to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as the Company determines are reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

6. Entire Agreement. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement, the Plan and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

ACCEPTED BY:

480 BIOMEDICAL, INC.

 

    

  

SUBMITTED BY

PARTICIPANT:

By:   

                 

    

 

Print Name:   

 

     Print Name:   

 

Title:   

 

       

 

B-2


480 BIOMEDICAL, INC.

2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

GRANT NOTICE

The participant set forth below (the “Participant”) has been granted Restricted Stock, subject to the terms and conditions of the 480 Biomedical, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), and this Restricted Stock Agreement, which includes the terms in this Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) and Appendix A attached hereto (collectively, this “Agreement”). Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.

 

Participant:   
Grant Date:   
Vesting Commencement Date:   
Total Number of Shares of Restricted Stock:   
Type of Restricted Stock:   

Common Stock

Vesting Schedule:   

Both the Company and the Participant acknowledge and agree that this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement between the Company and the Participant regarding the terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock awarded hereunder, and that the foregoing supersede all prior communications, agreements, and understandings, written or oral, with respect to the terms and conditions of such Restricted Stock. ACCORDINGLY, PLEASE BE SURE TO READ ALL OF THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING THE GRANT NOTICE AND APPENDIX A) AND THE PLAN.

 

480 BIOMEDICAL, INC.:               PARTICIPANT:
By:  

             

    

 

Name:  

             

     Name:  

             

Title:  

             

    

 


APPENDIX A

TO THE RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

As evidenced by this Agreement, the Company has awarded to the Participant the number of shares of Restricted Stock under the Plan set forth in the Grant Notice.

ARTICLE I.

GENERAL

1.1 Definitions. All capitalized terms used in this Agreement without definition shall have the meanings ascribed in the Plan and the Grant Notice.

1.1 Incorporation of Terms. The Restricted Stock is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to execute such further documents as may from time to time be requested by the Company to implement the terms of the Plan, including, without limitation, restrictions on the transferability of shares of Common Stock, the right of the Company to repurchase shares of Common Stock, the right of the Company to require that shares of Common Stock be transferred in the event of certain transactions, tag-along rights, bring-along rights, redemption and co-sale rights and voting requirements in accordance with Section 10(o) of the Plan

ARTICLE II.

AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK

2.1 Award of Restricted Stock.

(a) Award. On the Grant Date, the Company issued to the Participant the number of shares of Restricted Stock set forth in the Grant Notice in consideration of the Participant’s agreement to remain in the service or employ of the Company or one of its subsidiaries, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged. Such shares of Restricted Stock and any dividends and distributions made or declared with respect to such shares, in each case, whether vested or unvested shall sometimes be referred to herein as “Shares.”

(b) Book Entry Form; Certificates. At the sole discretion of the Administrator, the Shares will be issued in either (i) uncertificated form, with the Shares recorded in the name of the Participant in the books and records of the Company’s transfer agent with appropriate notations regarding the Restrictions; or (ii) certificate form subject to the terms of Section 2.1(c). For purposes of this Agreement, “Restrictions” shall mean the forfeiture provision in Section 2.2 and the other restrictions set forth in this Agreement or the Plan.

(c) Legend. Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement shall bear such legend or legends as shall be determined by the Administrator.

(d) Escrow. The Secretary of the Company or such other escrow holder as the Company may appoint may retain physical custody of any certificates representing the Shares until all of the Restrictions lapse or shall have been removed.

 

A-1


2.2 Restrictions.

(a) Forfeiture. The Restricted Stock shall vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth on the Grant Notice. Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, any portion of the Restricted Stock which is not vested pursuant to the Grant Notice as of the date the Participant incurs a Termination of Service shall automatically be forfeited by the Participant on the date of such Termination of Service without any additional consideration therefore and without any further action by the Company.

(b) Tax Withholding; Conditions to Issuance of Certificates. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:

(i) The Participant is ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the Restricted Stock, regardless of any action the Company or any of its subsidiaries takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the Restricted Stock. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries makes any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the awarding or vesting of the Restricted Stock or the subsequent sale of shares. The Company and its subsidiaries do not commit and are under no obligation to structure the Restricted Stock to reduce or eliminate the Participant’s tax liability.

(ii) Prior to any tax withholding becoming due, the Participant must make arrangements acceptable to the Administrator to satisfy such withholding and must satisfy such tax withholdings when due. To the extent permitted by the Administrator, the Company (or the employing subsidiary) will withhold a portion of the shares of Restricted Stock that have an aggregate fair market value sufficient to pay the minimum federal, state and local income, employment and any other applicable taxes required to be withheld by the Company or the employing subsidiary with respect to the shares. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no vested Shares will be released from the Company unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by the Participant with respect to the payment of any income and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld or collected as of the vesting date with respect to such Shares. In addition and to the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Company (or the employing subsidiary) has the right to retain from salary or other amounts payable to the Participant, cash having a value sufficient to satisfy any tax withholding obligations (based on minimum statutory rates) that are not satisfied by the withholding of otherwise deliverable Shares or any other arrangements made by the Participant.

2.3 Rights as Stockholder. Except as otherwise provided herein, upon the Grant Date, the Participant shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares, including without limitation the right to receive any cash or stock dividends or other distributions paid to or made with respect to the Shares, subject to the Restrictions herein.

2.4 Retained Distributions. The Company will retain custody of all cash dividends (without interest) and other distributions (“Retained Distributions”) made or declared with respect to the Restricted Stock (and such Retained Distributions will be subject to the Restrictions and the other terms and conditions under this Agreement that are applicable to the Restricted Stock) until such time, if ever, as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such Retained Distributions shall have been made, paid or declared shall have become vested pursuant to the Grant Notice or, if earlier, tax withholding is otherwise due with respect to such Restricted Stock. Retained Distributions will automatically be forfeited upon forfeiture of the share of Restricted Stock with respect to which the Retained Distributions were paid or declared.

 

A-2


ARTICLE III.

OTHER PROVISIONS

3.1 Section 83(b) Election. The Participant understands that Section 83(a) of the Code taxes as ordinary income the difference between the amount, if any, paid for the Shares and the fair market value of such Shares at the time the forfeiture provision on such Shares lapse or such Shares become transferable. The Participant understands that, notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Participant may elect to be taxed at the time of the Grant Date, rather than at the time the forfeiture provision or transferability restriction lapses, by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code (an “83(b) Election”) with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days after the Grant Date. In the event the Participant files an 83(b) Election, the Participant will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the difference between the amount, if any, paid for the Shares and the Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the Grant Date. The Participant further understands that an additional copy of such 83(b) Election form should be filed with his or her federal income tax return for the calendar year in which the Grant Date falls. The Participant acknowledges that the foregoing is only a summary of the effect of United States federal income taxation with respect to the Shares awarded hereunder, and does not purport to be complete. THE PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE COMPANY IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR FILING THE PARTICIPANT’S 83(b) ELECTION, AND THE COMPANY HAS DIRECTED THE PARTICIPANT TO SEEK INDEPENDENT ADVICE REGARDING THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE, THE INCOME TAX LAWS OF ANY MUNICIPALITY, STATE OR FOREIGN COUNTRY IN WHICH PARTICIPANT MAY RESIDE, AND THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS AWARD AND THE PARTICIPANT’S PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN. A sample 83(b) Election is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

3.2 Governing Law; Severability. This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof. Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

3.3 Notices. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive offices in care of the Secretary of the Company, and any notice to be given to the Participant shall be addressed to the Participant at the most recent address for the Participant shown in the Company’s records. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 3.3, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.

3.4 Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon the Participant and his heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

* * * * *

 

A-3


EXHIBIT A

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below

 

1.

The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

NAME:

  

ADDRESS:

  

SOCIAL SECURITY NO.:

  

TAXABLE YEAR:

   201_

 

2.

The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows: ________ shares (the “Shares”) of the common stock of 480 Biomedical, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

3.

The date on which the property was transferred is:                    , 201    .

 

4.

The property is subject to the following restrictions:    

The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company. These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.

 

5.

The fair market value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of the transferred property is: $                    .

 

6.

The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $                    .

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner.

 

Dated:                                                      ,                       

 

  Taxpayer
EX-10.7

Exhibit 10.7

480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 1

LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT is made as of this 14 day of August, 2007, between ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and WMR BIOMEDICAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

 

Address:    480 Arsenal Street, Watertown, Massachusetts
Premises:    That portion of the Project comprised of all of Area 2C and a portion of Area 1D of the Building (as hereinafter defined), containing approximately 27,311 rentable square feet in the aggregate, as determined by Landlord, as more particularly shown on Exhibit A.
Project:    The real property on which the building (the “Building”) in which the Premises are located, together with all improvements thereon and appurtenances thereto as described on Exhibit B.

 

Base Rent*:    Months 1-12    $75,628.71, per month
   Months 13-24    $80,180.54, per month
   Months 25-36    $84,732.38, per month
   Months 37-48    $89,284.21, per month
   Months 49-60    $93,836.04, per month
   Months 61-63    $96,111.96, per month
Rentable Area of Premises:    27,311 sq. ft.
Rentable Area of Project:    140,744 sq. ft. Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses: 19.40%
Security Deposit:    $302,514.84                            Target Commencement Date: February 1, 2008

 

Rent Commencement Date: Commencement Date

 

Base Term:    Beginning on the Commencement Date and ending sixty-three (63) months from the first day of the first full month of the Term (as defined in Section 2) hereof

 

Permitted Use:    Research and development laboratory, related office and other related uses consistent with the character of the Project and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of Section 6 hereof.

 

Address for Rent Payment:    Landlord’s Notice Address:
385 E. Colorado Boulevard, Suite 299    385 E. Colorado Boulevard, Suite 299
Pasadena, CA 91101    Pasadena, CA 91101
Attention: Accounts Receivable    Attention: Corporate Secretary

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 2

 

Tenant’s Notice Address:    Guarantor of Lease:
Prior to Commencement Date:    None
790 Memorial Drive   
Cambridge, MA 02139   
Attention: Carmichael Roberts, CEO   
Following Commencement Date:   
480 Arsenal Street   
Watertown, MA 02472   
Attention: Carmichael Roberts, CEO   
The following Exhibits and Addenda are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference:
[    ] EXHIBIT A - PREMISES DESCRIPTION    [    ] EXHIBIT B - DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT
[    ] EXHIBIT C - WORK LETTER    [    ] EXHIBIT D - COMMENCEMENT DATE
[    ] EXHIBIT E - RULES AND REGULATIONS    [    ] EXHIBIT F - TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY

1. Lease of Premises. Upon and subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord. The portions of the Project which are for the non-exclusive use of tenants of the Project are collectively referred to herein as the “Common Areas.” Landlord reserves the right to modify Common Areas, provided that such modifications do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use.

2. Delivery; Acceptance of Premises; Commencement Date. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver the Premises to Tenant on or before the Target Commencement Date, with Landlord’s Work and the Tenant Improvements Substantially Completed (“Delivery” or “Deliver”). If Landlord fails to timely Deliver the Premises, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, and this Lease shall not be void or voidable except as provided herein. If Landlord does not Deliver the Premises on or before the date which is 45 days after the Target Commencement Date (the “Outside Delivery Date”) for any reason other than Force Majeure Delays and Tenant Delays, and provided that Tenant does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section, Tenant shall receive a credit against the Base Rent first payable hereunder in an amount equal to one (1) day’s worth of Base Rent for each day between the Target Commencement Date and the date that Delivery actually occurs. In no event shall Tenant receive any such rent reduction if the Premises is Delivered on or before the Outside Delivery Date. In addition, if Landlord does not Deliver the Premises on or before the Outside Delivery Date for any reason other than Force Majeure Delays and Tenant Delays, this Lease may be terminated by Tenant by written notice to Landlord, and if so terminated by Tenant: (a) the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease), shall be returned to Tenant, and (b) neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further rights, duties or obligations under this Lease, except with respect to provisions which expressly survive termination of this Lease. As used herein, the terms “Landlord’s Work,” “Tenant Improvements,” “Tenant Delays” and “Substantially Completed” shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Work Letter. If Tenant does not elect to void this Lease within 5 business days of the lapse of such 45 day period, such right to void this Lease shall be waived and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. In the event of a dispute with regard to the Delivery of the Premises as provided in this paragraph, either party hereto shall have the right to request arbitration of such dispute pursuant to Section 40 hereof. Notwithstanding said arbitration right, if Landlord fails to Deliver the Premises on or before the Outside Delivery Date, and either party elects to arbitrate such dispute as aforesaid and if, during the pendency of any such arbitration, Tenant takes possession of the Premises notwithstanding such dispute, Tenant shall receive the credit against Base Rent referred to above pending receipt of the arbitrator(s) finding. In no event shall Tenant’s failure to pay Base Rent under this Section 2 upon taking possession during the pendency of such arbitration be deemed an Event

 

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 3

 

of Default or give Landlord any rights with respect to the Security Deposit. Should the arbitrator(s) find in favor of Landlord, Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord the amount of Base Rent withheld under the terms of this Section which the arbitrator(s) determine is owed to Landlord. If Tenant does not take possession of the Premises during the pendency of such arbitration, Tenant’s sole right shall be to receive the credit against Base Rent following Delivery described in the third sentence of this Section.

The “Commencement Date” shall be the earliest of: (i) the date Landlord Delivers the Premises to Tenant; (ii) the date Landlord could have Delivered the Premises but for Tenant Delays; and (iii) the date Tenant conducts any business in the Premises or any part thereof. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver a written acknowledgment of the Commencement Date and the expiration date of the Term when such are established in the form of the “Acknowledgement of Commencement Date” attached to this Lease as Exhibit D; provided, however, Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment shall not affect Landlord’s rights hereunder. The “Term” of this Lease shall be the Base Term, as defined above in the Basic Lease Provisions and any Extension Terms which Tenant may elect pursuant to Section 39 hereof.

Except as set forth in the Work Letter, if applicable: (i) Tenant shall accept the Premises in their condition, except with respect to punch list items and Minor Variations, as applicable, as of the Commencement Date, subject to all applicable Legal Requirements (as defined in Section 6 hereof); (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation for any defects in the Premises; and (iii) Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant accepts the Premises and that the Premises were in good condition at the time possession was taken, except with respect to punch list items and Minor Variations, as applicable. Any occupancy of the Premises by Tenant before the Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, including the obligation to pay Rent. Tenant shall be provided reasonable opportunity by Landlord to inspect the Premises prior to Delivery to ensure that, except as provided in the Work Letter with respect to punch list items and Minor Variations, as aforesaid, Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete.

Tenant agrees and acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of all or any portion of the Premises or the Project, and/or the suitability of the Premises or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Premises or the Project are suitable for the Permitted Use. This Lease constitutes the complete agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior representations, inducements, promises, agreements, understandings and negotiations which are not contained herein. Landlord in executing this Lease does so in reliance upon Tenant’s representations, warranties, acknowledgments and agreements contained herein.

3. Rent.

(a) Base Rent. The first month’s Base Rent shall be due and payable on the Commencement Date hereof. The Security Deposit shall be due and payable on delivery of an executed copy of this Lease to Landlord. Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance, without demand, abatement, deduction or set-off, monthly installments of Base Rent in the amounts set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions above, on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term hereof, in lawful money of the United States of America, at the office of Landlord for payment of Rent set forth above, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. Payments of Base Rent for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. The obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent and other sums to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are independent obligations. Tenant shall have no right at any time to abate, reduce, or set-off any Rent (as defined in Section 4) due hereunder except for any abatement as may be expressly provided in this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall receive a one-time rent credit, in the amount of $70,000.00, to be applied against the first month’s Base Rent.

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 4

 

(b) Additional Rent. In addition to Base Rent, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as additional rent (“Additional Rent”): (i) Tenant’s Share of “Operating Expenses” (as defined in Section 4), and (ii) any and all other amounts Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under the provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, any and all other reasonable sums that may become due by reason of any default of Tenant or failure to comply with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, after any applicable notice and cure period.

4. Operating Expense Payments. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written estimate of Operating Expenses for each calendar year during the Term (the “Annual Estimate”), which may be revised by Landlord from time to time during such calendar year. During each month of the Term, on the same date that Base Rent is due, Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to 1/12th of Tenant’s Share of the Annual Estimate. Payments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

The term “Operating Expenses” means all costs and expenses in connection with the Premises, the Building and the Project, as applicable, including, without limitation, all Building-and Project-related costs and expenses of any kind or description whatsoever incurred or accrued each calendar year by Landlord (including, without limitation, maintenance, Taxes (as defined in Section 8), utilities, transportation services, insurance, capital repairs and capital improvements which are for the purpose of (A) compliance with government regulations promulgated after the date hereof, or (B) reducing Operating Expenses (provided that Landlord shall use its reasonable professional judgment in determining whether a capital repair or improvement is likely to reduce operating Expenses), amortized with interest (at a rate equal to the then current 10 year Treasury bill rate plus 200 basis points) over the lesser of 7 years and the useful life of such capital items, and the costs of Landlord’s third party property manager (which shall not exceed the prevailing market rate in the Watertown, Massachusetts area for substantially similar services in similar properties) or, if there is no third party property manager, administrative rent in the amount of 3.0% of Base Rent), excluding only:

(a) the original construction costs of the Project and renovation prior to the date of the Lease and costs of correcting defects in such original construction or renovation;

(b) capital expenditures for expansion of the Project;

(c) interest, principal payments of Mortgage (as defined in Section 26) debts of Landlord, financing costs and amortization of funds borrowed by Landlord, whether secured or unsecured and all payments of base rent (but not taxes or operating expenses) under any ground lease or other underlying lease of all or any portion of the Project;

(d) depreciation of the Project (except for capital improvements, the cost of which are includable in Operating Expenses);

(e) advertising, legal and space planning expenses and leasing commissions and other costs and expenses incurred in procuring and leasing space to tenants for the Project, including any leasing office maintained in the Project, free rent and construction allowances for tenants;

(f) legal and other expenses incurred in the negotiation or enforcement of leases;

(g) completing, fixturing, improving, renovating, painting, redecorating or other work, which Landlord pays for or performs for other tenants within their premises, and costs of correcting defects in such work;

(h) costs of utilities outside normal business hours sold to tenants of the Project;

(i) costs to be reimbursed by other tenants of the Project or Taxes to be paid directly by Tenant or other tenants of the Project, whether or not actually paid;

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 5

 

(j) salaries, wages, benefits and other compensation paid to officers and employees of Landlord who are not assigned in whole or in part to the operation, management, maintenance or repair of the Project;

(k) general organizational, administrative and overhead costs relating to maintaining Landlord’s existence, either as a corporation, partnership, or other entity, including general corporate, legal and accounting expenses;

(l) costs (including attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, judgments and payments in lieu thereof) incurred in connection with disputes with tenants, other occupants, or prospective tenants, and costs and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with employees, consultants, management agents, leasing agents, purchasers or mortgagees of the Building;

(m) costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Project or any Legal Requirement (as defined in Section 6);

(n) penalties, fines or interest incurred as a result of Landlord’s inability or failure to make payment of Taxes and/or to file any tax or informational returns when due, or from Landlord’s failure to make any payment of Taxes required to be made by Landlord hereunder before delinquency;

(o) overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in or to the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(p) costs of Landlord’s charitable or political contributions, or of fine art maintained at the Project;

(q) costs in connection with services (including electricity), items or other benefits of a type which are not standard for the Project and which are not available to Tenant without specific charges therefor, but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Project, whether or not such other tenant or occupant is specifically charged therefor by Landlord;

(r) costs incurred in the sale or refinancing of the Project;

(s) net income taxes of Landlord or the owner of any interest in the Project, franchise, capital stock, gift, estate or inheritance taxes or any federal, state or local documentary taxes imposed against the Project or any portion thereof or interest therein; and

(t) any expenses otherwise includable within Operating Expenses to the extent actually reimbursed by persons other than tenants of the Project under leases for space in the Project.

Within 90 days after the end of each calendar year (or such longer period as may be reasonably required), Landlord shall furnish to Tenant an itemized statement (an “Annual Statement”) showing in reasonable detail: (a) the total and Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year, and (b) the total of Tenant’s payments in respect of Operating Expenses for such year. If Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year exceeds Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such year, the excess shall be due and payable by Tenant as Rent within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement to Tenant. If Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such year exceed Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement, except that after the expiration, or earlier termination of the Term or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord.

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 6

 

The Annual Statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant unless Tenant, within 45 days after Tenant’s receipt thereof, shall contest any item therein by giving written notice to Landlord, specifying each item contested and the reason therefor. If, during such 45 day period, Tenant reasonably questions or contests the accuracy of Landlord’s statement of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Landlord will provide Tenant with access to Landlord’s books and records relating to the operation of the Project and such information as may reasonably be required by Tenant and/or its third-party auditor to determine the accuracy of the Annual Statement (the “Expense Information”). If after Tenant’s review of such Expense Information, Landlord and Tenant cannot agree upon the amount of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, then Tenant shall have the right to have an independent public accounting firm selected by Tenant from among the 5 largest in the United States, working pursuant to a fee arrangement other than a contingent fee (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) and approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), audit and/or review the Expense Information for the year in question (the “Independent Review”). The results of any such Independent Review shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant. If the Independent Review shows that the payments actually made by Tenant with respect to Operating Expenses for the calendar year in question exceeded Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such calendar year, Landlord shall at Landlord’s option either (i) credit the excess amount to the next succeeding installments of estimated Operating Expenses or (ii) pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such statement, except that after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant’s payments with respect to Operating Expenses for such calendar year were less than Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the calendar year, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within 30 days after delivery of such statement. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant has overpaid with respect to Operating Expenses by more than 5% then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all costs incurred by Tenant for the Independent Review. Operating Expenses for the calendar years in which Tenant’s obligation to share therein begins and ends shall be prorated. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, if the Project is not at least 95% occupied on average during any year of the Term, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such year shall be computed as though the Project had been 95% occupied on average during such year.

“Tenant’s Share” shall be the percentage set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions as Tenant’s Share, as equitably adjusted by Landlord following a measurement of the rentable square footage of the Project and the Premises to be done by Landlord within 90 days after the Commencement Date, or as soon as reasonably possible thereafter. Landlord shall provide written notice to Tenant of any such adjustment and this Lease shall be amended to provide for such adjusted Tenant’s Share. Landlord may equitably increase Tenant’s Share for any item of expense or cost reimbursable by Tenant that relates to a repair, replacement, or service that benefits only the Premises or only a portion of the Project that includes the Premises or that varies with occupancy or use. Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder are collectively referred to herein as “Rent.”

5. Security Deposit. Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, upon delivery of an executed copy of this Lease to Landlord, a security deposit (the “Security Deposit”) for the performance of all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder in the amount set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions, which Security Deposit shall be in the form of an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”): (i) in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, (ii) naming Landlord as beneficiary, (iii) expressly allowing Landlord to draw upon it at any time from time to time by delivering to the issuer notice that Landlord is entitled to draw thereunder, (iv) issued by an FDIC-insured financial institution satisfactory to Landlord, and (v) redeemable by presentation of a sight draft in the state of Landlord’s choice. If Tenant does not provide Landlord with a substitute Letter of Credit complying with all of the requirements hereof at least 10 days before the stated expiration date of any then current Letter of Credit, Landlord shall have the right to draw the full amount of the current Letter of Credit and hold the funds drawn in cash without obligation for interest thereon as the Security Deposit. The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. Upon each occurrence of a Default (as defined in Section 19), Landlord may use all or any part of the Security Deposit to pay

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 7

 

delinquent payments due under this Lease, and the cost of any damage, injury, expense or liability caused by such Default, without prejudice to any other remedy provided herein or provided by law. Upon any such use of all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand the amount that will restore the Security Deposit to the amount set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any law, now or hereafter in force, which provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of Rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Tenant. Upon bankruptcy or other debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of Rent and other charges due Landlord for periods prior to the filing of such proceedings. Upon any such use of all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall, within 5 days after demand from Landlord, restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. If Tenant shall fully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease), shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within 90 days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

If Landlord transfers its interest in the Project or this Lease, Landlord shall either (a) transfer any Security Deposit then held by Landlord to a person or entity assuming Landlord’s obligations under this Section 5, or (b) return to Tenant any Security Deposit then held by Landlord and remaining after the deductions permitted herein. Upon such transfer to such transferee or the return of the Security Deposit to Tenant, Landlord shall have no further obligation with respect to the Security Deposit, and Tenant’s right to the return of the Security Deposit shall apply solely against Landlord’s transferee. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. Landlord’s obligation respecting the Security Deposit is that of a debtor, not a trustee, and no interest shall accrue thereon.

6. Use. The Premises shall be used solely for the Permitted Use set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions, and in compliance with all laws, orders, judgments, ordinances, regulations, codes, directives, permits, licenses, covenants and restrictions now or hereafter applicable to the Premises, and to the use and occupancy thereof, including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq. (together with the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, “ADA”) (collectively, “Legal Requirements” and each, a “Legal Requirement”). Tenant shall, upon 5 days’ written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises which is declared by any Governmental Authority (as defined in Section 8) having jurisdiction to be a violation of a Legal Requirement. Tenant will not use or permit the Premises to be used for any purpose or in any manner that would void Tenant’s or Landlord’s insurance, increase the insurance risk, or cause the disallowance of any sprinkler or other credits. Tenant shall not permit any part of the Premises to be used as a “place of public accommodation”, as defined in the ADA or any similar legal requirement. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly upon demand for any additional premium charged for any such insurance policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section or otherwise caused by Tenant’s use and/or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant will use the Premises in a careful, safe and proper manner and will not commit or permit waste, overload the floor or structure of the Premises, subject the Premises to use that would damage the Premises or obstruct or interfere with the rights of Landlord or other tenants or occupants of the Project, including conducting or giving notice of any auction, liquidation, or going out of business sale on the Premises, or using or allowing the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose. Tenant shall cause any equipment or machinery to be installed in the Premises so as to reasonably prevent sounds or vibrations from the Premises from extending into Common Areas, or other space in the Project. Tenant shall not place any machinery or equipment weighing 500 pounds or more in or upon the Premises or transport or move such items through the Common Areas of the Project or in the Project elevators without the prior written consent of Landlord. Except as may be provided under the Work Letter, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, use the Premises in any manner which will require ventilation, air exchange, heating, gas, steam, electricity or water beyond the existing capacity of the Project as proportionately allocated to the Premises based upon Tenant’s Share as usually furnished for the Permitted Use.

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 8

 

Landlord shall, as an Operating Expense (to the extent such Legal Requirement is generally applicable to similar buildings in the area in which the Project is located) or at Tenant’s expense (to the extent such Legal Requirement is applicable solely by reason of Tenant’s, as compared to other tenants of the Project, particular use of the Premises) make any alterations or modifications to the Common Areas or the exterior of the Building that are required by Legal Requirements, including the ADA. Tenant, at its sole expense, shall make any alterations or modifications to the interior of the Premises that are required by Legal Requirements (including, without limitation, compliance of the Premises with the ADA. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, Tenant shall be responsible for any and all demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages or judgments, and all reasonable expenses incurred in investigating or resisting the same (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements and costs of suit) (collectively, “Claims”) arising out of or in connection with Legal Requirements applicable to Tenant and/or Tenant’s use of the Building or the Premises, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, hold and save Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims arising out of or in connection with any failure of the Premises to comply with any Legal Requirement.

7. Holding Over. If, with Landlord’s express written consent, Tenant retains possession of the Premises after the termination of the Term, (i) unless otherwise agreed in such written consent, such possession shall be subject to immediate termination by Landlord at any time, (ii) all of the other terms and provisions of this Lease (including, without limitation, the adjustment of Base Rent during the Renewal Term pursuant to Section 39(a) hereof) shall remain in full force and effect (excluding any expansion or renewal option or other similar right or option) during such holdover period, (iii) Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent in the amount payable upon the date of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or such other amount as Landlord may indicate, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, in such written consent, and (iv) all other payments shall continue under the terms of this Lease. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without the express written consent of Landlord, (A) Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance upon the terms of this Lease except that the monthly rental shall be equal to 200% of Rent in effect during the last 30 days of the Term, and (B) Tenant shall be responsible for all damages suffered by Landlord resulting from or occasioned by Tenant’s holding over, including consequential damages. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord, shall operate to extend this Lease except as otherwise expressly provided, and this Section 7 shall not be construed as consent for Tenant to retain possession of the Premises. Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease shall not result in a renewal or reinstatement of this Lease.

8. Taxes. Landlord shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, all taxes, levies, assessments and governmental charges of any kind (collectively referred to as “Taxes”) imposed by any federal, state, regional, municipal, local or other governmental authority or agency, including, without limitation, quasipublic agencies (collectively, “Governmental Authority”) during the Term, including, without limitation, all Taxes: (i) imposed on or measured by or based, in whole or in part, on rent payable to Landlord under this Lease and/or from the rental by Landlord of the Project or any portion thereof, or (ii) based on the square footage, assessed value or other measure or evaluation of any kind of the Premises or the Project, or (iii) assessed or imposed by or on the operation or maintenance of any portion of the Premises or the Project, including parking, or (iv) assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from statutes or regulations, or interpretations thereof, promulgated by, any Governmental Authority, or (v) imposed as a license or other fee on Landlord’s business of leasing space in the Project. Landlord may contest by appropriate legal proceedings the amount, validity, or application of any Taxes or liens securing Taxes. Taxes shall not include any net income taxes (unless such net income taxes are in substitution for any Taxes payable hereunder), franchise taxes or estate taxes imposed on Landlord. If any such Tax is levied or assessed directly against Tenant, then Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay the same at such times and in such manner as the taxing authority shall require. Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, any and all Taxes levied or assessed against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises, whether levied or assessed against Landlord or Tenant. If any Taxes

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 9

 

on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property, or if the assessed valuation of the Project is increased by a value attributable to improvements in or alterations to the Premises, whether owned by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, higher than the base valuation on which Landlord from time-to-time allocates Taxes to all tenants in the Project, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such Taxes. Landlord’s determination of any excess assessed valuation shall be binding and conclusive, absent manifest error. The amount of any such payment by Landlord shall constitute Additional Rent due from Tenant to Landlord immediately upon demand.

9. Parking; Shuttle.

(a) Subject to all matters of record, Force Majeure, a Taking (as defined in Section 18 below) and the exercise by Landlord of its rights hereunder, Tenant shall have the right, in common with other tenants of the Project pro rata in accordance with the rentable area of the Premises and the rentable areas of the Project occupied by such other tenants, to park in those areas designated for non-reserved parking, subject in each case to Landlord’s rules and regulations. Landlord may allocate parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants in the Project pro rata as described above if Landlord determines that such parking facilities are becoming crowded. Landlord agrees that, in the event such allocation of parking spaces becomes necessary, Landlord shall allocate spaces to Tenant only within the area indicated on Exhibit A hereto. Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant’s parking rights against any third parties, including other tenants of the Project.

(b) On or before the Commencement Date, Landlord shall, as an Operating Expense, commence a commuter shuttle service to and from the Harvard Square transit station during morning and evening commuter hours on business days (holidays excluded). Such service shall be provided for a minimum period of one year after the Commencement Date. Thereafter, Landlord shall undertake a survey of the tenants in the Project, including Tenant, to determine if shuttle service should be continued beyond such initial 1-year period. Each tenant shall be free to “opt in” or “opt out” of such shuttle service by their response to such survey. If tenants representing 30% or more of the leased area of the Project desire to continue such shuttle service, Landlord shall continue to provide such shuttle service as an Operating Expense. In such event, the tenants “opting in” to the shuttle service shall thereafter pay for such service on a pro rata basis with the other “opt in” tenants. Neither Landlord nor any “opt out” tenant shall be required to pay for such service.

10. Utilities, Services.

Landlord shall provide, subject to the terms of this Section 10, water, electricity, heat, light, power, telephone, sewer, and other utilities (including gas and fire sprinklers to the extent the Project is plumbed for such services), refuse and trash collection and janitorial services (collectively, “Utilities”). Landlord shall pay, as Operating Expenses or subject to Tenant’s reimbursement obligation, for all Utilities used on the Premises, all maintenance charges for Utilities, and any storm sewer charges or other similar charges for Utilities imposed by any Governmental Authority or Utility provider, and any taxes, penalties, surcharges or similar charges thereon. Landlord may cause, at Tenant’s expense, any Utilities to be separately metered or charged directly to Tenant by the provider. Landlord represents that the Premises are currently submetered with respect to electrical service and that Landlord shall pass through to Tenant the actual amount charged by the electrical provider, as measured by such submeter, without any markup by Landlord. Tenant shall pay directly to the Utility provider, prior to delinquency, any separately metered Utilities and services which may be furnished to Tenant or the Premises during the Term. Tenant shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, its share of all charges for jointly metered Utilities based upon consumption, as reasonably determined by Landlord. No interruption or failure of Utilities, from any cause whatsoever other than Landlord’s willful misconduct, shall result in eviction or constructive eviction of Tenant, termination of this Lease or the abatement of Rent. Tenant agrees to limit use of water and sewer with respect to Common Areas to normal restroom use.

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 10

 

Landlord’s sole obligation for either providing standby generators or providing standby back-up power to Tenant shall be: (i) to provide standby generators with not less than the stated capacity of the standby generators located in the Building as of the Commencement Date, and (ii) to contract with a third party to maintain the standby generators as per the manufacturer’s standard maintenance guidelines. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with operational standby generators or back-up power or to supervise, oversee or confirm that the third party maintaining the standby generators is maintaining the generators as per the manufacturer’s standard guidelines or otherwise. During any period of replacement, repair or maintenance of the standby generators when the standby generators are not operational, including any delays thereto due to the inability to obtain parts or replacement equipment, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with an alternative back-up generator or generators or alternative sources of back-up power. Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord does not guaranty that such standby generators will be operational at all times or that standby power will be available to the Premises when needed.

11. Alterations and Tenant’s Property. Any alterations, additions, or improvements made to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant, including additional locks or bolts of any kind or nature upon any doors or windows in the Premises, but excluding installation, removal or realignment of furniture systems (other than removal of furniture systems owned or paid for by Landlord) not involving any modifications to the structure or connections (other then by ordinary plugs or jacks) to Building Systems (as defined in Section 12) (“Alterations”) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion if any such Alteration affects the structure or Building Systems, but which shall otherwise not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If Landlord approves any Alterations, Landlord may impose such conditions on Tenant in connection with the commencement, performance and completion of such Alterations as Landlord may deem appropriate in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Any request for approval shall be in writing, delivered not less than 15 business days in advance of any proposed construction, and accompanied by plans, specifications, bid proposals, work contracts and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the alterations as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, including the identities and mailing addresses of all persons performing work or supplying materials. Landlord’s right to review plans and specifications and to monitor construction shall be solely for its own benefit, and Landlord shall have no duty to ensure that such plans and specifications or construction comply with applicable Legal Requirements. Tenant shall cause, at its sole cost and expense, all Alterations to comply with insurance requirements and with Legal Requirements and shall implement at its sole cost and expense any alteration or modification required by Legal Requirements as a result of any Alterations. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, on demand an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 10% of all charges incurred by Tenant or its contractors or agents in connection with any Alteration, and (ii) the actual documented cost of Landlord’s overhead and expenses for plan review, coordination, scheduling and supervision. Before Tenant begins any Alteration, Landlord may post on and about the Premises notices of non-responsibility pursuant to applicable law. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for, and indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from, any expense incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors, delays caused by such work, or inadequate cleanup.

Tenant shall furnish security or make other arrangements satisfactory to Landlord to assure payment for the completion of all Alterations work free and clear of liens, and shall provide (and cause each contractor or subcontractor to provide) certificates of insurance for workers’ compensation and other coverage in amounts and from an insurance company satisfactory to Landlord protecting Landlord against liability for personal injury or property damage during construction. Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) sworn statements setting forth the names of all contractors and subcontractors who did the work and final lien waivers from all such contractors and subcontractors; and (ii) “as built” plans for any such Alteration.

Other than (i) the items, if any, listed on Exhibit F attached hereto, (ii) any items agreed by Landlord in writing to be included on Exhibit F in the future, and (iii) any trade fixtures, machinery, equipment and other personal property not paid for out of the Tl Budget (as defined in the Work Letter) which may be removed without material damage to the Premises, which damage shall be repaired (including capping or terminating utility hook-ups behind walls) by Tenant during the Term (collectively, “Tenant’s Property”), all property of any kind paid for with the Tl Budget, all Alterations, real property fixtures, built-in machinery and equipment, built-in casework and cabinets and other similar additions and

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 11

 

improvements built into the Premises so as to become an integral part of the Premises such as fume hoods which penetrate the roof or plenum area, built-in cold rooms, built-in warm rooms, walk-in cold rooms, walk-in warm rooms, deionized water systems, glass washing equipment, autoclaves, chillers, built-in plumbing, electrical and mechanical equipment and systems, and any power generator and transfer switch (collectively, “Installations”) shall be and shall remain the property of Landlord during the Term and following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, shall not be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof in accordance with Section 27 following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease; provided, however, that Landlord shall, at the time its approval of such Installation is requested notify Tenant if it has elected to cause Tenant to remove such Installation upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If Landlord so elects, Tenant shall remove such Installation upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and restore any damage caused by or occasioned as a result of such removal, including, when removing any of Tenant’s Property which was plumbed, wired or otherwise connected to any of the Building Systems, capping off all such connections behind the walls of the Premises and repairing any holes. During any such restoration period that extends beyond the date of expiration or termination hereof, Tenant shall pay Rent to Landlord as provided herein as if said space were otherwise occupied by Tenant, unless said restoration period is extended past such date of expiration or termination by causes solely attributable to Landlord.

12. Landlord’s Repairs. Landlord, as an Operating Expense, shall maintain all of the structural, exterior, parking and other Common Areas of the Project, including HVAC, plumbing, fire sprinklers, elevators and all other building systems serving the Premises and other portions of the Project (“Building Systems”), in good repair, reasonable wear and tear and uninsured losses and damages caused by Tenant, or by any of Tenant’s agents, servants, employees, invitees and contractors (collectively, “Tenant Parties”) excluded. Losses and damages caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party shall be repaired by Landlord, to the extent not covered by insurance, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord reserves the right to stop Building Systems services when necessary (i) by reason of accident or emergency, or (ii) for planned repairs, alterations or improvements, which are, in the judgment of Landlord, desirable or necessary to be made, until said repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed. Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply Building Systems services during any such period of interruption; provided, however, that Landlord shall, except in case of emergency, give Tenant 72 hours advance notice of any planned stoppage of Building Systems services for routine maintenance, repairs, alterations or improvements, which notice may, at Landlord’s election, be given either in accordance with the provisions of Section 41(a) hereof, or orally by telephone or in person. Tenant shall promptly give Landlord written notice of any repair required by Landlord pursuant to this Section, after which Landlord shall have a reasonable opportunity to effect such repair. Landlord shall not be liable in any legal action for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance for which Landlord is responsible hereunder unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after Tenant’s written (or, in the event of an emergency, oral followed immediately by written) notice of the need for such repairs. In no event shall Landlord be responsible for any consequential damages arising from Landlord’s failure to make any such repairs and Tenant shall not have the right to abate, reduce or set-off any Rent due hereunder as a result of any such failure. Nothing in this Section 12 shall be deemed to supersede or otherwise affect the limitation on Landlord’s liability set forth in Section 35 of this Lease. Tenant waives its rights under any state or local law to terminate this Lease or to make such repairs at Landlord’s expense and agrees that the parties’ respective rights with respect to such matters shall be solely as set forth herein. Repairs required as the result of fire, earthquake, flood, vandalism, war, or similar cause of damage or destruction shall be controlled by Section 17.

13. Tenant’s Repairs. Subject to Section 12 hereof, Tenant, at its expense, shall repair, replace and maintain in good condition all portions of the Premises, including, without limitation, entries, doors, ceilings, interior windows, interior walls, and the interior side of demising walls. Such repair and replacement may include capital expenditures and repairs whose benefit may extend beyond the Term. Should Tenant fail to make any such repair or replacement or fail to maintain the Premises, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of such failure. If Tenant fails to commence cure of such failure within 10 days of Landlord’s notice, and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion, Landlord may perform such work and shall be reimbursed by Tenant within 10 days after demand therefor; provided, however, that if

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 12

 

such failure by Tenant creates or could create an emergency, Landlord may immediately commence cure of such failure and shall thereafter be entitled to recover the costs of such cure from Tenant. Subject to Sections 16 and 17, Tenant shall bear the full uninsured cost of any repair or replacement to any part of the Project that results from damage caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party and any repair that benefits only the Premises.

14. Mechanic’s Liens. Tenant shall discharge, by bond or otherwise, any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises or against the Project for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant within 10 days after the filing thereof, at Tenant’s sole cost and shall otherwise keep the Premises and the Project free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Should Tenant fail to discharge any lien described herein, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such claim or post a bond or otherwise provide security to eliminate the lien as a claim against title to the Project and the cost thereof shall be immediately due from Tenant as Additional Rent. If Tenant shall lease or finance the acquisition of office equipment, furnishings, or other personal property of a removable nature utilized by Tenant in the operation of Tenant’s business, Tenant warrants that any Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statement filed as a matter of public record by any lessor or creditor of Tenant will upon its face or by exhibit thereto indicate that such Financing Statement is applicable only to removable personal property of Tenant located within the Premises. In no event shall the address of the Project be furnished on the statement without qualifying language as to applicability of the lien only to removable personal property, located in an identified suite held by Tenant.

15. Indemnification. Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend, save and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims for injury or death to persons or damage to property occurring within or about the Premises, arising directly or indirectly out use or occupancy of the Premises or a breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder, unless caused by the willful misconduct or negligence of Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant assumes all risk of damage to, personal property (including, without limitation, loss of records kept within the Premises). Tenant further hereby irrevocably waives any and all Claims for injury to Tenant’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property (including, without limitation, any loss of records), unless caused by the willful misconduct or negligence of Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any tenant in the Project or of any other third party.

16. Insurance. Landlord shall maintain all risk property and, if applicable, sprinkler damage insurance covering the full replacement cost of the Project or such lesser coverage amount as Landlord may elect provided such coverage amount is not less than 90% of such full replacement cost. Landlord shall further procure and maintain commercial general liability insurance with a single loss limit of not less than $2,000,000 for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Project. Landlord may, but is not obligated to, maintain such other insurance and additional coverages as it may deem necessary, including, but not limited to, flood, environmental hazard and earthquake, loss or failure of building equipment, errors and omissions, rental loss during the period of repair or rebuilding, workers’ compensation insurance and fidelity bonds for employees employed to perform services and insurance for any improvements installed by Tenant or which are in addition to the standard improvements customarily furnished by Landlord without regard to whether or not such are made a part of the Project. All such insurance shall be included as part of the Operating Expenses. The Project may be included in a blanket policy (in which case the cost of such insurance allocable to the Project will be determined by Landlord based upon the insurer’s cost calculations).

Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain during the Term: all risk property insurance with business interruption and extra expense coverage, covering the full replacement cost of all property and improvements installed or placed in the Premises by Tenant at Tenant’s expense; workers’ compensation insurance with no less than the minimum limits required by law; employer’s liability insurance with such limits as required by law; and commercial general liability insurance, with a minimum limit of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Premises. The commercial general liability insurance policy shall name Landlord and Alexandria Real

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 13

 

Estate Equities, Inc. and their respective officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, invitees and contractors (collectively, “Landlord Parties”), as additional insureds; insure on an occurrence and not a claims-made basis; be issued by insurance companies which have a rating of not less than policyholder rating of A and financial category rating of at least Class X in “Best’s Insurance Guide”; shall not be cancelable for nonpayment of premium unless 30 days prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord from the insurer; contain a hostile fire endorsement and a contractual liability endorsement; and provide primary coverage to Landlord (any policy issued to Landlord providing duplicate or similar coverage shall be deemed excess over Tenant’s policies). Copies of such policies (if requested by Landlord), or certificates of insurance showing the limits of coverage required hereunder and showing Landlord and Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. as additional insureds, along with reasonable evidence of the payment of premiums for the applicable period, shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant upon commencement of the Term and upon each renewal of said insurance. Tenant’s policy may be a “blanket policy” with an aggregate per location endorsement which specifically provides that the amount of insurance shall not be prejudiced by other losses covered by the policy. Tenant shall, at least 5 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewal certificates.

In each instance where insurance is to name Landlord as an additional insured, Tenant shall upon written request of Landlord also designate and furnish certificates so evidencing Landlord as additional insured to: (i) any lender of Landlord holding a security interest in the Project or any portion thereof, (ii) the landlord under any lease wherein Landlord is tenant of the real property on which the Project is located, if the interest of Landlord is or shall become that of a tenant under a ground or other underlying lease rather than that of a fee owner, and/or (iii) any management company retained by Landlord to manage the Project.

The property insurance obtained by Landlord and Tenant shall include a waiver of subrogation by the insurers and all rights based upon an assignment from its insured, against Landlord or Tenant, and their respective officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, invitees and contractors (“Related Parties”), in connection with any loss or damage thereby insured against. Neither party nor its respective Related Parties shall be liable to the other for loss or damage caused by any risk insured against under property insurance required to be maintained hereunder, and each party waives any claims against the other party, and its respective Related Parties, for such loss or damage. The failure of a party to insure its property shall not void this waiver. Landlord and its respective Related Parties shall not be liable for, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against such parties for, business interruption and losses occasioned thereby sustained by Tenant or any person claiming through Tenant resulting from any accident or occurrence in or upon the Premises or the Project from any cause whatsoever. If the foregoing waivers shall contravene any law with respect to exculpatory agreements, the liability of Landlord or Tenant shall be deemed not released but shall be secondary to the other’s insurer.

Landlord may require insurance policy limits to be raised to conform with requirements of Landlord’s lender and/or to bring coverage limits to levels then being generally required of new tenants within the Project.

17. Restoration. If, at any time during the Term, the Project or the Premises are damaged or destroyed by a fire or other insured casualty, Landlord shall notify Tenant within 45 days after discovery of such damage as to the amount of time Landlord reasonably estimates it will take to restore the Project or the Premises, as applicable (the “Restoration Period”). If the Restoration Period is estimated to exceed 12 months (the “Maximum Restoration Period”), either Landlord or Tenant may, by written notice to the other within 10 days after the date of such estimate, elect to terminate this Lease as of the date that is 45 days after the date of discovery of such damage or destruction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such casualty occurs during the last 2 years of the Base Term (unless Tenant has previously exercised the Extension Option [as hereinafter defined], in which case this provision shall not apply) or during the last 2 years of the Extension Term (as hereinafter defined), if applicable, and the Restoration Period is estimated to exceed 6 months, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate by written notice to the other as aforesaid. Unless Landlord or Tenant so elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall, subject to receipt of sufficient insurance proceeds (with any deductible to be treated as a current Operating Expense unless it is determined that said fire or other casualty was caused by Landlord’s gross

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 14

 

negligence or willful misconduct), promptly restore the Premises (excluding the improvements installed by Tenant or by Landlord and paid for by Tenant), subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure events or as needed to obtain any license, clearance or other authorization of any kind required to enter into and restore the Premises issued by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release, disposal, removal or remediation of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 29) in, on or about the Premises (collectively referred to herein as “Hazardous Materials Clearances”); provided, however, that if repair or restoration of the Premises is not substantially complete as of the end of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, (a) Landlord may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect not to proceed with such repair and restoration, or (b) Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by notice thereof to Landlord, and, in either case, Landlord shall be relieved of its obligation to make such repairs or restoration and this Lease shall terminate as of the date that is 45 days after the later of: (i) discovery of such damage or destruction, or (ii) the date all required Hazardous Materials Clearances are obtained, but Landlord shall retain any Rent paid and the right to any Rent payable by Tenant prior to such election by Landlord or Tenant. Notice of the foregoing elections by Landlord and Tenant, respectively, shall be given to the other party no later than 10 business days after the end of the Maximum Restoration Period or the Restoration Period, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s right to terminate this Lease shall expire and be of no further force and effect upon notice by Landlord to Tenant, during such 10 business day period, that such repair or restoration is substantially complete.

Tenant, at its expense, shall promptly perform, subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure (as defined in Section 33) events or to obtain Hazardous Material Clearances, all repairs or restoration not required to be done by Landlord and shall promptly re-enter the Premises and commence doing business in accordance with this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may terminate this Lease if the Premises are damaged during the last 6 months of the Term and Landlord reasonably estimates that it will take more than 2 months to repair such damage, or if insurance proceeds are not available for such restoration. Rent shall be abated from the date all required Hazardous Material Clearances are obtained until the Premises are repaired and restored, in the proportion which the area of the Premises, if any, which is not usable by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises, unless Landlord provides Tenant with other space during the period of repair that is suitable for the temporary conduct of Tenant’s business. Such abatement shall be the sole remedy of Tenant, and except as provided in this Section 17, Tenant waives any right to terminate the Lease by reason of damage or casualty loss.

The provisions of this Lease, including this Section 17, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, or any other portion of the Project, and any statute or regulation which is now or may hereafter be in effect shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises or any other portion of the Project, the parties hereto expressly agreeing that this Section 17 sets forth their entire understanding and agreement with respect to such matters.

18. Condemnation. If the whole or any material part of the Premises or the Project is taken for any public or quasi-public use under governmental law, ordinance, or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof (a “Taking” or “Taken”), and the Taking would in Landlord’s reasonable judgment either prevent or materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or materially interfere with or impair Landlord’s ownership or operation of the Project, then upon written notice by Landlord or Tenant to the other, this Lease shall terminate and Rent shall be apportioned as of said date. If part of the Premises shall be Taken, and this Lease is not terminated as provided above, Landlord shall promptly restore the Premises and the Project as nearly as is commercially reasonable under the circumstances to their condition prior to such partial Taking and the rentable square footage of the Building, the rentable square footage of the Premises, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and the Rent payable hereunder during the unexpired Term shall be reduced to such extent as may be fair and reasonable under the circumstances. Upon any such Taking, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire price or award from any such Taking without any payment to Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord Tenant’s interest, if any, in such award. Tenant shall have the right, to the extent that same shall not diminish Landlord’s award, to make a separate claim against the condemning authority (but not

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 15

 

Landlord) for such compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant for moving expenses and damage to Tenant’s trade fixtures, if a separate award for such items is made to Tenant. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to any provision of state law to terminate this Lease upon a partial Taking of the Premises or the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right, to the extent that same shall not diminish Landlord’s award, to make a separate claim against the condemning authority (but not Landlord) for such compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant for moving expenses and damage to Tenant’s trade fixtures, if a separate award for such items is made to Tenant.

19. Events of Default. Each of the following events shall be a default (“Default”) by Tenant under this Lease:

(a) Payment Defaults. Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of Rent or any other payment hereunder when due.

(b) Insurance. Any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be canceled or terminated or shall expire or shall be reduced or materially changed, or Landlord shall receive a notice of nonrenewal of any such insurance and Tenant shall fail to obtain replacement insurance at least 20 days before the expiration of the current coverage.

(c) Abandonment. Tenant shall abandon the Premises.

(d) Improper Transfer. Tenant shall assign, sublease or otherwise transfer or attempt to transfer all or any portion of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises except as expressly permitted herein, and fail to cure such improper transfer within 30 days after notice thereof by Landlord (provided, however, that Landlord shall only be required to give such notice and cure period in the first such instance of an improper transfer), or Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be attached, executed upon, or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within 90 days of the action.

(e) Liens. Tenant shall fail to discharge or otherwise obtain the release of any lien placed upon the Premises in violation of this Lease within 10 days after any such lien is filed against the Premises.

(f) Insolvency Events. Tenant or any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall: (A) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) commence any case, proceeding or other action seeking to have an order for relief entered on its behalf as a debtor or to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or of any substantial part of its property (collectively a “Proceeding for Relief’); (C) become the subject of any Proceeding for Relief which is not dismissed within 90 days of its filing or entry; or (D) die or suffer a legal disability (if Tenant, guarantor, or surety is an individual) or be dissolved or otherwise fail to maintain its legal existence (if Tenant, guarantor or surety is a corporation, partnership or other entity).

(g) Estoppel Certificate or Subordination Agreement. Tenant fails to execute any document required from Tenant under Sections 22 or 26 within 5 days after a second notice requesting such document.

(h) Other Defaults. Tenant shall fail to comply with any provision of this Lease other than those specifically referred to in this 19, and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such failure shall continue for a period of 10 days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant.

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 16

 

Any notice given under Section 19(h) hereof shall: (i) specify the alleged default, (ii) demand that Tenant cure such default, (iii) be in lieu of, and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required under any provision of applicable law, and (iv) not be deemed a forfeiture or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord elects otherwise in such notice; provided that if the nature of Tenant’s default pursuant to Section 19(h) is such that it cannot be cured by the payment of money and reasonably requires more than 10 days to cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences such cure within said 10 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion; provided, however, that such cure shall be completed no later than 30 days from the date of Landlord’s notice.

20. Landlord’s Remedies.

(a) Payment By Landlord; Interest. Upon a Default by Tenant hereunder, Landlord may, without waiving or releasing any obligation of Tenant hereunder, make such payment or perform such act. All sums so paid or incurred by Landlord, together with interest thereon, from the date such sums were paid or incurred, at the annual rate equal to 12% per annum or the highest rate permitted by law (the “Default Rate”), whichever is less, shall be payable to Landlord on demand as Additional Rent. Nothing herein shall be construed to create or impose a duty on Landlord to mitigate any damages resulting from Tenant’s Default hereunder.

(b) Late Payment Rent. Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord under any Mortgage covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within 5 days after the date such payment is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum equal to 6% of the overdue Rent as a late charge. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. In addition to the late charge, Rent not paid when due shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the 5th day after the date due until paid.

(c) Remedies. Upon the occurrence of a Default, Landlord, at its option, without further notice or demand to Tenant, shall have in addition to all other rights and remedies provided in this Lease, at law or in equity, the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

(i) Terminate this Lease, or at Landlord’s option, Tenant’s right to possession only, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, to the extent permitted by and in accordance with law, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor;

(ii) Upon any termination of this Lease, whether pursuant to the foregoing Section 20(c)(i) or otherwise, Landlord may recover from Tenant (as an alternative to further recovery under Section 20(c)(iii) below) the following:

(A) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(B) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(C) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 17

 

(D) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s Default hereunder, specifically including, but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

(E) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

The term “rent” as used in this Section 20 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 20(c)(ii) (A) and (B) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate through the date of payment by Tenant, but in no case greater than the maximum amount of such interest permitted by law. As used in Section 20(c)(ii)(C) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%.

(iii) In lieu of the remedies provided by Section 20(c)(ii) hereof, Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default and recover rent as it becomes due (Landlord and Tenant hereby agreeing that Tenant has the right to sublet or assign hereunder, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease following a Default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies hereunder, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes due.

(iv) Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease following a Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. Upon Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

(v) Independent of the exercise of any other remedy of Landlord hereunder or under applicable law, Landlord may conduct an environmental test of the Premises as generally described in Section 29(d) hereof, at Tenant’s expense.

(d) Effect of Exercise. Exercise by Landlord of any remedies hereunder or otherwise available shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of surrender of the Premises and/or a termination of this Lease by Landlord, it being understood that such surrender and/or termination can be effected only by the express written agreement of Landlord and Tenant. Any law, usage, or custom to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall have the right at all times to enforce the provisions of this Lease in strict accordance with the terms hereof; and the failure of Landlord at any time to enforce its rights under this Lease strictly in accordance with same shall not be construed as having created a custom in any way or manner contrary to the specific terms, provisions, and covenants of this Lease or as having modified the same and shall not be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce one or more of its rights in connection with any subsequent default. A receipt by Landlord of Rent or other payment with knowledge of the breach of any covenant hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, and no waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing and signed by Landlord. To the greatest extent permitted by law, Tenant waives the service of notice of Landlord’s intention to re-enter, re-take or otherwise obtain possession of the Premises as provided in any statute, or to institute legal proceedings to that end, and also waives all right of redemption in case Tenant shall be dispossessed by a judgment or by warrant of any court or judge. Any reletting of the Premises or any portion thereof shall be on such terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine. Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall Tenant’s obligations hereunder be diminished because of, Landlord’s failure to relet the Premises or collect rent due in respect of such reletting or otherwise to mitigate any damages arising by reason of Tenant’s Default.

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 18

 

21. Assignment and Subletting.

(a) General Prohibition. Without Landlord’s prior written consent which, subject to and on the conditions described in this Section 21, shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, Tenant shall not, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or by operation of law, assign this Lease or sublease the Premises or any part thereof or mortgage, pledge, or hypothecate its leasehold interest or grant any concession or license within the Premises, and any attempt to do any of the foregoing shall be void and of no effect.

(b) Transfers. If Tenant desires to assign, sublease, hypothecate or otherwise transfer this Lease or sublet the Premises, other than pursuant to a Permitted Assignment (as defined below), then at least 15 business days, but not more than 45 business days, before the date Tenant desires the assignment or sublease to be effective (the “Assignment Date”), Tenant shall give Landlord a notice (the “Assignment Notice”) containing such information about the proposed assignee or sublessee, including the proposed use of the Premises and any Hazardous Materials proposed to be used, stored handled, treated, generated in or released or disposed of from the Premises, the Assignment Date, any relationship between Tenant and the proposed assignee or sublessee, and all material terms and conditions of the proposed assignment or sublease, including a copy of any proposed assignment or sublease in its final form, and such other information as Landlord may deem reasonably necessary or appropriate to its consideration whether to grant its consent. Landlord may, by giving written notice to Tenant within 15 business days after receipt of the Assignment Notice: (i) grant such consent, (ii) refuse such consent, in its reasonable discretion, or (iii) if the proposed assignment or sublease is for (A) greater than 50% of the rentable floor area of the Premises, and (B) for the remainder of the Base Term or Extension Term (as hereinafter defined), as applicable, terminate this Lease with respect to the space described in the Assignment Notice as of the Assignment Date (an “Assignment Termination”). If Landlord delivers notice of its election to exercise an Assignment Termination, Tenant shall have the right to withdraw such Assignment Notice by written notice to Landlord of such election within a reasonable time after Landlord’s notice electing to exercise the Assignment Termination. If Tenant withdraws such Assignment Notice, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Tenant does not withdraw such Assignment Notice, this Lease, and the term and estate herein granted, shall terminate as of the Assignment Date with respect to the space described in such Assignment Notice. No failure of Landlord to exercise any such option to terminate this Lease, or to deliver a timely notice in response to the Assignment Notice, shall be deemed to be Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment, sublease or other transfer. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all of Landlord’s reasonable and documented out-of- pocket expenses in connection with its consideration of any Assignment Notice.

(c) Equity Financing. Notwithstanding the forgoing, the transfer or issuance of stock in Tenant shall be permitted without Landlord’s consent provided that following any such transfer or issuance no single entity or investor who is not a majority shareholder as of the date hereof, taken together with such entity’s or investor’s affiliates and related entities, owns more than 50% of the beneficial ownership of Tenant; provided, however, that in no event shall any initial public offering of shares by Tenant require Landlord’s consent.

(d) Change in Control and Roberts Entity Transfers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease, upon 30 days prior written notice to Landlord but without Landlord’s prior written consent:

(i) to a corporation or other entity which is a successor-in-interest to Tenant, by way of merger, consolidation or corporate reorganization, or by the purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or the ownership interests of Tenant provided that (A) such merger or consolidation, or such acquisition or assumption, as the case may be, is for a good business purpose and not principally for the purpose of transferring the Lease, and (B) the net worth (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”)) of the assignee is not less than Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000.00);

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 19

 

(ii) to any entity of which Carmichael Roberts is the founder or co-founder or owns at least 5% of the beneficial interests thereof (any of the foregoing being referred to as a “Roberts Entity”), or to any entity which shares at least 15% common ownership with Tenant, provided that if Tenant assigns this Lease to any entity which shares 15% common ownership with Tenant, Tenant agrees that Landlord shall have the right to request financial information from Tenant and from any such assignee, of the sorts permitted by Section 41(c) hereof, on a quarterly basis, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 41(c) permitting Landlord to request such information on a semi-annual basis only;

(iii) to any publicly traded medical or pharmaceutical company with a market capitalization of more than Twenty Billion Dollars ($20,000,000,000.00) who becomes a franchisee or licensee of Tenant; or

(iv) in connection with a transfer or series of transfers whereby 50% or more of the issued and outstanding shares or other ownership interests of Tenant are, or voting control is, transferred (but excepting transfers upon deaths of individual owners) to persons or entities who were not owners of shares or other ownership interests of Tenant at time of execution of this Lease, provided that (A) such transfer or series of transfers, as the case may be, is for a good business purpose and not principally for the purpose of transferring the Lease, and (B) the net worth (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”)) of Tenant following such transfer or series of transfers, as the case may be, is not less than Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000.00);

provided, however, that in each case, the assignee shall agree, in writing, to assume all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease arising after the effective date of the assignment; and provided further that: (A) any assignment or sublease, as described in clauses (i) through (iv) above, shall be subject to Landlord’s consent only to the extent necessary to ascertain that such transferee does not violate any of the environmental requirements set forth in the first sentence of Section 21(h) hereof; (B) the intended use by or identity of the transferee will not adversely impact the reputation or value of the building; and (C) the transferee does not have an objectionable business reputation. The transfers described in subsections (i) through (iv) above are sometimes referred to herein as a “Permitted Assignment”).

(e) Additional Conditions. As a condition to any such assignment or subletting, whether or not Landlord’s consent is required, Landlord may require:

(i) that any assignee or subtenant agree, in writing at the time of such assignment or subletting, that if Landlord gives such party notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease, such party shall thereafter make all payments otherwise due Tenant directly to Landlord, which payments will be received by Landlord without any liability except to credit such payment against those due under the Lease, and any such third party shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns should this Lease be terminated for any reason; provided, however, in no event shall Landlord or its successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment; and

(ii) A list of Hazardous Materials, certified by the proposed assignee or sublessee to be true and correct, which the proposed assignee or sublessee intends to use, store, handle, treat, generate in or release or dispose of from the Premises, together with copies of all documents relating to such use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials by the proposed assignee or subtenant in the Premises or on the Project, prior to the proposed assignment or subletting, including, without limitation: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given its written consent to do so, which consent may be

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 20

 

withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); and all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks. Neither Tenant nor any such proposed assignee or subtenant is required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the such documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities.

(f) No Release of Tenant, Sharing of Excess Rents. Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, whether in connection with a Permitted Assignment or otherwise, Tenant and any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall at all times remain fully and primarily responsible and liable for the payment of Rent and for compliance with all of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease. If the Rent due and payable by a sublessee or assignee (or a combination of the rental payable under such sublease or assignment plus any bonus or other consideration therefor or incident thereto in any form) exceeds the rental payable under this Lease, (excluding however, any Rent payable under this Section), plus Tenant’s reasonable sublease expenses, including but not limited to tenant improvement costs, brokerage commissions, legal expenses and architectural/engineering costs (“Excess Rent”), then Tenant shall be bound and obligated to pay Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder 50% of such Excess Rent within 10 days following receipt thereof by Tenant. If Tenant shall sublet the Premises or any part thereof, Tenant hereby immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all rent from any such subletting, and Landlord as assignee and as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application, may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; except that, until the occurrence of a Default, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent.

(g) No Waiver. The consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting shall not relieve Tenant or any assignees of this Lease or any sublessees of the Premises from obtaining the consent of Landlord to any further assignment or subletting nor shall it release Tenant or any assignee or sublessee of Tenant from full and primary liability under the Lease. The acceptance of Rent hereunder, or the acceptance of performance of any other term, covenant, or condition thereof, from any other person or entity shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or a consent to any subletting, assignment or other transfer of the Premises. Landlord shall provide the Tenant named herein with a copy of any notice of default sent to any assignee or sublessee hereunder.

(h) Conduct and Nature of Proposed Transferee. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 21, if (i) the proposed assignee or sublessee of Tenant has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property, where the contamination resulted from such party’s action or use of the property in question, (ii) the proposed assignee or sublessee is subject to an enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority), or (iii) because of the existence of a pre-existing environmental condition in the vicinity of or underlying the Project, the risk that Landlord would be targeted as a responsible party in connection with the remediation of such pre-existing environmental condition would be materially increased or exacerbated by the proposed use of Hazardous Materials by such proposed assignee or sublessee, Landlord shall have the absolute right to refuse to consent to any assignment or subletting to any such party. In addition, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent (other than any consent under Section 21(d), which shall be limited as set forth therein) to any assignment or sublease as a result of (A) objectionable business reputation, (B) any controversial intended use of the Premises, and (only in the case of an assignment) (C) the failure of the net worth of the proposed assignee to be equal to or greater than the greater of (x) the net worth of the Tenant immediately following its Series B equity financing, and (y) the net worth of the Tenant at the time of the proposed assignment. In addition, Landlord may reasonably object to a proposed subtenant which has requested and is currently considering a proposal from Landlord for a direct lease of space for a space of similar size and type, and term in the Building.

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 21

 

22. Estoppel Certificate. Tenant shall, within 10 business days of written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement in writing in any form reasonably requested by a proposed lender or purchaser, (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the dates to which the rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (ii) acknowledging that there are not any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (iii) setting forth such further information with respect to the status of this Lease or the Premises as may be requested thereon. Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the real property of which the Premises are a part. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such time shall, at the option of Landlord, be conclusive upon Tenant that the Lease is in full force and effect and without modification except as may be represented by Landlord in any certificate prepared by Landlord and delivered to Tenant for execution.

23. Quiet Enjoyment. So long as Tenant shall perform all of the covenants and agreements herein required to be performed by Tenant, Tenant shall, subject to the terms of this Lease, at all times during the Term, have peaceful and quiet enjoyment of the Premises against any person claiming by, through or under Landlord.

24. Prorations. All prorations required or permitted to be made hereunder shall be made on the basis of a 360 day year and 30 day months.

25. Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall, at all times during the Term and any extension thereof, comply with all reasonable rules and regulations at any time or from time to time established by Landlord covering use of the Premises and the Project. The current rules and regulations are attached hereto as Exhibit E. If there is any conflict between said rules and regulations and other provisions of this Lease, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall control. Landlord shall not have any liability or obligation for the breach of any rules or regulations by other tenants in the Project and shall not enforce such rules and regulations in a discriminatory manner.

26. Subordination. This Lease and Tenant’s interest and rights hereunder are hereby made and shall be subject and subordinate at all times to the lien of any Mortgage now existing or hereafter created on or against the Project or the Premises, and all amendments, restatements, renewals, modifications, consolidations, refinancing, assignments and extensions thereof, without the necessity of any further instrument or act on the part of Tenant; provided, however that so long as there is no Default hereunder, Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed by the Holder of any such Mortgage. Tenant agrees, at the election of the Holder of any such Mortgage, to attorn to any such Holder. Tenant agrees upon demand to execute, acknowledge and deliver such instruments, confirming such subordination, and such instruments of attornment as shall be requested by any such Holder, provided any such instruments contain appropriate non-disturbance provisions assuring Tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Premises as set forth in Section 23 hereof. If Tenant fails to execute, acknowledge and deliver such instruments within 10 business days after written notice from Landlord, Tenant hereby appoints Landlord attorney-in-fact for Tenant irrevocably (such power of attorney being coupled with an interest) to execute, acknowledge and deliver any such instrument and instruments for and in the name of Tenant and to cause any such instrument to be recorded. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Holder may at any time subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease, without Tenant’s consent, by notice in writing to Tenant, and thereupon this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Mortgage without regard to their respective dates of execution, delivery or recording and in that event such Holder shall have the same rights with respect to this Lease as though this Lease had been executed prior to the execution, delivery and recording of such Mortgage and had been assigned to such Holder. The term “Mortgage” whenever used in this Lease shall be deemed to include deeds of trust, security assignments and any other encumbrances, and any reference to the “Holder” of a Mortgage shall be deemed to include the beneficiary under a deed of trust.

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 22

 

27. Surrender. Upon the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as received, subject to any Alterations or Installations permitted by Landlord to remain in the Premises, free of Hazardous

Materials brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by any person other than a Landlord Party (collectively, “Tenant HazMat Operations”) and released of all Hazardous Materials Clearances, broom clean, ordinary wear and tear and casualty loss and condemnation covered by Sections 17 and 18 excepted. At least 3 months prior to the surrender of the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a narrative description of the actions proposed (or required by any Governmental Authority) to be taken by Tenant in order to surrender the Premises (including any Installations permitted by Landlord to remain in the Premises) at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, free from any residual impact from the Tenant HazMat Operations and otherwise released for unrestricted use and occupancy (the “Surrender Plan”). Such Surrender Plan shall be accompanied by a current listing of (i) all Hazardous Materials licenses and permits held by or on behalf of any Tenant Party with respect to the Premises, and (ii) all Hazardous Materials used, stored, handled, treated, generated, released or disposed of from the Premises, and shall be subject to the review and approval of Landlord’s environmental consultant. In connection with the review and approval of the Surrender Plan, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such additional non-proprietary information concerning Tenant HazMat Operations as Landlord shall request. On or before such surrender, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence that the approved Surrender Plan shall have been satisfactorily completed and Landlord shall have the right, subject to reimbursement at Tenant’s expense as set forth below, to cause Landlord’s environmental consultant to inspect the Premises and perform such additional procedures as may be deemed reasonably necessary to confirm that the Premises are, as of the effective date of such surrender or early termination of the Lease, free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, for the actual out-of pocket expense incurred by Landlord for Landlord’s environmental consultant to review and approve the Surrender Plan and to visit the Premises and verify satisfactory completion of the same, which cost shall not exceed $2,500. Landlord shall have the unrestricted right to deliver such Surrender Plan and any report by Landlord’s environmental consultant with respect to the surrender of the Premises to third parties.

If Tenant shall fail to prepare or submit a Surrender Plan approved by Landlord, or if Tenant shall fail to complete the approved Surrender Plan, or if such Surrender Plan, whether or not approved by Landlord, shall fail to adequately address any residual effect of Tenant HazMat Operations in, on or about the Premises, Landlord shall have the right to take such actions as Landlord may deem reasonable or appropriate to assure that the Premises and the Project are surrendered free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations, the actual, documented cost of which actions shall be reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent, without regard to the limitation set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 27.

Tenant shall immediately return to Landlord all keys and/or access cards to parking, the Project, restrooms or all or any portion of the Premises furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant. If any such access card or key is lost, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at Landlord’s election, either the cost of replacing such lost access card or key or the cost of reprogramming the access security system in which such access card was used or changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key. Any Tenant’s Property, Alterations and property not so removed by Tenant as permitted or required herein shall be deemed abandoned and may be stored, removed, and disposed of by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damages resulting from Landlord’s retention and/or disposition of such property. All obligations of Tenant hereunder not fully performed as of the termination of the Term, including the obligations of Tenant under Section 29 hereof, shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, including, without limitation, indemnity obligations, payment obligations with respect to Rent and obligations concerning the condition and repair of the Premises.

28. Intentionally Deleted

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 23

 

29. Environmental Requirements.

(a) Prohibition/Compliance/lndemnity. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises or the Project in violation of applicable Environmental Requirements (as hereinafter defined) by Tenant or any Tenant Party. If Tenant breaches the obligation stated in the preceding sentence, or if the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Premises during the Term or any holding over results in contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property or if contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property by Hazardous Materials brought into, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by anyone other than Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents and contractors otherwise occurs during the Term or any holding over, Tenant hereby indemnifies and shall defend and hold Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, agents and contractors harmless from any and all actions (including, without limitation, remedial or enforcement actions of any kind, administrative or judicial proceedings, and orders or judgments arising out of or resulting therefrom), costs, claims, damages (including, without limitation, punitive damages and damages based upon diminution in value of the Premises or the Project, or the loss of, or restriction on, use of the Premises or any portion of the Project), expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’, consultants’ and experts’ fees, court costs and amounts paid in settlement of any claims or actions), fines, forfeitures or other civil, administrative or criminal penalties, injunctive or other relief (whether or not based upon personal injury, property damage, or contamination of, or adverse effects upon, the environment, water tables or natural resources), liabilities or losses (collectively, “Environmental Claims”) which arise during or after the Term as a result of such contamination. This indemnification of Landlord by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, treatment, remedial, removal, or restoration work required by any federal, state or local Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or ground water above, on, or under the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials on the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property caused or permitted by Tenant or any Tenant Party results in any contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense and in accordance with applicable Environmental Requirements as are necessary to return the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property to the condition existing prior to the time of such contamination, provided that Landlord’s approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval shall not unreasonably be withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have any material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Premises or the Project.

(b) Business. Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Section 29 to prohibit Tenant from using the Premises for the Permitted Use. Tenant may operate its business according to prudent industry practices so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored according to all then applicable Environmental Requirements. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date a list identifying each type of Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated on, or released or disposed of from, the Premises and setting forth any and all governmental approvals or permits required in connection with the presence, use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of such Hazardous Materials on or from the Premises (“Hazardous Materials List”). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an updated Hazardous Materials List at least once a year and shall also deliver an updated list before any new Hazardous Material is brought onto, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated on, or released or disposed of from, the Premises. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord true and correct copies of the following documents (the “Haz Mat Documents”) relating to the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials prior to the Commencement Date, or if unavailable at that time, concurrent with the receipt from or submission to a Governmental Authority: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans, notice of violations of any Legal Requirements; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks; and a Surrender Plan (to the extent surrender in accordance with Section 27 cannot be accomplished in 3 months). Tenant is not required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the Haz Mat Documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities. It is not the intent of this Section to provide Landlord with information which could be detrimental to Tenant’s business should such information become possessed by Tenant’s competitors.

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 24

 

(c) Tenant Representation and Warranty. Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that (i) neither Tenant nor any of its legal predecessors has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority at any time to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property which contamination was permitted by Tenant of such predecessor or resulted from Tenant’s or such predecessor’s action or use of the property in question, and (ii) Tenant is not subject to any enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority). If Landlord determines that this representation and warranty was not true as of the date of this lease, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

(d) Testing. Landlord shall have the right to conduct annual tests of the Premises to determine whether any contamination of the Premises or the Project has occurred as a result of Tenant’s use. Tenant shall be required to pay the cost of such annual test of the Premises; provided, however, that if Tenant conducts its own tests of the Premises using third party contractors and test procedures acceptable to Landlord which tests are certified to Landlord, Landlord shall accept such tests in lieu of the annual tests to be paid for by Tenant. In addition, at any time, and from time to time, prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Premises and the Project to determine if contamination has occurred as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises. In connection with such testing, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such non-proprietary information concerning the use of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party. If contamination has occurred for which Tenant is liable under this Section 29, Tenant shall pay all costs to conduct such tests. If no such contamination is found, Landlord shall pay the costs of such tests (which shall not constitute an Operating Expense). Landlord shall provide Tenant with a copy of all third party, non-confidential reports and tests of the Premises made by or on behalf of Landlord during the Term without representation or warranty and subject to a confidentiality agreement. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly and satisfactorily remediate any environmental conditions identified by such testing in accordance with all Environmental Requirements. Landlord’s receipt of or satisfaction with any environmental assessment in no way waives any rights which Landlord may have against Tenant.

(e) Underground Tanks. If underground or other storage tanks storing Hazardous Materials located on the Premises or the Project are used by Tenant or are hereafter placed on the Premises or the Project by Tenant, Tenant shall install, use, monitor, operate, maintain, upgrade and manage such storage tanks, maintain appropriate records, obtain and maintain appropriate insurance, implement reporting procedures, properly close any underground storage tanks, and take or cause to be taken all other actions necessary or required under applicable state and federal Legal Requirements, as such now exists or may hereafter be adopted or amended in connection with the installation, use, maintenance, management, operation, upgrading and closure of such storage tanks.

(f) Tenant’s Obligations. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 29 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. During any period of time after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease required by Tenant or Landlord to complete the removal from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, the release and termination of any licenses or permits restricting the use of the Premises and the completion of the approved Surrender Plan), Tenant shall continue to pay the full Rent in accordance with this Lease for any portion of the Premises not relet by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion, which Rent shall be prorated daily.

(g) Definitions. As used herein, the term “Environmental Requirements” means all applicable present and future statutes, regulations, ordinances, rules, codes, judgments, orders or other similar enactments of any Governmental Authority regulating or relating to health, safety, or environmental conditions on, under, or about the Premises or the Project, or the environment, including without limitation, the following: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 25

 

Liability Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; and all state and local counterparts thereto, and any regulations or policies promulgated or issued thereunder. As used herein, the term “Hazardous Materials” means and includes any substance, material, waste, pollutant, or contaminant listed or defined as hazardous or toxic, or regulated by reason of its impact or potential impact on humans, animals and/or the environment under any Environmental Requirements, asbestos and petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel (or mixtures of natural gas and such synthetic gas). As defined in Environmental Requirements, Tenant is and shall be deemed to be the “operator” of Tenant’s “facility” and the “owner” of all Hazardous Materials brought on the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party, and the wastes, by-products, or residues generated, resulting, or produced therefrom.

30. Tenant’s Remedies/Limitation of Liability. Landlord shall not be in default hereunder unless Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder within 30 days after written notice from Tenant specifying such failure (unless such performance will, due to the nature of the obligation, require a period of time in excess of 30 days, then after such period of time as is reasonably necessary). Upon any default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice to Landlord as required pursuant to Section 41(a) hereof. All obligations of Landlord hereunder shall be construed as covenants, not conditions; and, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant may not terminate this Lease for breach of Landlord’s obligations hereunder.

All obligations of Landlord under this Lease will be binding upon Landlord only during the period of its ownership of the Premises and not thereafter. The term “Landlord” in this Lease shall mean only the owner for the time being of the Premises. Upon the transfer by such owner of its interest in the Premises, such owner shall thereupon be released and discharged from all obligations of Landlord thereafter accruing, but such obligations shall be binding during the Term upon each new owner for the duration of such owner’s ownership.

31. Inspection and Access. Landlord and its agents, representatives, and contractors may enter the Premises at any reasonable time to inspect the Premises and to make such repairs as may be required or permitted pursuant to this Lease and for any other business purpose. Landlord and Landlord’s representatives may enter the Premises during business hours on not less than 48 hours advance written notice (except in the case of emergencies in which case no such notice shall be required and such entry may be at any time) for the purpose of effecting any such repairs, inspecting the Premises, showing the Premises to prospective purchasers and, during the last year of the Term, to prospective tenants or for any other business purpose. Landlord may erect a suitable sign on the Premises stating the Premises are available to let or that the Project is available for sale. Landlord may grant easements, make public dedications, designate Common Areas and create restrictions on or about the Premises, provided that no such easement, dedication, designation or restriction materially, adversely affects Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute such instruments as may be necessary for such easements, dedications or restrictions. Tenant shall at all times, except in the case of emergencies, have the right to escort Landlord or its agents, representatives, contractors or guests while the same are in the Premises, provided such escort does not materially and adversely affect Landlord’s access rights hereunder.

32. Security. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts and that Landlord is not providing any security services with respect to the Premises. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant waives any claim against Landlord with respect to, any loss by theft or any other damage suffered or incurred by Tenant in connection with any unauthorized entry into the Premises or any other breach of security with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the personal safety of Tenant’s officers, employees, agents, contractors, guests and invitees while any such person is in, on or about the Premises and/or the Project. Tenant shall at Tenant’s cost obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts.

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 26

 

33. Force Majeure. Landlord shall not responsible or liable for delays in the performance of its obligations hereunder when caused by, related to, or arising out of acts of God, strikes, lockouts, or other labor disputes, embargoes, quarantines, weather, national, regional, or local disasters, calamities, or catastrophes, inability to obtain labor or materials (or reasonable substitutes therefor) at reasonable costs or failure of, or inability to obtain, utilities necessary for performance, governmental restrictions, orders, limitations, regulations, or controls, national emergencies, delay in issuance or revocation of permits, enemy or hostile governmental action, terrorism, insurrection, riots, civil disturbance or commotion, fire or other casualty, and other causes or events beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (“Force Majeure”).

34. Brokers. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “Broker) in connection with this transaction and that no Broker brought about this transaction other than Meredith & Grew and CB Richard Ellis/Whittier Partners. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than the broker, if any, named in this Section 34, claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this leasing transaction.

35. Limitation on Landlord’s Liability. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT TO THE CONTRARY: (A) LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO TENANT OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR (AND TENANT AND EACH SUCH OTHER PERSON ASSUME ALL RISK OF) LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY, WHETHER ACTUAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL TO: TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION TRADE FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, INVENTORY, SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH, SCIENTIFIC EXPERIMENTS, LABORATORY ANIMALS, PRODUCT, SPECIMENS, SAMPLES, AND/OR SCIENTIFIC, BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND OTHER RECORDS OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION KEPT AT THE PREMISES AND ANY AND ALL INCOME DERIVED OR DERIVABLE THEREFROM; (B) THERE SHALL BE NO PERSONAL RECOURSE TO LANDLORD FOR ANY ACT OR OCCURRENCE IN, ON OR ABOUT THE PREMISES OR ARISING IN ANY WAY UNDER THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND ANY LIABILITY OF LANDLORD HEREUNDER SHALL BE STRICTLY LIMITED SOLELY TO LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR ANY PROCEEDS FROM SALE OR CONDEMNATION THEREOF AND ANY INSURANCE PROCEEDS PAYABLE IN RESPECT OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH LOSS; AND (C) IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PERSONAL LIABILITY BE ASSERTED AGAINST ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS BE LIABLE FOR INJURY TO TENANT’S BUSINESS OR FOR ANY LOSS OF INCOME OR PROFIT THEREFROM.

36. Severability. If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby. It is also the intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of each clause or provision of this Lease that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added, as a part of this Lease, a clause or provision as similar in effect to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as shall be legal, valid and enforceable.

37. Signs; Exterior Appearance. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion: (i) attach any awnings, exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners, painting or other projection to any outside wall of the Project, (ii) use any curtains, blinds, shades or screens other than Landlord’s standard window coverings, (iii) coat or otherwise sunscreen the interior or exterior of any windows, (iv) place any bottles, parcels, or other articles on the window sills, (v) place any equipment, furniture or other items of personal property on any exterior balcony, or (vi) paint, affix or exhibit on any part of the Premises or the Project any signs, notices, window or door lettering, placards, decorations, or advertising media of any type which

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 27

 

can be viewed from the exterior of the Premises. Interior signs on doors and the directory tablet shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by Landlord at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, and shall be of a size, color and type acceptable to Landlord. Nothing may be placed on the exterior of corridor walls or corridor doors other than Landlord’s standard lettering. The directory tablet shall be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants.

38. Expansion Option. Beginning upon the date of execution of this Lease and continuing through the date which is fifteen (15) months after the Commencement Date (the “Option Period”), Tenant shall have an option to expand (the “Expansion Option”) into the remaining space in Section 1D, comprising 8,023 rentable square feet, being depicted as the “Expansion Space” on Exhibit A hereto. The Expansion Option shall expire automatically without the necessity of any further notice or action by either party hereto if not exercised by Tenant as provided herein prior to the expiration of the Option Period. Tenant’s exercise of its Expansion Option shall be triggered in two ways:

(a) Landlord Trigger. Upon Landlord’s receipt of a written counter-proposal from a prospective third party tenant to a prior proposal by Landlord with respect to all or any portion of the Expansion Space (each such circumstance, an “Active Negotiation”), Landlord shall promptly notify Tenant of said Active Negotiation. Following receipt of such notice, Tenant shall have seven (7) days to exercise its Expansion Option with respect to the Expansion Space (or such portion thereof which is the subject of the instant Active Negotiation) by notifying Landlord of its election in writing (such notice by Tenant being hereinafter referred to as an “Exercise Notice”). If Tenant does not deliver the Exercise Notice prior to the expiration of such 7-day period, Landlord shall be free to lease the Expansion Space or such portion thereof to the proposed tenant under the Active Negotiation; provided, however, that if Landlord does not consummate a lease pursuant to an Active Negotiation, Landlord shall re-offer such space to Tenant upon the next Active Negotiation. If Tenant timely delivers an Exercise Notice, the Lease shall be amended as described below.

(b) Tenant Trigger. In addition to the foregoing, at any time during the Option Period, Tenant may deliver an Exercise Notice to Landlord, whereupon the Lease shall be amended as described below.

(c) Amendment to Lease. Upon receipt of Tenant’s Exercise Notice, the Lease shall be amended to provide as follows: (i) Base Rent for the Expansion Space shall be equivalent to the then-current Base Rent for the balance of the Premises; (ii) Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent and Operating Expenses on the Expansion Space shall commence on the earlier of (x) the date of substantial completion of the construction of Tenant Improvements within the Expansion Space and (y) six (6) months after the date of Tenant’s Exercise Notice; and (iii) Landlord shall provide an allowance (“Expansion Tl Allowance”) in the amount calculated by multiplying the rentable area of the Expansion Space (i.e., 8,023 rentable square feet) times $137.32, and the product thereof times the percentage of the initial Term of the Lease remaining after the rent commencement date of the Expansion Space. For example only, if the rent commencement date of the Expansion Space is 15 months after the Commencement Date, then the Expansion Tl Allowance shall be calculated as follows: 8,023 rsf x $137.32/rsf x [48/63] = $839,404.47.

(d) Spec Lab. Nothing in the above paragraphs shall preclude Landlord from improving the Expansion Space speculatively as generic laboratory/office space (“Spec Lab”) during the Option Period; provided, however, if Landlord does elect to improve the Spec Lab during the Option Period; before commencement of construction of the Spec Lab, Landlord shall first offer the Spec Lab to Tenant upon market terms and conditions for such space. Tenant shall have fourteen (14) days to notify Landlord of its intention to lease the Spec Lab by notifying Landlord of its election in writing. If Tenant does not elect to lease the Spec Lab, Landlord shall be free to construct the Spec Lab and to lease such available space or portion thereof to others, and Landlord shall have no obligation to re-offer such space to Tenant. In the event Tenant elects to lease the Spec Lab, (i) Base Rent for the Spec Lab shall be an amount mutually agreed upon by the parties; and (ii) Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent and Operating Expenses for the Spec Lab shall commence on the date of substantial completion of the Spec Lab. If the parties are unable to agree on Base Rent for the Spec Lab, despite good faith efforts to do so, either party shall have

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 28

 

the right to request arbitration of the Market Rent for such space (as hereinafter defined) pursuant to Section 40 hereof. In no event shall Tenant have the right to occupy any portion of the Spec Lab until such Base Rent has been agreed to in writing by the parties hereto. Tenant’s rights with respect to the Spec Lab, unless exercised during the Option Period as set forth in this Section 38(d), shall expire automatically without the necessity of any further notice or action by either party hereto upon the expiration of the Option Period.

(e) Nano-Terra Premises Expansion. Reference is made to that certain Lease Agreement, to be dated within 60 days after the date hereof (the “Nano-Terra Lease”), by and between Landlord and Nano-Terra Co-Development, Inc. (“Nano-Terra”) for additional premises in the Project. Pursuant to the provision of the Nano-Terra Lease entitled “Expansion Option” (the “Nano-Terra Expansion Option Provision”), Nano-Terra has the right to expand into certain additional space in the Project, as more particularly described in the Nano-Terra Expansion Option Provision (the “Nano-Terra Expansion Space”). For so long as Nano-Terra is an affiliate of Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to expand the Premises into the Nano-Terra Expansion Space, subject to Nano-Terra’s prior right to such space (the “Nano-Terra Space Expansion Option”). The Nano-Terra Space Expansion Option shall be exercisable by Tenant hereunder only during the Option Period as defined in the Nano-Terra Expansion Option Provision. Upon Tenant’s exercise of the Nano-Terra Expansion Option as provided herein, the Lease shall be amended to provide as follows: (i) Base Rent for the Nano-Terra Expansion Space shall be equivalent to the then-current Base Rent for the Premises under the Nano-Terra Lease; (ii) Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent and Operating Expenses on the Nano-Terra Expansion Space shall commence on the earlier of (x) the date of substantial completion of the construction of Tenant Improvements within the Nano-Terra Expansion Space and (y) six (6) months after the date of Tenant’s exercise of the Nano-Terra Expansion Option and shall expire on the expiration date set forth in the Nano-Terra Lease; and (iii) Landlord shall provide an Expansion Tl Allowance in an amount equivalent to the Expansion Tl Allowance set forth in the Nano-Terra Lease The Nano-Terra Space Expansion Option shall expire automatically without the necessity of any further notice or action by either party hereto if not exercised by Tenant as provided herein prior to the expiration of the Option Period set forth in the Nano- Terra Expansion Option Provision. Landlord shall provide a copy of any Landlord Trigger notice with respect to the Nano-Terra Expansion Space to Tenant simultaneously with Nano-Terra. In order to exercise the Nano-Terra Expansion Space Option, Tenant must provide Landlord with a written waiver by Nano-Terra of its expansion rights as provided in the Nano-Terra Expansion Option Provision.

(f) Roberts Entity Expansion Rights. Provided that Carmichael Roberts is still at that time a board member or officer of Tenant hereunder (i.e., WMR Biomedical, Inc.), Tenant shall have the right, prior to exercising the Nano-Terra Space Expansion Option as described in Section 38(e) above, to notify Landlord, in writing, that Tenant has elected to permit a Roberts Entity to exercise the Nano-Terra Space Expansion Option in Tenant’s stead (the “Roberts Entity Expansion Option”), provided Tenant and any such Roberts Entity comply with all requirements for assignment of this Lease to a Roberts Entity as set forth in Section 21 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall be construed to require actual assignment of this Lease in order for a Roberts Entity to exercise the Roberts Entity Expansion Option. Any such exercise of the Roberts Entity Expansion Option by a Roberts Entity shall be under and subject to the prior rights of Nano-Terra and Tenant hereunder in the Nano-Terra Expansion Space. The Roberts Entity Expansion Option shall expire automatically without the necessity of any further notice or action by either party hereto if not exercised by Tenant as provided herein prior to the expiration of the Option Period set forth in the Nano-Terra Expansion Option Provision. In order to permit a Roberts Entity to exercise the Roberts Entity Expansion Option, Tenant must provide Landlord with a written waiver by Nano-Terra of its expansion rights as provided in the Nano-Terra Expansion Option Provision. Upon the exercise of the Roberts Entity Expansion Option, Landlord shall enter into a lease with such Roberts Entity, upon Landlord’s standard terms and conditions, provided however, that the Base Rent, Commencement Date, expiration date and Expansion Tl Allowance shall be as set forth in the Nano- Terra Lease, as more particularly set forth in Section 38(e) hereof.

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 29

 

(g) Exceptions. Notwithstanding the above, neither the Expansion Option nor the Nano- Terra Space Expansion Option shall be in effect and neither may be exercised by Tenant:

(i) during any period of time that Tenant is in Default under any provision of the Lease; or

(ii) if Tenant has been in Default under any provision of the Lease 3 or more times, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period prior to the date on which Tenant seeks to exercise the Expansion Option or the Nano-Terra Space Expansion Option, as applicable.

(h) Termination. The Expansion Option, the Nano-Terra Space Expansion Option and the Roberts Entity Expansion Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of either the Expansion Option, the Nano-Terra Space Expansion Option or the Roberts Entity Expansion Option, if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the lease of such Expansion Space, the Nano-Terra Expansion Space or the Spec Lab, as applicable, (i) Tenant fails to timely cure any default by Tenant under the Lease; or (ii) Tenant has Defaulted 3 or more times during the period from the date of the exercise of the Expansion Option, the Nano-Terra Space Expansion Option or the Roberts Entity Expansion Option to the date of the commencement of the lease of the Expansion Space, the Nano-Terra Expansion Space or Spec Lab, as applicable, whether or not such Defaults are cured.

(i) Rights Personal. The Expansion Option, the Nano-Terra Space Expansion Option and the Roberts Entity Expansion Option are personal to Tenant and are not assignable without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in the Lease, except that they may be assigned in connection with any Permitted Assignment of this Lease.

(j) No Extensions. The period of time within which the Expansion Option, the Nano-Terra Space Expansion Option or the Roberts Entity Expansion Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise the Expansion Option, the Nano-Terra Space Expansion Option or the Roberts Entity Expansion Option, as applicable.

39. Right to Extend Term. Tenant shall have the right to extend the Term of the Lease upon the following terms and conditions:

(a) Extension Rights. Tenant shall have 1 right (the “Extension Right”) to extend the term of this Lease for 3 years (the “Extension Term”) on the same terms and conditions as this Lease (other than Base Rent) by giving Landlord written notice of its election to exercise the Extension Right no later than the date which is 9 months prior to the expiration of the Base Term of the Lease. Base Rent during the first year of the Extension Term shall be the greater of (i) 95% of the then-current “Market Rent”, which shall be defined as the fair market rental value for space in Watertown of comparable age, quality, level of finish, and proximity to amenities and public transit, and (ii) the annualized Base Rent during the final month of the Base Term, but in either case shall in no event be less than the Base Rent payable as of the date immediately preceding the commencement of the Extension Term. Thereafter, Base Rent shall increase by 3.5% on each annual anniversary of the commencement of such Extension Term by multiplying the Base Rent payable immediately before such adjustment by 3.5% and adding the resulting amount to the Base Rent payable immediately before such adjustment. In addition, Landlord may impose a market rent for the parking rights provided hereunder. Within 10 days of Tenant’s notice to Landlord of its election to arbitrate Market Rate and escalations, each party shall deliver to the other a proposal containing the Market Rate and escalations that the submitting party believes to be correct (“Extension Proposal”). If either party fails to timely submit an Extension Proposal, the other party’s submitted proposal shall determine the Base Rent and escalations for the Extension Term. If both parties submit Extension Proposals, then Landlord and Tenant shall proceed to arbitrate as provided in Section 40 hereof.

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 30

 

Provided Tenant provides Landlord with timely notice of Tenant’s election to exercise the Extension Right, then, no later than the date which is 15 days after the date which is 9 months prior to the expiration of the Base Term of the Lease, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of Landlord’s determination of the Market Rent and the rent escalations for the Extension Term. Tenant may, at any time after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s determination, elect arbitration as described in Section 40 below by written notice to Landlord. If Tenant does not elect such arbitration on or before the date which is 120 days prior to the expiration of the Base Term of this Lease, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived the Extension Right and the Term of the Lease shall terminate upon the expiration date thereof.

(b) Nano-Terra Extension Right. Pursuant to the provision of the Nano-Terra Lease entitled “Right to Extend Term” (the “Nano-Terra Extension Option Provision”), Nano-Terra has the right to extend the term of the Nano-Terra Lease, as more particularly described in the Nano-Terra Extension Option Provision (the “Nano-Terra Extension Right”). For so long as Nano-Terra is an affiliate of Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall have the right to exercise the Nano-Terra Extension Right, subject to Nano-Terra’s prior right to exercise such extension right, and upon such exercise as provided herein, to occupy the Nano-Terra Premises during the Extension Term (as defined in the Nano-Terra Lease) under all of the terms and provisions hereof, provided however, that the Base Rent, Commencement Date, expiration date and Expansion Tl Allowance shall be as set forth in the Nano- Terra Lease, as more particularly set forth in Section 38(e) hereof. Such Nano-Terra Extension Right shall only be exercisable by Tenant hereunder by giving Landlord written notice of its election to exercise the Nano-Terra Extension Right not less than 15 days after the date which is 9 months prior to the expiration of the Base Term of the Nano-Terra Lease, and Tenant’s exercise thereof shall otherwise be under and subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Section 39. In order to exercise the Nano-Terra Extension Right, Tenant must provide Landlord with a written waiver by Nano-Terra of its extension rights as provided in the Nano-Terra Extension Option Provision.

(c) Roberts Entity Extension Rights. Provided that Carmichael Roberts is still at that time a board member or officer of Tenant hereunder (i.e., WMR Biomedical, Inc.), Tenant shall have the right, prior to exercising the Nano-Terra Space Extension Option as described in Section 39(b) above, to notify Landlord, in writing, that Tenant has elected to permit a Roberts Entity to exercise the Nano-Terra Space Extension Option in Tenant’s stead (the “Roberts Entity Extension Option”). Any such exercise of the Roberts Entity Extension Option by a Roberts Entity shall be under and subject to the prior rights of Nano-Terra and Tenant hereunder in the Nano-Terra Extension Option. In addition, Landlord shall have the right to approve any such Roberts Entity as a tenant of the Project in accordance with Landlord’s rights of approval with respect to Permitted Assignments as more particularly described in Section 21 (d)(ii) hereof. The Roberts Entity Extension Option shall expire automatically without the necessity of any further notice or action by either party hereto if not exercised by Tenant as provided herein prior to the expiration of the Option Period set forth in the Nano-Terra Expansion Option Provision. In order to permit a Roberts Entity to exercise the Roberts Entity Extension Option, Tenant must provide Landlord with a written waiver by Nano-Terra of its extension rights as provided in the Nano-Terra Extension Option Provision. Upon the exercise of the Roberts Entity Extension Option, Landlord shall enter into a lease with such Roberts Entity, upon Landlord’s standard terms and conditions, provided however, that the Base Rent, Commencement Date, expiration date and Expansion Tl Allowance shall be as set forth in the Nano-Terra Lease, as more particularly set forth in Section 38(e) hereof.

(d) Rights Personal. The Extension Right, the Nano-Terra Extension Right and the Roberts Entity Extension Right are personal to Tenant and are not assignable without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in the Lease, except that they may be assigned in connection with any Permitted Assignment of this Lease.

(e) Exceptions. Notwithstanding anything set forth above to the contrary, neither the Extension Right, the Nano-Terra Extension Right nor the Roberts Entity Extension Right shall be in effect and Tenant may not exercise either the Extension Right, the Nano-Terra Extension Right or the Roberts Entity Extension Right:

(i) during any period of time that Tenant is in Default under any provision of this Lease; or

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 31

 

(ii) if Tenant has been in Default under any provision of this Lease 3 or more times, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately prior to the date that Tenant intends to exercise the Extension Right, the Nano-Terra Extension Right or the Roberts Entity Extension Right, as applicable, whether or not the Defaults are cured.

(f) No Extensions. The period of time within which the Extension Right, the Nano-Terra Extension Right or the Roberts Entity Extension Right may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise the Extension Right, the Nano-Terra Extension Right or the Roberts Entity Extension Right, as applicable.

(g) Termination. The Extension Right, the Nano-Terra Extension Right and the Roberts Entity Extension Right shall terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Extension Right, the Nano-Terra Extension Right or the Roberts Entity Extension Right, as applicable, if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the Extension Term or the Nano-Terra Extension Term, as applicable, (i) Tenant fails to timely cure any default by Tenant under this Lease; or (ii) Tenant has Defaulted 3 or more times during the period from the date of the exercise of the Extension Right, the Nano-Terra Extension Right or the Roberts Entity Extension Right, as applicable, to the date of the commencement of the Extension Term or the Nano-Terra Extension Term, as applicable, whether or not such Defaults are cured.

40. Arbitration.

(a) Within 7 days after (i) the request of either party to arbitrate the issue of Delivery of the Premises, as provided in Section 2 hereof, or (ii) the delivery of the last Extension Proposal as provided in Section 39(a) hereof, the parties hereto shall meet and make a good faith attempt to mutually appoint a single Arbitrator (and defined below) to arbitrate such issue. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon a single Arbitrator, then each shall, by written notice delivered to the other within 10 days after the meeting, select an Arbitrator. If either party fails to timely give notice of its selection for an Arbitrator, the other party’s determination of the date of Delivery or submitted Extension Proposal, as applicable, shall be determinative of the issue to be arbitrated. The 2 Arbitrators so appointed shall, within 5 business days after their appointment, appoint a third Arbitrator. If the 2 Arbitrators so selected cannot agree on the selection of the third Arbitrator within the time above specified, then either party, on behalf of both parties, may request such appointment of such third Arbitrator by application to any state court of general jurisdiction in the jurisdiction in which the Premises are located, upon 10 days prior written notice to the other party of such intent.

(b) The decision of the Arbitrator(s) shall be made within 30 days after the appointment of a single Arbitrator or the third Arbitrator, as applicable. The decision of the single Arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the parties. The average of the two closest Arbitrators in a three Arbitrator panel shall be final and binding upon the parties. Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the Arbitrator appointed by or on behalf of such party and the fees and expenses of the third Arbitrator shall be borne equally by both parties. With respect to an arbitration of Market Rent, If the Market Rate and escalations are not determined by the first day of the Extension Term, then Tenant shall pay Landlord Base Rent in an amount equal to the Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the Extension Term and increased by the Rent Adjustment Percentage until such determination is made. After the determination of the Market Rate and escalations, the parties shall make any necessary adjustments to such payments made by Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall then execute an amendment recognizing the Market Rate and escalations for the Extension Term. With respect to an arbitration of the date of Delivery, after determination of the date of Delivery, the parties shall execute and deliver the Acknowledgement of Commencement Date as provided in Section 2 hereof.

(c) An “Arbitrator” shall be any person appointed by or on behalf of either party or appointed pursuant to the provisions hereof and: (i) shall be (A) a member of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers with not less than 10 years of experience in the appraisal of improved office and high tech industrial real estate in the Watertown, Massachusetts market, or (B) a licensed commercial real estate broker with not less than 15 years experience representing landlords and/or tenants in the leasing of high tech or life sciences space in the Watertown, Massachusetts market, (ii) devoting substantially all of their time to professional appraisal or brokerage work, as applicable, at the time of appointment and (iii) be in all respects impartial and disinterested.

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 32

 

41. Miscellaneous.

(a) Notices. All notices or other communications between the parties shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given upon delivery or refusal to accept delivery by the addressee thereof if delivered in person, or upon actual receipt if delivered by reputable overnight guaranty courier, addressed and sent to the parties at their addresses set forth above. Landlord and Tenant may from time to time by written notice to the other designate another address for receipt of future notices.

(b) Joint and Several Liability. If and when included within the term “Tenant,” as used in this instrument, there is more than one person or entity, each shall be jointly and severally liable for the obligations of Tenant.

(c) Financial Information. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord, upon Landlord’s request (which requests shall be made not more than semi-annually, unless Tenant is in default hereunder, in which event such requests may be made quarterly), limited financial information or summaries demonstrating Tenant’s solvency and financial strength. If Tenant shall become a publicly-traded company, Tenant’s periodic filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission shall satisfy the requirements of this section.

(d) Recordation. Neither this Lease nor a memorandum of lease shall be filed by or on behalf of Tenant in any public record. Landlord may prepare and file, and upon request by Landlord Tenant will execute, a memorandum of lease.

(e) Interpretation. The normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Lease or any exhibits or amendments hereto. Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires. The captions inserted in this Lease are for convenience only and in no way define, limit or otherwise describe the scope or intent of this Lease, or any provision hereof, or in any way affect the interpretation of this Lease.

(f) Not Binding Until Executed. The submission by Landlord to Tenant of this Lease shall have no binding force or effect, shall not constitute an option for the leasing of the Premises, nor confer any right or impose any obligations upon either party until execution of this Lease by both parties.

(g) Limitations on Interest. It is expressly the intent of Landlord and Tenant at all times to comply with applicable law governing the maximum rate or amount of any interest payable on or in connection with this Lease. If applicable law is ever judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any interest called for under this Lease, or contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or received with respect to this Lease, then it is Landlord’s and Tenant’s express intent that all excess amounts theretofore collected by Landlord be credited on the applicable obligation (or, if the obligation has been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to Tenant), and the provisions of this Lease immediately shall be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder.

(h) Choice of Law. Construction and interpretation of this Lease shall be governed by the internal laws of the state in which the Premises are located, excluding any principles of conflicts of laws.

(i) Time. Time is of the essence as to the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 33

 

(j) Incorporation by Reference. All exhibits and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated into this Lease and made a part hereof. If there is any conflict between such exhibits or addenda and the terms of this Lease, such exhibits or addenda shall control.

(k) Hazardous Activities. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Landlord, for itself and its employees, agents and contractors, reserves the right to refuse to perform any repairs or services in any portion of the Premises which, pursuant to Tenant’s routine safety guidelines, practices or custom or prudent industry practices, require any form of protective clothing or equipment other than safety glasses. In any such case, Tenant shall contract with parties who are acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, for all such repairs and services, and Landlord shall, to the extent required, equitably adjust Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses in respect of such repairs or services to reflect that Landlord is not providing such repairs or services to Tenant.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:

 

WMR BIOMEDICAL, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Carmichael Roberts
  Carmichael Roberts, Chief Executive Officer

 

LANDLORD:

 

ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership,

managing member

  By:  

ARE-QRS CORP.,

a Maryland corporation,

general partner

    By:  

/s/ Gary Dean

      GARY DEAN
      VP - RE LEGAL AFFAIRS

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 1

 

EXHIBIT A TO LEASE

DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 2

 

LOGO

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 1

 

EXHIBIT B TO LEASE

DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

Legal Description of 480 Arsenal Street

The Land in Watertown, Middlesex County, Massachusetts located on Arsenal Street, Cypress Street, Quimby Street and Laurel Street, consisting of the following:

Beginning at a point on the southerly sideline of Cypress Street in the Town of Watertown, Middlesex County, Massachusetts, said point being 224.16 feet west of the intersection of Cypress Street with Quimby Street and being the northeast corner of the herein described parcel;

Thence running along the southerly sideline of Cypress Street N 88’-36’-46” E, 224.16 feet to the easterly sideline of Quimby Street;

Thence turning and running by the easterly sideline of Quimby Street N 01’-20’-07” W, 210.02 feet to a point of the southerly sideline of Laurel Street;

Thence turning and running along a curve to the right of radius 20.00 feet and length 31.40 feet to a point;

Thence continuing along the southerly sideline of Laurel Street N 88’-35’-52” E, 508.35 feet to a point on the easterly sideline of Melendy Avenue;

Thence turning and running along the easterly sideline of Lot 2, S 03’-24’-45” W, 74.28 feet to a point;

Thence turning and running along a curve to the right of radius 371.63 feet and length 152.00 feet to a point;

Thence turning and running S 02’-02’-53” E, 270.00 feet to a point;

Thence turning and running by the Northerly line of Lot 4 S 71 ’-16-06” W, 258.22 feet to a point;

Thence turning and running S 77’-33’-41” W, 150.00 feet to a point;

Thence turning and running along a curve to the left of radius 63.85 feet and length 67.42 feet to a point;

Thence turning and running S 17’-03’-32” W, 33.54 feet to a point;

Thence turning and running along a curve to the right of radius 1947.63 feet and length 285.68 feet to a point, by land now or formerly of the Boston & Maine Railroad Company;

Thence turning and running N 01’-23’-14” W, 439.51 feet by land now or formerly of United Electric Controls to the point of beginning.

For title reference see the deed from AMB Property, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, to ARE-480 Arsenal Street, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, dated June 19, 2001 and recorded with the Middlesex South Registry of Deeds in Book 33088, Page 527.

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 1

 

EXHIBIT C TO LEASE

WORK LETTER

THIS WORK LETTER dated August 14, 2007 (this Work Letter”) is made and entered into by and between ARE-480 Arsenal Street, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and WMR Biomedical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated August 14, 2007 (the “Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

1. General Requirements.

(a) Tenant’s Authorized Representative. Tenant designates Carmichael Roberts and PJ Anand (either such individual acting alone, Tenant’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Tenant pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other communication (“Communication”) from or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Tenant’s Representative. Tenant may change either Tenant’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Landlord. Neither Tenant nor Tenant’s Representative shall be authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work (as hereinafter defined).

(b) Landlord’s Authorized Representative. Landlord designates Tom Andrews and Stuart Berry (either such individual acting alone, Landlord’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other Communication from or on behalf of Landlord in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Landlord’s Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Tenant. Landlord’s Representative shall be the sole persons authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work.

(c) Architects, Consultants and Contractors. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that: (i) the general contractor for the construction of the Tenant Improvements shall be the Richmond Group, Inc. (Construction Manager”), (ii) any subcontractors for the Tenant Improvements shall be selected by Landlord, subject to Tenant’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and (iii) Olson Lewis Dioli & Doktor Architects & Planners, Inc. shall be the architect (the TI Architect”) for the Tenant Improvements.

2. Tenant Improvements.

(a) Tenant Improvements Defined. As used herein, Tenant Improvements shall mean all improvements to the Project of a fixed and permanent nature as shown on the TI Construction Drawings, as defined in Section 2(b) below and the written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship for the Tenant Improvements (collectively, the TI Specifications”). The Tenant Improvements are described on the attached Schedule B, which includes both plans and preliminary TI Specifications (collectively, Preliminary TI Plans”). Landlord and Tenant have each approved the Preliminary TI Plans. Other than Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever with respect to the finishing of the Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy. Based on the Preliminary TI Plans, the Construction Manager has prepared a budget showing an estimated cost of the Tenant Improvements of $3,750,304.40 (the TI Budget”).

(b) TI Construction Drawings and TI Specifications. Not later than 12 business days following the execution and delivery of the Lease, Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to prepare and deliver to Tenant for review and comment a set of plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvements in appropriate form for filing with Landlord’s application for the TI Permit (as hereinafter defined). Promptly after Tenant’s review and approval of such TI Permit plan set, Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to prepare and deliver to Tenant for review and comment the TI Specifications and

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 2

 

construction plans, specifications and drawings for the Tenant Improvements (“TI Construction Drawings”). Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the TI Construction Drawings and the TI Specifications reflect Tenant’s requirements for the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall deliver its written comments on the TI Construction Drawings and the TI Specifications to Landlord not later than 9 business days after Tenant’s receipt of the same. If Tenant disapproves any matter in the TI Construction Drawings or the TI Specifications that is consistent with the Preliminary TI Plans, and any change arising from such disapproval results in an increase in the TI Cost above that calculated based on the Preliminary TI Plans, Tenant shall pay such increase as an Excess TI Cost (as defined in Section 5(b) hereof). Landlord and the TI Architect shall consider all such comments in good faith and shall, within 3 business days after receipt, notify Tenant how Landlord proposes to respond to such comments, but Tenant’s review rights pursuant to the foregoing sentence shall not (a) delay the design or construction schedule, or (b) except pursuant to a Change Request, increase the cost of the Tenant Improvements to an amount greater than the TI Budget. Any disputes in connection with such comments shall be resolved in accordance with Section 2(c) hereof. Provided that the design reflected in the TI Construction Drawings and TI Specifications is consistent with the Preliminary TI Plans, Tenant shall approve the TI Construction Drawings and TI Specifications submitted by Landlord, unless Tenant submits a Change Request. Once approved by Tenant, subject to the provisions of Section 4 below, Landlord shall not materially modify the TI Construction Drawings or the TI Specifications except as may be reasonably required in connection with the issuance of the TI Permit (as defined in Section 3(b) below).

(c) Approval and Completion. Landlord and Tenant have each approved the Development Schedule attached hereto as Schedule A. Upon any dispute regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, which is not settled within 10 business days after notice of such dispute is delivered by one party to the other, Tenant may make the final decision regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, provided (i) Tenant acts reasonably and such final decision is either consistent with or a compromise between Landlord’s and Tenant’s positions with respect to such dispute, (ii) Tenant’s decision will not increase the cost of the Tenant Improvements to an amount greater than the TI Budget, except pursuant to a Change Request, so long as the design reflected in the TI Construction Drawings and TI Specifications is consistent with the Preliminary TI Plans, and (iii) Tenant’s decision will not affect the base Building, structural components of the Building, any Building systems or Landlord’s Base Building Work. Any changes to the TI Construction Drawings or TI Specifications following Landlord’s and Tenant’s approval of same requested by Tenant shall be processed as provided in Section 4 hereof.

3. Performance of Landlord’s Work.

(a) Definition of Landlord’s Work. As used herein, “Landlord’s Work” shall mean the work of constructing the Tenant Improvements and the completion of the items described on Schedule C and Schedule D hereto. The items described on Schedule C and Schedule D hereto are sometimes referred to herein as Landlord’s Base Building Work.

(b) Commencement and Permitting. Landlord shall commence construction of the Tenant Improvements upon obtaining a building permit (the “TI Permit”) authorizing the construction of the Tenant Improvements consistent with the TI Construction Drawings and TI Specifications approved by Tenant. The cost of obtaining the TI Permit shall be paid by Landlord as part of the cost of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall assist Landlord in obtaining the TI Permit. If any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the construction of Landlord’s Work or any portion thereof shall impose terms or conditions upon the construction thereof that: (i) are inconsistent with Landlord’s obligations hereunder, (ii) increase the cost of constructing Landlord’s Work, or (iii) will materially delay the construction of Landlord’s Work, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably and in good faith seek means by which to mitigate or eliminate any such adverse terms and conditions.

(c) Completion of Landlord’s Work. On or before the Target Commencement Date (subject to Tenant Delays and Force Majeure), Landlord shall substantially complete or cause to be substantially completed Landlord’s Work in a good and workmanlike manner, in accordance with the TI Permit subject, in each case, to Minor Variations and normal “punch list” items of a non-material nature

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 3

 

that do not interfere with the use of the Premises, and obtain either a certificate of occupancy for the Premises from the City of Watertown Building Department, or authorization from the City of Watertown Building Inspector for the occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use, with the certificate of occupancy to follow in due course (“Substantial Completion” or “Substantially Complete”). Upon Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall require the TI Architect and the general contractor to execute and deliver, for the benefit of Tenant and Landlord, a Certificate of Substantial Completion in the form of the American Institute of Architects (“AIA”) document G704. For purposes of this Work Letter, “Minor Variations” shall mean any modifications reasonably required: (i) to comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and/or to obtain or to comply with any required permit (including the TI Permit); (ii) to comply with any request by Tenant for modifications to the Tenant Improvements; (iii) to comport with good design, engineering, and construction practices that are not material; or (iv) to make reasonable adjustments for field deviations or conditions encountered during the construction of Landlord’s Work.

(d) Selection of Materials. Where more than one type of material or structure is indicated on the TI Construction Drawings and TI Specifications approved by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall select the option (to the extent available at the time of such selection) which is superior to the other options in the professional opinion and sole discretion of the TI Architect. As to all building materials and equipment that Landlord is obligated to supply under this Work Letter in connection with Landlord’s Base Building Work, Landlord shall select the manufacturer thereof in its sole and absolute subjective discretion.

(e) Delivery of the Premises. When Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete, subject to the remaining terms and provisions of this Section 3(e). Tenant shall accept the Premises. Tenant’s acceptance of the Premises shall not constitute a waiver of: (i) any warranty with respect to workmanship (including installation of equipment) or material (exclusive of equipment provided directly by manufacturers), (ii) any non-compliance of Landlord’s Work with applicable Legal Requirements, or (iii) any claim that the Tenant Improvements were not completed substantially in accordance with the TI Construction Drawings and TI Specifications (subject to Minor Variations and such other changes as are permitted hereunder) (collectively, a “Construction Defect”). Tenant shall have one year after Substantial Completion within which to notify Landlord of any such Construction Defect discovered by Tenant, and Landlord shall remedy or cause the responsible contractor to remedy any such Construction Defect within 30 days thereafter (or such additional time as may be reasonably necessary to permit Landlord to remedy or cause the responsible contractor to remedy such Construction Defect); provided, however, that Landlord’s obligation to remedy or cause the responsible contractor to remedy such Construction Defect shall be Landlord’s sole obligation hereunder and Tenant hereby waives any claim against Landlord for any injuries to persons or damage to the Premises or any personal property of Tenant or any employee of Tenant located in the Premises arising from any such Construction Defect. Tenant shall be entitled to receive the benefit of all construction warranties and manufacturer’s equipment warranties relating to the construction of the Tenant Improvements and any equipment installed in the Premises. Landlord shall obtain a one year construction warranty from the Construction Manager. If requested by Tenant, Landlord shall attempt to obtain extended warranties from manufacturers and suppliers of such equipment, provided, however, that, if the cost of such extended warranties shall cause the cost of the Tenant Improvements to exceed the TI Budget, Landlord shall promptly so notify Tenant and Landlord shall not be required to obtain such extended warranties unless Tenant pays such excess cost. Landlord shall promptly undertake and complete, or cause to be completed, all punch list items.

(f) Commencement Date Delay. Except as otherwise provided in the Lease, Delivery of the Tenant Improvements shall occur when Landlord’s Work has been Substantially Completed, except to the extent that completion of Landlord’s Work shall have been actually delayed by any one or more of the following causes (“Tenant Delay”):

(i) Tenant’s Representative was not available to give or receive any Communication or to take any other action required to be taken by Tenant hereunder;

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 4

 

(ii) Tenant’s request for Change Requests (as defined in Section 4(a) below) whether or not any such Change Requests are actually performed;

(iii) Construction of any Change Requests;

(iv) Tenant’s request for materials, finishes or installations requiring unusually long lead times;

(v) Tenant’s delay in reviewing, revising or approving plans and specifications beyond the periods set forth herein;

(vi) Tenant’s delay in providing information critical to the normal progression of the Project. Tenant shall provide such information as soon as reasonably possible, but in no event longer than one week after receipt of any request for such information from Landlord;

(vii) Tenant’s delay in making payments to Landlord for Excess TI Costs (as defined in Section 5(b) below); or

(viii) Any other act or omission by Tenant or any Tenant Party (as defined in the Lease), or persons employed by any of such persons.

If Delivery is delayed for any of the foregoing reasons, then Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to certify the date on which Landlord’s Work would have been completed but for such Tenant Delay and such certified date shall be the date of Delivery.

(g) Insurance. Landlord shall purchase and maintain or shall require the Construction Manager to purchase and maintain throughout the duration of Landlord’s Work a builders’ risk and property insurance policy, which shall insure against physical loss or damage to all property incorporated or to be incorporated into the Landlord’s Work, and shall cover reasonable compensation for the Construction Manager’s services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. Landlord, or Construction Manager, as the case may be, shall pay all costs, including deductibles, as well as any self-insured aspects of such policy. Such insurance shall be in an amount equal to the value of the Landlord’s Work, on a replacement-cost basis. Landlord agrees (and will include a similar requirement in its agreement with Construction Manager, if applicable) to cause its insurer for said policy to waive all of its rights, if any, of subrogation against Tenant.

Landlord shall purchase and maintain or shall require the Construction Manager to purchase and maintain throughout the duration of Landlord’s Work primary general liability insurance written in a form providing coverage not less than a Commercial General Liability insurance policy with total limits of not less than $2,000,000 each occurrence

Landlord shall require the Construction Manager to provide, and require all subcontractors to provide, Workers’ Compensation Insurance in Statutory Limits of the applicable Worker’s Compensation law.

(h) Casualty During Course of Landlord’s Work. If, at any time prior to Substantial Completion, any Tenant Improvements completed to date are damaged or destroyed by a fire or other insured casualty, Landlord shall notify Tenant within 30 days after discovery of such damage as to the amount of time, if any, that Landlord reasonably estimates that the Target Commencement Date will be extended as a result of such casualty. If Landlord estimates that the Target Commencement Date will be extended by more than 4 months as a result of such casualty, either Landlord or Tenant may, by written notice to the other within 10 days after the date of such estimate, elect to terminate the Lease, effective immediately. If neither Landlord nor Tenant elects to terminate as aforesaid (or if the estimated extension of the Target Commencement Date shall be for less than 4 months), the Target Commencement Date shall be deemed for all purposes under the Lease to be the date estimated by Landlord in such notice, and all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such casualty shall occur prior to the Target Commencement Date, but after Tenant has (i) commenced occupying some or all of the Premises, or (ii) placed any

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 5

 

chemicals or other hazardous materials in the Premises in anticipation of occupying the same, this provision shall be of no effect and the provisions of Section 17 of the Lease shall govern.

4. Changes. Any changes requested by Tenant to the Tenant Improvements after the delivery and approval by Landlord of the TI Construction Drawings and TI Specifications shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 and shall be subject to the written approval of Landlord and the TI Architect, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(a) Tenant’s Request For Changes. If Tenant shall request changes to the Tenant Improvements (“Changes), Tenant shall request such Changes by notifying Landlord in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “Change Request”), which Change Request shall detail the nature and extent of any such Change. Such Change Request must be signed by Tenant’s Representative. Landlord shall, before proceeding with any Change, use commercially reasonable efforts to respond to Tenant as soon as is reasonably possible with an estimate of: (i) the time it will take, and (ii) the architectural and engineering fees and costs that will be incurred, to analyze such Change Request (which costs shall be paid from the Excess TI Fund [as defined in Section 5(b) hereof] to the extent actually incurred, whether or not such change is implemented), and (iii) the cost or savings that will be incurred to construct such Change (which costs shall be paid from or credited to the Excess TI Fund). Landlord shall thereafter submit to Tenant in writing, within 5 business days of receipt of the Change Request (or such longer period of time as is reasonably required depending on the extent of the Change Request), an analysis of the additional cost or savings involved, including, without limitation, architectural and engineering costs and the period of time, if any, that the Change will extend the date on which Landlord’s Work will be Substantially Complete. Any such delay in the completion of Landlord’s Work caused by a Change, including any suspension of Landlord’s Work while any such Change is being evaluated and/or designed, shall be a Tenant Delay.

(b) Implementation of Changes. If Tenant approves in writing the cost or savings and the estimated extension in the time for completion of Landlord’s Work, if any, Landlord shall cause the approved Change to be instituted. Notwithstanding any approval or disapproval by Tenant of any estimate of the delay caused by such proposed Change, the TI Architect’s determination of the amount of Tenant Delay in connection with such Change shall be final and binding on Landlord and Tenant.

(c) Landlord-caused Changes. Any material change to the Tenant Improvements which (i) was not requested by Tenant, (ii) does not arise as a result of any prior Change or Change Request by Tenant, and (iii) does not arise as a result of Force Majeure, shall be deemed a “Landlord- caused Change”. Landlord cannot institute or approve a Landlord-caused Change without Tenant’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall be deemed to have approved any Landlord-caused Change if Tenant fails to deliver any objections, in writing, to Landlord within 3 business days after Tenant’s receipt from Landlord of a reasonably detailed description of such proposed Landlord-caused Change. If a Landlord-caused Change has been approved by the Tenant, it shall be instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 and, to the extent the same shall materially, adversely affect Tenant’s access to the Premises, the location or availability of utility lines within the Premises, or the physical layout of the Tenant Improvements, shall be subject to the written approval of the TI Architect. Any delay in the completion of Landlord’s Work caused by a Landlord-caused Change, including any suspension of Landlord’s Work while any such Landlord-caused Change is being evaluated and/or designed, shall be a “Landlord Delay”. Landlord shall be responsible for any increase in cost due to a Landlord-caused Change.

5. Costs.

(a) TI Costs. TI Costs shall include all costs incurred in connection with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, (i) the cost of preparing the Preliminary TI Plans, the TI Construction Drawings and TI Specifications and any additional required plans or drawings, and (ii) all construction costs and equipment and installation costs. Landlord shall pay for the TI Costs, subject to the provisions of Section 5(b) hereof.

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 6

 

(b) Excess TI Costs.Excess TI Costs” shall include (a) all costs incurred in connection with the design and construction of Changes, net of any savings achieved on account of any Change(s); provided, however, that Landlord-caused Changes shall not be included in Excess TI Costs but shall be paid by Landlord as set forth in Section 4(b), and (b) Landlord’s out-of-pocket expenses resulting from Tenant Delays. Prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount adequate to cover 100% of the Excess TI Costs (such amount, the “Excess TI Fund”). If Tenant fails to deposit, or is late in depositing, the Excess TI Fund with Landlord, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including, but not limited to, the right to interest at the Default Rate and the right to assess a late charge), and for purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts the same will be considered Rent.

(c) Disbursements and Base Rent Adjustment. Landlord shall pay the TI Costs incurred during the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements and, to the extent Tenant has funded the Excess TI Costs as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, Landlord shall pay the cost of Changes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 5(c), Tenant shall be fully and solely liable for the Excess TI Costs. Landlord shall provide for at least 5% retainage to be held from the Construction Manager and the construction subcontractors until the time of final completion (i.e., the completion of punchlist items), and shall obtain final lien waivers from the Construction Manager and the construction subcontractors upon issuance of final payments thereto. If upon completion of the Tenant Improvements and any Changes and the payment of all sums due in connection therewith there remain any undisbursed funds in the Excess TI Fund, Landlord shall return to Tenant such undisbursed Excess TI Fund solely to the extent of any Excess TI Costs deposit Tenant has actually made with Landlord. Tenant shall be entitled to review, at Landlord’s office, all records maintained by or under the control of Landlord regarding the determination of TI Costs and Excess TI Costs. Within 60 days after delivery of the Premises to Tenant, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant an itemized Statement of TI Costs, showing in reasonable detail the total actual cost of the Tenant Improvements including all approved Changes. If the TI Budget is greater than the TI Costs, the Landlord shall within 30 days after delivery of such Statement of TI Costs pass on such cost savings to the Tenant by adjusting (retroactive to the Commencement Date) the Base Rent of the Lease as follows: for each $1.00 per rentable square foot that the TI Budget is greater than the TI Costs, the Base Rent in the Lease shall be reduced $.10 per rentable square foot per year during the Base Term. For example, if the TI Budget is $6.00 per rentable square foot greater than the TI Costs, Base Rent shall be reduced by $.60 per rentable square foot per year during each year of the Base Term. If such Base Rent adjustment is required, the parties shall execute a Lease amendment memorializing such adjustment and setting forth a revised Expansion TI Allowance equal to the actual TI Costs per rentable square foot of the Premises.

6. Tenant Access.

(a) Tenant’s Access Rights. Landlord hereby agrees to permit Tenant access, at Tenant’s sole risk and expense, to the portions of the Premises in which Landlord’s Work is being constructed prior to completion of Landlord’s Work to perform any work (“Tenant’s Work”) required by Tenant other than Landlord’s Work, provided that such Tenant’s Work is coordinated with the TI Architect and the general contractor, and complies with the Lease and all other reasonable restrictions and conditions Landlord may impose, and (ii) prior to the completion of Landlord’s Work, to inspect and observe work in process; all such access shall be during normal business hours or at such other times as are reasonably designated by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to enter onto the Premises or the Project unless and until Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord demonstrating that any insurance reasonably required by Landlord in connection with such pre-commencement access (including, but not limited to, any insurance that Landlord may require pursuant to the Lease) is in full force and effect. Any entry by Tenant shall comply with all established safety practices of Landlord’s contractor and Landlord until completion of Landlord’s Work and acceptance thereof by Tenant.

(b) No Interference. Neither Tenant nor any Tenant Party (as defined in the Lease) shall interfere with the performance of Landlord’s Work, nor with any inspections or issuance of final approvals by applicable Governmental Authorities, and upon any such interference, Landlord shall have

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 7

 

the right to exclude Tenant and any Tenant Party from the portion of the Premises in which the Tenant Improvements are being constructed until Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work.

(c) No Acceptance of Premises. The fact that Tenant has entered into the Premises prior to the date Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete for the purpose of performing Tenant’s Work therein shall not be deemed an acceptance by Tenant of possession of the Premises, but in such event Tenant shall defend with counsel reasonably acceptable by Landlord, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss of or damage to Tenant’s property, completed work, fixtures, equipment, materials or merchandise, and from liability for death of, or injury to, any person, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party.

7. Miscellaneous.

(a) Consents. Whenever consent or approval of either party is required under this Work Letter, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, unless expressly set forth herein to the contrary.

(b) Modification. No modification, waiver or amendment of this Work Letter or of any of its conditions or provisions shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

(c) Counterparts. This Work Letter may be executed in any number of counterparts but all counterparts taken together shall constitute a single document.

(d) Governing Law. This Work Letter shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the state in which the Premises are located, without regard to choice of law principles of such State.

(e) Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence of this Work Letter and of each and all provisions thereof.

(f) Default. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein or in the Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not have any obligation to perform any work hereunder or to fund any portion of the TI Costs during any period Tenant is in Default under the Lease.

(g) Severability. If any term or provision of this Work Letter is declared invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Work Letter shall not be affected by such determination and shall continue to be valid and enforceable.

(h) Merger. All understandings and agreements, oral or written, heretofore made between the parties hereto and relating to Landlord’s Work and Tenant’s Work are merged in this Work Letter, which alone (but inclusive of provisions of the Lease incorporated herein and the final approved TI Constructions Drawings and TI Specifications prepared pursuant hereto) fully and completely expresses the agreement between Landlord and Tenant with regard to the matters set forth in this Work Letter.

(i) Entire Agreement. This Work Letter is made as a part of and pursuant to the Lease and, together with the Lease, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Work Letter is subject to all of the terms and limitation set forth in the Lease, and neither party shall have any rights or remedies under this Work Letter separate and apart from their respective remedies pursuant to the Lease.

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 8

 

SCHEDULE A TO WORK LETTER

Development Schedule

See attached

 

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


LOGO

 

Alexandria Real Estate WMR BioMedical The Richmond Group Thu 7/12/07
480 Arsenal St, Watertown, MA
Preliminary Project
Schedule
July August September October November December January February
6/17 6/24 7/1 7/8 7/15 7/22 7/29 8/5 8/12 8/19 8/26 9/2 9/9 9/16 9/23 9/30 10/7 10/1410/21 10/28 11/4 11/11 11/1811/25 12/2 12/9 12/1612/2312/30 1/6 1/13 1/20 1/27 2/3
ID o Task Name Duration Start Finish
1 Final Programming 15 days Mon 3/5/07 Fri 3/23/07
2 Space Program 3 days Mon 3/5/07 Wed 3/7/07
“3 Equipment Utility Matrix 3 days Mon 3/5/07 Wed 3/7/07
4 Hazardous Materials List 15 days Mon 3/5/07 Fri 3/23/07
5 Pre Construction 133 days Thu 3/8/07 Mon 9/10/07
6 Schematic Floor Plan 10 days Thu 3/8/07 Wed 3/21/07
7 m Fixed Floor Plan 0 days Mon 6/25/07 Mon 6/25/07
8 WMR Review & Approval 2 days Mon 6/25/07 Tue 6/26/07
9 Building Code Review 10 days Wed 6/27/07 Tue 7/10/07
10 MEP Basis of Design 15 days Wed 6/27/07 Tue 7/17/07
11 Architectural Documents 30 days Wed 6/27/07 Tue 8/7/07
12 MEP FP Engineering Documents 30 days Wed 6/27/07 Tue 8/7/07
13 A/E Documents 80% Complete 0 days Tue 8/7/07 Tue 8/7/07
14 Construction Cost Estimate 15 days Wed 8/8/07 Tue 8/28/07
15 Building Permit Application 4 days Wed 8/8/07 Mon 8/13/07
16 WMR - 80% Document Review & Comment 9 days Wed 8/8/07 Mon 8/20/07
17 ARE - 80% Document Review & Comment 9 days Wed 8/8/07 Mon 8/20/07
18 Guaranteed Maximum Price 0 days Tue 8/28/07 Tue 8/28/07
19 Architectural Documents 15 days Tue 8/21/07 Mon 9/10/07
20 MEP FP Engineering Documents 15 days Tue 8/21/07 Mon 9/10/07
21 A/E Documents 100% Complete 0 days Mon 9/10/07 Mon 9/10/07
22 WMR - GMP Review & Approval 4 days Wed 8/29/07 Mon 9/3/07
23 ARE - Authorization to Proceed 5 days Tue 9/4/07 Mon 9/10/07
24 Construction 125 days Tue 8/14/07 Fri 2/1/08
25 Watertown Building Permit Review 20 days Tue 8/14/07 Mon 9/10/07
26 Obtain Building Permit 0 days Mon 9/10/07 Mon 9/10/07
27 Construction - 4 1/2 Months 100 days Tue 9/11/07 Sat 1/26/08
28 Relocation 5 days Mon 1/28/08 Fri 2/1/08
29 Occupancy 0 days Fri 2/1/08 Fri 2/1/08
Project: \\trg-01\monster\Public Folder Date: Thu 7/12/07
Task
Split
Progress
Milestone
External Tasks External Milestone


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 9

 

SCHEDULE B TO WORK LETTER

Tenant Improvements

See attached

B-1. Budget Estimate

B-2. Proposed First Floor Plan A2.1

B-3. Proposed Second Floor Plan A2.2

B-4. Basis of Design

B-5. Finish Schedule

B-6. Equipment Utility Matrix.

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


Schedule B-1

Budget Estimate


WMR BIOLOGICS

480 ARSENAL STREET

WATERTOWN, MASSACHUSETTS

BUDGET ESTIMATE

        REV 7.23.07       

REV

REV

REV

Estimate Date

AREA

 

 

 

 

 

     =       



7/18/2007
7/12/2007
7/10/07
7/6/2007
27,311 RSF
 
 
 
 
 

 

DIVISION / DESCRIPTION

   QTY      UNIT $      LINE SUM      DIV. SUM  

EXCAVATION WORK & CUTTING SLABS

 

CORING FLOOR SLABS

     1 LS        3,000        3,000     

CUT IN NEW FLOOR OPENING

     1 LS        2,200        2,200     

TRENCHING

     110 LF        22        2,420     
            $ 7,620  
           

 

 

 

CONCRETE

           

CONCRETE PIT FOR LIFT STATION

     1 LS        7,500        7,500     

MECHANICAL ROOM HOUSEKEEPING PADS

     3 EA        1,200        3,600     
            $ 11,100  
           

 

 

 

STRUCTURAL METALS & MISC. IRON

 

ANGLE OPENINGS AT EXHAUST FANS THRU ROOF

     5 EA        600        3,000     

OPENING FRAMING FOR FRESH AIR FROM 1ST FLR TO 2ND FLR OFFICI

     1 LS        1,500        1,500     

LIFT STATION PIT ANGLES & GRATE

     1 LS        1,750        1,750     

MISCELLANEOUS IRON

     1 LS        7,500        7,500     
            $ 13,750  
           

 

 

 

CARPENTRY / MILLWORK

           

SECOND FLOOR OFFICE AND LABS

 

COPY AND PRINTER P-LAM COUNTERS

     18 LF        100        1,800     

RECEPTIONIST COUNTER & ATTACHED CASEWORK

     1 ALW        7,500        7,500     

UNDERCOUNTER CABINETS

     18 LF        225        4,050     

COFFEE COUNTER & UPPER & LOWER CABINETRY

     9 LF        475        4,275     

P-LAM SHELVING (MISC 2 ROWS ON STANDARDS)

     18 LF        45        810     

P-LAM SILL AT WINDOWS

     230 LF        20        4,600     

STORAGE SHELVING

           NONE     

CONFERENCE ROOM BOOK SHELVING

     1 ALW        3,000        3,000     

FIRST FLOOR LABS, NMR, MACH. SHOP, GLASSWASH & SHIP/RECEIVE

           

COPY CENTER AND PRINTER P-LAM COUNTERS

     11 LF        100        1,100     

P-LAM SHELVING (MISC 2 ROWS ON STANDARDS)

     11 LF        45        495     

CARPENTRY LABOR & INSTALLATIONS

     35 MD        640        22,400     

CARPENTRY / MILLWORK MATERIALS

     1 LS        5,000        5,000     
            $ 55,030  
           

 

 

 

 

1


WMR BIOLOGICS

480 ARSENAL STREET

WATERTOWN, MASSACHUSETTS

BUDGET ESTIMATE

        REV 7.23.07       

REV

REV

REV

Estimate Date

AREA

 

 

 

 

 

     =       



7/18/2007
7/12/2007
7/10/07
7/6/2007
27,311 RSF
 
 
 
 
 

 

DIVISION / DESCRIPTION

   QTY    UNIT $    LINE SUM    DIV. SUM

THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION

                   

FURNISH AND INSTALL PLATFORM CURBS FOR EXHAUST FANS

       5 EA        750        3,750     

FLASH EXHAUST FAN DUCT PENETRATION

       5 EA        500        2,500     

CUT IN NEW OPENING FOR AIR HANDLING UNIT INTAKE AIR

       1 EA        1,500        1,500     

FLASHING FOR INTAKE AIR VENT

       1 LS        850        850     

PITCH POCKETS FOR ELECTRICAL

       10 EA        250        2,500     

FLASHING FOR PLUMBING VENTS THRU ROOF

       6 EA        250        1,500     

CUT IN NEW OPENINGS FOR FANS

       5 EA        750        3,750     

CUT IN NEW DOOR OPENING @ FIRST FLOOR MECH ROOM

       1 LS        1,850        1,850     

WATERPROOF EJECTOR PIT

       1 LS        1,200        1,200     

SEALANTS & CAULKING

       1 LS        2,500        2,500     
                    $ 21,900
                   

 

 

 

DOORS, FRAMES & HARDWARE

                   

SECOND FLOOR LABS AND OFFICE

                   

SINGLE MAPLE DOORS W/ FRAME

       29 EA        525        15,225     

PAIR MAPLE DOORS (3’-0”+1’-0” x 7’-0”) W/ FRAME

       7 PR        925        6,475     

WOOD DOOR W/ FULL GL LITE & SIDELIGHT @ ENTR. W/ FRAME

       1 EA        1,950        1,950     

PR 3’-0” x 7’-0” MAPLE DOORS W/ FRAMES

       1 PR        975        975     

3’-0” x 7’-0” MAPLE DOOR W/ FULL GLASS LITE

       1 EA        1,225        1,225     

DOOR BORROWED LITE FRAMING

       20 EA        135        2,700     

DOUBLE DOOR HARDWARE

       8 EA        525        4,200     

SINGLE DOOR HARDWARE

       31 EA        385        11,935     

CLOSERS

       14 EA        135        1,890     

INSTALL SGL DOOR, FRAME, & HARDWARE

       31 EA        250        7,750     

INSTALL PRD DOOR, FRAME, & HARDWARE

       8 PR        340        2,720     

REMOVE & RELOCATE EXISTING DOUBLE DOOR

       1 EA        450        450     

DOOR BLOCKING

       40 EA        75        3,000     

FIRST FLOOR LABS, NMR, MACH. SHOP, GLASSWASH & SHIP/RECEIVE

                   

PR SEAMLESS DOUBLE SWING METAL DOORS W/ FRAME

       1 PR        1,150        1,150     

PAIR 3’-0” x 7’-0” EXTERIOR METAL DOORS W/ FRAME

       1 PR        1,250        1,250     

PR 3’-0” & 1’-0” x 7’-0” RATED METAL DOORS W/ FRAME

       3 PR        1,080        3,240     

PR 3’-0” x 7’-0” MAPLE DOORS W/ FRAME

       3 PR        975        2,925     

3’-0” x 7’-0” MAPLE DOORS W/ FRAME

       4 EA        525        2,100     

PR 3’-0” & 1’-0” x 7’-0” MAPLE DOORS W/ FRAME

       6 PR        950        5,700     

DOUBLE DOOR HARDWARE

       14 EA        525        7,350     

SINGLE DOOR HARDWARE

       4 EA        385        1,540     

CLOSERS

       12 EA        135        1,620     

INSTALL SGL DOOR, FRAME, & HARDWARE

       4 EA        250        1,000     

INSTALL PRD DOOR, FRAME, & HARDWARE

       14 PR        340        4,760     

ACCESS PANELS

       2 EA        225        450     

MISC. DOOR HARDWARE, SS KICKS, ETC

       1 LS        3,400        3,400     

DOOR BLOCKING

       18 EA        75        1,350     
                    $ 98,330
                   

 

 

 

 

2


WMR BIOLOGICS

480 ARSENAL STREET

WATERTOWN, MASSACHUSETTS

BUDGET ESTIMATE

        REV 7.23.07       

REV

REV

REV

Estimate Date

AREA

 

 

 

 

 

     =       



7/18/2007
7/12/2007
7/10/07
7/6/2007
27,311 RSF
 
 
 
 
 

 

DIVISION / DESCRIPTION

   QTY      UNIT $      LINE SUM      DIV. SUM  

GLASS AND GLAZING

 

REMOVE AND REPL 2ND FLR WINDOW FOR MAT. ACCESS

     1 EA        1,000        1,000     

GLAZING SIDELIGHT FRAMES

     14 SF        23        322     

4’ x 4’ GLAZED LAB WINDOWS IN PRESSED METAL FRAMES

     14 EA        700        9,800     

BUTT GLAZED WINDOWS TO 7’-0” HIGH

     525 SF        35        18,375     

SAND BLASTED BUTT GLAZING GLASS

     126 SF        44        5,544     

GLAZING BORROWED LITES

     38 EA        125        4,750     
            $ 39,791  
           

 

 

 

GYPSUM WALLBOARD

           

SECOND FLOOR LABS AND OFFICE

           

F / H WALLS, 3 5/8 STUD W/ 5/8 EA SIDE TO DECK

     9,618 SF        8.25        79,349     

10’-0” HIGH WALLS W/ 3 5/8 STUD & 5/8” GYP BD EA SIDE - LABS

     5,700 SF        7.75        44,175     

DRYWALL @ PERIMETER WALL

     6,192 SF        2.25        13,932     

SOUND INSULATION

     13,500 SF        0.55        7,425     

BOX OUT COLUMNS @ 1ST & 2ND FLOOR

     36 EA        400        14,400     

SET DOOR FRAMES

     39 EA        75        2,925     

FIRST FLOOR LABS, NMR, MACH. SHOP, GLASSWASH & SHIP/RECEIVE

           

F / H WALLS, 3 5/8 STUD W/ 5/8 EA SIDE TO DECK

     8,778 SF        8.25        72,419     

10’-0” HIGH WALLS W/ 3 5/8 STUD & 5/8” GYP BD EA SIDE

     970 SF        7.75        7,518     

2” MET STUD & DRYWALL ONE SIDE @ INT. MASONRY WALL

     400 SF        5.00        2,000     

DRYWALL @ PERIMETER WALL

     400 SF        2.25        900     

PREMIUM FOR 2 HR RATING @ CHEM/SOLVENT STORAGE WALLS

     1,160 SF        3.00        3,480     

DRYWALL CEILING W/ SUSPENSION GRID (2 HR RATING)

     338 SF        9.75        3,296     

SOUND INSULATION

     9,700 SF        0.55        5,335     

SET DOOR FRAMES

     18 EA        75        1,350     

WOOD & METAL WALL BLOCKING

     1 LS        4,800        4,800     

OPEN EXISTING VERTICAL SHAFTS AND REPATCH

     1 LS        2,500        2,500     

ADD TWO CLOSETS AND COAT NICHES

     1 LS        5,000        5,000     
            $ 270,802  
           

 

 

 

SUSPENDED CEILINGS

           

SECOND FLOOR LABS AND OFFICE

           

2 x 4 SECOND LOOK TILE W/ STANDARD GRID @ OFFICE & SUPPORT

     8,108 SF        2.90        23,513     

2 x 4 MYLAR HUMI GUARD PLUS W/ STANDARD GRID @ LABS

     6,034 SF        3.85        23,231     

FIRST FLOOR LABS, NMR, MACH. SHOP, GLASSWASH & SHIP/RECEIVE

           

2 x 4 MYLAR HUMI GUARD PLUS W/ ALUM GRID @ GLASSWASH

     304 SF        7.00        2,128     

2 x 4 MYLAR HUMI GUARD PLUS W/ STANDARD GRID @ MICROSCOPY

     432 SF        3.85        1,663     

2 x 4 SECOND LOOK TILE W/ STANDARD GRID

     5,226 SF        2.90        15,155     
            $ 65,691  
           

 

 

 

 

3


WMR BIOLOGICS

480 ARSENAL STREET

WATERTOWN, MASSACHUSETTS

BUDGET ESTIMATE

        REV 7.23.07       

REV

REV

REV

Estimate Date

AREA

 

 

 

 

 

     =       



7/18/2007
7/12/2007
7/10/07
7/6/2007
27,311 RSF
 
 
 
 
 

 

 

DIVISION / DESCRIPTION

   QTY    UNIT $    LINE SUM    DIV. SUM

FLOOR COVERING & BASE

                   

SECOND FLOOR LABS AND OFFICE

                   

CARPET - ALW $30 / SY W/ INST)

       790 SY        30.00        23,700     

VCT

       7,154 SF        2.70        19,316     

RESILIENT WALL BASE

       3,395 LF        2.20        7,469     

SHEET VINYL FLOORING W/ FLASHED BASE

       640 SF        9.50        6,080     

FIRST FLOOR LABS, NMR, MACH. SHOP, GLASSWASH & SHIP/RECEIVE VCT

       4,626 SF        2.70        12,490     

RESILIENT WALL BASE

       1,621 LF        2.20        3,566     

CARPET - ALW $30 / SY W/ INST)

       130 SY        30.00        3,900     

TROWELED EPOXY FLOOR W/ FLASHED BASE

       642 SF        9.75        6,260     

FLOOR PREP SILPRO / MASCO

       75 UNITS        89.00        6,675     

FLOOR PREP (ARDEX - FEATHER FINISH)

       50 BAGS        78        3,900     
                    $ 93,356
                   

 

 

 

PAINTING

 

EPOXY PAINT WALLS (PREMIUM)

       7,300 SF        0.40        2,920     

EPOXY PAINT CEILINGS

       842 SF        1.15        968     

PAINT DRYWALL PARTITIONS

       39,900 SF        0.75        29,925     

PAINT COL ENCLOSURES

       39 EA        100        3,900     

FINISH SGL DOORS & PAINT FRAME

       74 EA        85        6,290     

ADDED PAINTING FOR 1ST FLOOR EXPANSION & ADDED LAB

       1 LS        4,000        4,000     

MISC PAINTING, EXPOSED, PIPING, CONDUIT, OTHER SPACES, ETC.

       1 LS        900        900     
                    $ 48,903
                   

 

 

 

SPECIALTIES

 

WINDOW BLINDS @ 2ND FLOOR

       1,442 SF        4.50        6,489     

WORKSTATIONS (CARRELS) & CUBICLES W/ COUNTERS & SHELVES

                 BY WMR     

CEILING MOUNTED PROJECTOR & PROJECTOR SUPPORT

       1 ALW        —          07.10.07     

WHITEBOARDS

                 BY WMR     

8’-0” ELEC OPERATED PROJECTOR SCREEN - CEILING RECESSED

       2 EA        1,500        3,000     

DOUBLE HEIGHT LOCKERS

                 NONE     

FRP PANEL AT GLASSWASH SINK

       1 LS        400        400     

INSTALL SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES

       1 LS        1,000        1,000     

FIRE EXTINGUISHERS W/ CABINETS INSTALLED

       13 EA        240        3,120     
                    $ 14,009
                   

 

 

 

 

4


WMR BIOLOGICS

480 ARSENAL STREET

WATERTOWN, MASSACHUSETTS

BUDGET ESTIMATE

        REV 7.23.07       

REV

REV

REV

Estimate Date

AREA

 

 

 

 

 

     =       



7/18/2007
7/12/2007
7/10/07
7/6/2007
27,311 RSF
 
 
 
 
 

 

 

DIVISION / DESCRIPTION

   QTY    UNIT $    LINE SUM    DIV. SUM

EQUIPMENT

                   

5 HP DUPLEX AIR COMPRESSOR SKID

       1 EA             W/ PLB’G     

5 HP DUPLEX PROCESS VACUUM SKID

       1 EA             W/ PLB’G     

SINGLE SCULLERY SINKS

       1 EA             W/ PLB’G     

PH - SINGLE STAGE NEUTRALIZATION SKID

       1 EA             W/ PLB’G     

LAB WASTE PUMP TRANSFER STATION

       1 EA             W/ PLB’G     

INCUBATORS & LAB REFRIGERATORS & FREEZERS

                 BY WMR     

BIOSAFETY CABINETS & WORK TABLES & DRUG SAFE

                 BY WMR     

MACHINE SHOP EQUIPMENT

                 BY WMR     

AUTOCLAVES AND STEAM GENERATOR

                 BY WMR     

GLASSWASHER (LANCER 1400)

                 BY WMR     

ICE MAKER (SCOTSMAN AFE-325)

                 BY WMR     

OWNERS LAB EQUIPMENT RIGGING

       1 ALW        7,500        7,500     

REFRIGERATOR

       1 EA        1,400        1,400     

COFFEE MAKER W/ HOT WATER DISPENSER

       1 EA        200        200     

MICROWAVE

       1 EA        550        550     
                    $ 9,650
                   

 

 

 

LAB CASEWORK AND CHEMICAL FUME HOODS

                   

SECOND FLOOR LABORATORIES

                   

4’ (PCR) FUME HOOD - PREPIP’D & PREWIR’D

                 NONE     

6’ CHEMICAL FUME HDS - PREPIP’D & PREWIR’D

       18 EA        6,400        115,200     

8’ CHEMICAL FUME HDS - PREPIP’D & PREWIR’D

       8 EA        8,200        65,600     

8’ WALKIN HOODS

       2 EA        9,000        18,000     

INSTALL CHEMICAL FUME HOODS

       28 EA        850        23,800     

72” EPOXY BENCHTOPS

       86 LF        140        12,040     

60” EPOXY BENCHTOPS

       51 LF        125        6,375     

30” EPOXY BENCHTOPS

       198 LF        95        18,810     

METAL BASE CABINETS (50%)

       256 LF        185        47,360     

KNEE SPACES (30%)

       154 LF        45        6,930     

DRAWER UNITS (20%)

       103 LF        230        23,690     

UPPER CABINETS

       34 LF        185        6,290     

REAGENT SHELVES

       82 LF        120        9,840     

WALL SHELVING (2 SHELVES HIGH)

       50 LF        45        2,250     

UTILITY CHASES

       6 EA        425        2,550     

EPOXY SINKS

       15 EA        400        6,000     

DOWEL BOARDS, ETC

       15 EA        400        6,000     

CASEWORK CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

                   

 

5


WMR BIOLOGICS

480 ARSENAL STREET

WATERTOWN, MASSACHUSETTS

BUDGET ESTIMATE

        REV 7.23.07       

REV

REV

REV

Estimate Date

AREA

 

 

 

 

 

     =       



7/18/2007
7/12/2007
7/10/07
7/6/2007
27,311 RSF
 
 
 
 
 

 

 

DIVISION / DESCRIPTION

   QTY      UNIT $      LINE SUM      DIV. SUM  

CASEWORK CONTINUED

           

FIRST FLOOR LABS

           

6’ CHEMICAL FUME HOODS

     3 EA        6,400        19,200     

INSTALL CHEMICAL FUME HOODS

     3 EA        850        2,550     

60” EPOXY BENCHTOPS

     12 LF        125        1,500     

30” EPOXY BENCHTOPS

     30 LF        95        2,850     

REAGENT SHELVES

     10 LF        120        1,200     

METAL BASE CABINETS (50%)

     28 LF        185        5,180     

KNEE SPACES (30%)

     16 LF        45        720     

DRAWER UNITS (20%)

     11 LF        230        2,530     

UPPER CABINETS

     7 LF        175        1,225     

INSTALL FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR CASEWORK

     1 LS        52,500        52,500     

SNORKELS (3)

     1 LS        5,040        5,040     

ACCESSORIES

     1 LS        5,500        5,500     
            $ 470,730  
           

 

 

 

PLUMBING

           

LARGE EQUIPMENT COST

           

DI SKID

     1 EA        37,000        INCL     

VACUUM PUMP

     1 EA        16,500        INCL     

AIR COMPRESSOR SKID “SIMPLEX 5HP”

     1 EA        13,500        INCL     

PH SINGLE-STAGE SYSTEM

     1 EA        22,000        INCL     

PUMP N TRANSFER STATION

     1 EA        8,500        INCL     

NONPOTABLE HOT WATER HEATER

     2 EA        6,983        INCL     

RECIRC PUMPS

     2 EA        322        INCL     

AQUASTAT CONTROLLERS

     2 EA        71        INCL     

EXPANSION TANK

     1 EA        1,236        INCL     

TV-2 MIXING VALVE

     1 EA        1,300        INCL     

TV-3 MIXING VALVE

     1 EA        1,300        INCL     

TV-4 MIXING VALVE

     1 EA        69        INCL     

N2, CO2 & ARGON MANIFOLDS

     3 EA        3,200        INCL     

BFP: NPW, RODI, ETC

     1 Is          1,400        INCL     

FIXTURES & CONNECTS

           

KITCHEN SINK

     1 EA           INCL     

DISPOSAL

     1 EA           INCL     

DISHWASHER CONNECTION

     1 EA           INCL     

COFFEE MACHINE CONNECTION

     1 EA           INCL     

ICE MAKER & REFRIG CONNECT

     1 EA           INCL     

ELEC POU HW HEATER

     1 EA           INCL     

LAB SINKS TRIM ONLY

     19 EA           INCL     

DI WATER FAUCETS

     20 EA           INCL     

EYEWASH - DECK MOUNTED

     18 EA           INCL     

EMERGENCY SHOWER

     8 EA           INCL     

EMERG SHOWER / EYEWASH COMBO

     1 EA           INCL     

PLUMBING CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

           

 

6


WMR BIOLOGICS

480 ARSENAL STREET

WATERTOWN, MASSACHUSETTS

BUDGET ESTIMATE

        REV 7.23.07       

REV

REV

REV

Estimate Date

AREA

 

 

 

 

 

     =       



7/18/2007
7/12/2007
7/10/07
7/6/2007
27,311 RSF
 
 
 
 
 

 

DIVISION / DESCRIPTION

   QTY      UNIT $      LINE SUM      DIV. SUM  

PLUMBING CONTINUED

           

CO2 INCUBATOR CONNECTS

     5 EA           INCL     

GLASSWASH UNIT CONNECT

     1 EA           INCL     

AUTOCLAVE UNIT CONNECT

     1 EA           INCL     

ICE MACHINE CONNECT

     1 EA           INCL     

MILLI-Q CONNECTIONS

     3 EA           INCL     

FLOOR SINK - ACID

     1 EA           INCL     

FLOOR DRAIN - ACID

     2 EA           INCL     

FLOOR DRAIN - MECHANICAL

     3 EA           INCL     

ELECTRIC 40 GAL ELD-40

     1 EA           INCL     

SCULLERY SINKS-SGL

     1 EA           INCL     

JANITOR’S SINK

     1 EA           INCL     

HOOD CONNECTIONS ONLY

           INCL     

8’-0” CHEMICAL FUME HOODS (2 EA N2, 2 EA VAC’S)

     8 EA           INCL     

6’-0” CHEMICAL FUME HOODS (2 EA N2, 2 EA VAC’S)

     9 EA           INCL     

8’-0” WALK-IN CHEMICAL FUME HOODS (2 EA N2, 2 EA VAC’S)

     2 EA           INCL     

6’-0” CHEMICAL FUME HOODS (1 EA CA, 1 EA VAC’S)

     10 EA           INCL     

6’-0” CHEMICAL FUME HOODS (1 EA CA, 1 EA VAC’S, 1 EA N2)

     2 EA           INCL     

4’-0” BIOSAFETY CABINET (1 EA VAC, 1 EA N2, 1 EA CA, 1 EA ARGON)

     4 EA           INCL     

TURRETS

           INCL     

DOUBLE BENCH TURRETS - VAC

     15 EA           INCL     

DOUBLE BENCH TURRETS - CA

     10 EA           INCL     

DOUBLE BENCH TURRETS - N2

     6 EA           INCL     

DOUBLE BENCH TURRETS - NG

     3 EA           INCL     

DOUBLE BENCH TURRETS - ARGON

     1 EA           INCL     

SINGLE BENCH TURRETS - VAC

     13 EA           INCL     

SINGLE BENCH TURRETS - CA

     9 EA           INCL     

SINGLE BENCH TURRETS - N2

     8 EA           INCL     

SINGLE BENCH TURRETS - NG

     4 EA           INCL     

SINGLE BENCH TURRETS - ARGON

     3 EA           INCL     

DOUBLE WALL MOUNTED TURRETS - CO2

     5 EA           INCL     

PLUMBING GENERAL

           INCL     

LAB WASTE PIPING

           INCL     

NP, TEMPERED & DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

           INCL     

Dl WATER PIPING

           INCL     

SPECIALTY GAS PIPING

           INCL     

NATURAL GAS THREADED AND WELDED PIPING

           INCL     

N2 GENERATOR & ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT

           BY WMR     

TOTAL PLUMBING COST FOR EQUIPMENT & WORK ABOVE

     1 LS        530,000        530,000     

COST ADJUSTMENTS FOR REVISIONS TO 7-6-07 UTILITY MATRIX

     1 LS        30,000        30,000     
            $ 560,000  
           

 

 

 

FIRE PROTECTION

           

FIRST FLOOR

           

ADD NEW OR RELOCATED SPRINKLER HEADS AND BRANCH LINES

     65 EA           INCL     

SECOND FLOOR

           

ADD NEW OR RELOCATED SPRINKLER HEADS AND BRANCH LINES

     141 EA           INCL     

FIRE PROTECTION BUDGET

     1 LS        41,000        41,000     
            $ 41,000  
           

 

 

 

 

7


WMR BIOLOGICS

480 ARSENAL STREET

WATERTOWN, MASSACHUSETTS

BUDGET ESTIMATE

        REV 7.23.07       

REV

REV

REV

Estimate Date

AREA

 

 

 

 

 

     =       



7/18/2007
7/12/2007
7/10/07
7/6/2007
27,311 RSF
 
 
 
 
 

 

DIVISION / DESCRIPTION

   QTY      UNIT $      LINE SUM      DIV. SUM  

HVAC

           

FIRST FLOOR LABS, GLASSWASH, SOLVENT STORAGE AND MACHINE SHOP

           INCL     

10,000 CFM HOT WATER/CHILLED WATER AHU OFF HOUSE H & CHL’D WATER SYSTEM

           INCL     

NEW UTILITY ROOF EXHAUST FAN

           INCL     

EXTEND HOT AND CHILLED WATER RISERS FROM EXISTING MAINS

           INCL     

CONSTANT VOLUME BOXES W/ HOT WATER REHEAT, & ROOF EXHAUST FOR 3 CONSTANT VOL CFH’S

           INCL     

DEDICATED EXHAUST FOR SOLVENT STORAGE ROOM

           INCL     

NMR HUMIDIFICATION

           INCL     

2ND FLOOR LAB AND OFFICE AREAS

           INCL     

NEW SUPPLY & EXHAUST DISTR. SYS W/ EXISTING HOUSE 24,000 CFM AHU & 2 H. DILUTION EXH FANS

           INCL     

NEW CONSTANT VOLUME BOXES W/ HOT WATER REHEAT CONNECTED TO HOUSE H.W. MAIN @ LABS

           INCL     

HOOD EXHAUST CONTROL SYSTEM TO MEET THE ENERGY CODE

           INCL     

(2) CHILLED WATER FAN COIL UNITS TO SERVICE OPEN OFFICE AREA IN CONJUNCT. W/ PRECONDITIONED

           INCL     

MAKE UP AIR DUCTED FROM THE LOWER LEVEL AIR HANDLER UP THROUGH EXIST’G MECHANICAL ROOM

           INCL     

TO SERVE AS VENTILATION AIR IN OFFICE SPACE, & VAV BOXES W/ HOT WATER RE-HEAT COILS

           INCL     

COMPONENTS

           INCL     

TWO (2) CHILLED WATER FAN COILS (OFFICE AREA 1/2 HP)

           INCL     

HOT WATER / CHILLED WATER 27,000 CFM AIR HANDLER TO BE USED FOR 1ST FLOOR SPACE. THIS AIR HANDLER

           INCL     

SHALL DELIVER 10,000 CFM TO WMR IST FLR SPACE LEAVING 17,000 CFM FOR EXPANSION SPACE.

           INCL     

STROBIC ROOF EXHAUST FANS

     2 EA           INCL     

EXHAUST FANS UTILITY TYPE

     2 EA           INCL     

TECH AIR HOOD EXHAUST CONTROLS AND VALVES

           INCL     

HUMIDIFIER (NMR)

           INCL     

CV BOXES

           INCL     

DUCTWORK FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION

           INCL     

HOT WATER / CHILLED WATER PIPING

           INCL     

RGD’S

           INCL     

PIPING

           INCL     

INSULATION

           INCL     

DDC CONTROLS

           INCL     

START UP AND TEST

           INCL     

RIGGING AND TRUCKING

           INCL     

BALANCING

           INCL     

HVAC CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

           

 

8


WMR BIOLOGICS

480 ARSENAL STREET

WATERTOWN, MASSACHUSETTS

BUDGET ESTIMATE

        REV 7.23.07       

REV

REV

REV

Estimate Date

AREA

 

 

 

 

 

     =       



7/18/2007
7/12/2007
7/10/07
7/6/2007
27,311 RSF
 
 
 
 
 

 

DIVISION / DESCRIPTION

   QTY      UNIT $      LINE SUM      DIV. SUM  

HVAC CONTINUED

           

HVAC SYSTEM COST BREAKDOWN

           

CHILLED WATERFAN COIL UNITS

     1 LS        7,100        7,100     

ROOF CURBS AND FLASHINGS

     1 LS        4,700        4,700     

LABORATORY STROBIC FANS

     1 LS        65,850        65,850     

EXHAUST BLOWERS INCL SOLVENT

     1 LS        17,200        17,200     

HOOD EXHAUST MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

     1 LS        200,000        200,000     

HUMIDIFIERS

     1 LS        11,800        11,800     

CONSTANT VOLUME SUPPLY AIR VALVES

     1 LS        22,000        22,000     

HOT WATER REHEAT COILS

     1 LS        6,200        6,200     

REGISTERS, GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS

     1 LS        15,300        15,300     

SHEET METAL MATERIALS

     1 LS        58,200        58,200     

SHEET METAL FABRICATION

     1 LS        40,400        40,400     

SHEET METAL INSTALLATION

     1 LS        108,800        108,800     

PIPING AND ACCESSORIES

     1 LS        114,500        114,500     

INSULATION

     1 EA        38,000        38,000     

CHEMICAL TREATMENT

     1 LS        6,300        6,300     

MOTOR STARTERS

     1 LS        4,400        4,400     

RIGGING, TRUCKING & FREIGHT

     1 LS        11,050        11,050     

CONTROLS AND CONTROL WIRING

     1 LS        149,000        149,000     

ALLOWANCE FOR ALARM POINTS

     1 LS        18,000        18,000     

STARTUP AND TEST

     1 LS        32,000        32,000     

BALANCING

     1 LS        14,200        14,200     
            $ 945,000  
           

 

 

 

ELECTRICAL

 

480 V. SERVICE FROM EXIST’G MAIN DISTR. PANEL THRU NEW PNLS & TRNSFRS

 

     INCL     

MAKE SAFE CONNECTION FOR REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL BY DEMO CONTRACTOR

 

     INCL     

NEW LIGHTING USING PARABOLIC IN OFFICES & CORRIDORS, LENSED FOR LABS

 

     INCL     

TRIPLE GASKETED FIXTURES IN GLASS WASH AREA

 

     INCL     

ELECTRICAL DESIGN AND ENGINEERING

 

     INCL     

EXIT / EMERGENCY LIGHTING

 

     INCL     

NEW ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM & DEVICES ADDED TO EXIST SYS

 

     INCL     

NEW OUTLETS, DEDICATED OUTLETS, NORMAL WALL OUTLETS & FURNITURE NEEDS

 

     INCL     

RING & STRING TO CEILING FOR TEL / DATA

 

     INCL     

TEMPORARY SERVICES & ELECTRICAL PERMIT

 

     INCL     

POWER WIRING FOR EQUIPMENT LIST AND HVAC

 

     INCL     

DISTRIBUTION

 

     INCL     

LIGHTING / SWITCHING

 

     INCL     

 

9


WMR BIOLOGICS

480 ARSENAL STREET

WATERTOWN, MASSACHUSETTS

BUDGET ESTIMATE

        REV 7.23.07       

REV

REV

REV

Estimate Date

AREA

 

 

 

 

 

     =       



7/18/2007
7/12/2007
7/10/07
7/6/2007
27,311 RSF
 
 
 
 
 

 

 

DIVISION / DESCRIPTION

   QTY    UNIT $    LINE SUM    DIV. SUM

ELECTRICAL COST BREAKDOWN

                   

SWITCHGEAR

       1 LS        26,995        26,995     

DISTRIBUTION

       1 LS        30,760        30,760     

HVAC POWER WIRING

       1 LS        13,240        13,240     

FIRE ALARM

       1 LS        11,880        11,880     

EXIT / EMERGENCY LIGHTING

       1 LS        9,240        9,240     

LIGHTING / SWITCHING

       1 LS        49,760        49,760     

POWER WIRING OUTLETS

       1 LS        13,175        13,175     

EQUIPMENT WIRING

       1 LS        42,640        42,640     

TEL/DATA PLASTER RING AND STRING

       1 LS        850        850     

DIRECT JOB EXPENSES

       1 LS        11,700        11,700     

COST ADJUSTMENTS FOR REVISIONS TO 7-6-07 UTILITY MATRIX

       1 LS        19,500        19,500     

COST FOR ADDED SURGICAL LIGHTS

       1 ALW        5,000        5,000     

COST FOR CARD ACCESS AT 4 ENTRY POINTS

       4 EA        2,000        8,000     
                      242,740
                   

 

 

 

SUPERVISION

                   

PROJECT SUPERINTENDENT

       19 WKS        3,400        64,600     

PROJECT MANAGER (1/2 TIME)

       19 WKS        1,800        34,200     

PLANNER / ESTIMATOR

       2 WKS        3,900        7,800     

ADMIN ASSISTANT

       19 WKS        320        6,080     

ACCOUNTING

       19 WKS        420        7,980     

PROJECT EXECUTIVE

       1 WK        4,100        4,100     
                    $ 124,760
                   

 

 

 

GENERAL CONDITIONS

                   

JOBSITE TELEPHONE / FAX

       4.50 MO        900        4,050     

COURIER / OVERNITE / POSTAGE

       4.50 MO        800        3,600     

FIELD OFFICE FURNITURE

       1 LS        1,000        1,000     

FIELD OFFICE SUPPLIES & COPIER RENTAL

       4.50 MO        475        2,138     

MISC. TOOLS & SUPPLIES

       4.50 MO        1,250        5,625     

JOBSITE CLEANUP

       19 DYS        360        6,840     

JOBSITE DUMPSTER

       19 LDS        675        12,825     

CLEAN TOILET ROOMS

       1 LS        2,000        2,000     

REPRODUCTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

       1 LS        8,500        8,500     

SAFETY & BARRICADES

       19 WK        250        4,750     

FINAL CLEANUP

       25,750 SF        0.45        11,588     
                    $ 62,915
                   

 

 

 

 

10


WMR BIOLOGICS

480 ARSENAL STREET

WATERTOWN, MASSACHUSETTS

BUDGET ESTIMATE

        REV 7.23.07       

REV

REV

REV

Estimate Date

AREA

 

 

 

 

 

     =       



7/18/2007
7/12/2007
7/10/07
7/6/2007
27,311 RSF
 
 
 
 
 

 

 

DIVISION / DESCRIPTION

   QTY      UNIT $      LINE SUM      DIV. SUM  

ENGINEERING

           

PART 1 PLANNING & ESTIMATING

     1 LS        12,000        12,000     

ARCHITECTURAL

     1 LS        85,000        85,000     

STRUCTURAL

     1 LS        5,000        5,000     

CODE CONSULTANT

     1 LS        2,500        2,500     

FIRE PROTECTION DESIGN

     1 LS        5,600        5,600     

MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL & PLUMBING ENGINEERING

     1 LS        12,000        12,000     
            $ 122,100  
           

 

 

 

INSURANCE AND PERMITS

           

GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE ($5/1000)

     1 LS        18,500        18,500     

BUILDING PERMIT ($15/1000)

     1 LS        55,500        55,500     

PERFORMANCE & PAYMENT BOND

           NIC     
            $ 74,000  
           

 

 

 

CONTINGENCY

     1 LS        150,000        150,000     

ADJUSTMENT FOR SCOPE REFINEMENT

     1 LS        (49,900      (49,900   

FINAL ADJUSTMENT 7.23.07

     1 LS        28,136        28,136     
            $ 128,236  
           

 

 

 

OVERHEAD & PROFIT

     6.5      228,892        228,892      $ 228,892  
           

 

 

 

TOTAL PRELIMINARY BUDGET

            $ 3,750,304  
           

 

 

 

CLARIFICATIONS AND ITEMS FOR CONSIDERATION

 

  

2. An allowance of $18,000 is included for equipment alarm points. (18 are identified at this time)

 

     

3. To provide a new air handler w/ associated piping & duct for base building system.

    (This cost includes Elec hookup, G.C. support & OH & Prof.)

 

 

     ADD      $ 223,650  

4. The standby power generator is at a maximum usage and additional loads beyond these installations can not be accomodated.

 

     

5. A complete takeoff of flooring, casework and ceiling systems should be done at the completion of C.D’s to insure a match with assumptions made in this estimate.

 

     

6. Cost to add a floor slab and regrade the first floor WMR area and mechanical room (approximately 7,000 sf) is:

 

     ADD      $ 34,000  

7. Cost to provide a roll on epoxy floor at mechanical room.

 

     ADD      $ 3,100  

8. Cost to complete new mechanical room walls and paint.

 

     ADD      $ 5,500  

 

11


Schedule B-2

First Floor Plan (A2.1)


LOGO


Schedule B-3

Second Floor Plan (A2.2)


LOGO


Schedule B-4

Basis of Design


Basis of Design

for

WMR Biomedical

480 Arsenal Street

Watertown, MA

June 26, 2007

Rev 1 – July 9, 2007

Prepared for

Alexandria Real Estate Equities


Table of Contents

 

Section 1

                                 Plumbing / Process Piping

 

Section 2

                                 HVAC

 

Section 3

                                 Electrical


Section 1 - Plumbing / Process Piping


Section 2 - HVAC


Section 3 - Electrical


Plumbing / Process Piping

General:

 

  1.

All plumbing systems will be designed in conformance with the Massachusetts Plumbing Code (CMR: 248) and related ANSI standards.

 

  2.

All utility generation and fuel gas distribution systems will conform to applicable NFPA guidelines and good engineering practice.

 

  3.

Cross-connection control will be installed in conformance with Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection requirements (CMR: 310 Section 22.22), and the City of Cambridge Water Authority.

 

  4.

ANSI Standard Z 358.1 and OSHA recommendations will govern tepid water generation and distribution.

 

  5.

Domestic water, Natural Gas, Sanitary sewer, and Storm sewer will be coordinated with the site utilities strategy.

 

  6.

Plumbing fixture type and materials of construction will be consistent with the existing base building standards and scope of work.

 

  7.

Fixture counts and utility use points will be based on: (1) Equipment matrix revised 07/09/07 (2) Architectural layouts (3) Mass. Code (4) Current applicable OSHA and ANSI requirements.

Site Utilities:

 

  1.

Connecting to the existing water service(s) will provide domestic & protected water necessary for domestic and laboratory fixtures and equipment to be installed in conjunction with the WMR Biomedical Research Laboratory Renovation.

 

  2.

Natural Gas will be coordinated with the appropriate gas supplier(s). NSMC will verify gas loads and pressure requirements based on the final HVAC and Process Equipment selections for WMR Biomedical, if applicable.

 

  3.

Presently no HVAC Equipment has been sized or assumed as part of plumbing budgets / design. If applicable, NSMC will need to review loads and requirements prior to determining whether existing gas piping can support these potential loads.

 

  4.

The sanitary sewer currently serving the building shall be connected to and extended from, as applicable, to serve new installed, or relocated fixtures and equipment requiring sanitary waste and vent per the client’s equipment utility matrix. NSMC will coordinate with Construction Manager and client to make connections to the building sewer where appropriate.

 

  5.

Storm piping currently exists. No scope of work anticipated at this time.


Water systems:

 

  1.

All domestic water is currently protected thru containment back-flow preventors. NSMC shall connect to and extend from existing ‘house’ system to service fixtures and equipment which require domestic potable water based upon client equipment utility matrix.

 

  2.

Potable water will be distributed to all domestic plumbing fixtures and appliances, as required. Domestic hot water will be generated through a “new” electric 40 gallon hot water heater (120*f) and mixed through individual fixture mixing valves, if applicable, to deliver 110*f (43.33*C) degree water supply. Re-circulation will be provided as required by code.

 

  a.

Note: remote single fixtures requiring domestic hot water service shall be supplied by local point-of-use electric hot water heater.

 

  3.

Non-potable water shall be “created” by installing secondary backflow protection down-stream of connection to “house” domestic service. Non-potable water will be distributed to all laboratory and manufacturing fixtures or equipment requiring make-up per the equipment matrix. Non-potable hot water (or Protected water) 140*f (60*C) degree water will be generated through dual (2) gas-fired hot water heaters. NSMC shall furnish and install central mixing valve to deliver 120*f (48.92*C) degree water supply to lab sinks. Re-circulation will be provided as required by code.

 

  4.

Tepid water shall service all emergency shower and eyewash equipment. The tepid water shall be distributed through a “loop” system. Loop to be connected to existing “house” distribution and extended as necessary to supply all the emergency equipment (showers and eyewash unit) locations. The “loop” size and temperature to conform to ANSI standard requirements.

 

  5.

Piping will be Type L copper with WROT copper fittings, 2 piece ball valves, and soft-soldered joints.

 

  6.

All emergency quantities and locations are NSMC suggested use points; however, Final determination or approval of quantities and locations shall rest with WMR Biomedical safety officer / designated competent person.

Sanitary waste and vent system:

 

  1.

Sanitary waste will be collected from all domestic fixtures and floor drains by gravity terminating into the building sewer piping.

 

  2.

Inverts will be coordinated with site conditions and other drainage systems.

 

  3.

Piping will be service weight cast iron pipe and fittings with gasket joint for underground use, and no-hub cast iron pipe and fittings with Mass code approved couplings. Fixture trap arms will be copper with drainage pattern fittings.


Process Waste and Vent system:

 

  1.

Coordinate chemical use and design requirements. NSMC shall provide a single (1) tank pH Adjustment Neutralization System. System components to include as applicable to make system whole: (1) 275 gallon, HDPE Neutralization Tank, Flange Mounted Lightning Mixer, GLI International pH Analyzers & Sensors, Badger Magnetic Flow Sensor and Analyzer, Partlow Seven (7) day Circular Chart Recorder, lsco Flow Cable (Required by MWRA for interface with their sampling equipment), LMI Chemical Metering Pumps, Chemical Feed Station, Interconnecting piping and effluent trap pending approval by local authorities.

 

  2.

No provisions for solvents, metals or kill waste are included in this scope.

 

  3.

System shall meet all requirements of CMR: 248 (Mass Code) and Local Municipality wastewater requirements. The Town of Watertown or MWRA discharge permit (if applicable) is the owner’s responsibility. NSMC will assist the owner in providing information relevant to the owner’s application.

 

  4.

All “new” waste collection piping will be schedule 40 polypropylene with drainage pattern fittings and fusion joints. Mechanical joints will be used at fixture connections.

 

  5.

NSMC has included a duplex pump and transfer station to accept all first floor lab (special) waste by gravity; and then, the waste shall be pump discharged to a gravity drainage waste “header’’ in ceiling of first floor. 4” Waste header in ceiling, of first floor, shall travel by gravity to the single pH neutralization system on the first floor level for treatment prior to being introduced to sanitary waste system.

 

  6.

All pumped waste drainage piping to be schedule 40 ‘pressure rated’ polypropylene, with socket heat fusion joints.

 

  7.

All process vent piping shall collect on second floor level and exit roof at various locations pending final construction coordination with other trades. All vent piping to match materials of lab waste.

Natural Gas:

 

  1.

Coordination with gas supplier for equipment loads, available pressure, and design pressure.

 

  2.

Distribution to all Water Heaters, HVAC & Process Equipment, as required per client’s equipment utility matrix. At this time, NSMC has assumed a new natural gas service will be located on the exterior of the facility adjacent to existing gas meters. No laboratory natural gas distribution service has been anticipated for point of use turrets, and / or hood connections.

 

  3.

All piping will conform to CMR: 248, NFPA 54, and ANSI Z 223.1.


  4.

Distribution piping shall be: 2-1/2” £ larger: schedule 40 carbon steel pipe and fittings, with butt weld joints. 2” ³ smaller: schedule 40 carbon steel pipe with black malleable threaded fittings.

Compressed Air System:

 

  1.

Equipment Selection:

 

  a.

Duplex 5HP Rotary Oil-less Scroll STD-0504

 

  b.

120 gallon receiver with Mass Code Legs

 

  c.

29.4 SCFM @ 100PSIG

 

  d.

460V 3PH 60Hz

 

  e.

Air Dryer: model SD-15 115V

 

  f.

One High Efficiency Filter: 35scfm 1micron in-line filter

 

  2.

Distribution to all utility use points per equipment matrix referenced.

 

  3.

Use point loading based upon XX SCFM/drop, XX% diversity.

 

  4.

Distribution piping to be Type “Cleaned” ACR tubing with “cleaned” WROT copper fittings, brazed joints, and 3pc. Apollo shut-off valves.

Process Vacuum System:

 

  1.

Equipment selection:

 

  a.

Duplex 5HP rotary vane package (69 CFM)

 

  b.

Air cooled with absolutely no water requirements

 

  c.

120 gallon ASME rated receiver tank

 

  d.

NEMA 12 enclosure consisting of: (2) magnetic motor starters complete with UL approved motor branch circuit disconnect and thermal, magnetic, and short-circuit protection

 

  2.

Distribution to all utility use points per the matrix.

 

  3.

Use point load based on XX ACFM/drop, XX% diversity.

 

  4.

Equipment design/ selection based on 23”hgv (235 mbar) w/ 1013 being atmosphere.

 

  5.

Piping will be Type L copper with WROT copper fittings, 2 piece ball valves and soft soldered joints.

Pure Water (RODI) Watering:

 

  1.

RODI Pure water scope of work and point-of-use distribution is based upon equipment utility matrix.

 

  2.

System will be capable of generating XXXgpd of Type I Laboratory Quality Water. Storage will be 250 gallon storage tank.


  3.

Distribution loop will be 1” and capable of delivering 10gpm to the connected load.

 

  4.

RODI Distribution piping shall be schedule 40 polypropylene pipe and fittings with socket heat-fusion joints. True Union ball valves at service and use points.

 

  5.

No RODI Pure water reject system is included presently. Budgeting costs and distribution to be determined, if applicable.

Specialty Gas Systems (Carbon Dioxide, Nitrogen, & Argon):

 

  1.

Nitrogen, Argon and Carbon Dioxide automatic changeovers manifolds (3 ea.) are included. Micro-bulk or Dewer cylinders shall be provided and installed by others. NO LIQUID Nitrogen piping by NSMC.

 

  2.

NSMC has not carried any point-of-use regulators for any of the specialty gas system(s) distribution at this time.

 

  3.

Local cylinder closet, niche and/or mechanical room space available to mount auto-changeover manifolds for specialty gas service(s) and tank storage.

 

  4.

Distribution to all use points per the matrix.

 

  5.

Distribution piping shall be “clean’’ ACR copper tubing with “clean” WROT copper fittings. Ball valves will be 3 piece full port. Joints will be brazed under nitrogen purge.


HVAC SYSTEMS

The following design criteria will be utilized for the design of the HVAC systems.

 

A.

Design Criteria

 

  1.

Outdoor Design Criteria

 

  a.

Summer

91 degrees Fahrenheit design dry bulb

74 degrees Fahrenheit design wet bulb

 

  b.

Winter

0 degrees Fahrenheit design dry bulb)

 

  2.

Indoor Design Criteria

 

  a.

Laboratory and Office Areas

 

  1.

Summer

72 degrees F design dry bulb (+/- 2 degrees)

 

  2.

Winter

72 degrees F design dry bulb (+/- 2 degrees)

 

  3.

Humidity

 

  a.

Lab Areas

 

  1.

Summer // Winter

50% RH +/- 15% No Control

 

  4.

Ventilation Criteria

 

  a.

Lab Areas

 

   

Laboratories a minimum of eight to ten outdoor air changes per hour

 

  b.

Offices

 

   

20 cfm per occupant

 

  5.

Space Pressurization Criteria

 

   

Laboratory areas will be maintained at a negative pressure relative to surrounding offices.

 

   

Office areas slightly positive to outdoors.


  6.

Space Filtration Criteria

 

   

Primary air handling unit shall have 30% prefilters and 90% cartridge filters.

 

  7.

Internal Heat Loads

The HAVC system will be designed for the following internal loads.

  a.

Laboratory Areas

 

   

Lighting                     2         watts/ft2

 

   

Equipment                 4         watts/ft2

(Individual equipment rooms will be designed for additional heat loads as required.) Based on equipment matrix.

 

  8.

Hot Water Pumps

 

   

Two (2) existing primary (operating/standby) hot water pumps.

 

  9.

Exhaust Fans

 

   

Centrifugal fans at 2.5 to 7.0” S.P. (Backward inclined, spark resistant, herisite coated, and vibration isolators).

 

   

Velocity cones to be sized at 3,000 FPM

 

   

Strobic high dilution—Two (2) primary

 

  10.

Controls

 

  a.

DDC—Johnson

Johnson Network Automation Engine (NAE) extension of existing system.

 

  11.

Ductwork

 

  a.

All ductwork per the SMACNA guide.

 

  b.

Supply Duct sizing based on pressure drops of 0.10” per 100’ (.817 Pa per m).

 

  c.

Exhaust Duct sizing based on pressure drops of 0.15” per 100’ (1.23 Pa per m).

 

  d.

5’ (1.5 m)—Maximum Flex Duct run


  12.

Insulation

 

  a.

Insulation thickness per Massachusetts code.

 

  b.

Interior concealed supply ductwork- 112” (3.81 cm) foil faced fiberglass blanket.

 

  c.

Interior piping

 

  1.

Hot water piping-fiberglass with an all service jacket.

  Mains- 

112” (3.81 cm) thick and run outs not exceeding 12’ in length - 12” (1.27 cm) thick.

 

  13.

Hot Water Pipe Distribution

 

  a.

2 12” and larger Schedule 40 welded.

 

  b.

2” and smaller copper Type L.

 

  c.

Pipe sizing maximum 10 Ft/Sec and 3.5’ of head per 100’.

System Descriptions

 

  1.

Area #1—Solvent Storage, Glass Wash, Machine Shop, Base Bldg, Microscopy, & NMR Areas.

System to utilize 10,000 CFM from the proposed air handler used in conjunction with the house hot water / chilled water system, and exhaust risers connection to one (1) new utility roof exhaust fan. Hot water piping system extended from existing mains. New constant volume boxes with hot water reheat, and roof exhaust for three (3) constant volume fume hoods. Dedicated exhaust for Solvent storage. NMR humidification is an alternate.

Area #2—2nd Floor Lab Areas

Supply and exhaust duct distribution systems used in conjunction with the existing base building 24,000 CFM chilled water/ hot water air handler, and two (2) new high dilution exhaust fans. Labs with hood exhaust and spot exhaust shall be controlled via tab quality supply and exhaust valves. Constant volume supply boxes shall service the remainder of the lab areas with hot water reheats connecting to the house main hot water system.

The Lab areas exhaust loads (Approx 30,000 CFM) exceed the make up air capabilities of the base system (24,000 CFM) air handler, and will require hood exhaust control to meet the energy code. A hood exhaust management system for the Labs will eliminate the need for additional make up air systems, assuming 35% diversity in hood management.


Area #3—2nd Floor Office Areas

Office areas utilizing one (1) supplemental chilled water fan coil unit to service open office area used in conjunction with pre-conditioned make up air ducted from lower level air handler (near NESN) up through existing mechanical room to serve as cooling and ventilation air in the office spaces in conjunction with VAV boxes with hot water reheat coils.

 

  2.

Base Building

A new 27,000 CFM base building air handler to be utilized for the 1st floor unassigned space. The air handler shall deliver 10,000 CFM to new WMR tenant, leaving 17,000 CFM for unassigned future tenant’s space. Hot water and chilled water piping connecting to existing system, intake duct work, insulation, and controls.


ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

The following design criteria will be utilized for the design of the electrical systems.

 

  A.

Incoming Utility Service:

 

  1.

The existing service will be maintained

 

  2.

The distribution system shall be new within the tenant space for transformers and panels

 

  B.

Utilization Voltages:

 

  1.

208/120V, 3 phase, 4 wire.

 

  a.

Receptacle circuits

 

  b.

Owner equipment (equipment list)

 

  c.

Miscellaneous HVAC pumps and fans (Less than 12 horsepower)

 

  d.

120 volt lighting systems (as required)

 

  e.

Miscellaneous facility loads

 

  2.

480/277V, 3 phase, 4 wire.

 

  a.

Owner equipment (equipment list).

 

  b.

Miscellaneous HVAC, pumps and fans, 12 horse power and greater.

 

  c.

277 volt lighting systems as required.

 

  d.

Miscellaneous facility loads

 

  e.

Electric heat

 

  f.

Mechanical equipment

 

  3.

Specialty voltages (NIC).

 

  C.

Distribution System Capacities and Circuit Arrangements (existing):

 

  1.

13,800 volts provided by the utility company to pad mount transformers (existing)

 

  2.

480/277 volts supplied from the pad mounts to the switchboard

 

  3.

480 volts, 3-phase supplied from the switchboard to each area electric room


  D.

Power Equipment

 

  1.

480 and 208 volt panels, transformers will be installed in the electric rooms

 

  2.

120/208 volts supplied at remote electric rooms for branch loads

 

  3.

All new panelboards will be bolt on breakers and hinged covers

 

  4.

Starters, contactors and VFD’s will be provided by the trade supplying the equipment for installation and wiring by the electrical contractor

 

  5.

Electronic check metering will be installed to monitor usage by the landlord

 

  E.

Lighting:

 

  1.

Site and common area lighting is existing.

 

  2.

All fixtures and ballasts will incorporate the latest state of the art equipment.

 

  3.

Lab areas will be a combination of 2x4 & 2x2 recessed lensed fixtures.

 

  4.

Office areas will be 2X4 & 2X2 recessed parabolic fixtures.

 

  5.

Night lighting will be provided.

 

  6.

Mechanical areas will be strip lighting with wire cages on exposed bulbs.

 

  7.

Foot-candle requirements will be as follows:

 

Labs:    65 to 80 foot-candle using lensed fixtures
Offices:    50 to 60 foot-candle using recessed parabolic fixtures
Mechanical Rooms:            20 to 30 foot-candle using strip fluorescents
Corr/Bath Rooms:    20 to 30 foot-candle using recessed parabolic fixtures

 

  8.

Plaster frame fixtures will be used where appropriate.

 

  9.

Local switching will be provided and a lighting control system will be utilized per the Mass. Energy Code.

Note: Open office areas are assumed to have 50% wall reflectivity and measurements will be made prior to installation of low partitions.

 

  F.

Emergency Lighting:

 

  1.

This will be provided via battery backup fixtures. The levels designed will be per Code for egress corridors only.


  G.

Standby Generator: (Existing)

 

  1.

Equipment as listed in matrix will be connected to the existing standby distribution system. Existing and newly added loads must be confirmed prior to final design and generator capabilities.

 

  H.

Outlets and Devices:

 

  1.

Housekeeping outlets will be provided as one per room minimum (except explosion proof rooms), and maximum of 50 LF apart in corridors.

 

  2.

Offices will have a minimum of three (3) duplex outlets (more for larger spaces).

 

  3.

Conference rooms will have one duplex per wall minimum. Large conference rooms to have one floor outlet (tel/data and power).

 

  4.

Wiremold [steel-painted] will be provided on benches along walls and with reagent racks in 10 LF nominal lengths as 2400 series, with one (1) single outlet each LF alternate circuits, two (2) circuits each. Outlets in areas around sinks will be avoided where possible, if not, GFl detectors will be used.

 

  5.

Equipment areas will have power wall outlets or wiremold per the matrix.

 

  6.

Quantity and locations of power will be provided based on the equipment matrix.

 

  7.

Three (3) circuit furniture feeds will be provided for low partitions (factory pre-wired) in open office areas. This will include a conduit access for tel/data systems (by others). This assumes the trunk is supplied with the furniture, and wiring within these low partitions is not included.

 

  I.

Grounding:

 

  1.

Existing service ground will be re-used.

 

  2.

Special grounding will be provided as required for tel/data systems, special owner electronics systems.

 

  J.

Uninterruptible Power Supply Systems: (NIC)

 

  K.

HVAC Power Wiring:

 

  1.

HVAC Power wiring based on the system design is included.


  L.

Low Voltage Systems:

 

  1.

Alarm and detection systems

 

  a.

New addressable devices will be provided from the existing fire alarm system based on a Code required installation. Sprinkler devices are provided and installed by the sprinkler contractor, wired by electrical. Duct detectors are provided by electrical, installed by HVAC, wired to the RTU’s and to the fire alarm system by the electrical contractor.

 

  b.

Security, alarm monitoring (NIC)

 

  c.

Card access system, 4each included

 

  d.

O2 detection sensors (NIC)

 

  e.

Door interlock system (NIC)

 

  f.

Water detection (NIC)

 

  2.

Communications

 

  a.

A plaster ring with string to the ceiling space is included

 

  b.

Alarm monitoring – An allowance of $18,000 is included.

 

  c.

Conference room A/V system, TV, paging, intercom, sound (NIC)

 

  M.

Electric resistance Heating

 

  1.

Electric resistance heaters will be wired (only)

 

  N.

Testing (For New Equipment Only)

 

  1.

Electrical equipment standard testing

 

  2.

Electrical system start up/commissioning

 

  O.

Project Requirements

 

  1.

Design, engineering, stamped drawings by a Massachusetts registered professional engineer.

 

  2.

Drawings done in Autodesk AutoCAD format

 

  3.

Supervision and Coordination

 

  4.

Submittals for major equipment for job coordination

 

  5.

Construction control affidavits

 

  6.

As builts (paper and electronic), Operation and Maintenance manuals (paper only)

 

  7.

Training for the owner on major pieces of equipment

 

  8.

Job Insurance requirements


Schedule B-5

Finish Schedule


LOGO


Schedule B-6

Equipment Utility Matrix


WMR BioMedical -

Alexandria Real Estate 480 Arsenal St. Watertown, MA

  Equipment Utility Matrix     7-9-07  

 

LOGO

 

THE RICHMOND GROUP

  7/10/2007   Page 1 of 9


WMR BioMedical -

Alexandria Real Estate 480 Arsenal St. Watertown, MA

  Equipment Utility Matrix     7-9-07  

 

LOGO

 

THE RICHMOND GROUP

  7/10/2007   Page 2 of 9


WMR BioMedical -

Alexandria Real Estate 480 Arsenal St. Watertown, MA

  Equipment Utility Matrix     7-9-07  

 

LOGO

 

THE RICHMOND GROUP

  7/10/2007   Page 3 of 9


WMR BioMedical -

Alexandria Real Estate 480 Arsenal St. Watertown, MA

  Equipment Utility Matrix     7-9-07  

 

LOGO

 

THE RICHMOND GROUP

  7/10/2007   Page 4 of 9


WMR BioMedical -

Alexandria Real Estate 480 Arsenal St. Watertown, MA

  Equipment Utility Matrix     7-9-07  

 

LOGO

 

THE RICHMOND GROUP

  7/10/2007   Page 5 of 9


WMR BioMedical -

Alexandria Real Estate 480 Arsenal St. Watertown, MA

  Equipment Utility Matrix     7-9-07  

 

LOGO

 

THE RICHMOND GROUP

  7/10/2007   Page 6 of 9


WMR BioMedical -

Alexandria Real Estate 480 Arsenal St. Watertown, MA

  Equipment Utility Matrix     7-9-07  

 

LOGO

 

THE RICHMOND GROUP

  7/10/2007   Page 7 of 9


WMR BioMedical -

Alexandria Real Estate 480 Arsenal St. Watertown, MA

  Equipment Utility Matrix     7-9-07  

 

LOGO

 

THE RICHMOND GROUP

  7/10/2007   Page 8 of 9


WMR BioMedical -

Alexandria Real Estate 480 Arsenal St. Watertown, MA

  Equipment Utility Matrix     7-9-07  

 

LOGO

 

THE RICHMOND GROUP

  7/10/2007   Page 9 of 9


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 10

 

SCHEDULE C TO WORK LETTER

Outline Base Building Specifications

Site:

 

   

Repaved and reconfigured driveways and parking lot per proposed site plan. Parking lot to accommodate about 388 spaces or 2.7 per thousand sf.

 

   

New exterior landscaping in parking areas and around building per landscape plans.

 

   

Existing domestic water and fire service upgraded as required.

 

   

Sewer connection for domestic and industrial wastewater.

 

   

New exterior pedestal signage per Alexandria spec and Town of Watertown requirements. Main building sign reading “Alexandria Technology Center” to be placed at south boundary of site facing the entry road. Building-mounted tenant identification sign to be provided for tenants leasing greater them 50,000 sf.

 

   

New intermediate pressure natural gas service providing 36,000 cfh capacity.

Concrete/Masonry:

 

   

New concrete footings beneath two-story sections.

 

   

Place/finish concrete slab on grade at where required.

 

   

New second floor slab with design live load of 120 Ibs/sf.

Steel/Metals:

 

   

New framing and bracing to meet current seismic code and to provide 120 Ib/sf live load at second floor.

 

   

New stairs to second floor as shown on shell building floor plan.

 

   

Miscellaneous metal items (lintels, canopy framing, etc.) related to shell building construction.

Exterior:

 

   

New Exterior wall/windows to include brick masonry with precast concrete accents, E.I.F.S parapet, 201 +/- ribbon window glazing units, and accent certain wall system at south wall of high-bay section, all as shown on shell building elevations.

 

   

New roofing system on entire roof consisting of fully-adhered single-ply EPDM with rigid insulation.

 

   

Acoustical roof screen for chillers at 2nd floor roof.

Interior:

 

   

Finished first floor building lobby and corridor at main entrance including flooring, wood or tilewall accents, drywall and suspended ceilings and appropriate accent lighting.

 

   

Finished shell building electrical room.

 

   

Finished loading area with truck bay(s), dumpster pad.

 

   

Doors and frames at comman areas: aluminum and glass at entries, hollow metal frames and hollow metal doors at service areas, solid core wood doors at other areas, and heavy-duty lever hardware.

 

   

New common area restrooms with shower facilities, located off main corridor.

Elevators:

 

   

New 5,000 pound capacity freight elevator near center corridor. New 2,500 pound passenger elevator at front lobby.

Plumbling/Fire Protection:

 

   

New 4" water service & new double check valve assemblies and backflow prevention as needed.

 

   

Combination sprinkler/standpipe system with fire department valves.

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 11

 

   

Alarm check-valve and Siamese connection.

 

   

Flow control valve assemblies and test drains.

 

   

Sprinkler coverage to all core areas.

 

   

Flow switches, tamper switches, pressure switches

 

   

Fixtures and plumbing for new common area restrooms.

Mechanical:

 

   

New high-efficiency gas-fired boilers and hot water pumps, sized to meet 1.5 cfm/sf ventilation requirement, to be located in tenant mechanical rooms.

 

   

New air-cooled chillers and chilled water pumps, sized to meet 1.5 cfm/sf ventilation requirement, located on second floor roof.

 

   

Rooftop HVAC units for lobby, common corridors, and restrooms.

Electrical:

 

   

Existing House Main Switchboard, dual food, consisting of 4,000 amps at 480/277 volts and 2,000 amps at 480/277 volts.

 

   

Exit/emergency life safety fighting consisting of battery packs in the lobbies, loading dock, and common mechanical spaces.

 

   

New City-connected addressable fire alarm system including code-required devices at lobbies, loading dock, and common mechanical spaces.

 

   

New site lighting per site plan.

 

   

Conduit to stand-by generator pad location in parking lot.

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 12

 

SCHEDULE D TO WORK LETTER

Landlord’s Work – Base Building Work

 

1.

Design and construct new mechanical room in first floor Area D.

 

2.

Provide new air handler with associated piping and duct to provide 1.5 cfm to Area D per Base Building Specification.

 

3.

Regrade and place concrete slab in first floor Area D

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 1

 

EXHIBIT D TO LEASE

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE

This ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE is made as of this          day of                     , 2007, between ARE-480 Arsenal Street, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and WMR Biomedical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated as of                     , 2007 (the Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree, for all purposes of the Lease, that the Commencement Date of the Base Term of the Lease is                     ,                      and the termination date of the Base Term of the Lease shall be midnight on                     ,                     . In case of a conflict between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this Acknowledgement of Commencement Date, this Acknowledgement of Commencement Date shall control for all purposes.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE to be effective on the date first above written.

 

TENANT:
WMR BIOMEDICAL, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

Its:  

 

LANDLORD:
ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership,

managing member

By:  

ARE-QRS CORP.,

a Maryland corporation,

general partner

By:  

 

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 1

 

EXHIBIT E TO LEASE

Rules and Regulations

1. The sidewalk, entries, and driveways of the Project shall not be obstructed by Tenant, or any Tenant Party, or used by them for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises.

2. Tenant shall not place any objects, including antennas, outdoor furniture, etc., in the parking areas, landscaped areas or other areas outside of its Premises, or on the roof of the Project.

3. Except for animals assisting the disabled, no animals shall be allowed in the offices, halls, or corridors in the Project.

4. Tenant shall not disturb the occupants of the Project or adjoining buildings by the use of any radio or musical instrument or by the making of loud or improper noises.

5. If Tenant desires telegraphic, telephonic or other electric connections in the Premises, Landlord or its agent will direct the electrician as to where and how the wires may be introduced; and, without such direction, no boring or cutting of wires will be permitted. Any such installation or connection shall be made at Tenant’s expense.

6. Tenant shall not install or operate any steam or gas engine or boiler, or other mechanical apparatus in the Premises, except as specifically approved in the Lease. The use of oil, gas or inflammable liquids for heating, lighting or any other purpose is expressly prohibited. Explosives or other articles deemed extra hazardous shall not be brought into the Project.

7. Parking any type of recreational vehicles is specifically prohibited on or about the Project. Except for the overnight parking of operative vehicles, no vehicle of any type shall be stored in the parking areas at any time. In the event that a vehicle is disabled, it shall be removed within 48 hours. There shall be no “For Sale” or other advertising signs on or about any parked vehicle. All vehicles shall be parked in the designated parking areas in conformity with all signs and other markings. All parking will be open parking, and no reserved parking, numbering or lettering of individual spaces will be permitted except as specified by Landlord.

8. Tenant shall maintain the Premises free from rodents, insects and other pests.

9. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of the Rules and Regulations of the Project.

10. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage done to the effects of Tenant by the janitors or any other employee or person.

11. Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of any defects in the water, lawn sprinkler, sewage, gas pipes, electrical lights and fixtures, heating apparatus, or any other service equipment affecting the Premises.

12. Tenant shall not permit storage outside the Premises, including without limitation, outside storage of trucks and other vehicles, or dumping of waste or refuse or permit any harmful materials to be placed in any drainage system or sanitary system in or about the Premises.

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 2

 

13. All moveable trash receptacles provided by the trash disposal firm for the Premises must be kept in the trash enclosure areas, if any, provided for that purpose.

14. No auction, public or private, will be permitted on the Premises or the Project.

15. No awnings shall be placed over the windows in the Premises except with the prior written consent of Landlord.

16. The Premises shall not be used for lodging, sleeping or cooking or for any immoral or illegal purposes or for any purpose other than that specified in the Lease. No gaming devices shall be operated in the Premises.

17. Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord the maximum amount of electrical current which can safely be used in the Premises, taking into account the capacity of the electrical wiring in the Project and the Premises and the needs of other tenants, and shall not use more than such safe capacity. Landlord’s consent to the installation of electric equipment shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation not to use more electricity than such safe capacity.

18. Tenant assumes full responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage.

19. Tenant shall not install or operate on the Premises any machinery or mechanical devices of a nature not directly related to Tenant’s ordinary use of the Premises and shall keep all such machinery free of vibration, noise and air waves which may be transmitted beyond the Premises.

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


EXHIBIT F TO LEASE

TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY

None

 

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 1

LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT is made as of this 14 day of August, 2007, between ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and WMR BIOMEDICAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

 

Address:    480 Arsenal Street, Watertown, Massachusetts
Premises:    That portion of the Project comprised of all of Area 2C and a portion of Area 1D of the Building (as hereinafter defined), containing approximately 27,311 rentable square feet in the aggregate, as determined by Landlord, as more particularly shown on Exhibit A.
Project:    The real property on which the building (the “Building”) in which the Premises are located, together with all improvements thereon and appurtenances thereto as described on Exhibit B.
Base Rent*:    Months 1-12    $75,628.71, per month
   Months 13-24  $80,180.54, per month
   Months 25-36  $84,732.38, per month
   Months 37-48  $89,284.21, per month
   Months 49-60  $93,836.04, per month
   Months 61-63  $96,111.96, per month

Rentable Area of Premises:      27,311 sq. ft.

Rentable Area of Project:        140,744 sq. ft.    Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses: 19.40%

Security Deposit: $302,514.84                             Target Commencement Date: February 1, 2008

Rent Commencement Date: Commencement Date

 

Base Term:    Beginning on the Commencement Date and ending sixty-three (63) months from the first day of the first full month of the Term (as defined in Section 2) hereof

 

Permitted Use:            Research and development laboratory, related office and other related uses consistent with the character of the Project and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of Section 6 hereof.

 

Address for Rent Payment:    Landlord’s Notice Address:
385 E. Colorado Boulevard, Suite 299    385 E. Colorado Boulevard, Suite 299
Pasadena, CA 91101    Pasadena, CA 91101
Attention: Accounts Receivable    Attention: Corporate Secretary

 

     

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


480 Arsenal Street/WMR Biomedical, Inc. - Page 33

(j) Incorporation by Reference. All exhibits and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated into this Lease and made a part hereof. If there is any conflict between such exhibits or addenda and the terms of this Lease, such exhibits or addenda shall control.

(k) Hazardous Activities. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Landlord, for itself and its employees, agents and contractors, reserves the right to refuse to perform any repairs or services in any portion of the Premises which, pursuant to Tenant’s routine safety guidelines, practices or custom or prudent industry practices, require any form of protective clothing or equipment other than safety glasses. In any such case, Tenant shall contract with parties who are acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, for all such repairs and services, and Landlord shall, to the extent required, equitably adjust Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses in respect of such repairs or services to reflect that Landlord is not providing such repairs or services to Tenant.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:

WMR BIOMEDICAL, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Carmichael Roberts
  Carmichael Roberts, Chief Executive Officer

 

LANDLORD:

ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P.,
 

a Delaware limited partnership,

managing member

 

By:

 

ARE-QRS CORP.,

   

a Maryland corporation,

general partner

   

By:

  /s/ GARY DEAN
      GARY DEAN
      VP - RE LEGAL AFFAIRS

© All rights reserved – Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL – DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “First Amendment”) is made as of July 21, 2008, by and between ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and ARSENAL MEDICAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), formerly known as WMR Biomedical, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated as of August 14, 2007 (the “Lease”). Tenant leases certain space containing approximately 27,311 rentable square feet in a building located at 480 Arsenal Street, Watertown, Massachusetts (the “Premises”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings defined for such terms in the Lease.

B. Pursuant to Section 5(c) of the Work Letter, Landlord and Tenant agreed that for each $1.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises that the TI Budget was greater than the TI Costs, Landlord would reduce the amount of Base Rent due under the Lease by an amount equal to $0.10 per rentable square foot per year.

C. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the TI Budget exceeded the TI Costs by $1.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises.

D. Landlord and Tenant desire, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, to amend the Lease to provide for a reduction of Base Rent retroactive to the Commencement Date equal to $0.10 per rentable square foot per year.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals, which are incorporated herein by this reference, the mutual promises and conditions contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

Base Rent. The defined term “Base Rent” on page 1 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

  Base Rent:

  Months 1-12     $75,401.12

Months 13-24   $79,952.95

Months 25-36   $84,504,79

Months 37-48   $89,056.62

Months 49-60   $93,608.45

Months 61-63   $95,884.37”

 

2.

Base Rent Adjustment. The provisions of Section 5(c) of the Work Letter regarding adjustments in Base Rent shall be of no further force or effect, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any additional reductions to Base Rent due under the Lease.

 

3.

Broker. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “Broker”) in connection with the transaction reflected in this First Amendment and that no Broker brought about this transaction. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this First Amendment.

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


4.

Miscellaneous.

(a) This First Amendment is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions. This First Amendment may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

(b) This First Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective agents, employees, representatives, officers, directors, divisions, subsidiaries, affiliates, assigns, heirs, successors in interest and shareholders.

(c) This First Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The signature page of any counterpart may be detached therefrom without impairing the legal effect of the signature(s) thereon provided such signature page is attached to any other counterpart identical thereto except having additional signature pages executed by other parties to this First Amendment attached thereto.

(d) Except as amended and/or modified by this First Amendment, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed and all other terms of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unaltered and unchanged by this First Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this First Amendment and the provisions of the Lease, the provisions of this First Amendment shall prevail. Whether or not specifically amended by this First Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this First Amendment.

[Signatures are on the next page]

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this First Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:     ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
    By:   ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership, managing member
      By:  

ARE-QRS CORP.,
a Maryland corporation,

general partner

        By:   LOGO
        Its:   Vp
TENANT:     ARSENAL MEDICAL, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
    By:   LOGO
    Its:   PRESIDENT & CEO

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 


SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Second Amendment”) is made as of September 4, 2012, by and between ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and 480 BIOMEDICAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are now parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated as of August 14, 2007, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 21, 2008 (as amended, the Lease). Pursuant to the Lease, Tenant leases certain premises consisting of approximately 27,311 rentable square feet (“Premises”) in a building located at 480 Arsenal Street, Watertown, Massachusetts. The Premises are more particularly described in the Lease. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings defined for such terms in the Lease.

B. The Base Term of the Lease is scheduled to expire on April 30, 2013.

C. Landlord and Tenant desire, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, to amend the Lease to, among other things, extend the Base Term.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals, which are incorporated herein by this reference, the mutual promises and conditions contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

Base Term. The defined term Base Term on page 1 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Base Term: Beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on April 30, 2018.”

 

2.

Base Rent. Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent as provided for in the Lease through April 30, 2013. Commencing on May 1, 2013, Tenant shall commence paying Base Rent for the Premises at the rate of $36.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises per year, which shall be paid in equal monthly installments. Base Rent shall be increased on May 1, 2014, and on each May 1st thereafter during the Base Term (each, an Adjustment Date), by multiplying the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date by 3% (Rent Adjustment Percentage) and adding the resulting amount to the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date.

 

3.

Tl Allowance. Landlord shall make available to Tenant a tenant improvement allowance of up to $136,555 for the design and construction of fixed and permanent improvements desired by and performed by Tenant in the Premises pursuant to the Work Letter attached to this Second Amendment as Exhibit A.

 

4.

Expansion Rights.

a. Right of Second Offer. Subject to the superior rights of Selecta Pharmaceuticals (“Selecta”), commencing on January 1, 2013, and continuing through October 31, 2015 (“Expansion Right Period”), Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to expand the Premises (the Second Priority Expansion Right”) to include any Available Space in the Building upon the terms and conditions in this Section. For purposes of this Section 4(a), Available Space shall mean that certain space located on the first floor of the Building which is known as Suite 110, consisting of approximately 15,899 rentable square feet, which is not occupied by a tenant or which is occupied by a then-existing tenant whose lease is expiring within

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

1


six (6) months or less and such tenant does not wish to renew (whether or not such tenant has a right to renew) its occupancy of such space. Upon Tenant’s request, Landlord agrees to provide periodic updates from time to time to Tenant regarding the then-current expiration date of the then-existing tenant’s lease for the Available Space, any extension or renewal options available to such then-existing tenant or extension or renewal elections made by such then-existing tenant with respect to the Available Space, and the status of Selecta’s superior offer rights to lease such Available Space. If there is any Available Space in the Building at any time and from time to time during the Expansion Right Period, then prior to offering or marketing such Available Space to any third party (other than Selecta in accordance with the existing terms and provisions of Selecta’s lease as of the date hereof), but otherwise at such time as Landlord shall elect so long as Tenant’s rights hereunder are preserved, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant written notice (the SPER Expansion Notice”) of such Available Space, together with the fair market terms and conditions (including, without limitation, Landlord’s determination of the ROSO Market Rate (defined below)) on which Landlord is prepared to lease the Available Space to Tenant. The ROSO Market Rate shall mean the then fair market rental rate for space of comparable size, age and quality in laboratory/office buildings in the Market Set (defined below) for a comparable term, and taking into account rental concessions, tenant improvement allowances, all Alterations and other improvements to the Available Space and all other relevant factors. The Market Set shall mean and include the following markets: Watertown, Waltham, Lexington and the Alewife section of Cambridge, Massachusetts. If the parties are unable to agree on the ROSO Market Rate within forty-five (45) days after Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of an SPER Exercise Notice (defined below), the ROSO Market Rate shall be determined by arbitration pursuant to Section 40 of the Lease. Provided that Selecta does not exercise its expansion right with respect to the Available Space, Tenant shall be entitled to lease such Available Space as provided in this Section 4(a). Tenant shall have seven (7) business days following Tenant’s receipt of the SPER Expansion Notice to deliver to Landlord written notification of Tenant’s exercise of the Second Priority Expansion Right (SPER Exercise Notice”). If Tenant has elected to exercise its Second Priority Expansion Right by delivery of an SPER Exercise Notice pursuant to this Section 4(a), Tenant shall have no right thereafter to rescind or elect not to expand the Premises to include the Available Space. Tenant’s failure to deliver an SPER Exercise Notice to Landlord shall be deemed to be an election by Tenant not to exercise Tenant’s Second Priority Expansion Right with respect to the Available Space, in which case Landlord shall have the right to lease the Available Space to any third party on any terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord; provided, however, that if Landlord intends to lease the Available Space to a third party for ninety-two and one-half percent (92.5%) or less of the net effective rent contained in the SPER Expansion Notice, then prior to leasing the Available Space to a third party, Landlord shall again give Tenant an SPER Expansion Notice and Tenant shall again have its Second Priority Expansion Right, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 4(a).

b. Right of First Offer. Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, during the Expansion Right Period to expand the Premises (the Expansion Right”) to include any Expansion Space in the Building upon the terms and conditions in this Section 4(b). For purposes of this Section 4(b), Expansion Space shall mean any space on the first floor of the Building (other than the Available Space) which is not occupied by an existing tenant or which is occupied by a tenant whose lease is expiring within six (6) months, or less and such then tenant does not wish to renew (whether or not such tenant has a right to renew) its occupancy of such space. Upon Tenant’s request, Landlord agrees to provide periodic updates from time to time to Tenant regarding the then-current expiration date of each then-existing tenants’ leases for the Expansion Space, any extension or renewal options available to such then-existing tenants or extension or renewal elections made by such then-existing tenants with respect to the Expansion Space. If there is any Expansion Space available at any time and from time to time during the Expansion Right Period, then prior to offering or marketing such Expansion Space to any third party, but otherwise at such time as Landlord shall elect so long as Tenant’s rights hereunder are preserved, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant written notice (the ROFO Expansion Notice”) of such Expansion Space (Identified Space”), together with the fair market terms and conditions

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

2


(including, without limitation, Landlord’s determination of the ROFO Market Rate (defined below)) on which Landlord is prepared to lease Tenant such Identified Space. The ROFO Market Rate shall mean the then fair market rental rate for space of comparable size, age and quality in laboratory/office buildings in the Market Set for a comparable term, and taking into account rental concessions, tenant improvement allowances, all Alterations and other improvements to the Identified Space and all other relevant factors. If the parties are unable to agree on the ROFO Market Rate within forty-five (45) days after Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of an ROFO Exercise Notice (defined below), the ROFO Market Rate shall be determined by arbitration pursuant to Section 40 of the Lease. Tenant shall have seven (7) business days following Tenant’s receipt of the ROFO Expansion Notice to deliver to Landlord written notification of Tenant’s exercise of the Expansion Right (ROFO Exercise Notice”). If Tenant has elected to exercise its Expansion Right by delivery of a ROFO Exercise Notice pursuant to this Section 4(b), Tenant shall have no right thereafter to rescind or elect not to expand the Premises to include the Identified Space. Tenant’s failure to deliver a ROFO Exercise Notice to Landlord shall be deemed to be an election by Tenant not to exercise Tenant’s Expansion Right with respect to the identified Space, in which case Landlord shall have the right to lease the Identified Space to any third party on any terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord; provided, however, that if Landlord intends to lease the Identified Space to a third party for ninety-two and one-half percent (92.5%) or less of the net effective rent contained in the ROFO Expansion Notice, then prior to leasing the Identified Space to a third party, Landlord shall again give Tenant an ROFO Expansion Notice and Tenant shall again have its Expansion Right, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 4(b).

c. Amended Lease. If: (i) Tenant fails to timely deliver an SPER Exercise Notice or ROFO Exercise Notice, or (ii) after both parties having used diligent and good faith efforts to negotiate a lease amendment or lease agreement and after the expiration of a period of twenty (20) days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a lease amendment or lease agreement for Tenant’s lease of the Available Space or Identified Space, as applicable, no lease amendment or lease agreement for the Available Space or Identified Space, as applicable, acceptable to both parties each in their sole and absolute discretion, has been executed, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its right to lease such Available Space or Identified Space, as applicable.

d. Exceptions. Notwithstanding the above, the SPER Expansion Right and the Expansion Right shall, at Landlord’s option, not be in effect and may not be exercised by Tenant:

(i) during any period of time that Tenant is in default under any provision of the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods; or

(ii) if Tenant has been in Default under any provision of the Lease three (3) or more times, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the twelve (12) month period prior to the date on which Tenant seeks to exercise the SPER Expansion Right or the Expansion Right.

e. Termination. The SPER Expansion Right and the Expansion Right shall, at Landlord’s option, terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the SPER Expansion Right or the Expansion Right, as applicable, if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the lease of such Available Space or Identified Space, as applicable, (i) Tenant fails to timely cure any default by Tenant under the Lease; or (ii) Tenant has Defaulted three (3) or more times during the period from the date of the exercise of the SPER Expansion Right or the Expansion Right, as applicable, to the date of the commencement of the lease of the Available Space or the Identified Space, whether or not such Defaults are cured.

f. Subordinate. Tenant’s rights in connection with the Available Space pursuant to Section 4(a) are and shall be subject to and subordinate to any existing expansion rights granted in the Available Space to Selecta as of the date hereof, and to the rights of the then-existing tenant of the Available Space.

 

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

3


g. Rights Personal. The SPER Expansion Right and the Expansion Right are personal to Tenant and are not assignable without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in the Lease, except that they may be assigned in connection with any Permitted Assignment of this Lease.

h. No Extensions. The period of time within which the SPER Expansion Right and the Expansion Right may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise the SPER Expansion Right or the Expansion Right.

 

5.

Right to Extend. Section 39 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“39. Right to Extend Term. Tenant shall have the right to extend the Term of the Lease upon the following terms and conditions:

(a) Extension Rights. Tenant shall have one (1) right (an “Extension Right”) to extend the term of this Lease for five (5) years (an “Extension Term”) on the same terms and conditions as this Lease (other than with respect to Base Rent or any Work Letter) by giving Landlord written notice of its election to exercise the Extension Right at least nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the Base Term of the Lease.

Upon the commencement of the Extension Term, Base Rent shall be payable at 95% of the Extension Market Rate (as defined below). Base Rent shall thereafter be adjusted on each annual anniversary of the commencement of such Extension Term by a percentage as determined by Landlord and agreed to by Tenant at the time the Extension Market Rate is determined or pursuant to arbitration as provided hereafter if Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree on Base Rent escalations for the Extension Term. As used herein, “Extension Market Rate” shall mean the then market rental rate for space of comparable size, age and quality in laboratory/office buildings in the Market Set for a comparable term, taking into account rental concessions, tenant improvement allowances, all Alterations and other improvements to the Premises, and all other relevant factors.

If, on or before the date which is one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the expiration of the Base Term of this Lease, Landlord and Tenant have not agreed on the Extension Market Rate and the rent escalations during the Extension Term after negotiating in good faith, Tenant shall be deemed to have elected arbitration as described in Section 40. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, if Tenant has elected to exercise the Extension Right by delivering notice to Landlord as required in this Section 39(a), Tenant shall have no right thereafter to rescind or elect not to extend the term of the Lease for the Extension Term.

(b) Rights Personal. The Extension Right is personal to Tenant and is not assignable without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in the Lease, except that they may be assigned in connection with any Permitted Assignment of this Lease.

(c) Exceptions. Notwithstanding anything set forth above to the contrary, the Extension Right shall, at Landlord’s option, not be in effect and Tenant may not exercise the Extension Right:

(i) during any period of time that Tenant is in default under any provision of this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods; or

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

4


(ii) if Tenant has been in Default under any provision of this Lease three (3) or more times, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the twelve (12) month period immediately prior to the date that Tenant intends to exercise the Extension Right, whether or not the Defaults are cured.

(d) No Extensions. The period of time within which the Extension Right may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise the Extension Right.

(e) Termination. The Extension Right shall, at Landlord’s option, terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Extension Right, if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the Extension Term, (i) Tenant fails to timely cure any default by Tenant under this Lease; or (ii) Tenant has Defaulted three (3) or more times during the period from the date of the exercise of the Extension Right to the date of the commencement of the Extension Term, whether or not such Defaults are cured.”

 

6.

Arbitration. Section 40 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“40. Arbitration.

(a) Within ten (10) days of Tenant’s notice to Landlord of its election (or deemed election) to arbitrate the ROSO Market Rate, the ROFO Market Rate, the Extension Market Rate, and any escalations associated therewith, as applicable, each party shall deliver to the other a proposal containing the ROSO Market Rate, the ROFO Market Rate or the Extension Market Rate, as applicable, and escalations that the submitting party believes to be correct (each, an “Extension Proposal”). If either party fails to timely submit an Extension Proposal, the other party’s submitted proposal shall determine the Base Rent and escalations for the Available Space, Identified Space, or the Extension Term, as applicable. If both parties submit Extension Proposals, then Landlord and Tenant shall meet within seven (7) days after delivery of the last Extension Proposal and make a good faith attempt to mutually appoint a single Arbitrator (as defined below) to determine the ROSO Market Rate, the ROFO Market Rate, the Extension Market Rate and escalations, as applicable. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon a single Arbitrator, then each shall, by written notice delivered to the other within ten (10) days after the meeting, select an Arbitrator. If either party fails to timely give notice of its selection for an Arbitrator, the other party’s submitted proposal shall determine the Base Rent and escalations for the Available Space, Identified Space, or the Extension Term, as applicable. The two (2) Arbitrators so appointed shall, within five (5) business days after their appointment, appoint a third Arbitrator. If the two (2) Arbitrators so selected cannot agree on the selection of the third Arbitrator within the time above specified, then either party, on behalf of both parties, may request such appointment of such third Arbitrator by application to any state court of general jurisdiction in the jurisdiction in which the Premises are located, upon ten (10) days prior written notice to the other party of such intent.

(b) The decision of the Arbitrator(s) shall be made within thirty (30) days after the appointment of a single Arbitrator or the third Arbitrator, as applicable. The decision of the single Arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the parties. The average of the two closest Arbitrators in a three Arbitrator panel shall be final and binding upon the parties. Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the Arbitrator appointed by or on behalf of such party and the fees and expenses of the third Arbitrator shall be borne equally by both parties. If the ROSO Market Rate or the ROFO Market Rate and escalations are not determined prior to the commencement date of the lease with respect to the Available Space or the Identified Space, as applicable, then Tenant shall pay Landlord Base Rent for the Available Space or Identified Space, as applicable, in an amount equal to the per square foot rate of Base Rent then payable with respect to the existing Premises until such determination is made. After the determination of the ROSO Market Rate, the ROFO Market Rate and escalations, as applicable, the parties shall make any necessary

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

5


adjustments to such payments made by Tenant with respect to the Available Space or Identified Space, as applicable. Landlord and Tenant shall then execute an amendment recognizing the ROSO Market Rate or ROFO Market Rate, as applicable, and escalations for the Available Space or Identified Space, as applicable. If the Extension Market Rate and escalations are not determined by the first day of the Extension Term, then Tenant shall pay Landlord Base Rent in an amount equal to the Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the Extension Term and increased by the Rent Adjustment Percentage until such determination is made. After the determination of the Extension Market Rate and escalations, the parties shall make any necessary adjustments to such payments made by Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall then execute an amendment recognizing the Extension Market Rate and escalations for the Extension Term.

(c) An Arbitrator shall be any person appointed by or on behalf of either party or appointed pursuant to the provisions hereof and: (i) shall be (A) a member of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers with not less than ten (10) years of experience in the appraisal of improved office, laboratory and/or life sciences real estate in the greater Boston metropolitan area, or (B) a licensed commercial real estate broker with not less than fifteen (15) years experience (unless Landlord and Tenant otherwise mutually agree to appoint a licensed commercial real estate broker with less than fifteen (15) years experience) representing landlords and/or tenants in the leasing of office, laboratory and/or life sciences real estate in the greater Boston metropolitan area, (ii) devoting substantially all of their time to professional appraisal or brokerage work, as applicable, at the time of appointment and (iii) be in all respects impartial and disinterested.

 

7.

Business Relationship Parties. Notwithstanding anything in Section 21 or any other provision of the Lease to contrary, Tenant may from time to time permit employees of Arsenal Medical, Inc. (each, a “Business Relationship Party”) to occupy space within the Premises pursuant to an occupancy agreement between Tenant and Arsenal Medical, Inc., a copy of which Tenant shall deliver to Landlord concurrently with its delivery of an executed original of this Second Amendment, provided that (a) Tenant does not separately demise such space and the Business Relationship Parties utilize, in common with Tenant, certain shared central services, such as reception, photocopying and the like; and (b) the Business Relationship Parties occupy space in the Premises for the Permitted Uses and for no other purpose. If any Business Relationship Parties occupy any portion of the Premises as described herein, it is agreed that (i) the Business Relationship Parties must comply with all provisions of the Lease; (ii) all notices required of Landlord under the Lease shall be forwarded only to Tenant in accordance with the terms of this Lease and in no event shall Landlord be required to send any notices to any Business Relationship Parties; (iii) in no event shall any use or occupancy of any portion of the Premises by any Business Relationship Parties release or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease; and (iv) in no event shall the occupancy of any portion of the Premises by Business Relationship Parties be deemed to create a landlord/tenant relationship between Landlord and such Business Relationship Parties, and, in all instances, Tenant shall be considered the sole tenant under this Lease notwithstanding the occupancy of any portion of the Premises by the Business Relationship Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall be fully responsible for the acts of the Business Relationship Parties entering the Premises pursuant to this paragraph and, as a condition to permitting them to enter, such Business Relationship Parties agree that Landlord shall have no liability to or in connection with such parties for any matters.

 

8.

Brokers. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “Broker”) in connection with the transaction reflected in this Second Amendment and that no Broker brought about this transaction, other than Colliers International. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than the broker, if any named in this Second Amendment, claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this leasing transaction. Landlord shall pay any commission due to Colliers International pursuant to a separate written agreement between Landlord and Colliers International.

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

6


9.

Miscellaneous.

a. This Second Amendment is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions. This Second Amendment may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

b. This Second Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective agents, employees, representatives, officers, directors, divisions, subsidiaries, affiliates, assigns, heirs, successors in interest and shareholders.

c. This Second Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The signature page of any counterpart may be detached therefrom without the legal effect of the signature(s) thereon provided such signature page is attached to any other counterpart identical thereto except having additional signature pages executed by other parties to this Second Amendment attached thereto.

d. Except as amended and/or modified by this Second Amendment, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed and all other terms of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unaltered and unchanged by this Second Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Second Amendment and the provisions of the Lease, the provisions of this Second Amendment shall prevail. Whether or not specifically amended by this Second Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this Second Amendment.

[Signatures are on the next page.]

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:     ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC,
    a Delaware limited liability company
    By:   ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, LP., a
      Delaware limited partnership,
      managing member
      By:   ARE-QRS CORP.,
        a Maryland corporation,
        general partner
        By:   /s/ Eric S. Johnson
        Its:   Vice President
          Real Estate Legal Affairs

 

TENANT:     480 BIOMEDICAL, INC.,
    a Delaware corporation
    By:   LOGO
    Its:   EVP, CBO

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

8


EXHIBIT A TO LEASE

WORK LETTER

THIS WORK LETTER (this “Work Letter”) is incorporated into that certain Lease Agreement dated as of August 14, 2007, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 21, 2008, and as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of September 4, 2012 (“Second Amendment”) (as amended, the “Lease”), now by and between ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and 480 BIOMEDICAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

1. General Requirements.

(a) Tenant’s Authorized Representative. Tenant designates Raymond Knox and Marion Imposimato (either such individual acting alone, “Tenant’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Tenant pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other communication (“Communication”) from or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing (which may include email) from Tenant’s Representative. Tenant may change either Tenant’s Representative at any time upon not less than five (5) business days advance written notice to Landlord.

(b) Landlord’s Authorized Representative. Landlord designates Joe Maguire and Jo Ann Merlino-Rogers (either such individual acting alone, “Landlord’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other Communication from or on behalf of Landlord in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing (which may include email) from Landlord’s Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Representative at any time upon not less than five (5) business days advance written notice to Tenant.

(c) Architects, Consultants and Contractors. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the architect (the “TI Architect”) for the Tenant Improvements (as defined in Section 2(a) below), the general contractor, project manager, any consultants and any subcontractors for the Tenant improvements shall be selected by Tenant, subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord shall be named a third party beneficiary of any contract entered into by Tenant with the TI Architect, any consultant, any contractor or any subcontractor, and of any warranty made by any contractor or any subcontractor.

2. Tenant Improvements.

(a) Tenant Improvements Defined. As used herein, “Tenant improvements” shall mean all improvements to the Premises desired by Tenant of a fixed and permanent nature. Other than funding the TI Allowance (as defined below) as provided herein, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever with respect to the Tenant Improvements.

(b) Tenant’s Space Plans. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord schematic drawings and outline specifications (the “TI Design Drawings”) detailing Tenant’s requirements for the Tenant Improvements on or before December 31, 2012. Tenant shall have the right to deliver successive sets of TI Design Drawings to Landlord if Tenant elects to perform the Tenant Improvements in phases. If Tenant elects to perform the Tenant Improvements in phases, the time periods set forth in this Section 2 shall apply with respect to the particular set of TI Design Drawings applicable to each phase. Not more than seven (7) days thereafter, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant the written objections, questions or comments of Landlord and the TI Architect with regard to the TI Design Drawings. Tenant shall cause the TI Design Drawings to be revised to reasonably address such written comments and shall resubmit said drawings to Landlord for approval within fifteen (15) business days thereafter. Such process shall continue until Landlord has approved the TI Design Drawings.

 

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

C-1


(c) Working Drawings. Not later than thirty (30) business days following the approval of the TI Design Drawings by Landlord, Tenant shall cause the TI Architect to prepare and deliver to Landlord for review and comment construction plans, specifications and drawings for the Tenant Improvements (“TI Construction Drawings”), which TI Construction Drawings shall be prepared substantially in accordance with the TI Design Drawings. Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the TI Construction Drawings reflect Tenant’s requirements for the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall deliver its written comments on the TI Construction Drawings to Tenant not later than ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the same; provided, however, that Landlord may not disapprove any matter that is consistent with the TI Design Drawings. Tenant and the TI Architect shall consider all such comments in good faith and shall, within ten (10) business days after receipt, notify Landlord how Tenant proposes to respond to such comments. Any disputes in connection with such comments shall be resolved in accordance with Section 2(d) hereof. Provided that the design reflected in the TI Construction Drawings is consistent with the TI Design Drawings, Landlord shall approve the TI Construction Drawings submitted by Tenant. Once approved by Landlord, subject to the provisions of Section 4 below, Tenant shall not materially modify the TI Construction Drawings except as may be reasonably required in connection with the issuance of the TI Permit (as defined in Section 3(a) below).

(d) Approval and Completion. If any dispute regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements is not settled within ten (10) business days after notice of such dispute is delivered by one party to the other, Tenant may make the final decision regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, provided (i) Tenant acts reasonably and such final decision is either consistent with or a compromise between Landlord’s and Tenant’s positions with respect to such dispute, (ii) that all costs and expenses resulting from any such decision by Tenant shall be payable out of the TI Fund (as defined in Section 5(d) below), and (iii) Tenant’s decision will not affect the base Building, structural components of the Building or any Building Systems (in which case Landlord shall make the final decision). Any changes to the TI Construction Drawings following Landlord’s and Tenant’s approval of same requested by Tenant shall be processed as provided in Section 4 hereof.

3. Performance of the Tenant Improvements.

(a) Commencement and Permitting of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall commence construction of each phase of the Tenant Improvements upon obtaining and delivering to Landlord a building permit for such phase (the “TI Permit”) authorizing the construction of the Tenant Improvements consistent with the TI Construction Drawings approved by Landlord. The cost of obtaining the TI Permit shall be payable from the TI Fund. Landlord shall reasonably assist and cooperate with Tenant in obtaining the TI Permit and all licenses and permits related to the TI Permit, if any, required for the construction and completion of the Tenant Improvements. Prior to the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of any contract with Tenant’s contractors (including the TI Architect), and certificates of insurance from any contractor performing any part of the Tenant Improvement evidencing industry standard commercial general liability, automotive liability, “builder’s risk”, and workers’ compensation insurance. Tenant shall cause the general contractor to provide a certificate of insurance naming Landlord, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc., and Landlord’s lender (if any) as additional insureds for the general contractor’s liability coverages required above.

(b) Selection of Materials, Etc. Where more than one type of material or structure is indicated on the TI Construction Drawings approved by Tenant and Landlord, the option will be within Tenant’s reasonable discretion if the matter concerns the Tenant Improvements, and within Landlord’s sole and absolute subjective discretion if the matter concerns the structural components of the Building or any Building System.

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

C-2


(c) Tenant Liability. Tenant shall be responsible for correcting any deficiencies or defects in the Tenant Improvements.

(d) Substantial Completion. Tenant shall substantially complete or cause to be substantially completed the Tenant Improvements in a good and workmanlike manner, in accordance with the TI Permit subject, in each case, to Minor Variations and normal “punch list” items of a non-material nature which do not interfere with the use of the Premises (“Substantial Completion” or “Substantially Complete”). Upon Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall require the TI Architect and the general contractor to execute and deliver, for the benefit of Tenant and Landlord, a Certificate of Substantial Completion in the form of the American Institute of Architects (“AIA”) document G704. For purposes of this Work Letter, “Minor Variations” shall mean any modifications reasonably required: (i) to comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and/or to obtain or to comply with any required permit (including the TI Permit); (ii) to comport with good design, engineering, and construction practices which are not material; or (iii) to make reasonable adjustments for field deviations or conditions encountered during the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

4. Changes. Any changes requested by Tenant to the Tenant Improvements after the delivery and approval by Landlord of the TI Design Drawings, shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 and shall be subject to the written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(a) Tenant’s Right to Request Changes. If Tenant shall request changes (“Changes”), Tenant shall request such Changes by notifying Landlord in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “Change Request”), which Change Request shall detail the nature and extent of any such Change. Such Change Request must be signed by Tenant’s Representative. Landlord shall review and approve or disapprove such Change Request within ten (10) business days thereafter, provided that Landlord’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(b) Implementation of Changes. If Landlord approves such Change and Tenant deposits with Landlord any Excess TI Costs (as defined in Section 5(d) below) required in connection with such Change, Tenant may cause the approved Change to be instituted. If any TI Permit modification or change is required as a result of such Change, Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with a copy of such TI Permit modification or change.

5. Costs.

(a) Budget For Tenant Improvements. Before the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall obtain a detailed breakdown, by trade, of the costs incurred or that will be incurred, in connection with the design and construction of The Tenant Improvements (the “Budget”), and deliver a copy of the Budget to Landlord for Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. The parties agree that Tenant may prepare a separate Budget for each particular phase of the Tenant Improvements. The Budget shall be based upon the TI Construction Drawings approved by Landlord. If the Budget is greater than the TI Allowance, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the difference, in cash, prior to the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, for disbursement by Landlord as described in Section 5(d).

(b) TI Allowance. Landlord shall provide to Tenant a tenant improvement allowance (“TI Allowance”) of $5.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises, or $136,555 in the aggregate. The TI Allowance shall be disbursed in accordance with this Work Letter.

Tenant shall have no right to the use or benefit (including any reduction to Base Rent) of any portion of the TI Allowance not required for the construction of (i) the Tenant Improvements described in the TI Construction Drawings approved pursuant to Section 2(d), (ii) any Changes pursuant to Section 4, or (iii) the construction of Alterations in the Premises (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include any Available Space or Identified Space leased by Tenant) pursuant to Section 11 of the Lease. Tenant shall have no right to any portion of the TI Allowance that is not disbursed before the expiration of the Expansion Right Period.

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

C-3


(c) Costs Includable in TI Fund. The TI Fund shall be used solely for the following purposes (collectively, TI Costs”): payment of design, permits (including, without limitation, the TI Permit) and construction costs in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, Tenant’s voice or data cabling, the cost of electrical power and other utilities used in connection with the construction of the Tenant improvements, project management of all aspects of the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements, the cost of preparing the TI Design Drawings and the TI Construction Drawings, all costs set forth in the Budget, and the cost of Changes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, but subject to the preceding sentence, the TI Fund shall not be used to purchase any furniture, personal property or other non-Building system materials or equipment, including, but not limited to, non-ducted biological safety cabinets and other scientific equipment not incorporated into the Tenant Improvements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, including, without limitation, Section 11, Landlord shall not charge, and Tenant shall have no liability or responsibility to pay to Landlord, any administrative rent, construction management fee, construction oversight fee, or any similar costs or fees, except that Landlord shall be entitled to reimbursement for any third-party out-of-pocket costs or expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with its assistance and cooperation with Tenant in obtaining the TI Permit and other licenses and permits related to the TI Permit.

(d) Excess TI Costs. Landlord shall have no obligation to bear any portion of the cost of any of the Tenant Improvements except to the extent of the TI Allowance. If at any time and from time-to-time, the remaining TI Costs under the Budget exceed the remaining unexpended TI Allowance, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, as a condition precedent to Landlord’s obligation to fund the TI Allowance, 100% of the then current TI Cost in excess of the remaining TI Allowance (Excess TI Costs”). If Tenant fails to deposit, or is late in depositing any Excess TI Costs with Landlord, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including, but not limited to, the right to interest at the Default Rate and the right to assess a late charge). For purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts, those amounts will be deemed Rent under the Lease. The TI Allowance and Excess TI Costs is herein referred to as the TI Fund.” Funds deposited by Tenant shall be the first thereafter disbursed to pay TI Costs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 5(d), Tenant shall be fully and solely liable for TI Costs and the cost of Minor Variations in excess of the TI Allowance. If upon Substantial Completion of all phases of the Tenant Improvements and the payment of all sums due in connection therewith there remains any undisbursed portion of the TI Fund, Tenant shall be entitled to such undisbursed TI Fund solely to the extent of any Excess TI Costs deposit Tenant has actually made with Landlord.

(e) Payment for TI Costs. During the course of design and construction of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall pay TI Costs once a month against a draw request in Landlord’s standard form, containing evidence that such TI Costs are due and such certifications, lien waivers (including a conditional lien release for each progress payment and unconditional lien releases for the prior month’s progress payments), inspection reports and other matters as Landlord customarily obtains, to the extent of Landlord’s approval thereof for payment, no later than thirty (30) days following receipt of such draw request. Upon completion of the Tenant Improvements (and prior to any final disbursement of the TI Fund), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) sworn statements setting forth the names of all contractors and first tier subcontractors who did the work and final, unconditional lien waivers from all such contractors and first tier subcontractors; (ii) as-built plans (one copy in print format and two copies in electronic CAD format) for such Tenant Improvements; (iii) a certification of substantial completion in Form AIA G704, (iv) if required by the Town of Watertown as a result of the Tenant Improvements, a certificate of occupancy or temporary a certificate of occupancy for the Premises; and (v) if applicable, copies of all operation and maintenance manuals and warranties affecting the Premises.

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

C-4


6. Miscellaneous.

(a) Consents. Whenever consent or approval of either party is required under this Work Letter, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, except as may be expressly set forth herein to the contrary.

(b) Modification. No modification, waiver or amendment of this Work Letter or of any of its conditions or provisions shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.Default. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein or in the Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not have any obligation to perform any work hereunder or to fund any portion of the TI Fund during any period Tenant is in default under the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods.

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

C-5


THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Third Amendment”) is made as of September 6, 2013, by and between ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and 480 BIOMEDICAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are now parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated as of August 14, 2007, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 21, 2008, and as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated September 4, 2012 (as amended, the “Lease”). Pursuant to the Lease, Tenant leases certain premises consisting of approximately 27,311 rentable square feet (Original Premises”) in a building located at 480 Arsenal Street, Watertown, Massachusetts. The Original Premises are more particularly described in the Lease. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings defined for such terms in the Lease.

B. Landlord and Tenant desire, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, to amend the Lease to, among other things, expand the size of the Original Premises by adding approximately 7,828 rentable square feet on the first floor of the Building.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals, which are incorporated herein by this reference, the mutual promises and conditions contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

Expansion Premises. In addition to the Original Premises, commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date (as defined below), Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, that certain portion of the first floor of the Building containing approximately 7,828 rentable square feet, as shown on Exhibit A attached to this Third Amendment (“Expansion Premises”). Prior to the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the Expansion Premises was occupied by Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Dicerna”) pursuant to a lease between Landlord and Dicerna dated as of March 14, 2008, as amended.

 

2.

Delivery. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to make the Expansion Premises available to Tenant for Tenant’s Work (as defined in the Expansion Premises Work Letter) under the Expansion Premises Work Letter attached to this Third Amendment as Exhibit B (Delivery or “Deliver) on or before December 1, 2013 (“Target Expansion Premises Commencement Date”). If Landlord fails to timely Deliver the Expansion Premises, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, and this Third Amendment shall not be void or voidable except as provided herein. If Landlord does not Deliver the Expansion Premises on or before June 1, 2014, for any reason other than Force Majeure delays and delays caused by Tenant, this Third Amendment may be terminated by Tenant by written notice to Landlord, and if so terminated by Tenant, neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further rights, duties or obligations under the Lease with respect to the Expansion Premises, except with respect to provisions which expressly survive termination of the Lease. If Tenant does not elect to terminate this Third Amendment on or before June 5, 2014, such right to void this Third Amendment shall be waived and this Third Amendment shall remain in full force and effect.

The “Expansion Premises Commencement Date” shall be the date Landlord Delivers the Expansion Premises to Tenant demised, as reflected on Exhibit A attached to this Third Amendment, from the adjacent space occupied by Dicerna (“Dicerna Premises”) and all Common Areas in the Building provided, however, that in no event shall the Expansion Premises Commencement Date occur prior to December 1, 2013. The “Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date” shall be the date that is 61 days after the Expansion Premises Commencement Date; provided, however, that if Tenant (or any sublessee of Tenant under

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

1


Section 21 of the Lease) conducts business in any portion of the Expansion Premises prior to the date that is 61 days after the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, then Tenant shall commence paying Base Rent with respect to the portion of the Expansion Premises in which business is being conducted only commencing on the date that Tenant (or any sublessee of Tenant under Section 21 of the Lease) commences conducting such business in the Expansion Premises. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver a written acknowledgment of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date when such is established in substantially the same form as the “Acknowledgement of Commencement Date” attached to the Lease as Exhibit D; provided, however, Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment shall not affect Landlord’s rights hereunder.

Except as set forth in the Expansion Premises Work Letter attached to this Third Amendment or except as otherwise set forth in the Lease: (i) Tenant shall accept the Expansion Premises in their condition as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date; (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation for any defects in the Expansion Premises; and (iii) Tenant’s taking possession of the Expansion Premises shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant accepts the Expansion Premises and that the Expansion Premises were in good condition at the time possession was taken. The foregoing shall in no way modify or limit Landlord’s repair and maintenance obligations contained in Section 12 of the Lease.

Tenant agrees and acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of all or any portion of the Expansion Premises, and/or the suitability of the Expansion Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Expansion Premises are suitable for Tenant’s Permitted Use.

 

3.

Definition of Premises. Commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the defined term Premises on Page 1 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Premises: That portion of the Project comprised of (i) all of Area 2C and a portion of Area 1D of the Building (as hereinafter defined), containing approximately 27,311 rentable square feet in the aggregate (“Original Premises”), and (ii) a portion of the first floor of the Building commonly known as Suite 125 containing approximately 7,828 rentable square feet (“Expansion Premises”), all as determined by Landlord, as shown on Exhibit A.”

As of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Exhibit A to the Lease shall be amended to include Exhibit A attached to this Third Amendment.

 

4.

Definition of Base Term. Commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the defined term Base Term on Page 1 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Base Term: Beginning (i) with respect to the Original Premises on the Commencement Date, and (ii) with respect to the Expansion Premises on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, and ending with respect to the entire Premises on April 30, 2018.”

 

5.

Base Rent. Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent for the Original Premises as provided for in the Lease through April 30, 2018. Commencing on the Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date Tenant shall commence paying Base Rent for the Expansion Premises in the amount of $38.50 per rentable square foot of the Expansion Premises per year, which shall be paid in equal monthly installments. Base Rent for the Expansion Premises shall be increased on the first anniversary of the Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date, and on each anniversary of the Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date thereafter during the Base Term (each, an Expansion Premises Adjustment Date”), by multiplying the Base Rent payable

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

2


for the Expansion Premises immediately before such Expansion Premises Adjustment Date by the Rent Adjustment Percentage and adding the resulting amount to the Base Rent payable for the Expansion Premises immediately before such Expansion Premises Adjustment Date. Payments of Base Rent for the Expansion Premises for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

 

6.

Rentable Area of the Premises. Commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the defined term Rentable Area of the Premises on page 1 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Rentable Area of the Premises: 35,139 sq. ft.”

 

7.

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses. Commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the defined term Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses on page 1 of the Lease are deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following:

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses: 24.97%”

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall commence paying Operating Expenses with respect to the Expansion Premises on the Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date (such that Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses payable for the period commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date through the day immediately preceding the Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date shall be equal to 19.40%), except for any Utilities which Tenant is required under Section 10 of the Lease to pay as part of Operating Expenses, which Tenant shall commence paying on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date; provided, however, that if Tenant (or any sublessee of Tenant under Section 21 of the Lease) conducts business in any portion of the Expansion Premises prior to the Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date, then Tenant shall commence paying Operating Expenses with respect to the portion of the Expansion Premises in which business is being conducted only commencing on the date that Tenant (or any sublessee of Tenant under Section 21 of the Lease) commences conducting such business in the Expansion Premises.

 

8.

Utilities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Third Amendment, Tenant shall commence paying for all Utilities in connection with the Expansion Premises on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date. The Expansion Premises shall, as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, be separately sub-metered for electricity and Tenant shall be required to pay Landlord the actual amount charged for electricity provided to the Premises by the electrical provider, as measured by the submeter, without any mark-up by Landlord. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (i) the air compressor serving the Expansion Premises is (and shall continue during the Term to be) connected to the sub-meter for the Expansion Premises and the electricity used in connection therewith shall be payable in full by Tenant although the air compressor serves both the Expansion Premises and the Dicerna Premises, and (ii) the vacuum pump and the ejector pump serving the Expansion Premises are (and shall continue during the Term to be) connected to the sub-meter for the Dicerna Premises and the electricity used in connection with the vacuum pump and the ejector pump with respect to the Expansion Premises shall be payable in full by Dicerna (or, if applicable, any future tenant of the Dicerna Premises) although the vacuum pump and the ejector pump serve both the Expansion Premises and the Dicerna Premises. Tenant agrees that the allocation of the electricity costs relating to the air compressor, the vacuum pump and the ejector pump pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence is equitable. For the avoidance of doubt, the analytical labs located within the Dicerna Premises shall, as part of the work performed by Landlord to demise the Expansion Premises from the Dicerna Premises, be re-wired so that, as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the analytical labs will be connected to the submeter serving the Dicerna Premises.

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

3


9.

Brokers. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “Broker”) in connection with the transaction reflected in this Third Amendment and that no Broker brought about this transaction, other than Colliers International, Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than the brokers, if any named in this Third Amendment, claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this leasing transaction. Landlord shall be responsible for all commissions due to Colliers International arising out of the execution of this Third Amendment in accordance with the terms of a separate written agreement between Colliers International and Landlord.

 

10.

Miscellaneous.

a. This Third Amendment is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions. This Third Amendment may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

b. This Third Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns.

c. This Third Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The signature page of any counterpart may be detached therefrom without impairing the legal effect of the signature(s) thereon provided such signature page is attached to any other counterpart identical thereto except having additional signature pages executed by other parties to this Third Amendment attached thereto.

d. Except as amended and/or modified by this Third Amendment, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed and all other terms of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unaltered and unchanged by this Third Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Third Amendment and the provisions of the Lease, the provisions of this Third Amendment shall prevail. Whether or not specifically amended by this Third Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this Third Amendment.

[Signatures are on the next page]

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:       ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC,
      a Delaware limited liability company
                                           By:   ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership, managing member

 

  By:  

ARE-QRS CORP.,

a Maryland Corporation,
general partner

 

  By:  

/s/ Eric S. Johnson

  Its:   Vice President
    Real Estate Legal Affairs

 

TENANT:     480 BIOMEDICAL, INC.,
    a Delaware corporation
    By:  

/s/ Blaine H. McKee

    Name: Blaine H. McKee
    Title: Executive VP & Chief Business Officer

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

5


EXHIBIT A

EXPANSION PREMISES

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

EXPANSION PREMISES WORK LETTER

THIS EXPANSION PREMISES WORK LETTER (this “Expansion Premises Work Letter”) is incorporated into that certain Lease Agreement dated as of August 14, 2007, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 21, 2008, as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of September 4, 2012, and as further amended by that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated as of 916, 2013 (as amended, the “Lease”), by and between ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and 480 BIOMEDICAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

1. General Requirements.

(a) Tenant’s Authorized Representative. Tenant designates Raymond Knox and Marion Imposimato (either such individual acting alone, “Tenant’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Tenant pursuant to this Expansion Premises Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other communication (“Communication”) from or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Expansion Premises Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing (which may include email) from Tenant’s Representative. Tenant may change either Tenant’s Representative at any time upon not less than five (5) business days advance written notice to Landlord.

(b) Landlord’s Authorized Representative. Landlord designates Joe Maguire and Jo Ann Merlino-Rogers (either such individual acting alone, “Landlord’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Landlord pursuant to this Expansion Premises Work Letter. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other Communication from or on behalf of Landlord in connection with this Expansion Premises Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing (which may include email) from Landlord’s Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Representative at any time upon not less than five (5) business days advance written notice to Tenant.

(c) Architects, Consultants and Contractors. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the architect (the Tl Architect) for the Tenant Improvements (as defined in Section 2(a) below), the general contractor, project manager, any consultants and any subcontractors for the Tenant Improvements shall be selected by Tenant, subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord shall be named a third party beneficiary of any contract entered into by Tenant with the Tl Architect, any consultant, any contractor or any subcontractor, and of any warranty made by any contractor or any subcontractor.

2. Tenant Improvements.

(a) Tenant Improvements Defined. As used herein, “Tenant Improvements” shall mean all improvements to the Premises (including the Expansion Premises) desired by Tenant of a fixed and permanent nature, which shall include, without limitation, the installation in locations within the Premises reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant of (i) four (4) 6’ fume hoods at 900 cfm, (ii) six (6) spot exhaust at 100 cfm, and (iii) one (1) spot exhaust at 200 cfm. Other than funding the Tl Allowance (as defined below) as provided herein, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever with respect to the Tenant Improvements.

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

B-1


(b) Tenant’s Space Plans. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord schematic drawings and outline specifications (the “TI Design Drawings”) detailing Tenant’s requirements for the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall have the right to deliver successive sets of TI Design Drawings to Landlord if Tenant elects to perform the Tenant Improvements in phases. If Tenant elects to perform the Tenant Improvements in phases, the time periods set forth in this Section 2 shall apply with respect to the particular set of TI Design Drawings applicable to each phase. Not more than seven (7) days thereafter, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant the written objections, questions or comments of Landlord and the TI Architect with regard to the TI Design Drawings. Tenant shall cause the TI Design Drawings to be revised to reasonably address such written comments and shall resubmit said drawings to Landlord for approval within fifteen (15) business days thereafter. Such process shall continue until Landlord has approved the TI Design Drawings.

(c) Working Drawings. Not later than thirty (30) business days following the approval of the TI Design Drawings by Landlord, Tenant shall cause the TI Architect to prepare and deliver to Landlord for review and comment construction plans, specifications and drawings for the Tenant Improvements (“TI Construction Drawings”), which TI Construction Drawings shall be prepared substantially in accordance with the TI Design Drawings. Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the TI Construction Drawings reflect Tenant’s requirements for the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall deliver its written comments on the TI Construction Drawings to Tenant not later than ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the same; provided, however, that Landlord may not disapprove any matter that is consistent with the TI Design Drawings. Tenant and the TI Architect shall consider all such comments in good faith and shall, within ten (10) business days after receipt, notify Landlord how Tenant proposes to respond to such comments. Any disputes in connection with such comments shall be resolved in accordance with Section 2(d) hereof. Provided that the design reflected in the TI Construction Drawings is consistent with the TI Design Drawings, Landlord shall approve the TI Construction Drawings submitted by Tenant. Once approved by Landlord, subject to the provisions of Section 4 below, Tenant shall not materially modify the TI Construction Drawings except as may be reasonably required in connection with the issuance of the TI Permit (as defined in Section 3(a) below).

(d) Approval and Completion. If any dispute regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements is not settled within ten (10) business days after notice of such dispute is delivered by one party to the other, Tenant may make the final decision regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, provided (i) Tenant acts reasonably and such final decision is either consistent with or a compromise between Landlord’s and Tenant’s positions with respect to such dispute, (ii) that all costs and expenses resulting from any such decision by Tenant shall be payable out of the TI Fund (as defined in Section 5(d) below), and (iii) Tenant’s decision will not affect the base Building, structural components of the Building or any Building Systems (in which case Landlord shall make the final decision). Any changes to the TI Construction Drawings following Landlord’s and Tenant’s approval of same requested by Tenant shall be processed as provided in Section 4 hereof.

3. Performance of the Tenant Improvements.

(a) Commencement and Permitting of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall commence construction of each phase of the Tenant Improvements upon obtaining and delivering to Landlord a building permit for such phase (the “TI Permit”) authorizing the construction of the Tenant Improvements consistent with the TI Construction Drawings approved by Landlord. The cost of obtaining the TI Permit shall be payable from the TI Fund. Landlord shall reasonably assist and cooperate with Tenant in obtaining the TI Permit and all licenses and permits related to the TI Permit, if any, required for the construction and completion of the Tenant Improvements. Prior to the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of any contract with Tenant’s contractors (including the TI Architect), and certificates of insurance from any contractor performing any part of the Tenant Improvement evidencing industry standard commercial general liability, automotive liability, “builder’s risk”, and workers’ compensation insurance. Tenant shall cause the general contractor to provide a certificate of insurance naming Landlord, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc., and Landlord’s lender (if any) as additional insureds for the general contractor’s liability coverages required above.

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

B-2


(b) Selection of Materials, Etc. Where more than one type of material or structure is indicated on the TI Construction Drawings approved by Tenant and Landlord, the option will be within Tenant’s reasonable discretion if the matter concerns the Tenant Improvements, and within Landlord’s sole and absolute subjective discretion if the matter concerns the structural components of the Building or any Building System.

(c) Tenant Liability. Tenant shall be responsible for correcting any deficiencies or defects in the Tenant Improvements.

(d) Substantial Completion. Tenant shall substantially complete or cause to be substantially completed the Tenant Improvements in a good and workmanlike manner, in accordance with the TI Permit subject, in each case, to Minor Variations and normal “punch list” items of a non-material nature which do not interfere with the use of the Expansion Premises (“Substantial Completion” or “Substantially Complete”). Upon Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall require the TI Architect and the general contractor to execute and deliver, for the benefit of Tenant and Landlord, a Certificate of Substantial Completion in the form of the American Institute of Architects (“AIA”) document G704. For purposes of this Expansion Premises Work Letter, Minor Variations shall mean any modifications reasonably required: (i) to comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and/or to obtain or to comply with any required permit (including the TI Permit); (ii) to comport with good design, engineering, and construction practices which are not material; or (iii) to make reasonable adjustments for field deviations or conditions encountered during the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

4. Changes. Any changes requested by Tenant to the Tenant Improvements after the delivery and approval by Landlord of the TI Design Drawings, shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 and shall be subject to the written approval of Landlord,which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(a) Tenant’s Right to Request Changes. If Tenant shall request changes (“Changes”), Tenant shall request such Changes by notifying Landlord in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a Change Request”), which Change Request shall detail the nature and extent of any such Change. Such Change Request must be signed by Tenant’s Representative. Landlord shall review and approve or disapprove such Change Request within ten (10) business days thereafter, provided that Landlord’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(b) Implementation of Changes. If Landlord approves such Change and Tenant deposits with Landlord any Excess TI Costs (as defined in Section 5(d) below) required in connection with such Change, Tenant may cause the approved Change to be instituted. If any TI Permit modification or change is required as a result of such Change, Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with a copy of such TI Permit modification or change.

5. Costs.

(a) Budget For Tenant Improvements. Before the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall obtain a detailed breakdown, by trade, of the costs incurred or that will be incurred, in connection with the design and construction of The Tenant Improvements (the Budget”), and deliver a copy of the Budget to Landlord for Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. The parties agree that Tenant may prepare a separate Budget for each particular phase of the Tenant Improvements. The Budget shall be based upon the TI Construction Drawings approved by Landlord. If the Budget is greater than the TI Allowance, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the difference, in cash, prior to the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, for disbursement by Landlord as described in Section 5(d).

(b) TI Allowance. Landlord shall provide to Tenant a tenant improvement allowance (“TI Allowance”) of $15.00 per rentable square foot of the Expansion Premises, or $117,420 in the aggregate. The TI Allowance shall be disbursed in accordance with this Expansion Premises Work Letter.

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

B-3


Tenant shall have no right to the use or benefit (including any reduction to Base Rent) of any portion of the TI Allowance not required for the construction of (i) the Tenant Improvements described in the TI Construction Drawings approved pursuant to Section 2(d), (ii) any Changes pursuant to Section 4. or (iii) the construction of Alterations in the Premises (including the Expansion Premises) pursuant to Section 11 of the Lease. Tenant shall have no right to any portion of the TI Allowance that is not disbursed before November 30, 2014.

(c) Costs includable in TI Fund. The TI Fund shall be used solely for the following purposes (collectively, “TI Costs”): payment of design, permits (including, without limitation, the TI Permit) and construction costs in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, Tenant’s voice or data cabling, the cost of electrical power and other utilities used in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, project management of all aspects of the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements, the cost of preparing the TI Design Drawings and the TI Construction Drawings, all costs set forth in the Budget, and the cost of Changes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, but subject to the preceding sentence, the TI Fund shall not be used to purchase any furniture, personal property or other non-Building system materials or equipment, including, but not limited to, non-ducted biological safety cabinets and other scientific equipment not incorporated into the Tenant Improvements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, including, without limitation, Section 11, Landlord shall not charge, and Tenant shall have no liability or responsibility to pay to Landlord, any administrative rent, construction management fee, construction oversight fee, or any similar costs or fees, except that Landlord shall be entitled to reimbursement for any third-party out-of-pocket costs or expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with its assistance and cooperation with Tenant in obtaining the TI Permit and other licenses and permits related to the TI Permit.

(d) Excess TI Costs. Landlord shall have no obligation to bear any portion of the cost of any of the Tenant Improvements except to the extent of the TI Allowance. If at any time and from time-to-time, the remaining TI Costs under the Budget exceed the remaining unexpended TI Allowance, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, as a condition precedent to Landlord’s obligation to fund the TI Allowance, 100% of the then current TI Cost in excess of the remaining TI Allowance (“Excess TI Costs”). If Tenant fails to deposit, or is late in depositing any Excess TI Costs with Landlord, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including, but not limited to, the right to interest at the Default Rate and the right to assess a late charge). For purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts, those amounts will be deemed Rent under the Lease. The TI Allowance and Excess TI Costs is herein referred to as the “TI Fund.” Funds deposited by Tenant shall be the first thereafter disbursed to pay TI Costs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 5(d), Tenant shall be fully and solely liable for TI Costs and the cost of Minor Variations in excess of the TI Allowance. If upon Substantial Completion of all phases of the Tenant Improvements and the payment of all sums due in connection therewith there remains any undisbursed portion of the TI Fund, Tenant shall be entitled to such undisbursed TI Fund solely to the extent of any Excess TI Costs deposit Tenant has actually made with Landlord.

(e) Payment for TI Costs. During the course of design and construction of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall pay TI Costs once a month against a draw request in Landlord’s standard form, containing evidence that such TI Costs are due and such certifications, lien waivers (including a conditional lien release for each progress payment and unconditional lien releases for the prior month’s progress payments), inspection reports and other matters as Landlord customarily obtains, to the extent of Landlord’s approval thereof for payment, no later than thirty (30) days following receipt of such draw request. Upon completion of the Tenant improvements (and prior to any final disbursement of the TI Fund), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) sworn statements setting forth the names of all contractors and first tier subcontractors who did the work and final, unconditional lien waivers from all such contractors and first tier subcontractors; (ii) as-built plans (one copy in print format and two copies in

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

B-4


electronic CAD format) for such Tenant Improvements; (iii) a certification of substantial completion in Form AIA G704, (iv) if required by the Town of Watertown as a result of the Tenant Improvements, a certificate of occupancy or temporary a certificate of occupancy for the Expansion Premises; and (v) if applicable, copies of all operation and maintenance manuals and warranties affecting the Expansion Premises.

6. Miscellaneous.

(a) Consents. Whenever consent or approval of either party is required under this Expansion Premises Work Letter, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, except as may be expressly set forth herein to the contrary.

(b) Modification. No modification, waiver or amendment of this Expansion Premises Work Letter or of any of its conditions or provisions shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant Default. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein or in the Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not have any obligation to perform any work hereunder or to fund any portion of the TI Fund during any period Tenant is in default under the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods.

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

B-5


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Fourth Amendment”) is made as of July 28, 2015, by and between ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and 480 BIOMEDICAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are now parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated as of August 14, 2007, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 21, 2008, as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated September 4, 2012 (“Second Amendment”), as further amended by that certain letter agreement dated as of September 4, 2012, and as further amended by that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated as of September 6, 2013 (as amended, the “Lease”). Pursuant to the Lease, Tenant leases certain premises consisting of approximately 35,139 rentable square feet (“Existing Premises”) in a building located at 480 Arsenal Street, Watertown, Massachusetts. The Existing Premises are more particularly described in the Lease. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings defined for such terms in the Lease.

B. Landlord and Tenant desire, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, to amend the Lease to, among other things, reflect the surrender of (i) a portion of the Premises consisting of Suite 125 containing approximately 7,828 rentable square feet, as shown on Exhibit A-1 attached to this Fourth Amendment (the “Initial Surrender Premises”) as of July 31, 2015 (the “Initial Surrender Date”), and (ii) a portion of the Premises consisting of approximately 4,968 rentable square feet, as shown on Exhibit A-2 attached to this Fourth Amendment (the “Subsequent Surrender Premises”) as of August 31, 2015 (the “Subsequent Surrender Date”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals, which are incorporated herein by this reference, the mutual promises and conditions contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

a. Surrender of the Initial Surrender Premises. The Lease with respect to the Initial Surrender Premises shall terminate as provided for in the Lease on the Initial Surrender Date. Tenant shall voluntarily surrender the Initial Surrender Premises on such date in the condition which Tenant is required to surrender the Premises as of the expiration of the Lease. Tenant agrees to reasonably cooperate with Landlord in all matters, as applicable, relating to surrendering the Initial Surrender Premises in accordance with the surrender requirements and in the condition required pursuant to the Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease or in this Fourth Amendment. Tenant shall not be required to remove or restore any improvements existing in the Initial Surrender Premises as of the date of this Fourth Amendment. From and after the Initial Surrender Date, Tenant shall have no further rights or obligations of any kind with respect to the Initial Surrender Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, those provisions of the Lease which, by their terms, survive the termination of the Lease shall survive the surrender of the Initial Surrender Premises and termination of the Lease with respect to the Initial Surrender Premises as provided for herein. Nothing herein shall excuse Tenant from its obligations under the Lease with respect to the Initial Surrender Premises prior to the Initial Surrender Date.

b. Surrender of the Subsequent Surrender Premises. The Lease with respect to the Subsequent Surrender Premises shall terminate as provided for in the Lease on the Subsequent Surrender Date. Tenant shall voluntarily surrender the Subsequent Surrender Premises on such date in the condition which Tenant is required to surrender the Premises as of the expiration of the Lease. Tenant agrees to reasonably cooperate with Landlord in all matters, as applicable, relating to (i) surrendering the Subsequent Surrender Premises in accordance with the surrender

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

1


  requirements and in the condition required pursuant to the Lease, and (ii) all other matters related to restoring the Subsequent Surrender Premises to the condition required under the Lease. From and after the Subsequent Surrender Date, Tenant shall have no further rights or obligations of any kind with respect to the Subsequent Surrender Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, those provisions of the Lease which, by their terms, survive the termination of the Lease shall survive the surrender of the Subsequent Surrender Premises and termination of the Lease with respect to the Subsequent Surrender Premises as provided for herein. Nothing herein shall excuse Tenant from its obligations under the Lease with respect to the Subsequent Surrender Premises prior to the Subsequent Surrender Date.

 

2.

Definition of Premises.

a. Commencing on August 1, 2015, the defined term “Premises” on Page 1 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Premises: That portion of the Project comprised of (i) a portion of Area 2C and a portion of Area 1D of the Building (as hereinafter defined), containing approximately 27,311 rentable square feet in the aggregate, all as determined by Landlord, as shown on Exhibit A.”

As of August 1, 2015, Exhibit A to the Lease shall be amended to exclude the Initial Surrender Premises.

b. Commencing on September 1, 2015, the defined term “Premises” on Page 1 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Premises: That portion of the Project comprised of (i) a portion of Area 2C and a portion of Area 1D of the Building (as hereinafter defined), containing approximately 22,343 rentable square feet in the aggregate, all as determined by Landlord, as shown on Exhibit A.”

As of September 1, 2015, Exhibit A to the Lease shall be amended to exclude the Subsequent Surrender Premises.

 

3.

Base Rent. Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent for the entire Premises (including the Initial Surrender Premises and the Subsequent Surrender Premises) as provided for in the Lease through the Initial Surrender Date. Commencing on August 1, 2015, Tenant shall (i) no longer be required to pay Base Rent with respect to the Initial Surrender Premises, and (ii) continue paying Base Rent per rentable square foot of the Premises as required under the Lease with respect to the remaining Premises (not including the Initial Surrender Premises). Commencing on September 1, 2015, Tenant shall (i) no longer be required to pay Base Rent with respect to the Subsequent Surrender Premises, and (ii) continue paying Base Rent per rentable square foot of the Premises as required under the Lease with respect to the remaining Premises (not including the Subsequent Surrender Premises).

 

4.

Rentable Area of the Premises.

a. Commencing on August 1, 2015, the defined term “Rentable Area of the Premises” on page 1 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Rentable Area of the Premises: 27,311 sq. ft.”

b. Commencing on September 1, 2015, the defined term “Rentable Area of the Premises” on page 1 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Rentable Area of the Premises: 22,343 sq. ft.”

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

2


5.

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses.

a. Commencing on August 1, 2015, the defined term “Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses” on page 1 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses: 19.4%”

a. Commencing on September 1, 2015, the defined term “Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses” on page 1 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses: 15.87%”

 

6.

Expansion Rights. As of the date of this Fourth Amendment, Section 4 of the Second Amendment is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

4. Expansion Right.

a. Right of First Offer. Tenant shall have the one-time right, but not the obligation, to expand the Premises (the “Expansion Right”) to include any Expansion Space in the Building upon the terms and conditions in this Section 4(a). For purposes of this Section 4(a), “Expansion Space” shall mean that certain space consisting of Suite 130 containing approximately 12,659 rentable square feet as more particularly described on Exhibit B attached to the Fourth Amendment, which is not occupied by an existing tenant or which is occupied by a tenant whose lease is expiring within nine (9) months or less and such then tenant does not wish to renew (whether or not such tenant has a right to renew) its occupancy of such space. Upon Tenant’s request, Landlord agrees to provide periodic updates from time to time to Tenant regarding the then-current expiration date of the then-existing tenant’s lease for the Expansion Space, any extension or renewal options available to such then-existing tenant, or extension or renewal elections made by such then-existing tenant with respect to the Expansion Space. If all or a portion of the Expansion Space becomes available, then prior to offering or marketing such Expansion Space to any third party, but otherwise at such time as Landlord shall elect so long as Tenant’s rights hereunder are preserved, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant written notice (the “ROFO Expansion Notice”) of such available Expansion Space (“Identified Space”), together with the fair market terms and conditions (including, without limitation, Landlord’s determination of the ROFO Market Rate (defined below)) on which Landlord is prepared to lease to Tenant such Identified Space. Tenant shall be entitled to exercise its right under this Section 4(a) only with respect to the entire Identified Space described in the ROFO Expansion Notice. The “ROFO Market Rate” shall mean the then fair market rental rate for space of comparable size, age and quality in laboratory/office buildings in the Market Set for a comparable term, and taking into account rental concessions, tenant improvement allowances, all Alterations and other improvements to the Identified Space and all other relevant factors. If the parties are unable to agree on the ROFO Market Rate within forty-five (45) days after Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of an ROFO Exercise Notice (defined below), the ROFO Market Rate shall be determined by arbitration pursuant to Section 40 of the Lease. Tenant shall have seven (7) business days following Tenant’s receipt of the ROFO Expansion Notice to deliver to Landlord written notification of Tenant’s exercise of the Expansion Right (“ROFO Exercise Notice”). If Tenant has elected to exercise its Expansion Right by delivery of a ROFO Exercise Notice pursuant to this Section 4(a), Tenant shall have no right thereafter to rescind or elect not to expand the Premises to include the Identified Space. Tenant’s failure to deliver a ROFO Exercise Notice to Landlord shall be deemed to be an election by Tenant not to exercise Tenant’s Expansion Right with respect to the Identified Space, in which case Landlord shall have the right to lease the Identified Space to any third party on any terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord; provided, however, that if Landlord intends to lease the Identified Space to a third party for ninety-two and one-half percent (92.5%) or less of the net effective rent contained in the ROFO Expansion Notice, then prior to leasing the Identified Space to a third party, Landlord shall again give Tenant an ROFO Expansion Notice and Tenant shall again have its Expansion Right, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 4(a).

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

3


b. Amended Lease. If: (i) Tenant fails to timely deliver a ROFO Exercise Notice, or (ii) after both parties having used diligent and good faith efforts to negotiate a lease amendment or lease agreement and after the expiration of a period of twenty (20) days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a lease amendment or lease agreement for Tenant’s lease of the Identified Space, no lease amendment or lease agreement for the Identified Space acceptable to both parties each in their sole and absolute discretion, has been executed, Tenant shall be deemed to have forever waived its right to lease the Expansion Space.

c. Exceptions. Notwithstanding the above, the Expansion Right shall, at Landlord’s option, not be in effect and may not be exercised by Tenant:

(i) during any period of time that Tenant is in default under any provision of the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods; or

(ii) if Tenant has been in Default under any provision of the Lease three (3) or more times, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the twelve (12) month period prior to the date on which Tenant seeks to exercise the Expansion Right.

d. Termination. The Expansion Right shall, at Landlord’s option, terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Expansion Right if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the lease of such Identified Space, (i) Tenant fails to timely cure any default by Tenant under the Lease; or (ii) Tenant has Defaulted three (3) or more times during the period from the date of the exercise of the Expansion Right to the date of the commencement of the lease of the Identified Space, whether or not such Defaults are cured.

e. Rights Personal. The Expansion Right is personal to Tenant and is not assignable without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in the Lease, except that they may be assigned in connection with any Permitted Assignment of this Lease.

f. No Extensions. The period of time within which the Expansion Right may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise the Expansion Right.”

 

7.

Condition Precedent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Fourth Amendment, Tenant and Landlord acknowledge and agree that the effectiveness of this Fourth Amendment shall be subject to the following condition precedent (“Condition Precedent”) having been satisfied: Landlord shall have entered into lease agreements with one or more third parties on or before July 31, 2015, pursuant to which such third parties agree to lease all of the Initial Surrender Premises and Subsequent Surrender Premises, which lease agreements shall be on terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. In the event that the Condition Precedent is not satisfied, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Fourth Amendment upon delivery of written notice to Tenant. Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever to Tenant relating to or arising from Landlord’s inability or failure to cause the Condition Precedent to be satisfied.

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

4


8.

Miscellaneous.

a. This Fourth Amendment is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions. This Fourth Amendment may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

b. This Fourth Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns.

c. This Fourth Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The signature page of any counterpart may be detached therefrom without impairing the legal effect of the signature(s) thereon provided such signature page is attached to any other counterpart identical thereto except having additional signature pages executed by other parties to this Fourth Amendment attached thereto.

d. Except as amended and/or modified by this Fourth Amendment, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed and all other terms of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unaltered and unchanged by this Fourth Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Fourth Amendment and the provisions of the Lease, the provisions of this Fourth Amendment shall prevail. Whether or not specifically amended by this Fourth Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this Fourth Amendment.

[Signatures are on the next page]

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fourth Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:     ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC,
    a Delaware limited liability company
    By:   ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership, managing member
      By:   ARE-QRS CORP.,
a Maryland Corporation,
general partner
          By:   /s/ Eric S. Johnson
          Its:   Senior Vice President
            RE Legal Affairs

 

TENANT:     480 BIOMEDICAL, INC.,
    a Delaware corporation
      By:   /s/ Scott Pitt
      Name:   Scott Pitt
      Title:   CFO

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

6


EXHIBIT A-1

INITIAL SURRENDER PREMISES

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT A-2

SUBSEQUENT SURRENDER PREMISES

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

EXPANSION SPACE

 

LOGO


FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This Fifth Amendment to Lease (the “Fifth Amendment”) is made as of November 2nd, 2017, by and between ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and 480 BIOMEDICAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated as of August 14, 2007, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 21, 2008, as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated September 4, 2012, as further amended by that certain letter agreement dated as of September 4, 2012, as further amended by that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated as of September 6, 2013, as further amended by that certain letter agreement dated January 5, 2014, as further amended by that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as of July 28, 2015, as further amended by that certain letter agreement dated August 14, 2015 and as further amended by that certain letter agreement dated as of July 19, 2017 (as amended, the “Lease”), wherein Landlord leases to Tenant certain premises containing approximately 22,343 rentable square feet (the “Premises”) in a building located at 480 Arsenal Street, Watertown, Massachusetts, as more particularly described in the Lease. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings defined for such terms in the Lease.

B. The Term of the Lease is scheduled to expire on April 30, 2018.

C. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to, among other things, extend the term of the Lease through April 30, 2023 (the “Fifth Amendment Expiration Date”).

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals, which are incorporated herein by this reference, the mutual promises and conditions contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

Term. The expiration date of the Term of the Lease is hereby extended through the Fifth Amendment Expiration Date. Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises through the Fifth Amendment Expiration Date shall be on an “as-is” basis and Landlord shall have no obligation to provide any tenant improvement allowance or to make any alterations to the Premises.

 

2.

Base Rent. Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent as provided in the Lease through April 30, 2018. Commencing on May 1, 2018, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the Premises equal to $45.13 per rentable square foot of the Premises per year, which shall be paid in equal monthly installments. On May 1, 2019, and each subsequent May 1st during the Term through the Fifth Amendment Expiration Date (each, a “Fifth Amendment Adjustment Date”), Base Rent shall be increased by multiplying the Base Rent payable immediately before such Fifth Amendment Adjustment Date by 3% and adding the resulting amount to the Base Rent payable immediately before such Fifth Amendment Adjustment Date.

 

3.

Extension Right. As of the date of this Fifth Amendment, Section 39 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and is null and void and of no further force or effect.

 

4.

OFAC. Tenant and all beneficial owners of Tenant are currently (a) in compliance with and shall at all times during the Term of this Lease remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury and any statute, executive order, or regulation relating thereto (collectively, the “OFAC Rules”), (b) not listed on, and shall not

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

1


  during the term of the Lease be listed on, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, Foreign Sanctions Evaders List or the Sectoral Sanctions Identifications List, which are all maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC or other governmental authority pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order, or regulation, and (c) not a person or entity with whom a U.S. person is prohibited from conducting business under the OFAC Rules.

 

5.

Miscellaneous.

 

  a.

This Fifth Amendment is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions. This Fifth Amendment may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

 

  b.

This Fifth Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective agents and assigns.

 

  c.

This Fifth Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The signature page of any counterpart may be detached therefrom without impairing the legal effect of the signature(s) thereon provided such signature page is attached to any other counterpart identical thereto except having additional signature pages executed by other parties to this Fifth Amendment attached thereto.

 

  d.

Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “Broker”) in connection with the transaction reflected in this Fifth Amendment and that no Broker brought about this transaction, other than Colliers International. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than Colliers International, claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this Fifth Amendment.

 

  e.

Except as amended and/or modified by this Fifth Amendment, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed and all other terms of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unaltered and unchanged by this Fifth Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Fifth Amendment and the provisions of the Lease, the provisions of this Fifth Amendment shall prevail. Whether or not specifically amended by this Fifth Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this Fifth Amendment.

[Signatures are on the next page]

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:     ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC,
    a Delaware limited liability company
      By:   ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, LP.,
a Delaware limited partnership, managing member
        By:   ARE-QRS CORP.,
          a Maryland Corporation,
general partner
          By:   /s/ Jackie Clem
          Its:   Senior Vice President
            RE Legal Affairs
TENANT:       480 BIOMEDICAL, INC.,
      a Delaware corporation
      By:   /s/ Robert Palladino
      Name:   Robert Palladino
      Title:   CFO

 

   LOGO    Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary – Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

3

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Lyra Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Legal Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

Lyra Therapeutics Security Corporation   

Massachusetts

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Lyra Therapeutics, Inc.

Watertown, Massachusetts

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement of our report dated February 14, 2020, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Lyra Therapeutics, Inc. and subsidiary, which is contained in that Prospectus.

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

March 6, 2020

 

BDO USA, LLP, a Delaware limited liability partnership, is the U.S. member of BDO International Limited, a UK company limited by guarantee, and forms part of the international BDO network of independent member firms.

BDO is the brand name for the BDO network and for each of the BDO Member Firms.